ICETDACE 2020 - International Conference On Emerging Trends in Design, Architecture and Civil Engineering

es
DrChampaH S
ckA
ofSam Char l
ed by
ofKarthi
t
Edi
Pr
Pr
Edi
ted by
DrChampaH S
CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS Pr
Pr
ofSam C ha
ofSam Char
rl
es
l
es
ProfKart
hi ckA
FIRST INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE
ON
EMERGING TRENDS IN DESIGN, ARCHITECTURE AND CIVIL ENGINEERING
March 5th & 6th, 2020
CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
Editors
Dr Champa H S, Professor & Director
Sam Charles Devanand, Professor & Organizing Chair
Karthick A, Associate Professor & Co-Organizing Chair
Organized by Convened by
SVS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE Dr. Kannan T, Director, SVSEI
COIMBATORE, TAMILNADU Dr. Champa H S, Director, SVS SOA
PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON EMERGING TRENDS IN DESIGN,
ARCHITECTURE AND CIVIL ENGINEERING [ICETDACE 2020]
March 5th & 6th, 2020, SVS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE, COIMBATORE, TAMILNADU
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
No portion of this book may be reproduced in any form without explicit permission from the
publisher. This work is subject to copyright. The information contained in this book is believed to be
true and accurate as on the date of publication. Neither the editors, nor the publishers can accept
any legal responsibility for any errors or omissions that may be made. The publisher makes no
warranty, express or implied with respect to the material contained herein. The individual
contributions in this publication and any liabilities arising from them remain the responsibility of the
contributing authors.
Copyright © 2020 SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore.
ISBN
CONFERENCE ADVISORY COMMITTEE
PREFACE
On behalf of the organizing committee, I am pleased to announce that the first International
Conference on Emerging Trends in Design, Architecture and Civil Engineering [ICETDACE] will be
held on the 5th and 6th of March 2020 at SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu as part
of the school’s decadal celebrations. The conference is aimed at bringing out rational and innovative
ideas in these professions, which in turn, will nurture newer developments with the contextual
universe.
The ever-growing demands of communities, cities, societies and nations pose a daunting task to the
architects, designers and engineers while trying to adapt and implement innovative design and
construction practices and hence amalgamation of all forms of design, architecture and civil
engineering is of paramount importance. Rapid industrialization and urbanization blended with
technological advancements has mandated the integration of these professions for a sustainable
and resilient future. The themes of this conference were hence carefully chosen that covers a wide
array of topics ranging from responsible design and women empowerment to building sciences and
disruptive innovation practices in the AEC industry.
The conference received immense support from the participants all over. The submitted
manuscripts covers issues that includes but not limited to transportation network and
pedestrianization, influence of traditional techniques, architectural pedagogy, symbolism,
sustainable practices, urban resilience, development of construction technology, effects of
regulations on development of cities, visionary smart cities, timelessness to metamorphosis. I would
like to thank all the participants for their enthusiastic contribution.
The management has always supported in the endeavour that SVS SOA has cherished. The entire
faculty fraternity take this opportunity to thank them for their kindest gesture blended with their
unflinching trust and faith in us.
I would also like render my heartfelt thanks and gratitude to our distinguished guests, conference
advisory members, fellow faculty members and students of SVS School of Architecture for their
collaboration and support for the success of ICETDACE 2020.
Dr Champa HS
Professor & Director
SVS School of Architecture
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
A review on polyester resin-based polymer concrete

1. 01
Fathima Eshrath.R, Abhinav. R, Poomalai. R - SVS College of Engineering, Coimbatore
A scrutiny of various frameworks of urban resilience index -Iin wake of

2. sustainable development goals 06
Kiran Kumar S, Bindu C A - School of Architecture, Government Engineering College, Thrissur
Analysis of planned efforts to address the urban development challenges of

3. Visakhapatnam metropolitan region 13
Gayathri Viswanathan - Birla Institute of Technology, United Arab Emirates
Architecture and urban planning: Establishing an interface design relation by

4. exploring possibilities in satellite town ring road planning project for Bengaluru. 21
Dr.H N Nagendra - School of Planning and Architecture, University of Mysore, Mysuru
Assessment pattern for architectural design

5. 28
D.Sathya, J.MilanShamili - Crescent School of Architecture, Chennai
Bio-integrated materials in architecture: Nature inspired technology and its

6. impact on the environment 32
Anagha Arunkumar - PES University, Bangalore
Blinding lights: Light pollution in the city of Panaji

7. 42
Kalpaha Viruksham Babu - The Charles Correa Foundation, Panaji, Goa
Constraints of existing zoning regulation on land use planning and architectural

design
8. V. Rakesh Kumar, Bangalore Development Authority, Directorate of Town and Country Planning, 49
Karnataka
Dr.H N Nagendra -School of Planning and Architecture, University of Mysore, Mysuru
Construction and demolition waste management in India-

‘Practise and Challenges’
9. Feroz Shah Farid, - Holy Crescent College of Architecture, Cochin 54
A Sakuntala - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Dr Champa H S - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Construction supply chain development in indigenous communities – Innovative

10. Techniques and Practices 61
Sam Charles Devanand – SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Comprehensive mobility plan for an emerging smart city: A case of Greater

11. Bengaluru-Bidadi Smart City 69
Goutham Konikar S.M - School of Planning and Architecture, University of Mysore, Mysuru
Design and women empowerment: An interface rural development strategy with
12. the existing rural development programmes – A case study of a rural habitat 79
Siddaraju H K, Institute of Development Studies, University of Mysore, Mysuru,
Design challenges in rural architecture: an attempt to dispute resolution

13. mechanism through urban planning 87
Lakshmipathi T.L, Doddaballapura Planning Authority, Doddaballapura, Bengaluru
Dissection of the Maslow’s pyramid of needs to decode the hidden influence of

14. industrial revolution on architecture 94
RoshiniPushparaj - PES University, Bengaluru
Distortion of urban fabric of an historical city due to development - The city of

15. Mysore 100
Ashwini Bellerimath - Directorate of Town and Country Planning, Bengaluru
Kiran Kumar Bonda - KLU School of Architecture, Guntur, Andhra Pradesh
Enhancing speaking skills among the students of Architecture through De Bono’s

16. Lateral Thinking 114
Dr.Sabariraja Vellaichamy - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Energy saving potentials in commercial buildings

17. 119
Aravinth A- SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Experimental investigation on strength and durability properties of high strength

18. concrete by using M-sand as a fine aggregate 125
S. Balamurugan - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Experimental investigation on strength properties of self-compacting concrete

19. by partial replacement of cement with silica fume and coarse aggregate with 135
coconut shell
K.S.Kishore, V.Muthuvel, K.Gowtham Raj, R.Priya - SNS College of Engineering, Coimbatore
Factors to be considered: Imagining the Indian streets for communal activity

20. rather than connecting element (route) 142
A.Karthick – SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Improving architecture pedagogy in Sri Lanka by acknowledging construction

21. ritual practices in formal architecture work-stages 150
Rashika Abeyawardana, Pabalu Wijegoonawardane - Independent Researcher, Colombo, Sri
Lanka
Infrastructure design and management: A comprehensive study for an emerging

satellite town ring road project in Bengaluru
22. Sannappaiah H.V, Bangalore International Airport Area Planning Authority 156
(BIAAPA) ,Devanahalli, Bengaluru
Investigating passive design strategies at neighbourhood level through the
23. analysis of contemporary neighbourhoods 164
Aveek Ghosh - Dept. of Architecture and Planning, VNIT, Nagpur
Investigation on the shear behaviour of vertical joints between precast concrete

24. sandwich wall panels 171
B.Keerthi Kumar , S. Krishna Kanth, C. Narmatha , M. Dinesh - SNS College of Engineering,
Coimbatore
Light weight green concrete using coconut shells

25. Dr. Amrutha, Stella Mary, M. Vadivel, Sundar, Prabhakaran - Nehru School of Architecture, 177
Coimbatore
Passivhaus in India - Achieving more with less

26 Chetna Balla - Comfort Being, United Kingdom 184
Elakiya. R, Piriyadharshnie.E - Comfort Being, Bangalore
Performance characteristics of engineered cementitious composite roofing sheet

27. 197
M. Janani, S. Nanthakumar, V. Arivu Thiravida Selvan - SVS College of Engineering, Coimbatore
Planning strategies for effective crowd management – A study into the

28. efficiency of crowd management methods 208
Thasneem M, Shijna N.P - Government Engineering College, Thrissur
Re: habitat – Towards a new paradigm for high-density housing

29. 215
Balaji K - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Rejuvenating the Chennai roads- A futuristic ideation

30. Abitha Robin.M.J - Karpagam Academy of Higher Education, Coimbatore 223
Review of existing ecological layer around Uyyakondan water canal in

Tiruchirappalli
31. Haritha Preethi M R - Saveetha College of Architecture & Design, Chennai 230
Sabana V, Vaishnavi C - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Vaishnavi C - Practicing Architect, Madurai
Resilient evacuation plan and management strategies for Ramakrishna beach

32. stretch, Visakhapatnam 239
Anand Paulraj V, Sabana V, Nivethitha R L - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Seismic performance of bamboo architecture – IKRA housing system

33. 249
Pavithra Devi.B, SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
Significance of multicultural planning

34. 257
Steffy Thomas - Government Engineering College, Thrissur
35. Sophistication in compactness 266
Ishwarya. G – Amirtha developers, Coimbatore
Studies on reuse of greywater for non-potable purposes

36. 272
Rohit Dilip, Abhijith P , Indumathi G. – SVS College of Engineering, Coimbatore
Study on the traffic management measure at Kamarajar road intersection,

37. Coimbatore 276
Gokul Krishnan.s -Sri Krishna construction, Coimbatore
Sustainable interface governance strategies for an integrated solid waste

management - A case study to explore responsible design through collective
38. action 285
Nagashayana R – Excise Department, Yadgir District, Karnataka.
Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems (SUDS)

39. 293
Madhan.J. R – Center for Vernacular Architecture, Chennai
40. Symbolic and metaphorical manifestation of lotus in architecture 300

Vidyalakshmi Selvam - Ranjini Manimudi - PES University, Bengaluru
The need for integrating private vehicles in mass transit system using digital
41. technology for metro cities 307
S Pragadeesh - Gravity Architects, Coimbatore
The UpparikeBasava shrine: Inquiry into peripheral folk deity of old Mysore
42. villages 312
Sapna S - Mysore School of Architecture, Mysore
Dr M N Chandrashekar - SJB School of Architecture and Planning, Bangalore
Theory of neighbourhood planning and its practicability: developing a dispute

43. resolution mechanism for conflicts exists between theory and design 319
Dr. Amrutha – Nehru School of Architcture, Coimbatore
Timelessness – A study of spaces attaching to religious typology which stands

44. the test of time without transformation 326
J.Safrin Rex Dulcie - Hindustan Institute of Technology and Science, Chennai
Turning waste to wealth: Intiative to waste management

45. 338
K. Suwatha - Sundar and sundaram Associates , Coimbatore
Universal design approach in educational institutions

46. 346
S. Raja Rajeswari – S K Associates, Coimbatore
Urban Agritecture
47. 357
Vigneswaran K- SAN Academy, Coimbatore
Urban morphology - Examining its influence in impacting the rate of crimes
48. against women 362
Harishkumar Chandran L - Haiku Design Studio, Coimbatore
Vernacular Practices in modern residences

49. 373
Jeyaswajiani - SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore
P a g e |1
A REVIEW ON POLYESTER RESIN BASED POLYMER CONCRETE

Fathima Eshrath.R Abhinav. R
Dept of Civil Engineering Dept of Civil Engineering
SVS College of Engineering SVS College of Engineering
Coimbatore, India Coimbatore, India
eshrathrazick@gmail.com abhinavrajan98@gmail.com
Poomalai. R
Dept of Civil Engineering
SVS College of Engineering
Coimbatore, India
poomalairig@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Concrete is one of the most utilised materials due to rapid growth of construction industry in the
world. Due to increase in population and demand, more natural resources are exploited for the
construction material production and an alternative of concrete is necessary which should not
compromise in its strength and other properties. Such alternative is Polymer concrete. It uses
polymer binder as a replacement of conventional cement concrete. Studies under polymer modified
construction materials are in action for years. It can be used for highway pavements, waste water
pipes and repair of structures due to its load distribution, abrasion resistance, rusting resistance and
colour. Properties such as low shrinkage, resistance to chemical attack and ability of better bonding
makes polyester resin is a preferred binder for polymer concrete. Polymer concrete exhibits
mechanical properties which are 4-5 times higher than Portland cement concrete. Flexural strength
is increased when polymer content is increased. Usage of polymer concrete increases quality
protects the natural environment and reduces the usage of natural resources. The main scope of
this review paper is to formulate the use of polyester resin-based polymer concrete in construction
sector.
Keywords: Concrete; Polymer concrete; Polyester resin; Mechanical property; Flexural strength.
1 INTRODUCTION
Natural resources are exploited for the production of construction materials and products. As the
world population continuous to grow at an alarming rate, people are realizing that the planet cannot
sustain such continuous and exponential growth. Concrete is one of the most utilized materials due
to rapid growth of construction sector in the world. Due to increase in population and demand,
more natural resources are exploited for the construction material production and an alternative of
concrete is necessary which should not compromise in its strength and other properties. An
alternative is Polymer concrete, which is a composite material in which the aggregate is bound
together in a matrix with a polymer binder. Studies under polymer modified construction materials
are in action for years. It is now a days used in highway pavements, waste water pipes and in repair
of structures due to its load distribution, abrasion resistance, rutting resistance and color. There are
three types of polymer concrete. Polymer- impregnated concrete, polymer modified concrete,
polymer concrete. Polymer- impregnated concrete is a hydrated Portland cement concrete in which
a monomer is diffused and polymerized. In the recent years, it has been eliminated from
construction industry because of the poor cost performance balance. Polymer modified concrete is
ICETDACE 2020, SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore : March 5th - 6th, 2020
P a g e |2
a concrete obtained by mixing monomer with cement, sand and water. It is observed to be used in
superior constructions in developed countries. They are the common construction material in the
world at present. Polymer concrete is classified as a construction material that support the
sustainable aspects of construction. Using polymer concrete for construction is much more
environmentally sustainable than the current method of construction. The main scope of this review
paper is to formulate polymer concrete in construction sector.
2 POLYMER CONCRETE
Polymer concrete is a composite material in which the cement in conventional cement concrete is
replaced by liquid resins and aggregates which are used as fillers. Unit weight of polymer concrete
ranges from 2000 kg/m3 to 2250 kg/m3 [11]. Polymer concrete possess advantages like rapid curing,
high tensile, flexural and compressive strength, good adhesion to most surfaces, good long-term
durability, low permeability, good chemical resistance, light weight when comparing to
conventional cement concrete. Application of Polymer concrete in the present construction field
are patching material for Portland cement concrete, skid resistant protective overlays and wearing
surfaces on concrete, sewer pipes, equipment vaults, drainage channels, decorative construction
panels, lining in carbon steel pipes for geothermal application [1]. Resins that are commonly used
for polymer concrete are methacrylate, polyester resins, epoxy resin, vinyl ester resins and furan
resins. Unsaturated polyester and epoxies are preferred due to their excellent mechanical property
and cost efficiency [8].
The following are the advantages of pc – maximise resource reuse, use of renewable or recyclable
resources, protect the natural environment, quality [2]. Releasing agents like plastic sheeting,
vegetable oils, paraffin wax, silicon greases are treated with conventional wooden or steel in the
formwork for easy detachment. Dust and debris should be removed completely removed while
casting for optimum result. Cloth saturated with 1,1,1 – trichloroethane, methylene chloride,
xylene, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) can be used for the cleaning of tools in touch with the materials
[1].
3 POLYESTER RESIN
Resins that are commonly used for polymer concrete are methacrylate, polyester resins, epoxy
resin, vinyl ester resins and furan resins. The most dominant resin used are polyester and epoxy
resin. Methacrylate is not generally preferred because it is flammable and unacceptable odor. Furan
resins are used in developed countries for superior construction. Resin which exhibits good
mechanical properties and durability are epoxy resin but it is limited for usage because of its high
cost. A comparative study on the properties of polymer and epoxy concrete states that epoxy resin
concrete has better properties than the polyester resin concrete but the properties can be altered
and enhanced up to the same level by use of micro fillers and silane coupling agents [8]. Usage of
organic binder increases the polymer concrete properties such as strength, adhesion, water
tightness, freeze – thaw durability and chemical resistance. Properties like better bonding ability,
low shrinkage and resistance to chemical attack makes polyester resin a preferred organic binder
for polymer concrete. Vinyl ester shows a middle of performance when comparing to polyester resin
and the cost of vinyl ester is high. The compressive strength range and coefficient of thermal
expansion of vinyl ester is lower when comparing to polyester resin. Proper mix proportioning is
required in order to reduce the cost, improve the strength, durability etc. [9].
P a g e |3
4 AGGREGATES
High quality aggregates should be used with the monomer. Silica, quartz, granite, limestone etc are
used as aggregate fillers in polymer concrete [1]. For normal size of aggregates, resin content 5% -
15% is generally preferred. For fine aggregates, higher resin dosage is recommended. Normally up
to 20% is preferred because of the large surface area of the fine aggregates [12]. The aggregate used
for mixing with monomers should be of highest quality. Polymer concrete consists of aggregates
and filler in the range of 75% - 80% in volume. Aggregates used should be free from dirt and other
organic materials and it should be well dried. Studies reveal that the moisture content of the
aggregates should not exceed 0.2% to 0.5%, which results in better mechanical properties. It is
observed that minimum void content and maximum bulk density is the key features in proportioning
coarse and fine aggregates. Micro fillers are particle whose size is around 80microns are added in
polymer concrete to further improve its strength. The most commonly used fillers are calcium
carbonate, fly ash and silica fume. Addition of fly ash showed better characteristics when compared
to silica filler. Strong bonds between the aggregates are formed as the resin coats on aggregate
materials. Usage of polymer binder increases the polymer concrete properties such as strength,
adhesion, water tightness, freeze – thaw durability, chemical resistance. Polyester resin-based
concrete using quartz as filler showed an improvement in strength characteristics [8].
5 INITIATORS AND PROMOTERS
Initiators and promoters are used while mixing of polymer concrete as the liquid resins cannot set
or harden themselves. Strong bonds between the aggregates are formed as the resin coats on
aggregate materials [11]. Dibenzoyl peroxide (BPO), lauroyl peroxide (LP), methyl ethyl ketone
peroxide (MEKP) are the initiators used for resin. Promoters used depend on the resin and initiators
selected. BPO – Amine systems are used with MMA and Ketone peroxide – cobalt systems are used
with Polyester resins. Promoters used depend on the resin and initiators selected. BPO – Amine
systems are used with MMA and Ketone peroxide – cobalt systems are used with Polyester resins
[1].
6 DISCUSSION
Huge number of studies have been recommended for the reinforcement of polymer concrete by
the addition of different kinds of fibre.
• Fibres used in studies are glass fibres, steel fibres, carbon fibres and polyester fibres
improving the mechanical properties of polymer concrete [7].
• The strength and toughness of polymer concrete increased with addition of fibres.
• Addition of 6% of glass fibres required polymer content of 18% to obtain workable mixture
and also improves the post peak behavior of polymer concrete [4].
• Addition of 6% of carbon fibres to the polymer content resulted in a good workable mixture.
• Addition of steel fibres increases the compressive strength whereas addition of glass fibres
decreases the compressive strength [6].
• Flexural strength increases by the addition of both the steel and carbon fibres.
• Addition of steel fibres improves the properties of polymer concrete.
• Glass fibres increases the failure strain, peak strength, modulus in compression and tension.
• Steel fibres increases the failure strain in compression but decreases the strength and
modulus.
P a g e |4
• The effect of steel fibres increases compression, flexural and impact strength [4].
Study of Polyester materials are being performed in order to meet the needs of engineering and to
improve the performance of present construction material.
• The optimum performance of polymer concrete is obtained by maintaining the polymer

levels by 10% -25% by mass of hydraulic cement.
• Large number of researches show that resin content mostly lies between 10% -20% by
weight of PC [2].
• It is observed that the maximum flexural strength and compressive strength lie in the range
between 14 and 16% resin content by weight. Similar results are provided inn various
researches. Usage of resin content of 12% in all types of resin, provided the highest strength.
• For normal size of aggregates, resin content 5%-15% is generally preferred.
• For fine aggregates, higher resin dosage is recommended. Normally up to 20%. This is
because of the large surface area of the fine aggregates [6].
• Studies reveal that the moisture content of the aggregates should not exceed 0.2 to 0.5% to
exhibit better mechanical properties.
• On addition of 15% of fly ash, an increase of compressive strength up to 30% was observed.
• Use of silane coupling agent which increases the adhesion between the polymer and
aggregates improves the compressive strength up to 15%-20% when compared to normal
polymer composites.
• 35% increase in the flexural strength were resulted in silane treatment.
• Bond strength is reduced in the presence of moisture between the monomers and
aggregate.
• Temperature generated during mixing and casting can be controlled by limiting the polymer
content in polymer concrete.
• Maximum compressive and flexural strength is exhibited in the polymer concrete specimen
with 15% resin and 200% silica filler [3].
• Higher compressive strength is exhibited in addition of quartz than metakaolin and glass
fibre.
• Flexural strength of the specimen is increased with increase in resin content from 25% to
30%.
• 30% of resin of all sizes of sand particles shows the maximum compressive strength.
Minimum values were exhibited at 15% of resin.
• 35% increase in the flexural strength were resulted in silane treatment [7].
7 CONCLUSION
In this paper, the behaviour of polymer concrete with the influence of various parameters are
investigated. Polymer concrete reduces the consumption of raw materials as they are four times
stronger than the conventional concrete. They possess more advantages when compared to
conventional cement concrete. They provide a non-toxic environment. Based on the reviewed
literature, it is concluded that polymer concrete with polyester resin as binder and quartz powder
as aggregate possess excellent mechanical properties, Low water absorption, ability to withstand
environmental conditions, Chemical attack and freeze-thaw degradation and can be used as an
alternative in structural application.
P a g e |5
REFERENCES
[1] ACI 548.1R-97, Guide to use polymers.

[2] Asif Ali, Anis Ahemed Ansari, 2013, ‘Polymer Concrete as Innovative Material for Development of Sustainable
Architecture’.
[3] Hisham Abdel-Fattah.U, Moetaz M. El-Hawary, 1999, ‘Flexural behavior of polymer concrete’.
[4] Mebarkia S, and Vipulanandan C, 1990, ‘Fibers and Coupling Agent in Polyester PC’, Materials Engineering
Congress, ASCE Denver, Colorado.
[5] Muthukumar. M, Mohan. D, 2004, ‘Studies on polymer concretes based on optimized aggregate mix proportion’.
[6] Ohama. Y, 2003, ‘Recent Progress in Research and Development Activities of Polymer Mortar and Concrete in
Japan’, 4th Asia Symposium on Polymers in Concrete.
[7] PhamH. Q, MarksM. J, 2005, ‘Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’
[8] Raman Bedi, Rakesh Chandra, S.P.Singh, 2013, ‘Mechanical Properties of Polymer Concrete’.
[9] Rakesh kumar, 2016, ‘A review on epoxy and polyester based polymer concrete and exploration of polyfurfuryl
alcohol as polymer concrete’.
[10] Ramesh Kumar. G.B, Venkatesh. B, 2018, ‘Review on performance of polymer concrete with resins and its
applications’, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics.
[11] Reda Taha M.M,Genedy,Ohama. Y, 2019, ‘Polymer concrete’.
[12] Ribeiro M.C.S, Novoapr, Ferreira A.J.M, 2004, ‘Flexural performance of polyster and epoxy polymer mortars under
severe thermal condition’.
[13] Yang Gao, Pedro Romero, RongliangRhang, Man Huanh, Feng Lai, 2019, ‘Unsaturated polyester resin: A review’.
P a g e |6
A SCRUTINY OF VARIOUS FRAMEWORKS OF URBAN RESILIENCE INDEX -

IN WAKE OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
Kiran Kumar S Bindu C A

Student, School of Architecture, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture,
Government Engineering College, Government Engineering College,
Thrissur, Kerala, India Thrissur, Kerala, India
skirankumar91@gmail.com binduhari06@yahoo.co.in
ABSTRACT
Over the centuries, humans have migrated to urban centres in search of employment opportunities
and a better quality of life. This has led to the large concentration of humans in these urban centres,
which has started to push these cities into a brink of what it can handle. Over the past few decades
overpopulation of the cities, accompanied with the effects of human development like climate
change and ecological destruction, have made these centers of civilization more vulnerable. This
vulnerability has made the goal of making cities more sustainable, tougher. Resilience is the ability
to return to a state of normalcy after a sudden shock. Urban Resilience is a concept which attempts
to understand how strong or vulnerable these urban centers are and understand the path in which
cities can be strengthened against these shocks and stresses. Understanding how to make the cities
more resilient can help reduce the damages these cities face in various crises and thus help reduce
the money needed to rebuild these cities. While sustainability and resilience appear similar,
Resilience can be considered as the pathway towards sustainable development. Resilience Indexing
is a tool that can be used to measure the Resilience of any city in question as well as understand
how one city measures to another city when it comes to Resilience. These tools aid in quantifying
resilience and having a better understanding of where the city needs more reinforcement to make
it more resilient. This study delves into the concept of Resilience and Urban resilience, their various
parameters, and scrutinizes the various methods to measure resilience through case studies. This
study’s purpose is to establish a pathway to sustainable development by establishing suitable
method of Resilience Index, which is in line with the Sustainable Development Goals.
Keywords: Urban Ecology; Urban Planning; Sustainable Development; Resistance; Mitigation
1 INTRODUCTION
Resilience is the capacity of an ecosystem to respond to a perturbation or disturbance by resisting

damage and recovering quickly. The perturbation or disturbances might be of any nature, from
floods to drought, to manmade disasters like pollution and climate change, to epidemics. The
concept of Resilience was introduced by the Canadian ecologist C.S. Holling, which was used to
assess the persistence of natural systems in the dynamically changing world. A resilient city plans,
adapts, and prepares to respond to hazards of any nature, both expected and unexpected, and is
greatly influenced by the quality of governance that is prevalent in the city that is in consideration.
Understanding resilience requires understanding the various facets and dimensions that make up
that city and requires a study into all these aspects. By strengthening these dimensions, a city can
be more resilient and sustainable in nature. Resilience Index is a method through which resilience
of a city can be measured and a baseline of a city’s resilience can be created.
P a g e |7
1.1 NEED FOR RESILIENCE
Since 1980s the amount as well as the severity of the disaster have been on the rise. This has led to
significant economic losses due to the rise in such disasters. Economic losses from ‘natural’ disasters
are now reaching between $150-$200 billion each year, up from $50 billion in the 1980s, while
projected future disaster losses in the built environment alone are estimated at $314 billion per year
(UNISDR, 2015a). The occurrence of such disasters has enabled the vicious cycle of poverty to
continue. It is projected that by 2030 about 325 million extremely poor people are expected to live
in 49 countries exposed to natural hazards and climate extremes, with most of them concentrated
in South Asian and Sub-Saharan Africa. [2]
1.2 SCALE OF RESILIENT SYSTEMS
Depending on the need and requirements, resilient systems can vary from an Individual who is
knowledgeable and skilled, to a Household level with skilled and knowledgeable personnel, to
Community, Local Governmental, National Level, Regional or Global level.
2 URBAN RESILIENCE
Urban resilience refers to the ability of an urban system-and all its constituent socio-ecological and
socio-technical networks across temporal and spatial scales-to maintain or rapidly return to desired
functions in the face of a disturbance, to adapt to change, and to quickly transform systems that
limit current or future adaptive capacity. [4]
2.1 DIMENSIONS OF URBAN RESILIENCE
In order to understand the various aspects of the city in question, there is a need to define the
various dimensions that are needed to study the resilience of a place. Although ideally the
dimensions must be formulated contextually, generally to ensure that all the aspects have been
considered, the following dimensions, viz., Materials and Environmental Resources, Society and
Well-Being, Economy, Built Environment and Infrastructure, Governance and Institutions, must be
considered. [4]
2.2 NOTIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM
Resilience literature considers 3 main states of equilibriums, which are as follows - single-state
equilibrium, multiple-state equilibrium, and dynamic non-equilibrium. Single state equilibrium is the
one in which the systems return to the original state after the perturbations have passed. Multiple
state equilibrium is the one in which system has various stable states and during a disturbance, it
flips from one state to another. Dynamic non equilibrium state is the state which has no stable state
and is constantly evolving. In the recent years, with regards to resilience, there has been a shift from
single state equilibrium, to multiple or dynamic state equilibrium. [4]
2.3 PATHWAYS TO URBAN RESILIENCE
The literature when talking about Resilience, talks about three main pathways to a resilient state.
They are persistence, transition, and transformation. Persistence mainly corresponds to the
system’s ability to retain its status quo without changing itself self, which is what the earlier
definitions of resilience attributed to. Transition is the slow shift from the present state to a more
resilient state, while transformation is a more rapid shift. When a system is in a robustly undesirable
P a g e |8
state, efforts to build resilience might seek to purposefully and fundamentally change its structures.
[4]
2.4 URBAN SUSTAINABILITY AND URBAN RESILIENCE
Urban resilience and Urban Sustainability mean different things despite sharing some similarities.
Cities because of their inherent nature are said to be largely resilient and complex systems. As the
cities keep growing more money is put into developing and expanding the infrastructure. This is
projected to be about $95 Trillion in the next decade, and the difference between sustainability and
resilience should be sought to help ensure that this infrastructural growth is beneficial to the
masses. Any city has various pathways it could develop in, with Business as usual to positive
transformations, whose resilience can vary. While sustainability is seen as the goal to achieve,
resilience is the capability to strengthen the pathway to sustainability. [5]
2.5 UNDERSTANDING OF ADAPTATION
This aspect mainly deals with the nature of adaptability that the system is to face. They can be
“Specified Resilience” or “General resilience”. Specified Resilience is the ones in which the systems
are planned to be resilient to a few or limited disturbances, while general resilience is broader in
scope and is more adaptable in nature. [4]
2.6 TIMESCALE OF ACTION
Time is an essential factor when it comes to resilience, with the cities which have a short time to
reach a resilient state being more resilient in nature. Most Research acknowledge the importance
of rapid recovery post-disturbance. Temporal emphasis is often contingent on whether the focus is
on rapid-onset disasters or more gradual climactic change. [4]
2.7 MEASURING URBAN RESILIENCE – RESILIENCE INDEX
Resilient communities are far less vulnerable to hazards and disasters than less resilient places. For
this assumption to be validated and useful, knowledge of how resilience is determined, measured,
enhanced, maintained, and reduced is vital. In the hazards arena, most of the resilience models
involve engineered systems. In these frameworks, the properties of resilient infrastructure—
robustness, redundancy, resourcefulness, and rapidity—reduce the probability of failures. Yet these
frameworks often fail to capture antecedent social factors that occur at the most local levels or to
account for the vulnerability or resilience of the natural environment. Resilience measurements
have two qualities, one is inherent, in which the measurement during the normal state, and adaptive
which is just post a disaster. [4]
3 EXISTING FRAMEWORKS OF RESILIENCE INDEX
Various frameworks of measuring resilience index exist and some of these frameworks are discussed
in brief.
3.1 CLIMATE DISASTER RESILIENCE INDEX (CDRI)
Climate Disaster Resilience Index (CDRI) has developed about climate change in Tokyo University by
Shaw (2009). This model presented five dimensions for urban resiliency and for each dimension
developed its indicators. This framework consists of a questionnaire based on 5 dimensions each
P a g e |9
with 5 parameters defining it in detail. Each of the 5 parameters are define by 5 variables. In short,
125 variables help define the resilience of the city in consideration. The five dimensions in question
are - Physical, Social, Economic, Environmental, and Institutional. The respondents, the
municipalities, were asked to pick a score of 1 to 5, to grade the various parameters of that
dimension. Mean Index or AWMI (for each dimension) was calculated by using Weighted Mean
Index (WMI) method, which was the score for that dimension of the city. The scores obtained are
represented graphically in a spider diagram. In the study organized in 12 cities in India, Port Blair
and Nagpur were seen to have the highest CDRI scores. Even though theses scores can’t be
compared due to the differences in the context, there are some similarities in the results. The cities
which have good physical infrastructure, less unemployment, and relatively good flat terrain are
said to be more resilient. [6]
3.2 CITY RESILIENCE INDEX (CRI)
City Resilience Index is a framework that was formulated by ARUP and Rockefeller Foundation in
2014 under the City Resilience framework, which provides a holistic articulation of city resilience.
CRI aims to measure the resilience of a city over time rather than assign a score to the city’s
resilience. This initiative aims to create a network of 100 resilient cities. The frame essentially has 4
dimensions, 12 goals, and 52 indicators. The four dimensions are – Health and Wellbeing, Economy
and Society, Infrastructure and Ecosystems, and Leaders and Strategy. The questionnaire comprises
of 156 questions. The framework utilizes both Qualitative Measurements which can used to
evaluate the quality of the various indicators while Quantitative Measurements can help in gauging
the performance of the various indicators. As Resilience is an abstract concept, the measurements
over a period can help establish a baseline as well as the performance post disaster. [7] Surat was
one of the pilot cities selected to trial CRI in the world. Based on the findings of CRI, a Surat Resilience
Strategy was formulated with 7 areas of focus in 2017 with the aim of Surat more resilient. [8]
3.3 COMMUNITY BASED RESILIENCE ANALYSIS (COBRA)
Implemented by United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) with financial support from the
European Commission Directorate General for Humanitarian Aid and Civil Protection (ECHO) in four
Regions in Africa, CoBRA primarily focuses on community. This method is contextually based and
has no predefined indicators for the 5 dimensions for assessing resilience. The indicators of
Resilience are decided by the community by having several focus group discussions (FGDs) and key
informant interviews (KIIs). It can provide a valuable basis upon which to develop a small set of
locally specific indicators and to support strategic planning processes. Based on the finalized
parameters of resilience, based on the FGDs and KIIs, the people are asked to score the various
parameters twice, once in the normal times and one just after the last major disaster. The variation
in the scores can help establish how resilient these communities are, with inverse relations between
the two. The data is then shown in a spider diagram. This method was implemented in 4 regions of
Africa, viz., Marsabit, Turkana and Kajiado counties, Kenya & Karamoja sub-region, Uganda. [9]
4 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were born at the United Nations Conference on
Sustainable Development in Rio de Janeiro in 2012. The objective was to produce a set of universal
goals that meet the urgent environmental, political and economic challenges facing our world. By
endorsing a stand-alone goal on cities (Goal 11), known as the ‘urban SDG’, – make cities and human
P a g e | 10
settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable – the international community recognized
urbanization and city growth as a transformative force for development. [10]
5 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE VARIOUS FRAMEWORKS
This section aims to understand how the various framework stack up to one another and how
they rank up with the Sustainable Development goals.
Table 1 Comparative Analysis of Various Frameworks
Parameters CDRI CRI CoBRA

United Nations
Development Programme
Drylands Development &
Rockefeller Foundation
Developer Tokyo University, Japan European Commission
and ARUP
Directorate General for
Humanitarian Aid and Civil
Protection
100 Cities all over the
Context South East Asia 4 Regions in Africa
world
Physical Health and well being Financial
Social Economy and society Human
Dimensions Economic Infrastructure and Natural
Organizational ecosystems Physical
Natural Leadership and strategy Social
City Community
Scale City
Region Region
Non spatial Non spatial
Non-Spatial
Methodology Spreadsheet based Spreadsheet based
Focus Groups Based
Questionnaire Survey Questionnaire Survey
It allows the community
to define resilience, as it is
contextually based.
Applied in 100 cities all
Applied in 9 Asian It provides a basis for
over the world, so large
countries identifying quantitative
volume of data.
Concentrated more on impact and outcome
Relative performance over
climate changes indicators.
time
Nominate the scoring to CoBRA considers two
Capabilities and Sharing data and methods
the indicators temporal instances while
Limitations of solving issues within
Application of simple data assessing
the network of cities.
analyze model A CoBRA assessment is
Limited to just the 100
Not contextual based not a standalone
cities
Only one temporal measurement of
Complex Data Analysis
instance resilience.
Not contextual based
CoBRA cannot be used to
evaluate individual
programmes or services.
The three methods are different in the way they measure resilience and in the application of the
data. All the three frameworks are Non-Spatial in nature with limited or no mapping. While CDRI
and CRI are questionnaire and Survey based, CoBRA is based on focus group discussions. All three
primarily gather data which is used to strengthen the resilience of the place through strategies and
plans.
P a g e | 11
6 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS WITH SDG: GOAL 11
When comparing the three frameworks with the Sustainable Development Goal 11, it is seen that
CRDI and CRI are similar and with CoBRA being the least compactible with SDG Goal 11. CRI meets
most of the Sustainable Development Goals: Goal 11, with about 7 of the 10 targets being met. Also,
CRI also has the broadest scope of factors being considered when compared to the other two
frameworks.
Table 2 Comparative Analysis with SDG: Goal 11
SDG 11 Target 1 Target 2 Target 3 Target 4 Target 5 Target 6 Target 7 Target 8 Target 9 Target 10 Total
CDRI 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 6
CRI 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 7
CoBRA 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 4
(Source: The Author)
7 CONCLUSION
The ideal framework for Resilience Index to achieve Sustainable Development is the one in which
all targets of Sustainable Development Goals: Goal 11 has been met while also ensuring that various
parameters of what defines Resilience are also considered. The ideal framework for Resilience index
should be a Combination of the three frameworks studied. It should be a simple arithmetic model
like in CDRI, and have a really wide range of indicators and should be applicable all over the world
like CRI, while taking into consideration two temporal instances, one during the normal phase and
one during the most vulnerable times, and should also be tweakable to suit the local context in
which the indexing is being done as done in CoBRA. The Conceptual Framework must be to rank the
various cities under their resilience to better understand their strengths and weakness, and to make
the cities more resilient. The dimensions should consider Physical, Social, Economic, Organizational,
and Natural aspects, which will help understand the cities under consideration in a detailed manner.
The indicators should have the most match with the Sustainable development goals, with the
indicators missing from Sustainable Development Goals added to the list of indicators. The
framework developed should also be applicable all over the world, with certain questions being
tweaked based on the local context, thus enabling us to have local aspects incorporated into the
framework. The methodology for the framework should be Non-Spatial in nature with Spreadsheet
and Questionnaire based inputs, with the initial parameters set by establishing a focus group to
determine the local contextual parameters to be considered. The surveying should also incorporate
two time periods to gauge how the cities responded both during normal times, as well as during
disasters. The major applications should be to Gather information, and formulation of Policy
recommendations and resilience strategies, and to rank the various cities.
Further the targets 4 and 10 of the SDG also needs to met as well, to make the index an instrument
for sustainable development. Target 4 can be met by incorporating the indicators to consider
Natural and Cultural heritages. Target 10 of the SDG can be achieved by ensuring transfer of
knowledge to improve resilience between the cities in which the framework is applied. Thus, by
understanding the resilience of a place using resilience Index, a city’s stride towards sustainability
can be strengthened. Resilience is way of strengthening the pathway towards sustainability. By
making the cities more resilient, the chances for the city to become more sustainable increases.
P a g e | 12
Figure 1: Strengths of Frameworks
REFERENCES
[1] Urban Resilience Hub. Retrieved 18th January 2020, from http://urbanresiliencehub.org/what-is-urban-resilience/
[2] Tanner, T., Surminski, S., Wilkinson, E., Reid, R., Rentschler, J., Rajput, S. 2015. The Triple Dividend of Resilience.
Overseas Development Institute (ODI), International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/International
Development Association or The World Bank.
[3] The Rockefeller Foundation & ARUP. 2014. City Resilience Framework.
[4] Meerow, Sara & Newell, Joshua & Stults, Melissa, 2016, “Defining urban resilience: A review”, Landscape and
Urban Planning 147, 38-49, 10.1016/j.landurbplan.2015.11.011.
[5] Elmqvist, T., Andersson, E. Frantzeskaki, N. et.al , 2019, “Sustainability and resilience for transformation in the
urban century”, Nature Sustainability volume 2, pages267–273 (2019)
[6] Kyoto University & SEEDS India, 2010, India Profile: Climate and Disaster Resilience Index.
[7] The Rockefeller Foundation & ARUP, 2015, City Resilience Framework
[8] Surat Resilience Strategy, 2017, Resilient Surat/SCCT.
[9] UNDP, 2014, Understanding Community Resilience: Findings from Community-Based Resilience Analysis (CoBRA)
Assessments.
[10] UN-Habitat, 2016, SDG Goal 11 Monitoring Framework
P a g e | 13
ANALYSIS OF PLANNED EFFORTS TO ADDRESS THE URBAN

DEVELOPMENT CHALLENGES OF VISAKHAPATNAM METROPOLITAN
REGION
Gayathri Viswanathan
In charge , Department of Architecture
Birla Institute of Technology, Offshore Campus,
Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates.
viswasgayathri@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Visakhapatnam Metropolitan Region Development Authority (VMRDA) is the second largest urban
development region in the newly formed Andhra Pradesh. Being the largest industrial base,
knowledge and IT cluster; the city plays a key role in economic development of the state. The
purpose of this paper is to present the urban development challenges faced by the city and review
how planning and development authorities have been addressing such challenges through planned
efforts. This paper discusses the development strategies envisaged from time to time through
review of 3 statutory master plans relevant for the Visakhapatnam Metropolitan Region
Development Authority Area. They include (a) Master Plan 1989 (valid up to 2001); (b) Master plan
2005 (valid up to 2021), which is currently under implementation; and (c) Master Plan for
Visakhapatnam-Kakinada Petroleum Chemical Petrochemical Investment Region Special
Development Authority (VKPCPIR SDA) Area. The three master plans have been analysed through
the Multi-criteria analysis to assess their performance in addressing the urban development issues
of VMR.
Key words: Planned development, development strategies and Multi-criteria analysis of

Vishakhapatnam Metropolitan Region.
1. INTRODUCTION
Urban development problems by city authorities are addressed through implementation of overall
comprehensive plans for targeted year of twenty to thirty years and also through implementation
of certain area development plans and also through implementation of government sponsored
programs. Visakhapatnam is also not an exception. It is the most industrially developed city in the
state of Andhra Pradesh. Current metropolitan region has been revised as per government order
from 1721 sq.km to 6764.6 sq.km during the year 2016. However, the master plan prepared so far
was to the erstwhile area of 1761 sq.km only. It is pertinent to mention here that the VMRDA is in
the process of preparing a comprehensive master plan for the revised area of 6764.6 sq.km for the
targeted year of 2041.
2. VISHAKHAPATNAM – MAJOR INDUSTRIAL COASTAL METROPOLIS IN INDIA
Visakhapatnam Metropolitan Region Development Authority (VMRDA) is the second largest urban
development region in the newly formed Andhra Pradesh. It is connected by National Highway
(Golden Quadrilateral), East coast railway and airport with other States and major cities. Its
advantageous location coupled with export-import facilitation by the ports played key role in
P a g e | 14
attracting major investment in industrial sector, real estate and tourism sectors. Visakhapatnam is
a major urban node for all level of facilities in the region and this city serves as a nodal centre for
VK-PCPIR.
3. CHALLENGES
Review of three master plans of VMR since 1980s indicate the challenges faced by the VMR are as
follows:
• Urban sprawl and extension of urban areas and industries causing environmental threats,
congestion has become a core planning issue for the proper management and balanced
growth [1];
• Housing shortage: The Erstwhile Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region with the continuous
industrial growth has become a hub for burgeoning economic activities that has resulted
in the migration of population resulting in increase of housing demand and consequent
shortage;
• Water supply deficit: With the rapid increase in population and economic development
through various industries/commercials establishments the region experienced severe
water shortages that needed comprehensive solution;
• Absence of sewerage disposal network: The Vishakhapatnam urban area has a partial and
inadequate sewerage collection system and an inadequate sewerage treatment system;
• Water quality: Rapid increase of industries in the port area has resulted in water pollution.
Ground water in the Region has high concentrations of fluoride, nitrate, and zinc which
have aggravated various health problems of the residents;
• Exposure of the Erstwhile Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region to cyclones and floods:
Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region has been classified as a very high damage risk zone.
The coast is exposed to tidal surge and severe cyclones; and
• The presence of slums in the Visakhapatnam urban agglomeration is primarily on private,
railway and defense lands.
4. REVIEW OF PLANNED EFFORTS (MASTER PLANS)
The city development authority has prepared so far three master plans through which all the urban
development issues/ challenges were comprehensively addressed. This section presents the review
of all three master plans.
4.1 Master Plan, 2001
The Master Plan of the Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region [2] was prepared during the 1980s.
The population for which the master plan was prepared was around 2.2 million. The master plan
represented the following components:
• Strategy of the location of industries, which will be the key to future development pattern
in the region;
• Transport infrastructure necessary for achieving the proposed land development and for
opening up of new areas to be exploited as a major structuring element.
• Land development for major use (residential, industrial, commercial, institutional and
recreational) for each of the planning divisions and the resultant land uses in the terminal
year (2001); and
• Requirements of housing and the creation of other urban and rural infrastructure.
P a g e | 15
4.1.1 Development Strategies

v Figure 1: Vishakhapatnam Metropolitan Region master
plan-2021
a) Location of Industries-
consideration of inter
industry linkages, logistics
of transport,
developmental potential
and environmental
pollution aspects led to
the selection of suitable
location of different
categories of industries
[3].
b) Transportation- the
entire transportation
projections and
transportation system
plans were prepared for
the horizon year 2001.
The most important
elements of the
transportation system
that required
consideration were:
Proposals for new
diversion to national
highways: Development
of linking road; Rail
system; Bus transit
system [4]; Truck terminals; and Cycle tracks and pedestrian paths.
c) Housing – the master plan proposed an area of 17.47 thousand acres to be developed for
housing in different satellite towns to overcome the housing shortages. Slum improvement
also placed a special role in the housing strategy.
d) Social infrastructure – social infrastructure requirements recommended include education,
health and recreational sectors. Provisions were also made on the basis of backlogs and
future needs.
e) Environmental and ecological measures – the master plan proposed several concrete
measures for avoiding harmful environmental effects of industrialization and protect
ecological balance in the region. The plan underlined the need for up gradation of general
hygiene in urban areas. Afforestation programs were required to counter denudation of hills.
f) Satellite towns –the master plan suggested development of fifteen satellite towns which
were expected to emerge in the region to contain the anticipated pressure of population.
g) Investment plan – An investment pan was prepared which spread over a period of twelve
years, for the region. It was the transition of the physical development plan into financial
outlays [7].
P a g e | 16
The Master Plan (Fig 1) for the Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region was revised during 2004-05 for
the year 2021 along with five Zonal Development Plans namely Visakhapatnam, Gajuwaka,
Anakapalle, Bheemunipatnam and Vizianagaram.
The master plan covers an area of 1721 sq.km consisting of the five zones along with the
surrounding 287 villages. The projected population for Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region [1]
area for the year 2021 as per the master plan stands at 3.44 million, of which 2.09 million alone
were projected for Visakhapatnam Urban Agglomeration. The Vishakhapatnam metropolitan
region [2] area has been experiencing tremendous structural changes in the region due to mega
projects, Tourism Development and Visakhapatnam - Kakinada Industrial Corridor etc.
Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region is one of the key economic zones of Andhra Pradesh driven
majorly by Ports and Industries. Visakhapatnam Port is one of the country’s largest ports with
better storage and berth facilities and cargo handling facilities. The other large-scale industries
include Visakhapatnam Steel Plant, Bharat Heavy Vessels, National Thermal Power Corporation,
etc. Therefore, a major part of the land use policy was evolved by interacting with the major stake
holders of Visakhapatnam Metropolitan Region i.e., Key industries like Visakhapatnam Steel Plant,
Visakhapatnam Port Trust, East Coast Railways, etc.
The Master Plan envisaged to accommodate additional within the urban development of Municipal
limits. The review of the master plan indicated the development strategies as mentioned.
a) Eight future urban extension areas were proposed to be developed.
b) The Plan emphasizes that the VMR’s economic base would be driven by SEZs,
Vishakhapatnam port extension, new Gangavaram port, related new industrial activities and
tourism.
c) The Plan emphasized development of educational institutional areas for new and modern
disciplines including Bio-technology and Information technology etc. The Plan recommended
Growth Centers and growth points for balanced distribution of social infrastructure and
economic activities throughout the Region [6].
d) The major transport projects proposed by the Master Plan included logistics hub, regional
railway and bus terminus at proposed Marshaling yard, and an International airport. The
transport plan included road, rail, port and airport proposals, including a new regional rail
terminal station, development of regional commuter rail service corridor along the existing
and proposed rail line. The Regional network development plan included a Regional bypass,
and e Regional intermodal expressway and regional distributors.
e) The Master Plan provisioned space for construction of nearly 100,000 new houses to support
the additional population by 2021. Distribution of social infrastructure in Vishakhapatnam
metropolitan region was estimated on the basis of UDPFI guidelines, 1996 [7].
f) The Master Plan envisages efficient management of environmental sensitive features in
Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region including hills, forest and water bodies. The Plan also
recognized Coastal regulatory zones (CRZ) for regulating development in coastal stretch
within the 500 meters of HTL on the landward side.
g) The Plan recognized the importance of tourism sector in VMR. The tourism development
strategy included provision of basic amenities, provision of tourism infrastructure, skilled
service enterprises, and maintenance of tourist locations.
P a g e | 17
h) The Master Plan also prepared an investment plan for implementing the physical
development plan for 2021. The physical target for investment plan included land
acquisition, external land development and internal land development [8].
4.2 VK-PCPIR Master Plan 2031
The VKPCPIR SDA Master Plan for prepared for an area of 640 sq.km, primarily the coastal area
stretching from Visakhapatnam city to Kakinada city encompassing all industrial areas, petroleum
refineries, Petro chemical industries, ports and proposed ports and harbors (Fig 2). This was
prepared under the Government of India’s new scheme known as PCPIR policy. The VKPCIR SDA
Area is the largest in India. The Plan envisaged a planned strategy for a population of nearly
328,000 by 2031. The Master Plan area is well connected by all possible modes of transport
including road, rail, air and sea ports. It is on the 'Golden Quadrilateral' with the NH-16 connecting
it to Kolkata in the North and Chennai in the South. The Plan envisaged steep growth of
manufacturing sector leading to multiplier effect on transportation, logistics and services. The
overall economy was envisaged to position the region as a key manufacturing hub in the State [9].
With the planned growth of VK-PCPIR, it was estimated that the industrial and tertiary sector
contribution would be significantly large while the primary sector contribution would decrease, by
2031.
Figure 2: VK-PCPIR master plan
VK PCPIR being the largest PCPIR in India has a greater responsibility towards the national vision in
balancing the targeted manufacturing growth with inclusivity and sustainability. Key priorities while
addressing the preparation of the Master Plan included several aspects pertaining to basic
infrastructure, fishery sector development, skill development for enhanced local employment
opportunities, protection of environment, industrial infrastructure and curtailing of any unplanned
sprawl.
The goals and strategies adopted for achieving the vision for an inclusive and sustainable region are
highlighted hereafter:
a) Promotion of industries in the manufacturing sector like steel, metal fabrication.
b) Provision of a strategic transport connectivity through road and rails linking the current
national highway network and rail network to enhance efficient movement of goods and
passenger;
c) Provision of a trans-regional ‘facility corridor’ along with an expressway interconnecting all
existing and envisaged processing areas with logistic hubs and three existing ports and two
proposed ports in VK-PCPIR;
P a g e | 18
d) Adequate provision for efficient physical infrastructure services to all settlements and access
to social infrastructure facilities including green open spaces, recreational areas, health,
educational and religious institutions and other public and semi-public uses;
e) Regulation of urban development through re-densification and development control
mechanism in areas where already organic and haphazard development are underway;
f) Promotion of planned spatial development, which is eco system sensitive; and
g) Protection of coastal zone and permission to only those activities, which will not hamper
coastal eco-system and conforming to CRZ regulations.
5. Analysis of Performance of Master Plans in VMR
The three master plans VMR Master Plan, 2001; VMR Master Plan, 2021; and VKPCPIR Master Plan,
2035 have been analysed to assess their performance in addressing the urban development issues
of VMR.
Figure 3: Performance of Master Plan 2001
An effiecient infrastructure
system
Assessment Criteria
An efficient transportation
system
Managing envrionment and
combat climate change
Managing strategic spatial
growth
Maintaining economic growth
and prosperity
0 5 10 15 20 25
Weighted Score
5.1 Multi-criteria analysis

An attempt had been made in this paper to assess the performance of master plans in VMR using
multi criteria analysis. The following 22 criteria’s have been chosen under the following five major
themes which are considered to be the sustainable development of any metropolitan region. A
robust methodology has been adopted for the multi criteria analysis.
1. Maintaining economic growth and prosperity
a) Enhancement/ consolidation of existing employment areas

b) New Industrial areas
c) New mixed use/ commercial districts
d) New tourism/ recreational districts
P a g e | 19
Figure 4: Performance of Master Plan 2021
An effiecient infrastructure…
Assessmnet Criteria
An efficient transportation…
Managing envrionment and…
Managing strategic spatial growth
Maintaining economic growth…
0 5 10 15
Weighted Score
2. Managing strategic spatial growth
a) Densification of existing residential districts

b) New residential districts
c) Housing for all
d) Slum improvement
e) Transit led development (TOD)
Figure 5: Performance of VK PCPIR Master

Plan 2031
Assessment Criteria
An effiecient infrastructure…
An efficient transportation system
Managing envrionment and…
Managing strategic spatial growth
Maintaining economic growth…
0 1 1 2 2
Weighted Score
3. Managing environment and combat climate change
a) Integration of CZRM
b) Protection of water bodies/ environmental sensitive designations
c) Enhancement of heritage assets protection of agriculture
4. An efficient transportation system: Public transit system (BRTS/MRTS)
a) Public transport terminals

b) Non-motorized transport (NMT) infrastructure
c) Parking areas
d) New roads
P a g e | 20
5. Efficient infrastructure system
a) Use of Non-renewable energy

b) Smartly managed water supply system
c) Increased sewerage system
d) Municipal SWM.
5.12 FINDINGS
The key stakeholder such as the Chief Urban Planners, Planning officers, Chief city Planner, GVMC,
Architects and practitioners, real estate agents have been contacted and were requested to score
the performance of master plans under these criteria. Therefore, the weighted average index
method has been used to analyze the scoring of these criteria under the five themes by the stake
holders to arrive at the overall performance of each of the plans (Fig. 3, Fig.4 and Fig. 5).
6 CONCLUSION
The performance assessment of master plans or spatial development undertaken by the

government/urban development authority for a sustainable development of VMR reveals
interesting findings:
a) The plan seems to have achieved a better performance with respect to managing its strategic
spatial growth over the years;
b) The 2nd important factor where the plan had performed better is with respect to managing
and environment and combating climate change;
c) The plan also performed a medium to high performance with respect to implementation of
efficient transportation system; and
d) The plan seems to have performed poor relatively with respect to providing its infrastructure
services as it could be due to the non-availability of funds from various sources.
REFERENCES
[1] Visakhapatnam Urban Development Authority, Visakhapatnam metropolitan region Master Plan, 2021,
Visakhapatnam, 2007.
[2] Master plan, Visakhapatnam development area and its vicinity, Vishakhapatnam metropolitan region master
plan, June 1996.
[3] Micro Small and Medium Enterprises, Brief Industrial Profile of Visakhapatnam District, Br.MSME-
Development Institute, Ministry of Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, Government. of India
[4] Improvement of Bus Rapid Transit System: Feasibility Study, AECOM
[5] Smart City Infrastructure Plans for Visakhapatnam, Smart City Master Planning + Sector Specific, Volume I &II,
Task 6: Interim Report, October 2016.
[6] Smart city master planning and sector-specific smart city, Infrastructure projects for Visakhapatnam,
Integrated smart city framework plan, AECOM, 2017
[7] UDPFI, Urban Development Plans Formulation and Implementation guidelines, Ministry of Urban Affairs and
employment, Government of India, New Delhi, 1996.
[8] Smart City Infrastructure Plans for Visakhapatnam, Smart City Master Planning + Sector Specific, Task 13:
Action Agenda for Capital Investment Program, July 2017.
[9] Census of India, 2011, Andhra Pradesh, Series-29 part XII-B, District census handbook, Visakhapatnam, Village
and town wise, Primary census abstract (PCA), Directorate of census operations.
P a g e | 21
ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING: ESTABLISHING AN

INTERFACE DESIGN RELATION BY EXPLORING POSSIBILITIES IN SATELLITE
TOWN RING ROAD PLANNING PROJECT FOR BENGALURU
Dr. H.N. Nagendra

Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
University of Mysore
Mysuru, India
nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The Transportation aspects in relation to socio-economic as well as location and linkage of
Bengaluru city with its urban and regional contexts plays a significant role for the future need of
greater Bengaluru in the present context of its highest primacy in the state of Karnataka. The master
plan for Satellite Town Ring Road in Bengaluru Metropolitan Region has been proposed primarily
for providing good regional accessibility to Bengaluru as well as decentralisation of Bengaluru.
Though the Satellite Town Ring Road is a single linear roadway element, this paper explores
potential scope and different possibilities of design the area of Architecture and Urban Design.
Key words: Satellite Town; Ring Road; Decentralisation and Primate city; Urban Aesthetics.
1. INTRODUCTION:
The Satellite Town Ring Road, a regional roadway, it enables movement of people, goods and
services by integrating all modes of transport in the Bengaluru Metropolitan Region. It is one of the
important proposals from the planning authority as the Bengaluru city itself demands it; this has
been identified from the study of history and its physical setting.
Bengaluru city region is situated in the heart of the South Deccan plateau in peninsular India of the
South-Eastern corner of Karnataka State between the parallels of 12O39’ N and 13O19’ N and
longitudinal meridian of 77O22’ E and 77O5’ E at an average elevation of about 900 meters covering
an area about 8050.45 sq. kms. (Bangalore rural 5860.45 sq. kms., & urban districts 2190 sq. kms.).
The present city site of Bengaluru seems to have been an inhabited place at least from 1000 B.C.
The Department of Archaeology has reformed this, later Kadamba, Chola, Hoysala and Vijayanagar
were some of the important dynasties who ruled the province of Bangalore between 5th century
A.D. & 16th century A.D. In the 1st Century A.D., Bengaluru seems to have been a settlement of little
importance. From about 11th century A.D., Bengaluru the oldest settlement gained some
importance as an administrative centre and was located along the southern trade route and its
name was metamorphosed into Bangalore as mentioned in the inscriptions of 1247 A.D.
Kempe Gowda I, one of the Palegara who was ruling Bangalore shifted his capital from Yelahanka
and delimited the boundary by erecting towers around it before 1687 AD. Later, Hyder Ali and Tipu
ruled the capital then developed Bangalore as an industrial and commercial centre.
They ruled Mysore territories by keeping Bengaluru as a defence centre and Srirangapatna as a
capital city. But with the successive efforts of the English, Bangalore was captured in 1791 AD and
Srirangapatna in 1799 AD. Later, the kingdom was distributed amongst its allies. As per their treaty,
the ancient city of Mysore was made as the capital and not Srirangapatna and the English shifted
their garrison to Bangalore. Thus during 1800 AD as recorded in history, Bengaluru which originally
P a g e | 22
entered as an insignificant settlement, became one of the most important places in Southern India
in the state of Karnataka because of its geographic, economic and social advantages.
2. SATELLITE TOWN RING ROAD: A NEED FOR BENGALURU:
Karnataka, the fourth most urbanized state in the country faces the challenges related to
urbanization. Presently it has only one metropolitan city with a metropolitan region, namely,
Bangalore Metropolitan Region with Bengaluru being the only mega city with highest primacy in the
state. Bengaluru and its hinterland have evolved and transformed over the year’s subject to
influences of various factors urban growth and development.
In 1985, the Government of Karnataka constituted Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development
Authority (BMRDA) by defining “Bangalore Metropolitan Region” (BMR). Presently the BMR has an
area of 8005 sq.kms with a population of about 11.66 million (2011 census). Now, the whole BMR
is constituted by three districts, viz., Bengaluru Urban, Bengaluru Rural and Ramanagaram district,
it is further divided into 11 taluks. These taluks in turn have 16 Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) and 284
Gram Panchayats covering 2551 villages.
Figure 1. Location of BMR

(Source: Revised Structural Plan for Bengaluru Metropolitan Region, 2031)
The region has only one corporation namely, “Bruhat Bangalore Mahanagar Palike” (BBMP), which
covers an area of about 800 sq.kms. and houses a population of approximately 8.44 million, it is
surrounded by Bangalore Metropolitan Area (BMA) comes under the planning jurisdiction of
Bangalore Development Authority (BDA).
The other ULBs in BMR are 6 City Municipal Councils, namely – Ramanagaram, Kanakapura,
Channapatna, Doddaballapur, Hosakote, Hebbagodi and 10 Town Municipal Councils, namely –
Magadi, Vijayapura, Devanahalli, Anekal, Nelamangala, Attibele, Jigani, Bommasandra,
Chandappura and Bidadi. There are two urban development authorities – Bangalore Development
Authority (BDA) and Ramanagar Urban Development Authority (RUDA) and 10 planning authorities
within BMR. All these authorities have found difficulty in accommodating unprecedented growth
and development of Bengaluru and spreads radially with an equal scope in all directions, with a
compact growth and high density beyond the allowable limit. (Table 1&2). Because of urban
expansion the vehicle dependency has been increased to 1:5. (Table 2). Parallel to the personal
vehicles, it is estimated that the public transport users also increased to 51%. (table. 4), because of
P a g e | 23
these most of the roads are carrying more than double of their designed capacity in the year 2001
itself. (table. 4), and most of the roads are not encouraging designed speed, it has been coming
down to 50%.
Hence, the BMR Structure Plan which was prepared in the year 2011, has been again revised for the
year 2031 called Revised Structure Plan 2031 (RSP 2031), in which the regional accessibility and
urban decentralisation were expressed as significant aspects in the structure plan for the future of
Bengaluru, and suggested to have proposal of Satellite Town Ring Road in the Bengaluru
Metropolitan Region.
Figure 2. Growth Direction of Bengaluru.
Table 1: Recommended Average Densities for Developed Area (as per URDPFI)
Persons per hectare (pph) in
Settlement Type
Plain Areas Hill Areas
Small Towns 75 – 125 45 – 75
Medium Towns 100 – 150 60 – 90
Metro Cities 125 – 175 -
(Source: URDPFI guideline, Vol. 1, 2015)

Table 2: Growth of Population & Vehicles in BMA and Vehicle Population Ratio
Population in Decennial Vehicles in Decennial Vehicle – Population

Year
lakhs growth rate lakhs growth rate ratio
1971 16.64 - 0.52 - 1:32
1981 29.13 75.54 1.90 265.00 1:15
1991 41.30 41.39 6.84 260.00 1:6
2001 57.59 39.44 15.66 129.00 1:3.5
2011 111.2 33.6 27.2 123.00 1:5
(Source: Compiled by Author, * Estimated)
P a g e | 24
7.1.1 Table 3: Population growth and percentage of population served by BMTC
Population served per day

Total Population % of population using BMTC
Year (decadal percentage of total
(in lakhs) Service
population served)
1961 12.70 2.04 16.01%
1971 16.64 3.18 19.11%
1981 29.13 7.49 25.71%
1991 40.86 17.50 42.83%
2001 56.70 25.75 45.41%
2020* 111,12 36.3 51%
(Source: Bangalore Metropolitan Transport Corporation)

7.2 Table 4: Peak hour speeds on the Urban Roads within corporation limit
Speed 2001 2016*
In (kmph) Percentage Percentage
10-20 27.04% 48.81%
20-30 47.48% 47.27%
30-40 23.35% 11.71%
>40 2.13% 0.21%
(Source: Rail India Technical Economical Service Ltd. (RITES), 2001 Report, *Estimated
through observation)
2.1 Vision of STRR Project and its Planning:

“Vision of the project is to provide good regional accessibility to Bengaluru and to decentralisation
of excessive urban growth and development of Bengaluru by distributing them in the Bengaluru
Metropolitan Region”.
The idea of having STRR has been taken up by declaring its Local Planning Area (LPA). The LPA has
been delineated by considering an area extending up to 1km on either side of the proposed 1oomts
STRR road edge which are connecting the towns, such as Ramanagara, Kanakapura, Anekal,
Hosakote, Devanahalli and Doddaballapura by declaring them as satellite towns to Bengaluru. The
master planning process has been started with an intention of resolving issues related to growth
and development disparities in the Bangalore Metropolitan Region for the better future of
Bengaluru city and for Improving the regional accessibility through STRR by integrating with other
major road network such as Intermediate Ring Road (IRR), Individual Town Ring Road (ITRR) and
Radial Road (RR) along with an intention of planning for an integrated transport system.
P a g e | 25
Figure 3. Location of Satellite Town Ring Road (STRR)
(Source: Author Compiled)
3. PLANNING FOR STRR AND EXPLORING POSSIBILITIES FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS:

The Bengaluru which is grown to capital city status and developed as metropolitan city with highest
primacy factor, these has made the city to develop to a massive scale and whole city is densely
developed, to achieve the vision of STRR and to integrate the objectives RSP 2031, the urban
mobility plan and the land use plan has been conceptualised before planning with three options.
3.1 Optional Approach [I]: Promoting developments along STRR and area adjacent to the
designated satellite towns of STRR
The development proposals are proposed based on the potentials of future growth. The
development proposals have been planned to organise [1] along front foot edges of STRR, at rear
areas and [3] at identified nodes along the centre line alignment of STRR at the places where lateral
road intersects, by defining them as major nodes, minor nodes and intermediate nodes by
integrating with policy and regulations. The architectural design possibilities have opened up here,
to design an appropriate built form to the front foot edges, rear areas and at spaces of major nodes,
minor nodes and intermediate nodes of STRR.
The total width of STRR, that is, 100mts has been divided into three separate distinct lane width.
The road strip adjacent to the front foot areas on both sides are designated as urban mobility lane
of 25mts (UML) and the central portion of the STRR lane width is designated as regional mobility
lane (RML) of width 50mts.
The urban and regional traffic through STRR, if it is required to interchange their flowing direction
or moving path, it will be encouraged at major/ minor nodes or intermediate nodes or at selected
places with suitable openings called Route Exchange Points (REP). The route exchange points are
conveniently located with a suitable distance and locations.
P a g e | 26
The STRR LPA spaces along both sides of STRR has 1km each are divided into suitable blocks to
consider them under a proposed planning district. In the process of division of blocks, the area under
the block located at corner of the intersection points of existing urban and regional roads of BMR
are called Corner Blocks (CB). The STRR LPA area in the form of block, in between the corner blocks
between the STRR and lateral road way intersections are called Intermediate Blocks (IB). The STRR
LPA area which is divided into individual block is divided further into area called Front Foot Area
(FFA) and Rear Area (RA). The division will be marked with an imaginary line to demarcate the
boundary for the invariable size. The total depth measuring lateral to the STRR is about 1.0 km, as
prescribed by the STRR PA. The total depth of STRR LPA in lateral direction to STRR centreline is
divided into Front Foot Area (FFA) and Rear Area (RA) and the sum of front foot area depth and rear
area depth in total constitutes a depth of STRR LPA i.e. 1.0 KM. The line dividing the FFA and RA may
or may not run throughout the length of STRR and it can break at the blocks where the division is
not required to accommodate the land use which has scope of common character and compatible
in nature.
The area 1.0 sq km is also a comfortable size for designing this as minimum optimum area to make
as liveable neighbourhood, thus it can satisfy the principles of neighbourhood as prescribed by
Clearance A. Perry. So these blocks have been considered for detailed plan preparation either in a
size of 1 km x 1 km or multiple of these consecutive blocks in full or partial sizes in series along the
STRR alignment on both sides.
3.2. Optional Approach [II]: Urban and Regional Development Nodes in STRR LPA
The Optional approach (II) has been conceptualised based on the development requirements of
BMR based on its objectives. The developments have been proposed by considering importance at
both urban and regional context of BMR. Any development which is having the scope at regional
context of the South Karnataka State (SKS) will be proposed at identified location by designing them
as STRR Regional Growth Nodes (STRR RGN). The same node could be a developmental node for
the additional growth and developmental which are required as per the objectives of STRR and RSP
of BMR. The developments which are required to be accommodated in the BMR and those
developments which can be brought under the process of urban decentralisation within the
conurbation area of Bangalore will be designated as STRR Urban Growth Nodes (STRR-UGN). These
nodes can take decentralised growth part for creating better liveable ambience by decongesting
and reorganising the internal planning area. The STRR Regional Growth Nodes (STRR-RGN) are
designated for different types of development according to regional needs of SKR as well as the
regional needs of the BMR.
3.3 Optional Approach 3: Decentralisation using Transit Oriented Developments. (TOD)
The urban core infrastructure in the satellite towns of STRR and the existing urban structure in
Bengaluru conurbation area and infrastructure for the future developments in the STRR LPA need
to be balanced through planned distributions and required to be integrated in the planning
processes of RSP 2031. The requirement of urban growth and development decentralisation can be
planned through the concept of "Transit Oriented Development" (TOD). Hence with reference to
development potentials; such of those to the space specific can be explored through the design
techniques urban design for promoting TOD.
P a g e | 27
Figure 4. Conceptual Diagram for Optional Approach 1, 2 & 3
(Source: Author Compiled)
4. CONCLUSION
The overall development proposals of STRR LPA are required to be distributed based on potentials
of satellite towns and other design proposals such as; (i) Development along STRR for urban and
regional mobility, (ii) Urban decentralization of Bangalore; (iii) Transport corridor development of
lateral roads of STRR; (iv) STRR LPA for BMR developments; (v) STRR LPA for Urban and Rural
developments in the BMR. The smart city planning in the present context have been considered
along with regular urban planning as New Urban Utopia of postcolonial India and portrayed as
essential need for an entrepreneurial urbanization. Hence, the smart city planning can also be
integrated with sustainable development in the overall planning processes of the STRR. The STRR
project has been conceptualised to establish an interface design relation between planning and
architecture by exploring different possibilities in satellite town ring road planning project for
greater Bengaluru.
REFERENCES
[1] Bourne L.S., “Self-fulfilling prophecies? Decentralization, inner city decline and the quality of urban life”, journal
of American planning association, vol. 56, no.4, autumn 1992, pages 509-513.
[2] Sharma P.R., “growth centers and regional development – aspects of theory and policy”, habit international,
vol. 8, no. 2, 1984, pages 133 to 150.
[3] Peter hall, “changing urban hierarchies in the development process: an international compassion, habitat
international, vol. 7, no. 516, 1983, pages 129-135.
[4] Brett M.R. and Crowther, “problems in the urbanization of India”, journal of institute of town planners, India,
vol. 6, no. 3 (133), March 1988, pages 11-21.
[5] Ravindra A., “Metropolitan Bangalore – a Management Perspective”, the times research foundation report,
research & publication sponsored by government of Karnataka, 1991.
[6] Vagale L.R., “Trends in urbanization in India and their impact on settlement structure: factors on Karnataka”,
institute of town planners, India, Karnataka regional chapter, Bangalore, silver jubilee celebrations souvenir,
1997.
[7] Government of Karnataka, “Bangalore Master Plan – 2015” and” Revised Structure Plan 2013”published by
Bangalore Development Authority, 2005 and 2018
[8] Government of India, “Report on the smart cities mission of ministry of housing & urban affairs (MoHUA 2016)
[9] Census of India, District Town Directory-Bangalore 2011.
P a g e | 28
ASSESSMENT PATTERN FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
D.Sathya J.Milan Shamili

Crescent School of Architecture Crescent School of Architecture
Chennai, India Chennai, India
sathirdm@gmail.com shami1310@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Design is all about creating a liveable and lovable space based on user needs. Analysing and
brainstorming would be the best way for getting the output of a project. It can be done using proper
evaluations. Evaluation is the orderly process of multiple assessments from groundwork to final
output. It identifies the student’s strengths, needs and contributions to the design. This paper
attempts to address how design can be assessed in each and every stage of individual project and
how assessment can be incorporated in design. The assessment can be done in multiple methods
through one and one discussion with internal guide, intermediate review, continuous assessment
test and daily assessment. Although assessments are helpful in markings, it eventually enhances
status of individual students, work identity, improve design developments. This study will likewise
add to the futuristic way of evaluating and to change the perception of markings among the
students.
Keywords: Evaluation; Improvement; Strength; Identity; Developments
1 INTRODUCTION
Design is creating liveable and lovable space. It can be considered as the heart of architect’s life. The
design can be compared to many scenarios in our daily life. For example, developing design form
concept to final stage is compared to giving birth to a baby from embryo to foetal stage.
The design can be considered as important element in people's life in many ways. It can influence
human life. It defines the status of people and it brings human comfort and quality of life.
2 STAGES OF DESIGN
A good design can be achieved in different stages with many criticisms. A criticism can helps in
enhancing the design. There are five stages in design. They are study stage, concept stage, schematic
design 1 (Design development stage 1), schematic design 2 (Design development stage 2), final
presentation.
These stages can be followed sequentially in order to extract the best design out of the students.
2.1 Study Stage
The first and foremost stage for design development is the study stage. Study stage comprises of
design introduction, data collection and study part. It is collecting information and preparing ground
work about the design which gives the different perspective towards design. The students will
P a g e | 29
approach the design in different perspectives by referring the other projects and data available in
the standards.
The flow chart of study stage is showed in figure 1,
Figure 2: Study stage

2.2 Concept Stage:
The concept stage is the following next to the study phase. This phase should be given with more
weightage of marks as it influences more on design.
Analysing the site and conceptual sketches will lead to evolution of design. In this stage, proper
guidance should be given to students to channelize the ideas in the proper way.
The flow chart of concept stage is showed in figure 2,
Figure 2: Concept stage

2.3 Schematic Design 1 (Design development stage 1)
Design development stage 1 is the schematic evolution of conceptual ideas to floor plans and
details. It includes the furniture layouts and the using of design elements in efficient ways.
Sections and elevations act as a supporting element to understand the activity inside the building,
difference in levels, dimensions easily.
Inputs like usage of circulation corrections, new materials and ideas to enhance interiors are given
by the externals in the intermediate reviews.
Figure 3: Schematic Design 1
P a g e | 30
Schematic design 2 (Design development stage 2)
This stage is the evolution of the schematic drawing 1. It is supposed to be the final drawings with
all technical details.
Figure 4: Schematic Design 2

Final presentation
Final presentation is about rendering of all drawings with different techniques according to
individuals. It can be manual or computerized presentation or the combination of both.
The above mentioned five stages are the important phases in design, which helps to improve the
design with proper assessment pattern at different stages of design.
ASSESSMENTS
Assessment is evaluating the student’s works, overall performance in different stages of design. The
mark weightage may vary according to various stages. Assessment pattern can be done in the
following sequence.
Self-Assessment by student
It is the self-analyzing of the project done by the student before approaching the internal guide. It
helps the student to understand about the deliverables of the design. The student gets the
opportunity to think out of the box in different means. It eventually improves the self-confidence of
the student.
2.4 Discussions with internal guide
After self- analysis phase, the internal guide helps the student through one on one discussions for
further design development on daily basis. The internal guide should ensure that the students are
oriented towards the right direction with proper guidance.
2.5 Internal review
Periodical reviews should be conducted internally to discuss the design process and markings will
be done. This helps students to improve their thinking process based on the current status of their
design.
P a g e | 31
2.6 Intermediate external review
External review should be conducted in each stage of design. This is one of the important phases in
the assessment process as the external review helps to acquire the practical knowledge from the
external practicing architect. Students make revisions on their design based on the external’s
feedback. External reviewer evaluates student's work and overall performance.
2.7 Mock review
It's the pre-final stage which will be conducted before the final viva, to explore and experience the
essence of final review. This assessment is the final opportunity given to the students to correct
their mistakes if any. It helps the students to prepare for the final viva voce well in advance.
2.8 Final Viva voce
The final viva is the actual stage where the students can realize the benefits of the design output. It
helps to identify their strength, status, knowledge acquired. This assessment is the crucial stage for
final evaluation and ranking.
These are the six-assessment pattern helps to achieve the significant design outcome.
3 EVALUATION PROCESS
The evaluation process can be done with one on one discussions with internal guide, producing
sheets and making models and on time submissions.
4 OUTCOME
The overall outcome of the paper is to address the assessment patterns used for developing design
and to achieve the final output and also to achieve the followings,
Students can be moulded and tuned to see the seamless improvements
To study the students at where they stand.
Quality improvement for best and better architects.
To have maturity in design.
Design maturity can be improved in greater levels.
Students growth can be improved in greater levels.
Self-confidence can be improved.
Prepare the students to become a professional by practice them on daily basis.
Students get used to the habit of doing design on daily basis if assessment and evaluation happens
daily.
Quality of design can be improved.
Self-assessment/self-analysis is created. They can compare their works with their own output of last
review.
They get the opportunity to explore out of the box.
5 CONCLUSION
There is always a scope for improvement in each field. Assessments can also be improved in the
future by Projecting the students works in common forum. As a resultant, one can avoid or eliminate
stage fear, improves the confident of student, senior junior interaction can be done in healthy way.
P a g e | 32
BIO-INTEGRATED MATERIALS IN ARCHITECTURE: NATURE INSPIRED

TECHNOLOGY AND ITS IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT
Anagha Arunkumar
Faculty of Architecture
PES University
Bangalore, India
Email: anaghaarun97@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Imitating nature is a time-tested, effective strategy in designing innovative buildings. Integrating

biomimicry into the design process produces benefits for designers and the environment, as bio-
inspired designs can contribute largely to sustainability and positive environmental response.
Sensible biomimetic approaches have consistently produced environmentally sensitive, innovative,
and intelligent materials and material systems for buildings.
Bio-integrated materials are a promising resource for the construction of buildings in the twenty-
first century due to factors such as sustainability and versatility. Most often, they can be produced
locally, ensuring minimum transportation costs and adverse ecological impact. The paper describes
the potential of biomaterials for use in the construction industry, as well as their role as a mitigation
strategy for climate change. New products resulting from material modifications and
functionalization are discussed along with their environmental impact- such as reduced embodied
energy and reduced carbon footprint of buildings, as well as better thermal performance in
operational stages. The study is supported by examples of projects that include the use of these bio-
integrated materials.
The paper systematically analyses existing literature on bio-integrated materials used in

architecture, design and construction. It further explores the concept of a circular economy using
biomaterials, and the viability of a complete circular bioeconomy where the organic and technical
cycles are distinct from one another
Key Words: biomimicry, smart materials, intelligent buildings, environmental impact, energy
efficiency
1 INTRODUCTION
Building materials have progressed from the simple mud and thatch of prehistoric times to
advanced, complex composites such as self-healing and luminescent concretes, thermoplastic
carbon fibre and translucent wood that the world sees and experiences today. Over time, materials
have gone from being simple derivatives of nature to exceedingly artificial; from biodegradable to
imperishable; local and indigenous to global; reparable and recyclable to disposable. While the
materials of today have helped us create great structures and marvellous records, they come with
grave consequences for the natural environment that our buildings are fast replacing.
P a g e | 33
The modern construction industry is one of the strongest in terms of economy. In 2018, the
construction industry spending worldwide amounted to 11.4 trillion U.S. dollars. Construction
expenditures are expected to reach 14 trillion U.S. dollars in 2025. While the economic cost of
construction is easy to gauge, it is the hidden energy, ecological and social costs that have a hard-
hitting impact on people and nature. [1]
Ecological costs can be both on the macro and micro scales. The macro, environmental pollution of
extraction industries that building materials heavily rely on such as mining, petroleum, and logging
produce environmental damage at their very source, as well as in transportation of the raw
materials, manufacturing, transportation of the finished products, retailing, and installation. This is
followed by the pollution caused by the material in its lifespan, and that which results from
dismantling and disposal processes. Most materials today are not completely recyclable, leading to
a certain percentage of waste that piles up over time in landfills.
The initial energy costs of constructing a new building include the amount of energy consumed to
produce, deliver and install the material. The long-term energy cost includes the costs of continuing
to produce and deliver energy to the building for its use, maintenance, and eventually, its removal.
The lifetime embodied energy of the structure continues to grow with time and use. The reuse,
recycling and disposal of the building materials themselves, and the behaviour of the materials can
be controlled to help minimize the life-time energy consumption of the structure.
According to the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), “the increased construction
activities and urbanization will increase waste which will eventually destroy natural resources and
wild life habitats over 70% of land surface from now up to 2032.” [2]
Research conducted by the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) shows that the construction
industry accounts for 40% of worldwide energy usage, with estimations that by 2030, emissions
from commercial buildings will grow by 1.8%. Further, according to the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), construction activity can “significantly change the surface of a land” largely due to
the “clearing of vegetation and excavating”, common in many construction projects. As per the
findings of the agency, the result means surrounding environments can be heavily polluted,
particularly surrounding water pools, which have experienced an increase in pollution as a result of
various construction projects in recent years. Moreover, research by Kleiwerks states that building
materials such as concrete, aluminium, and steel are directly responsible for large quantities of CO2
emissions due to high contents of embodied energy content, with 9.8 million tons of CO2 generated
from the production of “76 million tons of finished concrete in the USA alone.” [2]
Worryingly enough, the construction sector’s current practices aimed at reducing pollutants or
omissions are simply ineffective in the face of such large amounts of pollution. To make matters
worse, construction activities consume half of all the resources extracted from nature, and account
for one-sixth of global freshwater consumption, one-quarter of wood consumption, and one-
quarter of global waste, according to the research.
2 THE ALTERNATIVE
Reducing or avoiding construction altogether in today’s economy and rapidly growing need for
urban infrastructure is not a practical solution to the problem of adverse ecological and social
impact. Where can a significant change be made? In the very materials employed in building.
P a g e | 34
Architects and scientists are becoming increasingly aware of the problems posed by conventional
construction materials and are rising to the challenge in the most innovative ways.
Experts are now trying to reverse the trend of construction materials becoming increasingly artificial
by deriving brand new materials from nature itself. Natural additives, systems, and processes are
being researched and integrated into the modern construction industry in the hope of reducing
ecological impact and creating smarter, more sustainable buildings.
A biomaterial is any matter, surface, or construct that derives from or interacts with biological
systems. The study of biomaterials is called bio materials science. It has experienced steady and
strong growth over its history, with many companies investing large amounts of money into
developing new products and processes. Biomaterials science encompasses elements of medicine,
biology, chemistry, tissue engineering, architecture and materials science.
Bio-integrated materials range from simple additives to concrete to reduce embodied energy,
increase lifespan and strength, and contribute through new, innovative uses; to entirely newly-
grown scaffolding systems that respond to solar cycles and regulate internal thermal environment
of a building.
It is crucial to define the difference between bio-inspired and bio-integrated design. Biomimicry is
defined as imitating or taking inspiration from nature’s forms and processes to solve human
problems. Materials chosen for the product in question are not necessarily related to or derived
from the biological source of inspiration. In bio-integrated design, however, biology is not merely a
source of inspiration. Living systems are physically integrated into the design and either take part in
material production, or become a part of the material itself. Organisms like bacteria, fungi and algae
are cultured with various nutrients in controlled environments, and are at times modified using
synthetic biology, in order to create biomaterials. These material systems are usually associated
with smart and sustainable design, responsible use of resources, and intelligent waste management.
3 PRESENT AND PROPOSED APPLICATIONS
3.1 Self-healing Concrete
Are there bacteria which could potentially behave as a catalyst for self-healing in concrete? From a
microbiological point of view, the application of bacteria in concrete, or the consideration of
concrete as a habitat for specialized bacteria, is not peculiar by any means. Though the concrete mix
at first glance seems inhospitable for life, due to its very dry and extremely alkaline nature,
comparable natural systems do exist where bacteria survive and indeed, thrive. Active bacteria can
be found inside rocks, at depths of more than a kilometre within the earth’s crust, in dry deserts as
well as in ultra-basic (alkaline) environments.
These desiccation-resistant and alkali-resistant bacteria typically form spores, which are specialized
cells that enable the microorganism to resist high mechanically and chemically induced stresses.
Low-metabolic activity and extremely long lifespans are also typical characteristics of spores, and
some species of bacteria are known to produce spores which are viable for up to two hundred years.
In a number of recent studies [3] the potential for application of bacteria in concrete technology
was recognized and reported on, such as for the cleaning of concrete surfaces as well as for the
improvement of mortar compressive strength. Other topics under intensive research include
bacterial treatment of degraded limestone, ornamental stone, and concrete structures for durability
improvement. Due to bacterially controlled precipitation of dense calcium carbonate layers, crack-
P a g e | 35
sealing, as well as significant decreases in permeability of concrete surfaces were observed in these
studies, leading to heightened interest and speculation about other potential applications of
bacteria in material technology.
Bacteria on fresh crack surfaces become activated due to water ingression, start to multiply and
precipitate minerals such as calcite (CaCO3), which eventually seal the crack and protect the steel
reinforcement from further external chemical attack.
Figure 3: Scenario of crack-healing by concrete-immobilized bacteria.
4 MYCELIUM-BASED PRODUCTS
Mycelium are thin root-like fibers originating from fungi, which run underneath the ground and help
in propagation of the species. [4] When dried, these fibers can be used as an extremely strong, water
resistant, mould resistant and fire-resistant building material that can be grown into specific forms,
thus reducing scaffolding and processing requirements significantly. Applications of this purely
organic material have been gradually researched and developed across multiple disciplines, with
the architectural and construction industry only recently waking up to the untapped potential of
this material.
A mycelium brick is an organic brick composed of organic waste and mycelium. Other applications
include a composite board (Myco-board) that can be used in all MDF applications, without the added
risk of formaldehyde inhalation likely while sawing MDF boards, which can cause respiratory
illnesses. Additionally, mycelium opens up avenues of growing furniture which can easily be recycled
after the completion of its lifespan.
5 HYDROCERAMICS
Hydrogels have existed for more than half century and today, they still fascinate material scientists
and researchers. Great strides have been made in terms of their formulations and applications in
P a g e | 36
many different fields ranging from agriculture to medicine. As a specific class of materials, hydrogels
are unique in that they consist of a self-supporting, water-swollen three-dimensional viscoelastic
network which allows for the diffusion and attachment of foreign molecules and cells.
Figure 2: Hy-Fi, Queen, NY, The Living, 2014 (http://www.thelivingnewyork.com)
Smart hydrogel systems with various chemically and structurally responsive entities exhibit
responsiveness to external stimuli including temperature, pH, ionic concentration, light, magnetic
fields, electrical fields and chemicals, hinting towards great applications in intelligent building
systems. Polymers with multiple responsive properties have also been developed as elegant
solutions that combine two or more stimuli-responsive mechanisms. Smart polymer hydrogels
change their structural and volume phase transition as a response to external stimuli resulting in an
enormous potential for scientific observations and for various advanced technological applications.
Natural hydrogels include collagen, fibrin, hyaluronic acid, Matrigel, and derivatives of natural
materials such as chitosan, alginate and skill fibres.
Hydro ceramic is an innovation that speculates on the thermodynamic processes in buildings and
how these exchanges of energy can be tackled passively with hydrogels. By combining the
absorption and evaporation property of the hydrogels with the thermal mass, and humidity control
property of clay ceramic and fabric, a composite material responsive to heat and water was created
at IAAC. The proposed solution is a passive evapotranspiration system that has the ability to
significantly lower the temperature of an interior space by 5ºC. [5]
P a g e | 37
Figure 3: Hydrogel tiles as developed at IAAC showing layers of ceramic, fabric and hydrogel
Figure 4: The evapotranspiration cycle of hydrogels
6 BIO-MASON BRICKS
Bio Mason is a North Carolina based start-up that manufactures bricks without heat or clay. About
8% of global carbon emissions are a result of manufacturing bricks, according to research by the
Environmental Protection Agency. The Bio Mason process not only eliminates carbon emissions, it
also re-uses the water needed to make its bricks, further reducing its ecological footprint.
The building-materials company was founded in 2012 by Ginger Krieg Dosier and her husband
Michael, and grows bricks and masonry from scratch. While traditional brick making requires the
firing of moulded clay in kilns at 2,000 degrees for several days, releasing excessive amounts of
carbon emissions into the atmosphere — Bio Mason injects sand with microorganisms to initiate a
process reminiscent of the one that creates coral. The technique takes four days.
P a g e | 38
Figure 5: A Bio Mason brick grown from sand and bacteria using the principle of calcite production
and crystallization due to exposure to water
The process starts with the packing of sand into regular moulds, which are then inoculated with
bacteria. The bacteria grow around grains of sand in such a manner that each grain acts as a nucleus
and calcium carbonate crystals form around it. The bricks are then fed nutrient-rich water via
remote irrigation systems for the next two to three days, speeding up the growth of the crystals
which then grow and fill the gaps between grains of sand. After four days, the bricks are strong,
durable and ready to be used on the construction yard, and the water is then reused for the next
set. The method mimics a naturally occurring material called biological cement, much like the
process that occurs when coral is formed. [6]
7 BACTERIAL CELLULOSE
In nature, everything grows in the form of tissues and fibres. The slightest of variations in density,
composition, and fibre alignment can create drastically different material properties inside a single
tissue. In stark contrast to this, in architecture we work with standardized components that
assemble together into a built artefact. Variation can only be achieved by using components with
different functions and properties, and a limited set of permutations and combinations of these
components. The act of growing a substance is an act of physiological transformation through time,
as well as chemical and physical interactions. Matter comes together and shifts into form. When
working with bio-materials, the ability of the architect to fully control outcomes and aesthetics is
limited. These materials can accidentally be exposed to contamination and the resulting aesthetics
are not necessarily homogeneous and ‘sterile’ looking. This in itself is the root of a new design
process where the architect remains open to new possibilities for truly organic architecture.
Bacterial cellulose is produced by bacteria that create membranes of cellulose at the interface
between growth medium and air, layer by layer, in a manner reminiscent of additive manufacturing.
The cellulose can be grown into virtually any shape in a process that requires negligible amounts of
energy, and produces almost no waste. The great tensile strength, biodegradability, and renewable
nature of bacterial cellulose make it especially suitable as an environmentally-friendly material for
design and architecture. It is a highly versatile, natural, macromolecular hydrogel that has unique
mechanical properties, biocompatibility, and high mouldability, and thus holds great potential for a
range of applications, such as textiles, biomedical applications, and sustainable building
components.
P a g e | 39
Using biomaterials that grow and evolve, and integrating them into the construction industry, can
be a unique opportunity to use materials with excellent mechanical properties and a truly
sustainable production model. A significant advantage is that the traditional growing process of
bacterial cellulose involves almost no waste or energy investment and no carbon emissions.
Additionally, in the bacterial cellulose production process, there is little to no exploitation of existing
resources since the material is growing from scratch. Moreover, the culture medium can be
provided from the most basic of locally available resources or waste. Using Bacterial Cellulose as an
alternative substitute for the depletion of wood in construction has enormous potential. One can
only imagine the benefits of significantly minimizing the ecological footprint of the wood industry
in construction, including the potential to dramatically minimize cycles of shipping and storage. [6]
8 A CIRCULAR MATERIAL ECONOMY
A circular economy is an economic system aimed at eliminating or significantly reducing waste and
the continual use-and-disposal cycles of resources. Circular systems employ reuse, sharing, repair,
refurbishment, remanufacturing and recycling to create a close-loop system, minimizing resource
inputs and the creation of waste, pollution and carbon emissions. The circular economy aims to keep
products, equipment and infrastructure in use for longer, thus improving the productivity of these
resources. [7] All 'waste' should become 'food' for another process: either a by-product or recovered
resource for another industrial process, or as regenerative resources for nature, e.g. compost. This
regenerative approach is in contrast to the traditional linear economy, which has a 'take, make,
dispose' model of production. Seeing as the construction sector is one of the world's largest waste
generators, a circular economy appears to be a helpful solution to diminish the adverse
environmental impact of the industry.
The bioeconomy consists of any value chain that uses biomaterials and products from agricultural,
aquatic or forestry sources as a starting point. Shifting from non-renewable resources to
biomaterials is a crucial innovation aspect of the global circular economy agenda. The bioeconomy
and the circular economy are thus conceptually, inextricably linked.
8.1 A Complete Bioeconomy – Is it Viable?
Biological resources are intrinsically embedded in the natural biological cycle, which is regenerative
and without waste. Using biomaterials is therefore viewed as a contributing factor to the circular
economy. However, this general notion does not account for certain sustainability issues, as a shift
to biomaterials may exacerbate the overexploitation of natural resources or the disturbance of the
balance of nutrient cycling. Furthermore, processed biomaterials are not necessarily biodegradable,
as is the case for some bio plastics. Where biomaterials and technical materials are mixed, recycling
can be hampered.
Due to all these factors, the notion that biological resources, because of their regenerative nature,
should cycle separately from abiotic or technical materials was put forward by Michael Baumgart
and William McDonough in their Cradle2Cradle philosophy. [7] The Ellen MacArthur Foundation also
incorporated this concept in its graphic presentation of the circular economy that distinguishes
between biological resources, which can be recycled through the biosphere, and technical
resources, which must be recycled through closed loops.
P a g e | 40
Figure 6: A circular material economy as proposed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation based on
the principles outlined by Michael Braungart and William McDonough
In the technical cycle, abiotic materials — once mined — need to remain in the cycle for as long as
possible, not only by recycling, but also by using the inner circles of maintenance, reuse,
remanufacturing, refurbishment, ensuring upkeep of the value and quality of materials to as high a
standard as possible throughout their life cycle. The biological cycle on the other hand emphasizes
more on optimizing resource use by the cascading of energies and materials and returning their
nutrients to the biosphere through composting or anaerobic digestion, recovering biogas wherever
possible.
In practice, the distinction between the technical and biological cycle is not always that clear. For
instance, many products are composed of biomaterials, such as wood, and abiotic materials, such
as metals. Furthermore, biomaterials can be turned into polymers that are not biodegradable,
making them more characteristic of the technical cycle. Separating biological from technical
materials would in principle make it possible to harness the full circular potential of biological
resources. A strict separation is not necessary, however, where bio-based but non-biodegradable
materials have similar properties as their non-bio-based alternatives. In that case, they can be
collected and treated in the same way.
9 CONCLUSIONS: PROMISING PRACTICES AND THE FUTURE OF BIOMATERIALS
Additive manufacturing, also known as 3D printing, is often lauded as a revolutionary development

in the field of resource-efficient production. In principle, virtually any product can be printed, and
biomaterials can effectively serve as feedstock. The technology can make use of bio-based or
biodegradable plastics, replacing conventional plastics. This combination holds promise for playing
a central role in a circular bioeconomy.
P a g e | 41
Figure 7: An ideal future for a circular economy with successful integration of biomaterials into the
construction industry as well as other allied fields
End-of-life considerations for the printed products also need to be taken into account, for
example by ensuring that locally produced renewable resources are effectively recycled after use.
The sustainability of energy for the printing process also needs to be considered, for example by
using renewable energy. Both virgin and recycled plastics can be used in 3D printing.
REFERENCES
[1] T Wang, (2019), ‘Global construction expenditures 2014-2025’

[2] Department for Business Innovation and Skills, (2010) ‘Estimating the amount of CO 2 emissions that the
construction industry can influence’
[3] Arnold, (2011), ‘Self-Healing Concrete’, Ingenia, Issue 46, Pages 39-43
[4] Boyer, M. and Boyer, M. (2017). Philip Ross Molds Fast-Growing Fungi Into Mushroom Building Bricks That Are
Stronger than Concrete.
[5] 2015 Mogas-Soldevila, L., Duro Royo, J., Kayser, M., Lizardo, D., Patrick, W., Sharma, S., Keating, S., Klein, J.,
Inamura, C., and Oxman, N., ‘Designing the Ocean Pavilion: Biomaterial Templating of Structural,
Manufacturing, and Environmental Performance’, Proceedings of the International Association for Shell and
Spatial Structures (IASS) Symposium, Amsterdam
[6] R.Hull, R.M. Osgood, Jr., J. Parisi, H.Warlimont,, ‘An Alternative Approach to 20 Centuries of Material Science’,
Pages 93-100
[7] EEA Report No 8/2018, (2018), ‘The circular economy and the bioeconomy: Partners in sustainability’, ISBN
978-92-9213-974-2; ISSN 1977-8449
P a g e | 42
BLINDING LIGHTS:
LIGHT POLLUTION IN THE CITY OF PANAJI
Kalpaha Viruksham Babu
Researcher, The Charles Correa Foundation
Panaji, Goa, India
bkalpahaviruksham@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
“Look at the stars! Look, look up at the skies!” The sonnet ‘The Starlight Night’(1874)[1] by Gerard
Hopkins is one of his most intense and rhapsodic considerations of the night sky. Unfortunately,
80% of the worlds’ urban population have lost their night sky to light pollution (IDA, 2016) [2]. While
artificial illumination has brought with it numerous advances and possibilities, its proliferation and
ubiquity in urban and increasingly rural areas has come with a huge set of physiological and
ecological impacts. However, the ethical significance of the concept of ‘Light at Night’ receives little
or no critical attention. This paper begins with a study using the “World Atlas of the Artificial Night
Sky Brightness” which helps identify the grade of upward light emissions from human settlements
globally and emphasizes the need for policy at a city and national level to inform lighting design
decisions in India. The discussion below is focused on the growing trend of blinding lights in the city
of Panaji, Goa, and critiques the economic and political agendas behind the tourism industry that
the city services.
Keywords: Light pollution; lighting design policy; tourism; natural dark sky
1 INTRODUCTION
Artificial light has dramatically changed human life since its inception and so has its usage. Practices
of outdoor illumination for functional purpose of safety and security has progressively shifted to
more qualitative and aesthetic vision of light. Cities around the world consider media architecture,
non-static and self-luminous LED displays as an integral element of their marketing strategy to
attract the local consumers and tourist population after sunset. Unfortunately, most of the time,
outdoor lighting is not designed with care, consideration and awareness leading to the often
neglected but globally affecting phenomenon of ‘Light Pollution’. Proliferation and ubiquity of
artificial illumination in urban and increasingly rural areas has come with a huge set of physiological
and ecological impacts around the world. However, while air, noise and water pollution are widely
discussed, the ethical significance of the concept of ‘Light at Night’ receives little or no critical
attention. Poor design and placement of commercial outdoor electronic displays, poorly maintained
street and public lighting contribute to the increase of illumination levels, and visual clutter in the
city. To address these deficiencies, this paper focuses on the commercial outdoor electronic media
centers (EMC’s), who are the major contributors of light pollution within the city of Panaji.
Today, the Mondovi River that flows through Panaji, is a site for several off-shore casinos. Each
casino holds an office along the bank on Dayanand Bandokar Marg (DB Road) with blinding LED
facades to attract the tourist population that flows into the city. Along with the primary purpose of
advertisement, these displays communicate with the residents, visitors and tourists. Hence, it
undeniably plays a vital role in ‘image making ‘of the city. Further, the unregulated non-static LED
P a g e | 43
advertisement boards on either side of the shores, create visual clutter and distraction to motorists,
increasing the risk of accidents. There are no government programs to deal with high luminance
levels, nor policies that govern the growth of such displays. Following these observations, this paper
emphasizes the need for policy that positively guide this progression at a city and national level to
inform lighting design decisions in India.
2 AIM
The aim of this paper is to understand the growing trend of commercial outdoor EMC’s who are the
major contributors of light pollution within the city of Panaji and critique the economic and political
agendas behind the tourism industry that the city services.
3 METHODOLOGY
An area of 1.2 sq.km with high concentration of non-static LED billboards close to natural areas was
chosen. This study involves an experimental field survey to identify visual luminance with tools such
as a luminance meter and digital reflex camera. Combining the data obtained from the Corporation
of the City of Panaji (CCP) office and the field surveys, throws light on the growing trend of electronic
display boards in the city. It further critiques the economic and political agendas behind the tourism
industry that the city services. The paper concludes with the need for policy that positively guide
this progression at city and national levels to inform lighting design decisions in India.
4 LITERATURE STUDIES
There is no government policy at national level to regulate the lighting design decisions in India.
Comparing the policies developed for outdoor advertisements in Delhi and Srinagar in India with
design guidelines developed for Frankston city council and Nairobi, the following inference was
made.
Table 1: Literature study comparative analysis

Policy Document Framework Parameters
1) Background 1) Outdoor advertising and road

2) Basis of city policy - need to account for safety criteria
traffic safety 2) Development criteria
Delhi Advertisement Policy 3) City aesthetics 3) Structure
4) EPCA’s recommended modifications 4) Electrical connection
5) Directions sought from Hon’ble Supreme 5) Advertising management plans
Court 6) Visual amenity
Policy Document Framework Parameters
P a g e | 44
1) If they support the commercial

viability of a significant building
tenant.
2) If they advertise a
civic/community event involving the
1) General policy regulations
Advertisement Policy, city
2) Physical characteristics
Srinagar 3) If they can be considered as a
3) Specific provisions
public art
4) If the cumulative impact of the
sign does not give rise to visual
clutter.
1) Effective, Visible and clear

Design Guidelines Vision & 1) Design guidelines by Land- use 2) Durability
Objectives for Frankston, 2) Design guidelines for specific types of 3) Public safety
Suburb in Melbourne signs 3) Visual amenity
1) Spatial regulation guidelines 1) General design issues for physical

2) Transport corridor advertising and traffic characteristics
Nairobi Outdoor hazard 2) Advertisements and road safety
Advertisement Policy, Kenya 3) Environmental guidelines 3) Guidelines for application and
4) Prohibited signs approval
5) Public safety
The cities were chosen based on its location close to natural areas and its increasing illumination
levels over the past decade. The following inferences were made from the study.
A. The policy framework of Delhi and Srinagar though discuss the issue of public safety and visual
clutter, fails to address light pollution as a serious threat and does not mention any standard
illumination levels for such outdoor advertisements.
B. Nairobi marks zones to regulate and mentions strict illuminance levels in such areas. However, it
has no limits on luminance levels in CBD or commercial areas who are the major source of light
pollution.
C. The EPCAs recommended modification to the Delhi Advertisement Policy completely bans large
sized billboards on major arterial roads, like the ring road. However, the large sized visibility and
pose a threat to public and environmental safety.
5 CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF PANAJI - CCP
The capital city of Panaji with a population of over 40,000 residents and a large floating tourist
population, is home to many commercial and tourist activities. Its geographical location close to
natural areas such as the Arabian coast, western Ghats, Mondovi river and mangroves has given an
advantage of rich and varied ecosystem.
5.1 STUDY AREA

A study area of 1.2 sq.km with high concentration of commercial billboards close to natural areas
were found to have different types of LED lighting. The river which hosts 6 casinos and several
cruises and advertisement boards, is subject to continuous lighting after sunset. With most of this
P a g e | 45
light reflecting from the surface, substantial amount of light gets dispersed into the river. Light also
disturbs the birds and animals in the mangroves of Salim Ali bird sanctuary thus expanding my scope
of study to the close-knit ecosystem around the study area.
5.2 LIGHT VARIANTS
There are six off-shore casinos with blazing lights and music to attract the tourists and each of these
casinos have an onshore office as entry points, all situated on D.B Road. Different kinds of
advertisements are placed on the other shore facing Panaji and the Atal Seth bridge with blinding
luminance competing with the casinos for attention. River cruises, jetty and fishing boats, are
concentrated on either shore. To add to the chaos, aesthetic lighting on the Atal Seth bridge
distracts motorists with its non-static upward facing focus lights.
Figure 1: Light emissions within the study area
5.3 TYPOLOGIES OF BILLBOARDS WITHIN THE STUDY ZONE
The major contributors of light pollution in the chosen study area is found to be deployed for varying
reasons such as advertisements, public lighting and also aesthetic lighting. Types of LED billboards
vary and so does their illuminance and sphere of influence (positive and negative). To better under
the usage of billboards and LED lights, the following categorization was made.
1. Static billboard advertisement with focus lights

2. LED display
3. Non-static LED display
4. Video displays
5. Spot LED moving head beams
P a g e | 46
It is found that most of the light emissions comes from fixtures under one of these typologies or
combinations of the above. Each of these vary in their luminance levels and so does their sphere of
influence on the environment. An experimental survey conducted within the study area with the
help of luminance meter are represented as graph charts below.
Figure 2: Graphs representing change in illuminance levels

The above data reveals that the video displays provide stark increase in luminance levels similar to
spot LED moving head beams. All the casinos and cruises use 3-6 spot beams on an average, leading
to high intensity light rays focused onto the sky causing threat to birds and motorists. Non-static
LED display boards also show increase in illuminance levels causing distraction of a certain degree
on the highway. A survey of a mixed group of 50 residents and tourists revealed that 70% of them
agree that the concentration of light emission from the chosen study area causes loss of natural
dark sky and affects the environment, while 56% agree to physiological discomfort such as headache
due to strained eyesight while commuting on DB Road.
5.4 SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
The sphere of influence from the artificial light sources are represented as circles in figure 3. The
following image does not include the impact of street/public lighting or lights from vehicles.
Figure 3: Sphere of influence of light at night on DB Road
This above diagram and the supporting image show the influence of light on this part of Mondovi
river. While most of the light is reflected back to the sky, a substantial amount penetrates into the
river. Study suggests that, illumination of even 1 lux in water could affect the behavioural pattern in
aquatic animals and plants disrupting the natural rhythm of sleep and photosynthesis. This may, in
the long run affect the key functions of ecosystem. Excessive light can change behaviour and make
people moody. It can affect everything in society and their relationships (Chepesiuk, 2009) [3].
P a g e | 47
5.5 ECONOMICAL AND POLITICAL AGENDAS BEHIND THE GROWING TRENDS OF BLINDING LIGHTS
The study area comes under four different organizational zones.
1. Corporation of the City of Panaji (CCP)

2. Penhe de Dranca Panchayat
3. Reis Magos Panchayat
4. Captain of Ports
Figure 4: Division of panchayat bodies

The sensitive natural area comes under the jurisdiction of four bodies. While carefully studying
Figure 1 and comparing with Figure 4, one can notice the concentration of commercial signage on
the Panchayat side of the river overlooking CCP and Atal Seth Bridge, which has maximum visibility
to both residents and commuters. On enquiry with the minister of CCP revealed that the difference
in signage tax between the Corporation and Panchayats encourage the concentration of massive
commercial signage boards on the other side of the shore.
5.6 EXISTING POLICIES ON PREVENTION OF LIGHT POLLUTION
The Captain of Ports, Panaji City and the Panchayats are to comply with the National Green Tribunal
Act and the norms of the State Pollution Control Board. The Captain of ports further take into
consideration the norms of International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships,
1973 as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL) an international body for prevention of
maritime pollution. None of these policies both national and international address the issue of light
pollution or the illuminance levels close to water bodies and natural areas. Furthermore, the State
Signage Act of Goa also does not clearly define the luminance levels, placement and types of signage
close to highways and the little regulations are bypassed on basis of division of jurisdiction.
6 CONCLUSIONS
While air, water and noise pollution are considered a serious threat to the environment, the concept
of ‘Light at Night’ is largely overlooked nationally, which is evident from scanning the list of
environmental protection and pollution control acts of India. Addressing light pollution and its effect
on the environment is the need of the hour and so is the need for policy development. The larger
research project for this paper aims to propose guidelines, framework and practical
recommendations for design and implementation of existing and future outdoor lighting (for both
permanent settings & temporary events). It also aims to set limits on the total light produced by a
P a g e | 48
city at night, especially in natural areas, and areas close to protected environmental zones and
astronomy sites. Sensitive and informed lighting design decisions at individual level would yield
better results on the reduction of total light produced by a city.
REFERENCES
[1] Gerard Hopkins, (1874), ‘The Starlight Night’

[2] Light pollution, (2016) “World Atlas of Artificial Night Sky Brightness", International Dark Sky Association
[3] Chepesiuk, Ron. (2009). Missing the Dark: Health Effects of Light Pollution. Environmental health
perspectives. 117
P a g e | 49
CONSTRAINTS OF EXISTING ZONING REGULATION ON LAND

USE PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
V.Rakesh Kumar Dr.H N Nagendra

Deputy Director, Bangalore Development Authority, Professor, School of Planning and Architecture,
Directorate of Town and Country Planning, Karnataka University Of Mysore,
Bangalore,India. Mysore,India.
architectrakesh@gmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The land use in the urban spatial structure is influenced by the accessibility from the place of
residences and functional activities to the places of services and amenities. Hence the land use
distribution is the integration of activity distribution and their linkage through different street
patterns. Whole of these are broadly integrated with the natural and cultural landscape. The urban
land use comprises two elements; the nature of land use which relates to which activities are taking
place where, and the level of spatial accumulation, which indicates their intensity and
concentration. These activities have a spatial imprint of different proportions, as some are routine
activities, others are institutional activities that tend to be irregular, and still others are production
activities whose linkages may be local, regional or global. A scientific analysis on the behavioral
patterns of individuals, institutions and firms has an important role on land use planning and resign
that is required to be explore for new era ahead.
Key Words: land use; spatial structure; intensity and concentration; spatial accumulation and
prportion of land use.
1 INTRODUCTION
The land use planning and design of its proportion for different uses for the effective functioning of
different activities in the urban settlements demands different proportions of land expressed in
terms of percentages as per the standardized formats as in the existing land use regulations, polices
and space standards. But, if one looks at the existing urban problems like traffic congestions, spill
over activities over undesignated land uses or land uses designated for other purposes,
encroachment of area under natural elements like water courses, water body, natural vegetation
etc,. by violating rules and regulations and unmanageable situations of these issues inspite of legal
tools have made urban planners to think about “Will the urban society or urban activities need
additional land area apart from its existing designated proportion of land as space standards” and
also the present advancement in science and technology and life style that demands planning for
smart cities, sustainable cities, ecofriendly cities, sustainable transportation or housing or
infrastructure, carbon neutral cities etc., will need a redesign of space standards for arriving a new
proportion of land for the effective functioning of urban settlements in the era ahead.
The present rate of urban population growth and economic growth have made cities to expand into
the periphery by densifying the core urban area. How much area is required and how much
intervention is required between the government and private needs are still answered precisely ;
although these questions are not new and have probably been asked since the creation of the first
P a g e | 50
cities, the planners are still struggling to find satisfactory answers. Though it varies from city to city;
nowhere has as consensus appeared on what constitutes the best practices.
2 SIGNIFICANCE OF LAND USE IN URBAN PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
Biodiversity provides a variety of ecosystem services, which for a long time, have been ignored or
undervalued. Greater biodiversity ensures more stable and resilient ecosystems. Hence biodiversity
must be conserved because it is the raw material for food, any changes in the abundance and
diversity of species may have serious impacts on human welfare. the statement hold good for both
urban and regional planning, as the land use planning has significance in maintaining sustainable
relation between nature and human. The planning and design part of land use has two elements –
the nature of land use and its level of spatial accumulations, that indicate their intensity and
concentration.
The urban activities have a spatial imprint, some activities are routine as they occur regularly and
thus can be predictable and others are productional and institutional activities related to
manufacturing, trade and commerce, administration and governance, medical and educational,
recreational etc.,. which although predictable have imprint on land use with varying degree from
decade to decade, place to place, type and size of the city.
Figure 1 growth specific land use imprint
These activities occupy a location necessarily over a suitable planned or unplanned but the
optimality in space utilization many times found inadequate as the scenario changes. Many times,
due to various urban fill activities as functions which were not noticed during planning needs
additional spaces. So, the organization of land use spaces are generally bringing in under four major
types of land use zoning.
• Functional zoning: The land use organization done based on the characteristics of functional like
commercial, residential, industrial, public and semipublic with a pre described rules and
regulations in relation to the type of activities to be allowed in built form to be built to house
those activities.
P a g e | 51
• Form based zoning: The zone like CBD/Down town based its physical characteristics and the
specific activities those demands a definite location where the location has centrality and
subjected to greater interaction. This will be nucleus in the monocentric cities.
• Intensity zoning: It defines how much activity can be encourage indirectly by defining the built
from unit characteristics to be allowed or permitted as per the set back and FAR rules and
regulation with a allowable height. The flexibility in urban development enables to
accommodate more activities as city grows till it satisfies the density constraints.
• Interactive zoning: Generally, these are considered under urban development or revitalization
planning programs. The activities which are to be decentralized or recentralized over an area by
liberalizing through incentives in different forms like tax and lowering restriction to the provision
of encouraging infrastructure development area improvement programs.
The planning in the urban context regarding zoning considers the urban spatial structure that
involves the location of different activities based on their requirements to place them at the center
area or periphery or in between these. Mostly the business activities and its supporting activities
will be planned to keep in CBD area ie., central area, hence the land value will be costlier as the area
is subjected to more interactions which in turn more demands, thus land value are high due to
scarcity of compactible land.
The industrial and manufacturing activities are space extensive activities and most of them are
polluting industries and hence used to locate outskirts of the city as the land is cheaper and not
affecting to the residents. Most of the residential areas generally located in between these zones
are calm and hygienic places, with a varied land values according to the affordability of different
sections of economic groups. However, these forms a common urban land use structure in a normal
urban human settlement, but in case of mega urban region due to regionalism and urbanizing in
case of metropolitan and megapolitan city cases the land use zones occupies varied location.
The urban influence of city will vary according to the size of cities which varies from class Ι – City
sized to metropolitan city size and also beyond megacity in the form of influence region, which can
be classified in 3 scales as
1. Metropolitan area – a single larger area defined under jurisdictional and functional unit area in
relation to labour, conception and production market. This area can have both rural and urban
settlement within a metropolitan city region area. This area can be in a commutable distance
range from the core city to the settlements with multiple jurisdiction along the highways and
other urban transit lines.
2. Extended Metropolitan Region (EMR) – A continuum of urban activity interwoven with rural
activities with an extended area comprising large urban agglomeration with a network of
settlements which are depending on the main city as satellite settlements with all kind of land
uses occupying in entire region in different patterns. However, the type of land use and intensity
of activities are occupying the land in different intensities usually beyond the metropolitan area
limit.
P a g e | 52
3. Mega Urban Region (MUR) – A large scale corridor composed to many metropolitan areas,
means a series of EMR’s arranged continuously along transport corridors by supporting a intense
system of regional economic and social interactions. It can be also termed as megalopolis.
The urban settlements are growing from class VΙ town category to class Ι city size and beyond these
sizes classification of urban settlements as per the census of India w.r.t population size the cities will
grow to a size of metropolitan city and megacity. These urban centres will have their influence zone
beyond certain limit and also presently termed them as metro polity area, metropolitan region or
city region – it is an area up to which the city as an influence, means the settlements which are
depending or interacting with the main city. The dependency or city region dependency is mainly
due to either for employment or city infrastructure utilization or trade and commerce or production
of goods/commodities exchange activities. These dependency in the form of mutual relationship
between main city and its surrounding settlements, both urban and rural settlement, is due to the
elements of transportation system only. The transportation region will bind the region create the
movement of growth and development among the settlements which are subjected to highest
interactions due to the factor of advantage accessibility the matter of interaction and accessibility
due to the connectivity of various means of transport cause a serious fluctuation density of growth
and land use transportation. The densification of an area either due to population or activities is
directly influenced by the factor of transportation and growth and development potentials of any
urban settlements. Hence to regulate the growth and development there were many attempts from
day of planning for human settlement has started the land zoning regulation, landuse policy, urban
and regional development regional plans formulation and implementation (URDPFI
Guidelines).These have described the allowable proportion of growth and development in the form
of density i,e population over an unit area or optional area for a designated unit population called
space standards. The proportion of land which is allocated under different heads of use as space
standards is becoming constraints for architectural design.
The architectural design which are varying mostly on different spatial form and pattern under
different geographical and socio-economic contexts. The intensity of development with various
densities over different land use areas are generally influenced by magnitude of interaction and
environmental factor which in turn affected by the transportation.
The land use and density are the two-principal component of urban planning have become a basic
design parameter for the architectural design. The space standards, set back regulations, floor area
ratio, coverage and built up area, height of the building etc., are the basic parameters for
architectural design. However, the design philosophy of architecture itself has its individuality, self-
identity and uniqueness; however, these refers to create a built form over the designated land use
to satisfy the designated density. The proportions of space, scale, rhythm and harmony has
architectural design parameter are required to be balanced in architectural design in comprehensive
manner and also the architectural design should make provision of legibility or comprehensibility
wrt dynamics of landuse and density changes otherwise the architectural design will not have the
design aspects of timelessness.
When this is not synchronized with the land use and density design parameters of urban planning
as defined in the space standards, zoning regulation and building bylaw. When the space standards,
zoning regulation and building bylaw are not designed to the requirement of people and
architectural design or vice versa in both the way. These specifications will act as constraints, the
constraints developed in them leads to violation and deviation in the design fabrics by the
P a g e | 53
architectural designs. The problem of these kind can be resolved only when the land use planning
and formulation of zoning regulation are done wrt the character based by relationship of activity
over space, space at different geographic and climatic context and functional characteristics at
different gradations of nodes and linkages which were established or to be established in the urban
form and pattern should be expressed in different scales and proportions.
The landuse plan and zoning regulation formulated through encourages the organized growth and
development by regulating the same to attend the vision of master plans, the existing problem of
traffic congestion and delay, scarcity of space and infrastructure, over the definition over the
planning period are becoming common in all the cities. These problems are growing in spite of
planning means it indicates the need of reconstructing the space standard and land use proportions
to resolve the urban problems completely. When the existing land use proportion and space
standards are unable to accommodate the normal urban function, certainly there is a need of
additional land use for accommodating new planning approaches such as smart city planning,
resident city planning, sustainable planning, planning for non-motorized transportation,
conservation palling for heritage and urban aesthetics etc,
The proportioning of land use to the era ahead and standardization of space for future requirements
are becoming too complex and it is challenging task in the present context of fast changing world;
but it is inevitable for planners to attend it.
REFERENCES:
[1] Afraz, N., et al. (2006) Impact of Transport Infrastructure on Economic Growth – Annex 6 to Final Report of
COMPETE Analysis of the Contribution of Transport Policies to the Competitiveness of the EU Economy and
Comparison with the United States, European Commission – DG TREN, Karlsruhe.
[2] Anderson, J.E. and E. van Wincoop (2004) “Trade Costs”, Journal of Economic Literature, Vol. 42, No. 3, pp.
691-751.
[3] Banister, D. (2018) Inequality in Transport, Marcham, Oxfordshire: Alexandrine Press.
[4] Banister, D. and J. Berechman (2000) Transport Investment and Economic Development, London: Routledge.
[5] Banister, D. and J. Berechman (2001) “Transport investment and the promotion of economic growth”, Journal
of Transport Geography, Vol. 9, pp. 209-218.
[6] Hargroves, K., and M. Smith (2005) The Natural Advantage of Nations: Business Opportunities, Innovation and
Governance in the 21st Century. The Natural Edge Project. London: Earthscan.
[7] Harrington, J.W. and B. Warf (1995) Industrial Location: Principles, Practice & Policy, London: Routledge.
[8] Henckel, T. and W. McKibbin (2010) The Economics of Infrastructure in a Globalized World: Issues, Lessons and
Future Challenges, Washington: The Brookings Institution.
[9] Helling, A. (1997) “Transportation and Economic Development: A Review”, Public Works Management & Policy,
Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 79-93.
P a g e | 54
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT IN INDIA

‘PRACTISE AND CHALLENGES’
Feroz Shah Farid A Sakuntala

Professor Professor
Holy Crescent College of Architecture SVS School of Architecture
Cochin, India Coimbatore, India
arferoz@gmail.com sakuntala.soa@svsce.edu.in
Dr. Champa H S
Professor & Director
urschampa@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Construction & Demolition waste contains a lot of reusable materials. It will very expensive and will
occupy valuable landfill space if not properly managed. For many developed countries the
construction waste management is no longer an option but became a necessity. Construction waste
can and should be managed in the same way as other homebuilding operations. If we do not take
measures to minimize and handle the C&D waste efficiently, it may threat the environment as well
as sustainable movement of Indian construction industry.
The 3 R’s Policy, Reduce, reuse, and recycle construction waste should be used to minimize the C&D
waste and keep job sites cleaner and safer, and also conserve valuable landfill space. This paper
explores the impacts of construction on sustainable construction and contributing causes which will
help the government to formulate ways in avoiding or reducing the waste. It also highlights the
sustainable approach in managing the construction waste as practice.
Keywords: Construction and demolition waste (C&D waste), environmental damage, Solid waste
management, Responsibilities of Consultants & Contractors, Government policies.
1 INTRODUCTION
Construction and Demolition waste production globally is estimated to be around 2 to 3 billion per
year. With rapid growth in Construction Industry along with growth in Indian economy,
Construction and demolition waste has increased and constitutes a huge part of the solid waste
management system. In Construction practice trade contractors are not concerned about the
environmental impact of their work, rather are rewarded for the speed construction and completion
of work. The construction industry generates about 35% of industrial waste in the world.
For the purpose of management of C&D Wastes in India, Construction and demolition waste is
defined as ‘waste generated from construction, renovation and demolition activities. It also includes
excess and damaged produce and resources arising in the path of construction work or used in the
interim during the construction.
P a g e | 55
Construction and demolition waste are a huge threat to the environment and sustainable
development. This issue requires to be handled efficiently with 3 Rs, Reduce, Reuse and Recycle,
leading to Sustainable goals of the country.
1.1 SOURCES OF WASTE GENERATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY

In construction industry waste is generated during both the extraction and processing of the raw
materials and in the use of products in building. From construction activities like demolition,
renovation, and new construction, too waste materials generate.
During new construction waste material is primarily composed of new and unused or damaged raw
materials, as well as waste from packaging. Demolition waste comprises of all building components
and materials, such as broken brick of walls and concrete blocks of roofs and structural members.
Fig1. Construction and Demolition Waste Fig2. Demolition Waste
In the context of this study, construction wastes are damaged materials which are delivered to site
and is that actually has to be disposed, reused or recycled. Even though, some level of construction
waste cannot be avoided, waste generation on site can be substantially prevented. Fig3. Below is
the fact sheet of Waste generation in India from 2000 to 2100.
Figure 3. Waste generation
P a g e | 56
2 IMPACT OF WASTE GENERATION
Due to the increase in the economic growth after development and redevelopment projects in the
country and subsequent increase in the urbanization of cities, has made construction sector to
increase drastically, at the same time environmental impacts from C&D waste are increasingly
becoming a major issue in urban solid waste management.
The illegal dumping of construction and demolition waste into the rivers causing increase in flood
level, depletion of resources, increase in landfill and dumping on hill slopes are some environmental
issues which prevails in the metropolitan cities.
The largest component of demolition waste is concrete followed by brick, wood and metals. Waste
materials from new construction are usually clean and are comparatively uncontaminated; whereas
demolitions waste materials are contaminated and are mixed with other materials. On a
conservative basis, over 25-30 million tons of construction and demolishing waste is generated
annually that pollutes rivers and occupies dumping spaces.
The negative effects on the society are land depletion, energy requirement and use, solid waste
production, discharge of dust and gas, noise pollution, and utilization of natural resources including
non-renewable resources. Waste negatively impacts the environment, by not disturbing natural
resources and by reducing harmful manufacturing processes. Emissions of greenhouse gases and
water pollutants are prevented by recycling such waste materials
Construction material waste are generated from logistics and construction processes. Studies
indicate that waste of materials is usually higher than normal figures assumed by construction
companies in their estimates.
3 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT
C&D waste management plan consists of methods of waste reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal.
There are some parties who are responsible for developing, implementation, monitoring,
controlling and evaluation of such a plan
3.1 The most obvious negative impacts of C&D Waste
• Irreparable environmental damage

• Bad appearance to the cities
• Serious health hazards due to uncontrolled disposal and incineration.
• Depleting natural resources.
3.2 Reasons for the gradual progress in Construction & Waste management
Conclusions should state concisely the most important propositions of the paper as well as
the author’s views of the practical implications of the results.
• Public awareness about the problems associated with uncontrolled disposal of

construction and demolition waste is lacking
• The lack of public recognition that wastes are important resources.
• The disinclination of people to deal with waste.
P a g e | 57
• The ease of disposing waste legally or illegally.

• Need of C&D waste management policy.
• The lack of technology.
• The lack of market for reusable and recycled C&D products.
• Lack of funds to establish recycling plants and infrastructure.
• Lack of national waste information systems and good practices.
• Lack of political support to develop a policy for C&D waste management.
3.3 The main benefits of Sustainable C&D Waste Management
• Environmental improvement
• Healthy conditions
• Saving natural and financial resources, as well as foreign exchange for imports
• Reduction of costs of new constructions
• Creating new jobs
4 SOLUTIONS AND METHODS TO IMPLEMENT
There is a huge requirement for natural aggregates in the construction sector with a considerable
difference in its demand and supply, which can be reduced to a certain extent by recycling
construction and demolition waste. Therefore, a need for proper handling, storage and treatment
of C&D waste in India with systematic approach to segregate, reuse and recycle the same.
In many developed countries, C&D waste recovery achieved is more than 70%. There is a great need
to increase the recycling of C&D waste in India. For this purpose, the urban local bodies should
encourage the processing and reuse of C&D waste wherever possible. This process significantly
reduces the use of raw materials and consequently reduces waste disposal.
Advantages of recycling are extensive, conservation/preservation of precious land areas, extension

of the lifespan of landfills, cost effectiveness of using recycled products, improvement of general
environmental status in terms of energy and pollution, minimization of the resource consumption,
utilization of waste which would otherwise be lost to landfill sites, and job creation. However, the
lack of major economic incentives, try to considerably promote the recycling behaviour.
Fig4. Demolition waste management Plant
P a g e | 58
Fig3. C&D Waste Recycling Plant

The study found that many contractors do not consider reduction of environmental impact arising
from their construction process as their responsibilities. Their aims were to meet client’s requests
and maximize their own profits. Therefore, the most important requirement is the need to cultivate
a waste minimization practice among contractors. The client should select main contractors based
on waste performance to improve their public image as an environmentally conscious company.
Contractors who do not adopt waste minimization strategies should start now by first identifying
source, types of waste, and then study ways to minimize and handle it. Contractors may want to
consider integrating it into the safety programs to make existing waste minimization programs more
cost-effective.
5 GOVERNMENT AUTHORITY’S RESPONSIBILTY
Although both consultant and contractor have an intention to implement C&D waste management
plan, it is not possible to do it successfully without relevant government authority support. Some of
the responsibilities to succeed the implementation of such a plan are given below.
5.1 Research and development:
Universities, research institutes and private organizations to be encouraged to carry out to do the
researches on finding methods for reduce, reuse and recycle of C&D waste.
Research centres to carry out more researches to processes for recycling of C&D waste and to
introduce marketable products from it.
5.2 Legislation and enforcement:
National legislation is essential for a C&D waste management system to function. It provides the
legal framework licensing and operation of landfills, the landfill levy, the sanctions for “fly-tipping”,
the licensing of contractors, the issue of waste collection permits, the handling of hazardous waste,
the licensing and operation of transfer stations and recycling plants, and other activities related to
C&D waste management.
Along with all these regulations, enforcement mechanism has to be established to ensure that they
are followed and all the fees and fines are paid. Waste management guidelines or manuals are to
be introduced and distribute among the contractors, consultants and other local authorities.
P a g e | 59
5.3 Economic Incentives to Support the Market
The most effective means to encourage reuse and recycling of C&D waste is to charge landfill taxes
high enough to discourage waste disposal in landfills. Simultaneously, taxes on quarrying, imports
duties on raw materials more economical to use than new materials and products.
5.4 Establishment of Professional Associations
National and regional associations of deconstruction agencies, recycling enterprises, and other
stakeholders are important in providing positive support and representation to their members and
the industry in legislative and rulemaking venues that impact that recycling business, and in
facilitating interaction between the member companies and other organizations, government
authorities, etc.
5.5 Certification
For the quality assurance of companies and products, certification is mandatory for survival in the
C&D waste sector. The best-known international certification is the ISO 1400 l standard, which is
verified by specialized certification bodies.
5.6 Information Exchange and Awareness Programs
There is a need for exchange of information and experience, as part of research and development
progress, which takes place at workshops and seminars, and through journals and newsletters of
professional associations. Awareness among the people on sustainable C&D waste management
can be made by public media and newspapers.
5.7 Establishment of the Requisite Infrastructure
C&D waste collection and recycle plants are required to be established. Required capital and
technologies are to be provided to facilitate such establishments. Government authorized
institutions such as ICTAD, IESL, IASL, SLS etc. should instigate promotion programs to use recycled
materials for constructions and to revise the existing standards to aid for it. For example, recycled
concrete waste can be used for paving blocks, non-structural concrete such as lean concrete, and
casting of blocks etc.
6 CONCLUSION
The Construction & Demolition Waste is increasing day by day in India due to the rapid growth in
Construction Field. Measures should be taken to efficiently minimize and handle the Construction
waste. The first measure that can be taken is rooted on economic incentives for construction
companies so that they will use these aggregates, providing compensation for the difference in cost
for using them instead of quarried aggregates. This measure will increase the percentage of C&D
waste materials in these mixes in 12 years, but this policy will repay the cost of recycling to the
public administration. The second measure is rooted on financial penalty tax for non-recycling, to
help attain the above-mentioned goal of recycling C&D waste in only 10 years.
By minimizing C&D waste and handling it better, solves the issues like finding more space for land
filling which might cause extra burden in Solid Waste Management and threat to environment and
Sustainable Goals of the Country. Recycling is one important method of converting Construction &
Demolition waste to aggregates which will in one hand solve the problem of landfill as well reduce
P a g e | 60
the natural resources by using these aggregates in new construction, leading to Sustainable
Construction. As per words of “Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam”, India would be a developed country in all
aspects such as infrastructure, technologies and service. Thus, this approach of the construction and
demolition waste management would create an immense support on development of our country.
REFERENCES
[1] Anagal Vaishali, Nagarkar Geeta, AtnurkarKanachan and Patel anisha, (2012), “Construction and
Demolition Waste management- Case Study of Pune” (2012), Twenty-Eight National Convention of
Civil Engineers and National Seminar.
[2] Jain M., (2012) “Economic aspects of construction waste materials in term of cost savings- A case of
Indian construction industry”, International Journal of Scientific Research Publications, 2(10), 1-7.
[3] Vilas, N. and Guilbetro, B. (2007), Construction and Demolition Waste Management: Current
Practices in Asia, Proceedings of International Conference on Sustainable Solid Waste
Management, Chennai, India, 97-104
[4] Edge Environment Pty Ltd (2011) “Construction and Demolition Waste Guide – Recycling and Re-use across
Supply Chain”,
P a g e | 61
CONSTRUCTION SUPPLY CHAIN DEVELOPMENT IN INDIGENOUS

COMMUNITIES – INNOVATIVE TECHNIQUES AND PRACTICES
C Sam Charles Devanand

Professor
Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India
samcharles.soa@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
The definition of Supply Chain Management (SCM) explicitly charts out the management of
flow of goods and services that includes each and every process that transforms raw materials
into finished products. Supply Chain Management, originating from Just-In-Time production,
has flourished with radical changes in the manufacturing industry. But, in construction
industry, this is still in a primitive stage though the roots of Construction Supply Chain
Management (CSCM) are firm since 1990. Though the construction industry has been branded
as unique and unorganized, efforts are being taken in all verticals to ensure problems and
construction waste are reduced. The major difference in adopting a successful SCM model in
manufacturing industry and construction industry is that the manufacturing industry is
permanent and continuing over time whereas the construction industry is temporary and
project based. The construction industry intrinsically needs appropriate supply chain
development because of the fact that the techniques that are adopted in manufacturing
industry are impeded by project-oriented approach. On MTALKS 2017 address, renowned
architects Rem Koolhaas and David Gianotten of OMA described remote areas with
Indigenous communities as “unused” and “underperforming”. Similarly, in a 2004 Territorial
Study on Switzerland, architectural practice Herzog & De Meuron depicted the entire country
as “urban landscape” but called the remote alpine villages as “quiet places” and “fallow land”.
This paper will outline the adoption and implementation of innovative techniques and
practices in Construction Supply Chain Development in Indigenous communities.
Keywords: Supply Chain; Indigenous Communities; Construction Supply Chain Management;

Innovative techniques and practices in SCM.
1 INTRODUCTION
Construction industry is ubiquitously known to be one of the oldest industries in spite of which many
researches have portrayed this industry as one that has been consistently having lower productivity.
Modern day construction projects are complex in nature which demand a sophisticated resource
management practice, especially when it comes to the management of diverse and advanced
construction materials that have become ubiquitous in any construction project. Supply Chain
Management is one of the key areas for increasing productivity in this industry. On any typical
construction project, the construction project supply chain constitutes for 80% of the total cost of
the project, which is predominantly focused towards the various products and services that are
provided by the companies. The way in which these services and products are identified, procured
and managed has a compelling effect on the outcome of the project – not just in terms of ensuring
profitability for all the stakeholders but also in completing of a project within the client’s
P a g e | 62
expectations of cost, quality and time. The most important key to an effective supply chain
management is the way in which information flows within a project between various organizations
and suppliers. Owing to the importance of communication, construction supply chain management
should be a process of a strategic management of information flow, activities, tasks and well-defined
processes involving various networks of linkages and organizations, throughout a project lifecycle.
The relationship between the stakeholders, including suppliers, is always complex and involve so
much of technical, functional, business and human cross- functions. The focus should also be in
encouraging and enhancing an effective collaboration between the stakeholders to leverage on
both the input and the output of the supply chain in Indigenous communities.
2 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT IN CONSTRUCTION
The construction industry is a fragmented industry with a handful of negative impacts such as lower
productivity, cost and time overruns, disputes, conflicts and claims which eventually lead to
adoption of dispute resolution mechanisms and unnecessary litigation. (Latham, 1994; Egan, 1998)
acknowledged these factors as the major causes of performance related issues with the fragmented
construction industry. One of the major reasons for this low performance in construction industry
as compared to other industries is the way in which project delivery is handled inefficiently.
(Evbuomwan and Anumba, 1998) outline the following points as consequences of fragmentation of
construction industry:
▪ Infallible capture, structuring, prioritization and implementation of client needs which often
leads to disputes and claims;
▪ Irrelevant and non-coherent design, fabrication and construction data, with data generated at
one not being readily re-used downstream;
▪ Development of pseudo-optimal design solutions based on available constraints and not on the
unforeseen constraints and/or risks;
▪ Inadequate and inefficient collaboration, integration and coordination between the various
functional disciplines involved in the lifecycle aspects of the project that leads to unprecedented
delays; and
▪ Poor communication of design intent and rationale, which leads to unwarranted design changes,
inadequate design specifications, unnecessary liability claims, and increase in project time and
cost which downgrade the quality of the construction project.
To overcome these industry level fragmentations, various approaches like lean construction,
concurrent engineering, business process reengineering have had been implemented owing to their
success in manufacturing, production and assembly industries. The outcomes of adoption of these
approaches have turned out to be futile because of increasing complexities in construction projects.
It should be noted that most of the problems are process related and not product related (Kagioglou
et al, 1998).
An Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) funded project titled ‘Construction
as a Manufacturing Process’ under the Innovative Manufacturing Initiative (IMI) brought together a
number of companies representing the construction supply chain, and the University of Salford’s
expertise in producing the ‘Generic Design and Construction Process Protocol’ (Aouad G et al, 1998).
The main aims of this project were to develop an improved construction process protocol by
analyzing the existing industry practices and comparing similar practices in the manufacturing
industry; and to identify the information technology requirement to support the process protocol
and develop demonstrator models (Aouad G et al, 1994).
P a g e | 63
In order to adopt such a process-oriented approach, a consistent and clear set of process-related
concepts is required - a new process model that can be implemented and updated across the
industry and that focuses on modifying and systematizing the strategic management of the currently
common management processes in construction while adapting to them. In these days of
construction, only trivial projects are exempted from several phases and multitude of professionals
form various disciplines working together to advance a project (Fischer et al, 1998). All other
projects have ‘temporary multiple organizations’ (Cherns & Bryant, 1983) that are project focused
with short-term perspective. While there is no best way for all the circumstances, a standardized
and adaptable set of principles would allow the consistent application of principles in a reproducible
manner.
3 INVOLVEMENT OF INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES
Although international organizations have avoided attributing a universal definition to the world’s
Indigenous communities, the United Nations has identified two common features that encompass
them: specific legal rights based on historic links with a certain territory; and cultural, linguistic and
historic differences to other people who dominate them politically (Acciona, 2009). There are
approximately 370 million Indigenous people in the world, belonging to 5,000 different groups in 90
countries (www.culturalsurvival.org). It is estimated that Indigenous territories contain 80% of
earth’s biodiversity and hold unquantified megatons of sequestered carbon as 11% of the planet’s
forests are under their guardianship. These regions face unprecedented and rapid loss of
biodiversity and climate change effects resulting from fuel-based economy, greed and natural
resource extraction. In most of the cases, the governments and the multi-national corporations start
working in these regions without the full consent from the Indigenous people.
To establish a universal framework of minimum standards for the dignity, well-being and right of
Indigenous communities worldwide, the United Nations approved the Declaration on the Rights of
Indigenous People in 2007. This declaration focuses on the suffering of Indigenous communities
caused by historic injustices that have prevented them from exercising their rights for so many
years. One of the most important rights that the Indigenous communities have lost is the right to
development in accordance with their own needs and interests. The people from these communities
have invented and developed sophisticated codes of conservation to stop hunting and to protect
and preserve their rich biodiversity which can hand in hand in construction supply chain
management. In spite of this, people with vested interests are continuously ignoring the Indigenous
communities, which otherwise would be mutually beneficial with a host of advantages such as
sustainability and conservation of natural resources; inculcating replenishment technologies; the
community having ownership and control over decision making; and protection of flora and fauna
for future generation. In general, an Indigenous business is one that is 51% owned by Indigenous
people (Esmai Manahan, 2008), while the international criterion is as low as 30%.
It has always been a daunting task for Indigenous communities and the business entities to engage
with domestic and major project supply chains because of political influences and vested interests.
The government funded and implemented programs and initiatives in the past have added little or
negligible commercial value for local Indigenous businesses and were devoid of sustainable growth
of a community. For the successful implementation of an efficient supply chain, many hurdles and
stages are to be tread with utmost care. These stages include identifying an opportunity and making
a plan, capacity building and development, charting out business processes, offering skills to
commercially approach, enhancing entrepreneurial skills, and providing support to be successful in
P a g e | 64
the supply chain. Some of the ways in which an efficient construction chain in Indigenous
communities can be developed are:
▪ Effectively building a harmonious business relationship between the stakeholders of a project
and the Indigenous businesses
▪ Ensuring team building and collaboration between the various stakeholders if Indigenous
businesses
▪ Rendering bidding, tendering and contract support for Indigenous communities that target
project opportunities
▪ Building a fail-proof Indigenous community led delivery model that maximizes support,
involvement and engagement from Indigenous communities
▪ Effectively linking supply chains with Indigenous businesses
▪ Emphasis on planning and implementing project specific strategies that will help Indigenous
businesses connect with both short- and long-term business opportunities
▪ Enhancing community participation to align community development, education and
employment goals with major project opportunities
▪ Emphasizing the need of Indigenous and non-indigenous specialists working with businesses and
communities along a wider array of issues that may arise during supply chain management
4 SUPPLY CHAIN, TIME AND MONEY
“Time is money!”, warns a famous aphorism. This statement suggests that organizations and
projects that complete the work quickly will enjoy greater profits, while slower projects will suffer.
Tagging of time with money has been hugely rewarding, especially in construction contracts, where
bonus clause and penalty clause are always mentioned. Keeping this in mind, many organizations
attempt to integrate and coordinate the various elements of their supply chain, which includes, but
not limited to people, activities, information and resources, thus enhancing efficiency of their supply
chains. One of the most important parameters that has to be considered here is minimizing the cycle
time, which is the time taken to fulfil a client’s needs (D J Ketchen et al, 2008).
But with stiffer competition, organizations will need a different approach. (Ketchen & Hult, 2007)
suggested a concept called best value supply chains. These chains do not fixate on speed but
predominantly focus on the total value added to the customer. These best value supply chains target
high quality performance across four competitive parameters – speed, cost, quality and flexibility.
On the other hand, traditional supply chains are tactical and transactional in nature, and are more
of a revenue driver than a cost centre. Not surprisingly, many firms focus on individual operational
metrics such as dock-to-stock time and manufacturing lead time to assess their chains. Indeed, most
organizations do not track or have a method of recording total supply chain performance.
To get the desirable outcomes from best value supply chains, the primary focus should be on
strategic supply chain management which can be defined as the use of supply chains as a means to
create a competitive advantage and enhance firm performance (Hult, Ketchen, & Slater, 2004;
Upson, Ketchen & Ireland, 2007). Such an approach contradicts the popular wisdom centred on the
need to maximize speed. Instead, there is recognition that the fastest chain may not satisfy
customer requirements. Strategic supply chains strive to excel along four competitive
priorities. Speed is the time duration from initiation to completion of the supply
process. Quality refers to the relative reliability of chain activities. Cost management involves
enhancing value by either reducing expenses or increasing customer benefits for the same cost
level. Flexibility refers to a supply chain's responsiveness to changes in customers' needs (Hult,
Ketchen, Cavusgil, & Calantone, 2006). Balancing these four metrics is a formidable task but once
P a g e | 65
achieved, this will provide the highest level of total value to be delivered to the customer in the
supply chain (Figure 1).
The balancing of these metrics is also accompanied by the three A’s of strategic supply chain
management – Agility, Adaptability and Alignment (Lee, 2004). Agility is the supply chain’s resilient
capacity to act rapidly in response to dramatic changes in supply and demand. Adaptability refers
to the willingness and capacity to reshape the existing supply chains when necessary. Alignment
refers to creating consistency in the interests of all the stakeholders of the supply chain.
Figure 1 An illustration of Best Value Supply Chains
5 STRATEGIC SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT IN INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES
Over the last few decades, there has been an upward trend to enhance the opportunities for
Indigenous businesses to be a part of major development projects (Ana Maria & Mary-Anne, 2012).
Several mining, oil and gas sector companies have adopted policies and standards to increase
Indigenous procurement thereby recognizing and reaping in the benefits for these communities. To
enhance this upward trend, the governmental policies should aim at enabling greater Indigenous
participation to support their development and well-being which is the bottom-line of strategic
supply chain management and delivery. Apart from the “competitive priorities”, agility, adaptability
and alignment, the strategic supply chain management in Indigenous communities should focus on
strategic sourcing; relationship management, logistics management and an efficient supply chain
information system. The Indigenous communities are often neglected and most of the bureaucratic
policies are aimed at displacing these communities in the name of development rather than making
an effective use of these communities to conserve and protect the nature, the environment and the
ecosystem. With depletion of natural resources and an unprecedented loss of biodiversity over the
last few decades, it becomes a mandate to have “inclusive development” with the Indigenous
communities playing the role of one of the stakeholders.
“Strategic Sourcing” involves an Indigenous procurement strategy which mandates buying cost-
effective goods and services from the Indigenous firm that is necessitated through an Impact and
Benefit Agreement between the Indigenous community and the organization. This agreement
P a g e | 66
outlines various parameters such as project details, long-term vision of both the parties, financial
benefits, matters related to land and environment, reconciliation clauses, legal consent and the
steps for implementation.
“Relationship Management” involves dealing with multi-cultural competencies and the way in
which these competencies can be integrated for a seamless supply chain delivery. One of the most
important factors that is considered here is sharing the knowledge of demand and the processes.
Other factors include alignment with government policies and executive leadership (AEMEE, 2018).
“Logistics Management” involves the careful planning, implementing and controlling the efficient
and effective forward and backward flow and storage of goods between the point of origin and the
point of consumption in order to meet the demands and needs of the customer.
“Supply Chain Information System” involves a highly efficient system for the Indigenous
procurement that should have indicators to measure targets and performances, Key Performance
Indicators for performance reviews, business procurement, reporting, monitoring, linking bonuses
and rewards to sales and revenue generation.
Other strategies that go hand-in-hand with the aforesaid parameters are the following:
▪ Adopt demand-driven supply chain planning to leverage opportunities and mitigate challenges
▪ Build an adaptive supply chain management and delivery system integrated with planning and
execution strategies
▪ Embed the concept of sustainability into the supply chain systems
▪ Effective use of ICT for a reliable and more predictable supply against demand
6 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF SUPPLY CHAIN
The success or failure of the implementation of strategic supply chain model in Indigenous
communities depends on certain Key Performance Indicators which define the performance
evaluation of the implemented strategies. A typical procedure of the performance evaluation of a
supply chain is to use the established evaluation performance indicators, employ an analytical
method, follow a given procedure, to carry out quantitatively or qualitatively comparative analysis
to provide the objective and accurate evaluation of a supply chain performance in a selected
operation period (Fan & Zhang, 2016). Charles Darwin’s biological law of natural selection and
survival of the fittest can very well be applied to the fierce business competition of modern days
and business wrangle in Indigenous communities is not an exemption. Some of the underlying
principles of supply chain performance evaluation include but not limited to the usage of statistical
or analytical tools; indicators that reflect the business process and Indigenous procurement strategy
should be used; adoption of instant evaluation methods; and strategically aligning the key
performance indicators to the goals and objectives.
(Seuring and Müller, 2008) defined Supply Chain Management as the management of material,
information, and capital flows as well as cooperation among companies along the supply chain while
taking goals from all three dimensions of sustainable development, that is, economic,
environmental, and social, into account which are derived from customer's and stakeholder's
requirements. Supply Chain Management can be defined as the strategic, transparent integration,
and achievement of an organization's social, environmental, and economic goals in the systemic
coordination of key interorganizational business processes for improving the long-term economic
performance of the individual company and its supply chains (Carter and Rogers, 2008).
P a g e | 67
6.1 Environment Indicators
When measuring the performance of supply chain systems in Indigenous communities, environment
plays a major role because of the unexpected and unprecedented trade-offs between the
environment performance and the economic performance. The key objective is to achieve a balance
between environment investment and cost efficiency. Some of the possible indicators for the
environment performance evaluation are: greenhouse gas emission, water usage, energy
consumption, waste generation, use of hazardous and toxic substance, recycling of waste, water
etc. (Fahimnia, Paksoy et al., 2013)
6.2 Economic Indicators
Economic performance is the most important consideration in Indigenous supply chain

management and delivery as the goal is to make profit. Foreseeing the long-term goals from an
environmentally and economically sustainable initiatives will play a major role in analyzing and
justifying the economic benefits of designing and implementing environmental and social initiatives,
where participating firms benefit financially by engaging in eco-friendly and sustainable practices.
Some of the possible indicators for economic performance evaluation: Supply Chain cost that may
include the cost of procurement, production, opening, and operating facilities as well as
transportation and storage costs, cost reduction, service level that may include customer
satisfactory, product/quantity flexibility, and backorders, revenue and profits, etc (Mohsen,
Fahimnia et al., 2014).
6.3 Social Indicators
Social performance is the more difficult assessment performance indicator than the others because
they cannot be quantified and are more subjective in nature. Some of the possible indicators for
social performance evaluation: labor practice and decent work, gender diversity and harassment,
human rights, occupational health and safety, fair trade, fair labor metrics, etc (Philip Beske, 2015).
7 CONCLUSION
This paper has examined the increasing need for bringing in the Indigenous communities into the
construction supply chain that will enhance benefits for all the parties involved and the potential
gain these people will experience from living near a major resource development. Involving the
Indigenous communities will enable the people from these communities to access all the available
opportunities within a company’s supply chain and also ensure the natural resources are not
depleted beyond the threshold level, which ensures sustainability of these resources for the future
generation as well. It is clearly evident that there is a steep increase in Indigenous procurement
process which not only offer diverse and thriving Indigenous economy, but also garners the support
of government and other private players whenever there is a partnership that arises, which
eventually will lead to poverty alleviation within these communities. The integration of Indigenous
procurement processes with the Key Performance Indicators is a unique process and varies with
projects and this is always open for a detailed research in the future.
REFERENCES
[1] Acciona - https://www.activesustainability.com/sustainable-development/worlds-indigenous-communities/

[2] AEMEE, Aboriginal Enterprises in Mining, Exploration and Energy, Indigenous Business Procurement
Evaluation Checklist, October 2018.
P a g e | 68
[3] Ana Maria Esteves & Mary-Anne Barclay (2011) Enhancing the benefits of local content: integrating social and
economic impact assessment into procurement strategies, Impact Assessment and Project Appraisal, 29:3,
205-215, DOI:10.3152/146155111X12959673796128.
[4] Aouad, C., Brandon, P., Brown, F., Cooper, G., Ford, S.,Kirkham, J., Oxman, R., Sarshar, M. & Young, B. (1994)
Integration of construction information (ICON): Final report—integrated databases for the design
construction and management of construction. University of Salford.
[5] Aouad, G., Hinks, J., Cooper, R., Sheath, D.M., Kagioglou, M. & Sexton, M. (1998) An IT map for the Generic
Design and Construction Process Protocol. Journal of Construction Procurement, 4,132 – 151.
[6] Carter, C.R. and Rogers, D. A framework of sustainable supply chain management: moving toward new theory.
International Journal of Physical Distribution and Logistics Management, 2008, Vol. 38 (5): 360–387.
[7] Constructing Excellence (2004). Supply Chain Management, www.constructingexcellence.org.uk
[8] Cherns, A.B., and Bryant, D.T. (1983). Studying the client’s role in construction management. Construction
Management and Economics, 2, 177-184.
[9] D J Ketchen, W Rebarick, G T M Hult and David Meyer (2008). Best Value Supply Chains: A key competitive
weapon for the 21st century. Business Horizons (2008) 51, 235-243.
[10] Egan, J. Sir, (1998). Rethinking construction: The Report of the Construction Task Force. Department of the
Environment, Transport and the Regions, London.
[11] Esmai Manahan, Transcript of evidence, 14 July 2008, p. 6.
[12] Evbuomwan, N.F.O., and Anumba, C.J. (1998). An integrated framework for concurrent lifecycle design and
construction. Advances in Engineering Software, 29(7-9), 587-597.
[13] Fahimnia, B., Reisi, M., Paksoy, T. and Özceylan, E. The implications of carbon pricing in Australia: an
industrial logistics planning case study, Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment, 2013,
Vol. 18 January, pp. 78–85.
[14] Fischer, M.A., Waugh, L.M., and Axworthy, A. (1998). IT support of single project, multi project and industry-
wide integration, Computers in Industry, 35(1), 31-45.
[15] https://www.culturalsurvival.org/issues
[16] Hult, G. T., Ketchen, D. J., & Slater, S. F. (2004). Information processing, knowledge development, and
strategic supply chain performance. Academy of Management Journal, 47(2),241−253.
[17] Hult, G. T., Ketchen, D., Cavusgil, S., & Calantone, R. (2006). Knowledge as a strategic resource in supply
chains. Journal of Operations Management, 24(5), 458−475.
[18] Kagioglou, M., Cooper, R., Aouad, G., Hinks, J., Sexton, M., and Sheath, D. (1998). Final Report: Process
Control. University of Salford, UK.
[19] Ketchen, D., & Hult, G. T. (2007). Bridging organization theory and supply chain management: The case of
best value supply chains. Journal of Operations Management, 25(2), 573−580.
[20] Latham, M. Sir, (1994). Constructing the Team, HMSO, London.
[21] Lee, H. L. (2004). The triple-A supply chain. Harvard Business Review, 82(10), 102−112.
[22] Mohsen V., Soosay, C., Fahimnia, B., and Sarkis, J. Framing sustainability performance of supply chains with
multidimensional indicators. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, 2014, Vol. 19(3): 242–257.
[23] Philip Beske‐Janssen Matthew Phillip Johnson Stefan Schaltegger, 20 years of performance measurement
unsustainable supply chain management—what has been achieved? Supply Chain Management: An
International Journal, (2015), Vol.20 Iss 6 pp. 664–680.
[24] S N Tucker, S Mohamed et al (2001). Building and Construction Industries Supply Chain Management
(Domestic). Report for Australian Department of Industry, Science and Resources. CSIRO 2001.
[25] Stephen Slade, 6 Strategies for Better Supply Chain Management in the Current Economy, Oracle Blogs, July
12, 2017.
[26] Seuring, S. and Müller, M. From a literature review to a conceptual framework for sustainable supply chain
management. Journal of Cleaner Production, 2008, Vol. 16 (15): 1699–1710.
[27] Upson, J., Ketchen, D., & Ireland, R. D. (2007). Managing employee stress: A key to the effectiveness of
strategic supply chain management. Organizational Dynamics, 36(1),78−92
[28] Xuemei Fan & Shujun Zhang, Performance Evaluation for the Sustainable Supply Chain Management, School
of Computing & Technology, The University of Gloucestershire, UK, 2016
P a g e | 69
COMPREHENSIVE MOBILITY PLAN FOR AN EMERGING SMART CITY:

A CASE OF GREATER BENGALURU-BIDADI SMART CITY
Goutham Konikar S M Dr. H.N. Nagendra

DST INSPIRE Fellow , Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
School of Planning & Architecture University of Mysore
University of Mysore , Mysuru, India Mysuru, India
gouthamsmkonikar@gmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The Government of India has initiated the Smart City Mission in 2015 to create intelligent urban
systems at the service of socio-economic development and improving urban quality of life. There
are six indicators of a Smart city, namely “Smart Economy, Smart Governance, Smart Citizen, Smart
Living, Smart Environment and Smart Mobility”. Mobility takes the most important position due to
its influence on all the other indicators. Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP) is a long-term vision for
desirable accessibility and mobility pattern for people and goods, it covers all elements of Urban
mobility under an integrated planning process and is essential in building smart cities as well. The
objective of this research is to identify the Components and Interrelationship between CMP and
Smart City. Propose Comprehensive Mobility solutions to be integrated into Smart City Planning by
talking a case of Greater Bengaluru Bidadi Smart city, an emerging smart city.
The study used a multi-dimensional methodology involving both Primary and Secondary Data from
various sources. Initially, the Growth Dynamics of the Bengaluru Metropolitan Region are studied
and the future Urban Growth Directions within BMR is Identified. The profile of the proposed
Greater Bengaluru Bidadi Smart city is studied to explore its potential to act as a counter magnet
for the growth of Bengaluru. The results reveal that the GBBSC, coming up off Bengaluru-Mysuru
highway, can greatly reduce the pressure on the existing IT hubs like Whitefield and Electronic City.
Further, it falls within the alignment of the proposed Satellite Town Ring Road (STRR) and effective
Comprehensive Mobility solutions will further enhance the accessibility and mobility of people and
goods with BMR. Comprehensive Mobility solutions to be integrated within the Smart city planning
are proposed. The street design elements that can be incorporated within the CMP are also
explored. The study concludes that the Smart cities emphasizes the need for efficient urban mobility
by promoting a variety of Comprehensive Mobility options.
Key Words: Urban Mobility; Comprehensive Mobility Plan; Smart City Planning; Metropolitan
Region; and Decentralization.
1. INTRODUCTION
Urbanization is a global phenomenon and Cities are rapidly becoming the engines of economic
growth all over the Globe. In India, though only about 32% of the National Population resides in
Urban areas, they generate over 70% of the GDP. Hence well-planned urbanization could be the
single largest positive determinant for the future development of India. In this regard, the
Government of India has decided to promote 100 “Smart Cities” in the country to create an urban
eco-system, which is represented by the four pillars of comprehensive development of institutional,
physical, social and economic infrastructure. Mobility means the ease of being able to move from
one place to another is the core component of Smart City and there is a need to integrate the
P a g e | 70
Comprehensive Mobility strategies within Smart Cities. The Institute of Urban Transport (IUT) 2014
defines the “Comprehensive Mobility Plan as a long-term plan for desirable accessibility and
mobility pattern for people and goods in the city to provide, safe, secure, efficient, reliable &
seamless connectivity that supports and enhances economic, social & environmental sustainability.
1.1 Components/ Elements of Comprehensive Mobility Plan & Smart City
Table 3 Components/ Elements of Comprehensive Mobility Plan and Smart City
SL. COMPONENTS/ ELEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE COMPONENTS/ CORE INFRASTRUCTURE

NO MOBILITY PLAN ELEMENTS OF SMART CITY
1. Integrated Land Use and Urban Mobility Plan Adequate water supply
Formulation of the Public Transport Improvement

2. Assured electricity supply
Plan
3. Preparation of Road Network Development Plan Sanitation, including solid waste management
4. Preparation of NMT Facility Improvement Plan Efficient urban mobility and public transport
5. Freight Movement Plan Affordable housing, especially for the poor
6. Mobility Management Measures Robust IT connectivity and digitalization
Good governance, especially e-Governance and

7. Development of Fiscal Measures
citizen participation
8. Sustainable environment
Safety and security of citizens, particularly

9.
women, children and the elderly, and
10. Health and education
(Source: Author compiled based on CMP Toolkit and Smart City Guidelines, MoHUA )
1.2. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COMPREHENSIVE MOBILITY PLAN (CMP) & SMART CITY
The Smart city emphasizes the need for efficient urban mobility and public transport by Promoting
a variety of transport options like Transit Oriented Development (TOD), Public Transport & Last Mile
Para-transport connectivity. Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP) is a vision statement which focuses
on the mobility of people to address urban transport problems and promote better use of existing
infrastructure (i.e. improvement of public transport, pedestrian and NMT facilities) which as such
leads to the integration of land use and transport development and is essential to building smart
cities as well.
Thus, there exist a strong interrelationship between Comprehensive Mobility Plan and Smart City
which is summarised in Table 2.
P a g e | 71
Table 4 Relationship Between Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP) & Smart City
COMPONENTS OF SMART COMPONENTS OF
SL
MOBILITY UNDER SMART CITY COMPREHENSIVE OBJECTIVES OF SMART CITY
NO.
MISSION MOBILITY PLAN
a) Integrated Multi-Modal
TRANSPORTATION & MOBILITY
Transport Integrated Land Use and
1.
b) Transit-Oriented Urban Mobility Plan A smart city does not require an
Development (TOD) automobile to get around, distances are
short, buildings are accessible from
a) Improvement in Public
Formulation of the sidewalk and transit options are plentiful
Transport
2. Public Transport and attractive to people of all income levels
b) Last-mile para-transport
Improvement Plan (Guidelines 3.1.5 & 6.2)
connectivity
WALKABLE
a) Encouragement to non-
Smart city roads are designed
motorized transport (e.g. Preparation of NMT
equally for pedestrians’ cyclists and
3. walking and cycling), Facility Improvement
vehicles, and road safety and sidewalks are
b) Pedestrian-friendly pathways Plan
paramount to street design. Traffic signals
c) Energy-efficient street lighting
are sufficient and traffic rules are enforced.
Shops, restaurants, trees line the sidewalks
to encourage walking and there is ample
d) Intelligent traffic lighting so the pedestrian feel safe day and
Traffic Management
4. management night
Measures
e) Smart parking,
(Source: Author compiled based on CMP Toolkit and Smart City Guidelines, MoHUA
2. CASE OF BENGALURU
Bengaluru, a multifunctional Metropolitan and the capital city of Karnataka, is one of the fastest -
growing cities in India and is branded as the ‘Silicon Valley of India’ for spearheading the growth of
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) based industries. Bengaluru has also emerged as
the start-up hub of the nation, bringing innovation and contribution to GDP, diversity of the
economy and adding to employment opportunities. The city is also a major education hub with a
very large number of higher educational institutions in and around the city.
2.1 Growth Dynamics of Bengaluru
Bengaluru, with its strong economic base, contributes about 1.9% to India’s GDP (2013-14) and 34%
to Karnataka’s GSDP (2013-14). 38.31% of Karnataka’s urban population resides in Bengaluru,
indicating Bengaluru centric urbanisation in the state. With a 42% decadal growth rate, the
population of Bengaluru increased from 65.37 lakhs in 2001 to 96.22 lakhs in 2011 and is projected
to increase to 19 to 20 Million by 2031. Thus, Bengaluru plays the role of a primate city in the State.
2.2 ABOUT BENGALURU METROPOLITAN REGION (BMR)
Bengaluru Metropolitan Region Development Authority (BMRDA) has been given the responsibility
of planning the 8,000 Sq. Km of Bengaluru Metropolitan Region (BMR) consisting of 2191 Sq. Km in
the Urban Districts and 5814 Sq. Km in the Rural Districts.
P a g e | 72
Figure 4 Physical Growth of Bengaluru during the Last Five Centuries

Table 5 Population Trends for BMA
(Source: Census of India Handbooks and Master Plan

Analysis, 20115-16)
Figure 5 Authorities in the BMR
Table 6 Authorities in the BMR
3.3 URBAN GROWTH DIRECTIONS IN THE BENGALURU METROPOLITAN REGION (BMR)

The Growth pattern in the BMR is characterised by Bengaluru City as the urban core (including
Yelahanka, Kengeri, Jigani, Yeswanthpur which were once satellite towns) & Small Urban nodes
along with the radial road network in the region which have developed as satellites towns around
the city. Example Anekal on Hosur Road, Hoskote on Old Madras Road, Devenahlli on Bellary Road,
Neel Mangala & Dobaspete on Tumu kuru Road, Bidadi & Ramanagaram on Mysuru Road,
Kanakapura on Kanakpura Road, etc. At present the ribbon, development is seen on all major radial
roads and prominent ones being Tumu kuru Road, Bellary Road, Old Madras Road, Mysuru Road,
P a g e | 73
and Hosur Road. The Figure 3 & 4 presents the urban growth pattern & Proposed Transportation
Network within the BMR.
Figure 6 Urban Growth Pattern in BMR Figure 7 Proposed Transportation Network
3.4 DECENTRALIZATION STRATEGY

To limit the urban sprawl of Bengaluru and decongest it, BMR Structure plan-2011 has emphasized
on the development of a regional transport network along with the development of 5 new
townships at Bidadi, Ramanagaram, Solur, Sathanur & Nandagudi covering a total area of 61,000
hectares on the outskirts of BMA
3.5 About the Greater Bengaluru – Bidadi Smart City (GBBSC)
The Greater Bengaluru – Bidadi Smart City has been proposed to be developed has a new integrated
Urban Settlement and to act as a counter magnet to Bengaluru. The GBBSC, coming up off
Bengaluru-Mysuru highway, will help reduce pressure on the existing IT hubs like Whitefield and
Electronic City. It falls within the alignment of the proposed Satellite Town Ring Road (STRR) with
proper access to NH, SH, Railway Stations & Airport.
3.5.1 Features of Greater Bengaluru – Bidadi Smart City
• GBBSC is an independent, Self-contained & Eco-Friendly Integrated Smart City.

• GBBSC will be developed under the Work – Live – Play Concept.
• Focuses on Information Technology & Knowledge-based activities
• Surrounded by existing Golf Course, Theme Park and other weekend getaway locations end
route to Mysore & beyond, it is highly suitable for township development.
Given the need for systematic planning and to control and regulate the developments in and around
Bidadi, the Karnataka State Government has created the Greater Bengaluru – Bidadi Smart City Local
Planning Area which consists of 38 villages of Ramanagar Taluk Bidadi Hobali, Kailancha Hubli,
Ramanagaram Kasaba Hubli, and Kanakapura Taluk-Harohalli hobli, about 35km from Bengaluru.
P a g e | 74
The Greater Bengaluru-Bidadi Smart City Planning Authority under BMRDA will be developing a
master plan for a 9,178.29-acre knowledge park, to be taken up under the work-live-play concept.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 represent location and LPA area of GBBSC respectively.
Figure 8 Location of GBBSC Figure 9 LPA of Greater Bengaluru Bidadi Smart City
(Source: Revised Structural Plan for Bengaluru Metropolitan

Region, 2031)
4. RESULTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Smart Mobility is the integration of Information and Communication Technologies with
Comprehensive Mobility solutions to improve economic performance, safety, mobility and time
saving for the citizens. The Comprehensive Mobility Solutions Under ITS includes Digital View
Terminals, Intelligent Roads, Traffic Prediction tool, Optimised dynamic signalling, Automatic
Parking System, Advanced Driver Assistance System (ADAS), Satellite Application for emergency
handling traffic alerts, road safety and incident prevention and Automated transport systems. The
other components of Comprehensive Mobility plan that can to be integrated within the Smart city
planning along with their impact are proposed and tabulated in table 5.
Table 7 RESULTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
SL MEASURABLE IMPACT OF CMP ON SMART

PROPOSALS / RECOMMENDATIONS
NO. CITY
A. SOCIAL IMPACTS
Public Transport Improvement Plan
• Multi Modal Transit Hubs
1 Increased Mobility Choices for All
NMT Facility Improvement Plan
• Introduce Public Bicycle Sharing System (PBS)
2 • Pelican Signal, Pedestrian Refuge, Zebra Crossing, Increased Public Safety
Landscape Strip, Protecting Bike Lane
P a g e | 75

WALKABILITY Improved Productivity and Quality of Life
3 • Walkable environments offering direct, comfortable, Index
and vibrant routes to destinations Increased Health Benefits
• An attractive pedestrian environment with a high
level of priority, safety, and amenities.
B. ECONOMIC IMPACTS
Public Transport Improvement Plan Increased Land Values and Property Tax
Revenues
• Introducing MRTS/BRTS
1
Integrated Land Use and Urban Mobility Plan
• Transit Oriented Development: Access to transit
Integrated Land Use and Urban Mobility Plan Increased Transit Ridership
6 Transit Oriented Development: Placement of more
2 people close to transit and providing mixed-use
Mobility management measures Plan
• Congestion pricing
Road Network Development Plan: Reduced Road and Infrastructure Costs
3
• Build Major roads as per Tender S.U.R.E standards
NMT Facility Improvement Plan Promoting Retail Business and Increased
4 Income
• Greater Pedestrian Accessibility through Complete
Street Design
C. SUSTAINABILITY INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Promoting EVs: Introducing Electric Buses for Public Reduced Dependency on Fossil Fuels &
Transport, E-rickshaw for Para Transit Increased Energy Efficiency
1
Creating Charging Infrastructure: Charging points at Reduced Greenhouse Gas Emissions,
parking areas and IPT stands Pollution, and Improvement in Air Quality
D. TRANSPORT IMPACTS
• Infrastructural Improvements like Reserving Lanes and
Tracks
Increased Usage of Public Transport
• Operational Improvements like Optimizing Routes and
1 Scheduling Reduced Rates of Vehicle Kilometres
Travelled (VKT)
• Taxation of cars and fuel
• Congestion pricing
• Operational Improvements like Optimizing Routes and
2 Scheduling Reduced Trip Time & Travel Length
• Interconnected NMT Network
Traffic Management Plans-
3 Improved Parking Infrastructure Facilities
• Smart/ E-Parking system
P a g e | 76

• Parking control: Parking fee, No-parking zones
Traffic Management Plans- Ease of Movement and Payment, Real Time
Intelligent Transport System: Information On Public Transport Services
Across the City
4. • Common smart card for Intermodal public transport,
• B-TRIPS (Bidadi Travel-related Information and Availability Of Advance Alerts Related to
Planning System), Traffic Congestion and Natural Disaster at
• Smart kiosks for travel related information Multiple Locations

5. Increased Last Mile Connectivity
• Introduce Public Bicycle Sharing System (PBS)
E. GOVERNANCE IMPACT
Road Network Development Plan Minimized Conflict of Infrastructure
1
• Street Redevelopment Under Tender SURE Maintenance and Service Management
F. SPATIAL IMPACT
Integrated Land Use and Urban Mobility Plan
• Transit Oriented Development: Space efficiency, Conservation of Resource Lands and
1
Promote Compact, Densified & Mixed-use Reduced Urban Sprawl
development
Enhanced Street Quality and Increase in
NMT Facility Improvement Plan: Usability by Pedestrians and Cyclists
2 • Complete Street Design with dedicated pathways, Linked Public Spaces Through Contiguous
cycle tracks, signage, and landscaping. Network of Pedestrian and Cycle Ways
including for the differently- abled
(Source: Author Proposed based on Primary data)
5. URBAN DESIGN INTERVENTIONS IN COMPREHENSIVE MOBILITY PLAN/ SMART CITY
The Urban design aims at making urban areas functional and attractive. It is a blend of architecture, landscape
architecture, and city planning together. Here an attempt has been made to identify Sixteen Street Design
Elements as the street components that accommodate or serve specific functions and their Design
criteria & Standards are tabulated below
Table 8 The Sixteen Street Design Elements and their Design Criteria & Standards
STREET
SL.
DESIGN DESIGN CRITERIA AND STANDARDS
NO
ELEMENTS
1. Footpaths A continuous unobstructed minimum width of 2m, continuous shade
Minimum width of 2m for one-way movement & 3m for two-way
2. Cycle track movement with the smooth surface material, Continuous shade through
tree cover
Constant width, Clear boundaries defined through curbs & material
3. Carriageway
differences
The width of a BRT lane is 3.3m, plus buffer space next to mixed traffic,
Bus rapid
4. centrally located BRT stations require 3m (preferably 4 m) in the cross-
transit
section
P a g e | 77
If the curb-to-curb carriageway width is 11m or narrower, periodic

Medians and
pedestrian refuges can enhance safety. For a median to function as a safe
5. pedestrian
pedestrian refuge, a minimum width of 1m should be provided. A cycle
refuges
refuge should be 2m wide
Pedestrian Crosswalks should be as wide as the adjacent footpath and never narrower
6.
crossing than 2m, the slope for vehicles should be at least 1:4
Appropriate distance between trees to provide continuous shade,
7. Landscaping depending on the individual trees’ canopy size and shape. In dry climates
where trees do not grow very fast, closer spacing is necessary
Spacing in busy commercial districts is typically closer than in residential
8. Bus stops
areas. Intervals between stops range from 200–400m
Street vendors should be accommodated where there is a demand for
Street
9 their goods and services—near major intersections, public transport stops,
vending
parks, and so on
Furniture & amenities should be located where they are used. They are
Street
10. necessary for commercial hubs, crossroads, bus stops, railway stations, &
furniture
public buildings.
Parking areas should be allotted after providing ample space for
On-street pedestrians, cyclists, trees, and street vending, Dedicated cycle parking
11.
parking should be provided at public transport stops and stations and in
commercial districts
A service lane should be between 2.7 and 3m wide, with a 2.4m wide core
12. Service lanes
driveway and the remaining space elevated slightly
Traffic calming slows down vehicles through one of the following
Traffic mechanisms: vertical displacement, horizontal displacement, real or
13.
calming perceived narrowing of the carriageway, material/ colour changes that
signal conflict points,
Street Additional lighting should be provided at conflict points & Poles should be
14.
lighting no higher than 12m.
Catch pits should be located at regular intervals, depending on their size
15. Storm water
and the catchment area, and at the lowest point of the street cross section
Underground utilities are ideally placed below the parking area or service
16. Utilities lane, if present, which can be dug up easily without causing major
inconvenience.
(Source: Author compiled based on street design guidelines, ITDP)
P a g e | 78
Figure 10 Street Design Elements
(Source: Author Compiled Based on Street Design Guidelines, ITDP)
6. CONCLUSION
Comprehensive Mobility plan increases Accessibility, Connectivity & better Mobility of People and
goods. It creates enormous economic, social and environmental benefits thus creating smart cities
by increasing the liveability & clean city Index of the city.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We are most thankful for the Department of Science and Technology (DST), Government of India
for awarding the Inspire Fellowship that has provided financial support to Goutham Konikar S.M to
carry out this research.
REFERENCES
[1] Better Streets, Better Cities: A Guide to Street Design in Urban India, ITDP, 2011
[2] Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study (Bangalore), prepared by RITES, 2011
[3] Census of India, 2001 and 2011
[4] Guidance Documents for Transit Oriented Development (TOD), Non-Motorized Transport (NMT) and Public
Bicycle Sharing (PBS), prepared by MoHUA, 2016
[5] Revised Master Plan for Bengaluru Draft, BDA, 2031
[6] Revised Structural Plan for Bengaluru Metropolitan Region, BMRDA, 2031
[7] Smart City Guidelines, MoHUA, 2015
[8] Toolkit for Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP)-Revised, prepared by IUT, India, 2014
[9] Town Directory, Census of India, 2001 and 2011
P a g e | 79
DESIGN AND WOMEN EMPOWERMENT: AN INTERFACE RURAL

DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY WITH THE EXISTING RURAL DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAMMES – A CASE STUDY OF A RURAL HABITAT
Siddaraju H.K. Dr. H.N. Nagendra

Research Scholar, Institute of Development Studies Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
University of Mysore University of Mysore
Mysuru, India Mysuru, India
nagendrahnn@gmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The poverty alleviation programmes in India are designed to target rural poverty alleviation as the
prevalence of the poverty is high in rural areas, because of rural unemployment in the present
context. Also rural out migration of the poor is challenging in the present context to hold them back
in the villages, also many rural development programmes and rural poverty alleviation programmes
are effectively surving the purpose in rural areas due to various geographic and infrastructure
limitations. The five year plans immediately after independence tried to focus on poverty alleviation
through sectoral programmes. The first five year plan focused on agricultural production as a way
of addressing poverty while second and third plans focused on massive state led investments for
employment generation in public sector, whereas, these policies did not have changed in its
structure and will have no enough strength to make a sweeping effect with the existing financial
strength of indian ecinomy. The existing rural development programmes are grouped into 1) Wage
employment programmes, 2) Self-employment programmes, 3) Food security programmes, 4)
Social security programmes; in all these programmes the scope of women empowerment is minimal
and required to be introdused; the paper have explored many such options to encouraged through
rural development programmes and schemes.
Key Words: Poverty Alleviation; Rural Out Migration; Rural Development Programmes; Self-
Employment and Women Empwerment.
1. INTRODUCTION
Poverty is a social phenomenon in which a section of society is unable to fulfil even its basic
requirements. The third world countries exhibit the existence of mass poverty, although poverty
also exists even in the developed countries in Europe and America. The concept of poverty is
associated with deprivation of a minimum requirement of living or consumption that is minimum
requirements for food, clothing, housing, health, etc [1]. The poor can be classified into two sub
groups - those who are poor over an extended duration or chronically poor and those who are
transiently poor. India has been ranked at 96th place among 119 developing countries. This Index
revealed that India did fairly well in combating hunger between 1997 to 2003 and even in further.
[2]. India accounts for one-sixth of the global population and is growing at faster rate that shortly it
will become the most populous nation in the world. The pressure on land is increasing day by day,
while agricultural productivity is not keeping pace with the population growth. Presently, 72 per
cent of India’s population and 75 per cent of the country’s poor are in rural areas. Nearly two-third
of the Indian population still depends on agriculture for its livelihood [3]. The agriculture rural area
is largely depending on rain fall; but rain is not showering to support the crop needs, either it
showers to create flood or to create drought. Similarly, the market price also dynamically varies to
P a g e | 80
put formers under loss always. There has been a poverty-stricken relationship between agriculture
growth, rural development and poverty. Poverty is the sum total of a multiplicity of factors that
include not just income and calorie intake but also access to land and credit, nutrition, health and
longevity, literacy and education and safe drinking water, sanitation and other infrastructural
facilities. The poor can be classified into two sub groups - those who are poor over an extended
duration or chronically poor and those who are transiently poor [2]. To alleviate these poverty
issues and rural development, it is required to understand the structure of the existing rural poverty
alleviation programmes and its efficacy should have evaluated to support the additional
requirements of the people along with effort of government.
2. STUDY OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION PROGRAMMES AND ITS EVALUATION
Poverty is not only the scarcity or the lack of a certain (variant) amount of material possessions or
money; understanding poverty is a multifaceted concept, which may include social, economic, and
political elements. Absolute poverty, extreme poverty, or destitution refers to the complete lack of
the means necessary to meet basic personal needs such as food, clothing and shelter their well
beings. As it is longstanding among the massive size of people the effects of poverty may also recurs
as a "poverty cycle" and operating across multiple levels and sectors. as there are some missing
components in the schemes, it is necessary to understand the structure of poverty alleviation
programs and additional requirements of village people.
2.1 Poverty Alleviation Programs in India
The poverty alleviation programmes in India are categorized to rural areas and urban areas. Most
of the programmes are designed to target rural poverty as prevalence of poverty is high in rural
areas. Also targeting poverty is challenging in rural areas due to various geographic and
infrastructure limitations along with less opportunity for earning. The existing programmes are
mainly grouped into:
1) Wage employment programmes
2) Self-employment programmes
3) Food security programmes
4) Social security programmes
The first five-year plan focused on agricultural production as a way of addressing poverty while
second and third plans focused on massive state led investments for employment generation in
public sector.
• Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojana (JGSY)

• National Old Age Pension Scheme (NOAPS)
• National Family Benefit Scheme (NFBS)
• National Maternity Benefit Scheme.
• Annapurna.
• Integrated Rural Development Program (IRDP)
• Pradhan Mantri Gramin Awaas Yojana.
• National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA)
Are such programmes effectively operating to reduce the poverty?
P a g e | 81
2.2 Central and State Government Sponsored Schemes in Operation in Karnataka
SGSY: The Govt. of India has restructured SGAY by integrating all the interrelated poverty alleviation
programmes a new programme known as Swarna Jayanthi Gram Swarojgar Yojana has been
launched from April 1999. The programme covers all the aspects of self-employment such as
organization of the poorer sections into Self Help Groups.
Implementing : ZP through Taluk and Gram Panchayats in rural areas only

Agency
Eligibility : Targeted group below poverty line
Loan Amount : No investment ceiling other than unit cost. The credit-subsidy ratio shall be
of minimum 3:1
Repayment : Depending upon the activities. The instalment is limited to 50% of the
incremental net income.
Subsidy : 30% of the project cost or Rs. 7,500/-, whichever is less. For SC/STs 50% of
the project cost or Rs. 10,000/-, whichever is less. For groups 50% or Rs.
1.25 lacs whichever is less. Subsidy is back ended.
Further contact Contact EO of Taluk Panchayats, PDO of Grama Panchayats.
[ii]. SJSRY : Swarna Jayanthi Shahari Rojgar Yojana is implemented in urban, semi-urban
centres
A. USEP Individual Scheme
Eligibility : Unemployed urban youth below poverty line with 18 years and above age.
No minimum education qualification
Project cost : Rs. 2,00,000/- maximum 25% of the project cost subject to maximum Rs.
subsidy 50,000/-, whichever is less (Back-ended) Beneficiary contribution 5%
Security : Hypothecation of assets created out of the loan
B. UWEP : Group activity. No limit for project cost
Eligibility : A group of 5 urban women who are not defaulters to the bank and below
urban poverty line shall take up an economic activity. Should be a resident
for at least 3 years. Age 18 years and above. No minimum education
qualification.
Subsidy : 35% of Project cost subject to Maximum Rs. 60,000/- for member of group
or Rs. 3 lacs. (a special provision of 3% for disabled women). Group
contribution of MM 5%.
Security : Only assets crated out of loan.
Further contact Contact Municipal Corporation, Municipalities, Town/ Pattana Panchayats
[iii]. Udyogini
Eligibility : Women of 18-45 age group to take up income generating activity
Unit Cost : Maximum Rs. 1.00 lac
Subsidy : 20% of loan to General category not exceeding Rs. 7,500/-. 30% of loan to
SCs/STs, Widows/Physically handicapped beneficiaries not exceeding Rs.
10,000/-
Income : Family income not to exceed Rs. 40,000/- p.a.
P a g e | 82
Further contact Women & Child Dev Department in each Taluka
[iv]. Chaitanya & Swavalambana Schemes of BC & MD Corporation
Eligibility : All backward classes under Chaitanya

All minority community under Swavalambana
Age limit : 18 to 60 years
Income : Rs. 22,000/- p.a.
Loan amount : Based on project cost (maximum Rs. 1.00 lac)
Subsidy : Up to Rs. 10,000/- 50% or Rs. 5,000/- whichever is less. No margin money
Rs. 10,001/- & above Rs. 5,000/- and 20% margin money
Further Contact Backward Class & Minority Dev Corporation in the district
[v]. PMEGP (Prime Minister’s Employment Generation Programme)
Age : Any individual above 18 years of age
Education : No minimum qualification. For setting up of project costing above Rs. 10

lakhs in the manufacturing sector and above Rs. 5 lakhs in the business /
service sector, the beneficiary should possess at least VIII Standard pass
educational qualification
Project Cost : Maximum Rs. 25 lakhs under manufacturing sector
Maximum Rs. 10 lakhs under Business / Service sector
Assistance under the scheme is available only for new projects. Self Help
Groups are also eligible.
Subsidy : General category: 15% in urban and 25% of the project cost in rural area
Special category: 25% in urban and 35% of the project cost in rural area
Margin : 10% to general and 5% to Special category

contribution
Security : Assets created out of loan. No collateral security and no third-party
guarantor to be given and the loan is to be covered under CGTMSE Scheme
Further Contact dist. Industry Centre, KVIC, KVIB
[vi]. Schemes of Karnataka SC/ST Dev. Corporation:
1) SEP
Eligibility : Should belong to SC/ST category
Income : Rs. 11,000/- p.a.
Age limit : 18 to 58 years
Loan amount : up to Rs. 1.00 lac
Subsidy : 50% of the project cost or Rs. 10,000/-
2) ISB
Eligibility : Should belong to SC/ST category
Income : Rs. 31,952/- p.a. in rural areas and Rs. 42,412/- in urban areas
Subsidy : Nil
P a g e | 83
(However, for Autorickshaw loans Rs. 10,000/- of subsidy and Rs. 14,000/-
margin money available)
Margin : 20% of project cost up to Rs. 10.00 lacs
Further Contact District Office of SC/ST Dev Corporation
[vii]. AMRUTA YOJANE – Implemented by KMF
Scheme : Providing She-buffalos or graded cow to women beneficiary
Eligibility : Widows, Destitute, Devadasis, Labourers, 3% to PH
Age : 18 to 60 years
Income : Annual income not to exceed Rs. 40,000/-
Reservation : As per Govt. policy 90% from rural areas, beneficiary’s member of milk
societies
Unit cost : Rs. 35,000/-
Subsidy : 50% to general, 60% to SC women, 75% to ST women
Other agencies : Veterinary Dept. and Women & Child Development Dept.
3. EVALUATION OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION PROGRAMME
A pilot study has been carried out in a village called Bilugali which has been taken selected, to
understand the efficacy of the poverty alleviation programs. The village has its settlement along an
irrigation canal. The village is connected by village road from Suttur, it’s a supporting major village
adjacent to it with a gramapanchayath and they are part of Mysore Taluk. It is located at a distance
of 1.5 km from NH-766 Mysuru-Trichy Road and about 27km from the city on which they are
depending. This village is administered as part of Suttur Gram Panchayat which measures about
477.50 acres. Major Occupation of the villagers is Agriculture. In that paddy cultivations are high,
other than that sugarcane, and flower crop sugandraj etc. are grown. Ground water or bore wells
are the main source of water for the village, as it is in upper side and elevated portion w.r.t., the
canal, hence no irrigation facility to cover more than 81% of the village agricultural land. There are
2 overhead tanks for supplying water for drinking purpose. The village also draws water from hand
pumps. The village had 143 tap connections, 5 hand pumps and 2 bore wells. The depth of ground
water will be about 100-150feet. Hence the village does not have water problem. Major
Transportation source is through public buses. The buses are operating from Mysore to Bilugali with
frequency of every 1hour. One PHC [primary health center] is situated near the entrance of village
where the doctor’s visit alternate days (20 bed capacity). Total Population of village in 2011 was
3,122 and number of households were 696 and the growth rate was declined when compared to
previous decade. present population is 3321 and number of households are 707; as the People are
moving to nearby towns and Mysore city for wage employment informal sectors. Literacy rate is
reaching to 69% in the present context from a very minimal as in the rural areas of India. 70% of the
population is involved in Primary Sector, since the land available is fertile land to carry out
agricultural activities. The secondary activities are very less in the village. 12% of the population is
involved in Secondary Sector because there is no option for involving in industries in the village and
all the crops grown are traded at the farmland at form price through mediators. Most of their
produced goods are taken to either to Suttur and Nanjangud for weekly markets to sold them. about
17% of the population are engaging in participating informal tertiary service activities [People are
P a g e | 84
travelling to nearby towns and city Mysuru for daily wage working in the construction, transport
and trading activities].
Fig-1. Bilugalli Village Poverty Indicating Factors
(Source: Compiled by Author from Primary Survey)
3.1 Poverty Alleviation programs Utilized in Bilugalli Village
1. MGNREGA – to provide days’ wage work for each family in a year to provide life security,
but only 47% are actively using as the wage in form land a wage in the in the nearby urban
centers are higher than the scheme. This indicates that people never utilize the scheme
unless the wage in the scheme is increased to more than the other sector.
Fig-2. Percentage of Active workers under MGNREGA
(Source: Compiled by Author from Primary Survey)
2. Total Sanitation Scheme – Central Government Scheme, providing amount of Rs.2,500 for
people below poverty line who construct toilet under this scheme, this has been utilized by
only 54% households.
3. Indira Awas Yojana - Central Government Scheme, providing amount of Rs.40,000 since
2008 for homeless people to construct houses. It is a beneficiary scheme for below poverty
line people. The success rate is 36% as it is not enough.
4. Ashraya Scheme - Central Government Scheme, providing amount of Rs.40,000 for
constructing houses for SC, ST and half amount for other backward classes. It has been
utilized but not satisfying their requirements.
5. Other Housing Schemes – Basava Vasanth, Ambedkar Vasanth yojana, PMAY
6. Health Cards – Yashaswini, Rastriya Swasthya Bhima Yojanas are utilizing satisfactorily.
7. Electricity – Bhagya Jyothi- provided and satisfied but interrupted power supply.
8. Female child – Bhagya Lakshmi; intruded and utilizing satisfactorily.
P a g e | 85
9. Pregnant Women Scheme – Maathru Poorna Yojanas; people are getting through nursing
service.
10. Roadside Shopkeepers – Udyogini; has not utilized as there is no scope established.
11. Rajiv Gandhi Chaitanya Yojana – training and deploying youths between age group of 18 to
35 under self-employment; but effectively not been utilized.
12. Swachh Bharath mission – for toilets construction; found less than 42% success rate.
3.2 Women Self Help Groups in Bilugalli Village
Self-help group (SHG) in the village found are 17 with a committee composed of 10–20 local
women or men. But have no self-goals due to lack of knowledge and training to explore new areas.
However, this could be utilized as a best option for rural women empowerment and anti-poverty.
3.3 Problems Related to Poverty Alleviation programs
1. The poverty in this village has not yet being completely alleviated. There are few more
schemes required to achieve the goal of poverty alleviation. And women empowerment found
no place in the overall scheme utilization.
2. There is a serious inadequacies and shortage of housing in the village and there are chances of
increasing of in the near future, it is requiring an effective and serious step.
3. Even the work participation rate of women in the village is decreased, due to miss matching of
their serving time.
4. There are about 17 SHG in the village, which have currently indulged only in the general social
development issues, so providing training for the economic development becoming essential.
5. In few parts of the village have problems of drainage, road, water supply, power this needs to
be taken care.
Figure 3 Existing Bus Shelter and its Approach
(Source: Compiled by Author from field observations)
P a g e | 86
4. RECOMMENDATIONS
The existing bus shelter is within the village

boundary and the bus provides regular
service. A bus shelter proposed with a
common malty utility hub to encourage, rural
trade/shady/auction place for village people-
middle men along with a waiting, relaxing
place for people, and a training centre with a
common electronic media rural hub at the
village entrance; if provide trough the scheme
which is not integrated with the existing
scheme structure whole poverty alleviation
programme would have been utilizing
effectively.
To enhance livelihood security for men and women especially an intervention in schemes to
establish cottage industry in rural areas with shelter, service, training, marketing the rural products
and rural folk art encouraging hub to showcase and market to the urban centers from village itself
would make women participate more as they are serving the home-farmland-with no self-income
to gain at off the regular routine works would support the existing rural development programme
to serve efficiently.
These proposals become executable only with the planning and design intervention of planners and
architects involving in serving the rural planning and development activities by extending our service
to the socio-economic programme developers in the government; by bringing down the cost of rural
housing by integrating the indigenous knowledge of the village people. Community solar and rain
water harvesting and Gober gas units by educating rural people in all aspects of simple life which
was slowly going away from villagers with the intervention of government with old perspective
poverty alleviation and rural development programmes.
REFERENCES
[1] Sundar and s. Angles, an overview of poverty eradication programmes in India, economic affair: v.56 n.4 p.
335-343. June. 2011.
[2] Aasha kapur Mehta and amita shah, chronic poverty in India: overview study, cprc working paper 7, chronic
poverty research centre ISBN number: 1-904049-06-0, 2001
[3] census of India, 2011
[4] Zillahs parishad annual report, 2011 and draft copy of field visit report.
[5] tackling poverty and hunger through digital innovation, august 2018. A report of food and agriculture
organisations of united nations.
[6] acharya, SARTHI, (1989), agricultural wages in India: a disaggregated analysis, Indian journal of agricultural
economics, vol. 44, no.2, April – June.
P a g e | 87
DESIGN CHALLENGES IN RURAL ARCHITECTURE: AN ATTEMPT TO

DISPUTE RESOLUTION MECHANISM THROUGH URBAN PLANNING
Lakshmipathi T.L. Dr. H.N. Nagendra

Member Secretary & Joint Director Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
Doddaballapura Planning Authority, University of Mysore
Doddaballapura, Bengaluru, India Mysuru, India
lakshmipathi.jdtp@gmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Economic reform has given considerable impetus to the process of urbanization, and it is expected
that by 2050 half of India’s population will be living in its cities and towns. This will mean that the
existing cities will continue to grow larger and many surrounding villages and towns will be added
and with their increasing inter dependency over each other. The rapid urbanization in turn the
outward urban growth & transformations is not only affecting the city structure but also affecting
Village on their peripheral areas. But in the present scenario planning within LPA is predominantly
focussed on the development of urban areas and when there is a need of additional land it
encroches revenue land belong to the village and hence the village peripheral areas are often side-
lined or marginalised for the village requirements which in turn have a impact on the village
inhabitants. So the importence of the village peripheral areas are required to be addressed through
design challenges to keep the rural ambience alive. This paper discussses the urban planning
attmepts as a dispute resolution mechanism to simplify the design challenges in rural architecture:
Key words: Rural Ambience; Peripheral Areas; Rural Architecture; Outward Urban Growth; Rural
Transformations.
1. INTRODUCTION
Economic reform has given considerable impetus to the process of urbanization, and it is expected
that by 2050 half of India’s population will be living in its cities and towns. This will mean that the
existing cities will continue to grow larger and many new cities and towns will be added, and the
inter dependency over each other also increasing. Because of the inter dependency of metro city
over class I cities, class I cities over other Small and Medium Towns, have created rapid growth of
these cities, the pressures of rapid growth and their improper planning have severely stressed the
land use structure and its typology of cities and town & the rural areas adjacent to them. Such
challenges are greater in Metropolitan cities where the pace of Physical development is very rapid
and growing outward, Demographic pressures are intense, and the Institutional and Administrative
mechanisms are not able to respond appropriately.[1] This rapid urbanization & transformations is
also affecting Village peripheral areas in Metropolitan city which is subjected to intensive and
higher‐order urban uses like Airport Development, Integrated Townships, campuses and estates etc.,
poses a major challenge to city planners mitigate the urban effect on the Village and village
peripheral areas .[6] Though the Metropolitan cities are crucial to the economic wellbeing of India,
their transformed growth and pressures of new growth are not dealt with futuristic planning by
conserving the rural habitat in its city regions. To mitigate and manage the transformations due to
new growth in Metropolitan city regions and the Peripheral areas of villages requires Effective Urban
Planning Protocols, Processes, and amendments in the practicing regulations and policies.
P a g e | 88
2. PRESENT PLANNING SCENARIO

Under the Indian Constitution, Urban issues are a State Responsibility, Legal, Administrative, and
Procedural matters concerning urban land differ between states. Various Development plans like
Master Plans., Structural plans, Zonal plans etc. are prepared by the Planning Authorities or Urban
Local Bodies for the planned development of Cities, including Metropolitan cities. Master plans are
prepared for a specific area called the Local Planning Area (LPA) which includes both urban areas
(Developed area/Conurbation area) and rural areas (surrounding Village areas, agriculture land). But
in the present scenario planning within LPA is predominantly focused and concentrated on the
development of urban areas and the village peripheral areas are often side-lined or marginalized. In
Karnataka, Master Plans are prepared for an urban area by the Planning Authorities or Urban Local
bodies (ULB) as per the Karnataka town and country planning act, KTCP ACT-1962.Section-4A of
KTCP act deals with Declaration of Local Planning Area (LPA) which includes both urban areas
(Developed area/Conurbation area) and rural areas (surrounding Village areas, agriculture land) and
Section-9 of the act deals with Preparation of master plan for the declared Local Planning Area (LPA).
The Bangalore International Airport Area Planning Authority called BIAAPA in Bangalore
Metropolitan Region [BMR] in Bengaluru, a metropolitan city in Karnataka; In the present scenario
although developed through Planning in its LPA, it is more focused on urban planning than planning
for village areas. It results, in village and their peripheral areas within the LPA, especially within the
metropolitan area, various social, economic and environmental problems. [10]
Hence a distinctive planning response is required to plan for village peripheral areas in a manner
that does not result in repeating the present problems in the future. Thus the village peripheral
areas within the Metropolitan cities are required to be effectively planned and developed so that
they are transformed to be made suitable for the village future without affecting to their
Landholdings, Access to Infrastructure services such as water supply and drainage, social amenities
by reserving land in its character in Villages Peripheral areas within the Metropolitan areas through
a prescribed Development Control Measures to avoid conflict in the Growth Management process.
3. ABOUT BIAAPA
The study area is located in Bangalore Rural district under the jurisdiction of Bangalore International
Airport Area Planning Authority called B.I.A.A.P.A. Earlier the planning area covered three urban
centres viz., Doddaballapura, Devanahalli and Vijaya Pura besides 347 villages / settlements. It
covered all the villages of Devanahalli taluk, sixty-nine villages of Doddaballapura taluk (Bangalore
Rural District) and sixty-eight villages of Bangalore North taluk (Bangalore Urban District). But
Recently the Jurisdiction of the Study Area has changed due to the following
1.Constitution of Doddaballapura Planning authority as per the Government order NA HA HE 95
BMR 2016
2.Certain study area has added to the Jurisdiction STRR Planning Authority as per the government
order NA HA HE 36 BMR 2016. Hence the remaining number of villages of BIAPA is 196.
Table 1 List of villages coming under the new BIAPPA study area
NAME OF THE TALUK NUMBER OF VILLAGES

1.DEVANAHALLLI TALUK 132
2. DODDABALLAPURA TALUK 0
3. BANGALORE NORTH TALUK (HESARAGHATTA HOBLI) 25
4. BANGALORE NORTH TALUK (JALA HOBLI) 39
TOTAL 196
(Source: Master Plan Report of BIAPA, 2021)
P a g e | 89
Figure 1. Old Jurisdiction Map of BIAPA
Figure 2. New Jurisdiction Map of BIAPA
(Source: Master Plan Report of BIAPA, 2021)

A study has been carried outline BIAAPA LPA area. Due to rapid Urbanization influenced by strong
growth in IT sector, many urban development’s activities & major Infrastructure Initiatives were
implemented to meet the growing needs of Bangalore city. The International Airport near
Devanahalli, being a major Infrastructure facility, has boosted the Economic activities in and around
Bangalore especially near the Airport area which has induced large-scale development in the region
by the speculators. Apart from the International Airport the development activities also resulted in
rapid growth, namely improving connectivity to the airport, major real estate developments near
the airport. Infrastructure corridors along with development of integrated townships, tech parks,
business park etc. All the above activities resulted in the abrupt increase in Real Estate activities
and drastic increase in the Land values especially in the Village peripheral areas which comes under
the Influence zone of the International Airport.
The Growth dynamics of BMR and Rapid developments in BIAPA in particular have Physical impacts
(Isolation of the village pockets, isolation of agricultural lands,) Social impacts like, Loss of the
P a g e | 90
village Social fabric, culture and tradition, Economic impacts such as change in agriculture to non-
agriculture occupation structure, employment opportunities, income, standard of living loss of
livelihood opportunities of the village inhabitants) and Environmental Impacts due to
Encroachment of water bodies, agriculture land, pollution etc., these in turn effect on the village
structure & its inhabitants, but these impacts are not taken care in the overall planning process.
Once the true characteristics of the villages are lost – any architectural design either to support
village ambience or to bring back the rural ambience becomes less effective and artificial.
4. PRESENT PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH PERIPHERAL AREAS OF VILLAGES WITHIN BIAPA

The Bangalore International Airport (BIA) is a major infrastructure facility and would attract
considerable population consequent to various anticipated investments with regard to different
economic activities. Therefore, to facilitate the orderly and controlled development within the local
planning area of the BIA, this Master Plan (MP) is prepared as per the requirements of the KTCP
Act, under which the Planning Area has been constituted. The MP addresses mainly the following
issues.
Containment strategy that laid emphasis on “Selecting a core and major infrastructure planning
(development) area subjected to special controls and future an action area corridor for Bangalore.
Utilizing the opportunity to harness and transform the ribbon and associated unplanned associated
growth into planned and focused nodal centres like developing a satellite town or Airport township
taking the benefits of available infrastructure. Considering three towns (Doddaballapura,
Devanahalli and Vijaya Pura) as not only the growth centres influenced by the airport related
activities, but also as containment centres of the excess population from the Bangalore
Metropolitan Area”. Proposals for roads and other infrastructure. Proposals for declaring areas as
areas of special control, development in such areas being subject to such regulations as made in
regard to height of the buildings, obstacles to safe landing and take‐ off of the air crafts etc. he Area
of BIAAPA 79200 hectare for a Projected population (2021): 1.50 million from Population (2001):
0.41million of 2001.
The study mainly aims at identifying the effect of urbanization on the rural environment
• High end villas and apartment on the edge of village zones disturbs the rural fabric and
creates a vacuum /void.
• Huge disparity between the urban rich & the rural poor at these village zones which results
in socio-economic inequities (unemployment, loss of livelihood opportunities) ultimately
resulting in land speculation, uncontrolled development of these areas due to real estate
domination.
• Eroding of precious agriculture land & water bodies severely affecting the sensitive natural
environment creating ecological imbalance.
• Lack of availability of adequate land for the effective implementation of rural development/
socio economic schemes.
• There is lack of effective policy guidelines, zoning or legal regulations & case studies in
addressing these complex issues which is predominant in all metropolitan areas.
• Hence a proper planning approaches is required for the sustainable development of these
village zones within the BMR region which require a more comprehensive approach.
The present problems the village zones are facing are spatially shown in figure 5
P a g e | 91
Figure 3. Village Zones Coming Under the Influence of BIA
(Source: Author Compiled based on Field Survey

5. PLANNING INTERVENTIONS
5.1 Planning Intervention [I]
The study finds relevance in the present context and requires to develop different strategies as
villages will subjected to different type and magnitude of influence [3]. The Villages coming
under the BIAPA sub-region are required to be classified into:
1. Villages near to Major developed land uses,
2. Villages near to major transport corridors,
3. Villages which are remotely located.
5.2 Planning Intervention [II]
Any specific plans prepared from different planning agencies related to the Environmental
conservation, Airport development and Industrial development are also studied to understand
their impact on theses identified villages’ settlements. The existing regulations / policies to
acquire the land adjacent to the village area have to be conserved of about three to five times
existing village habitable area depending on their scope of future development for village
requirements and conserving water bodies, marshy land, natural vegetations and grazing land
etc. by amending and include sections in the policies and BIAPA zoning regulations.
P a g e | 92
Figure 4. Present Problems Associated with Peripheral Areas of Villages Within BIAPA
In This Image Taken In A Village Near BIA, High End Villas, In This Image Taken Near A Water Body Near BIA, High End
Apartments & Layout For Gated Communities Around The Villas, Apartments & Layout For Gated Communities Around
Village Gram Thana The Water Body.
In This Image Taken In A Village Zone Near BIA, Lot Of In This Image Taken Near BIA Airport Road, The Layout
Industries Have Come Up All Around The Village & Its Formation Has Been Done For High End Villas And Gated
Surrounding Agriculture Land Resulting In Its Isolation Communities Around The Agriculture Land Resulting In Its
Creating Avoid/Vacuum. Isolation & Damage To Environment .
(Source: Author Compiled based on Field Survey)
P a g e | 93
5.3 Planning Intervention [III]

The degree of impact of the developmental activities on the village inhabitants and village areas are
required to be analysed by classifying into Four aspects namely
a) Physical impacts (isolation of the village pockets, isolation of agricultural lands)
b) Social impacts (Loss of the Social fabric, culture and tradition) and
c) Economic impacts (Occupation structure, employment opportunities, income, standard of
living loss of livelihood opportunities of the village inhabitants) are also studied and
collected.
d) Environmental Impacts (Encroachment of water bodies, agriculture land, pollution etc.)
Based on these types of studies Planning proposals and Policy guidelines are required to be
recommended to protect village ambience, village landscape and also to promote the city regional
development without affecting on the villages.
REFERENCES
[1] Aguilar, A. G., (2008), —Peri-urbanization, illegal settlements and environmental Impact in Mexico City, USA.
[2] Alam, S.M., and Khan, W., (1978), —Metropolitan Hyderabad and its Region: A Strategy for Development,
Asia Publication House, London.
[3] BATTY, M., XIE, Y. and SUN, Z., (1999), —Modeling urban dynamics through GIS based cellular automata,
Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, Vol. 23.
[4] Bangalore Development Authority, (2008) CDP, Draft Master Plan 2010, 2015 I, I, II, Published from BDA.
[5] Revised Structure Plan 2031 for Bangalore Metropolitan Region.
P a g e | 94
DISSECTION OF THE MASLOW’S PYRAMID OF NEEDS TO DECODE

THE HIDDEN INFLUENCE OF INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION ON
ARCHITECTURE
Roshini Pushparaj
4th year, B.Arch., Faculty of Architecture
PES University
Bengaluru, India
roshini.h.pushparaj@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The needs of mankind are ever-changing. Today they may prefer time over money and on others
money over time. The influence of the industrial revolution on humankind and how it augmented
and satiated our architectural needs are well-established facts in the architectural community. It
gave birth to the procurement of new-world material like cast-iron, steel, and glass; up to innovative
and radical visionaries like Le Corbusier, Antoni Gaudi, Philip Johnson, and Zaha Hadid. The
revolution facilitated suave mass production of materials, much owing to the uniformity it provided
and the drastic reduction in production time. It also expedited the boom in careers in many
supporting fields like transportation and shipping, storage and likewise.
This movement, needless to say, has substantially permeated into the lifestyle of humans and
architecture has been one of its critical hidden media. However, for architecture as a profession, to
have played such a pivot role in the outcomes of the revolution stems from a prior notion of the
masses.
This paper aims to understand humanity's association with their physiological and growth needs,
how architecture has sated their needs in their various stages of evolution and how this aided to
the evident advancements in the field of architecture induced by the industrial revolution. We also
see, by tracing back to the first of such activity, how to recognize its unconscious influence on the
current-day perspectives in architecture and the economy it fuels.
Keywords: Responsible design; Technological advancements; Awareness of excessive knowledge;

elitist misgiving; ethical action.
1 INTRODUCTION
Humanity shares an extensive history with fear. Matter of any nature that they fail to comprehend
is immediately re-evaluated as a threat. However, as the proposition of livelihood became less
treacherous to share with other human beings, the boundaries of risk began to expand [1]. To
understand this in detail, we first study this very nature of man, the tendency to anticipate error,
for it is the primary factor that has brought humankind to where they are. Fear has always acted as
a “fuse wire” for survival, and the need to survive is engrained into our system since the beginning
of time. Though the liberty to survive or live rests only with humankind, an option in itself that
became viable only since the industrial revolution.
P a g e | 95
Making sure everything at their disposal was brought to service, the primitive men aimed to
survive. The instinctive hunting and gathering evolved to irrigation and agriculture [2], and when
the discovery of fire and clothing could no longer sate extreme weather, architecture took birth;
utilitarian, with merely dried leaves and animal hide reinforced by wooden posts. However, these
needs were later discovered to range across a multitude of factors, but each ranked in precedence
of their vitality it ensuring human survival.
2 MASLOW’S PYRAMIDS OF NEED [3]: MAN’S QUEST FOR BASIC NEEDS AND SPROUTING OF
ARCHITECTURE AS A CAREER
Abraham Maslow, an American psychologist of the early 20th Century, cultivated the closest
consensus towards how humans prioritize their needs (in conscious and unconscious situations),
popularly referred to as “Maslow’s Pyramid of Needs.” It elucidates man’s most basic need, ranking
up to the consequences of spiritual attainment the human aims to achieve. Furthermore, under this
very purview of human need, according to Fig. 1, architecture as an entity manages to fulfil the
bottom four tiers of the pyramid.
Figure 1: Maslow’s pyramid of need [3]
(Source:
The Author)
Already established were the basic needs, where primitive human innovated shelters to provide
themselves with warmth and facilities to repose amidst their long adventures. This was immediately
re-purposed for his safety needs, where he attempted to create security and protection, having
taken extra measures to brace his structures.
P a g e | 96
On account of dependable means established to sustain his basic needs, these very needs evolved,
along with men. Earlier disguised under the near package called religion due to his lack of whole
reason and uncertainty at that point in time, the same entity was henceforth rebranded as
“science,” owing to advancement in his ability to analyse and diagnose critical situations. Temporary
and make-shift shelters were hence upgraded with newly discovered materials to sustain him in
harsher climatic conditions best. Furthermore, with evolved techniques and preservation methods
(the earliest form of maintenance), the human translated it all into a non-destructible medium of
knowledge transfer, passing it on, under an umbrella of a by-product called “craft.” Having used the
knowledge as an incentive to the craft, the humans regularize and structure the art form of creating
habitable spaces, improving and perfecting the first of architecture and construction.
3 PSYCHOLOGICAL NEEDS AS A WINDOW TO MODERNIZATION
Once the craft was established and practiced diligently, it progressed into a routine task of the
human communities. Humans realized the need to divide and conquer, enabling them to create and
maintain their clusters. By this point, the basic needs are satisfied and sustained by the people,
leading them to focus on their quest for spiritual satisfaction. The idle nature of life allowed them
to seek purpose; they became creative with the food they cultivated, brought detail and variety to
the clothes made, and, more importantly, the places they lived and worked. They created art in the
form of painting, jewellery, and pottery, revolutionizing all functional needs with their initiative to
create more value. The spaces that were initially created through construction now became the
canvas to their ingenuity, allowing men to integrate the form with function.
Communities flourished, resulting in the paramount need for decorum to be maintained, an

apparatus to handle the irregularities that come with multitudes. Rules and guidelines that all could
abide by. This initiative to form organization led to cultures, where each community was recognized
for its unique way of systemizing chaos. What was permissible for a member of the tribe, and why
only in that specific way, was pre-decided by the community as a collective [2, 4].
As orderliness overlooked the larger mass, they sustained their culture and the essence of it with
the very arts and crafts they invented. A visual and tangible proof of their actions, for the
generations to come. A medium to propagate one’s culture becomes the culture in itself.
The castes were stringently made for the professions; each made into a faction so that crafts, such
as construction, remained unadulterated and method-oriented; their people retain and pass down
all the data they have gained towards it, coming up with innovative ways to keep the civilization
going. These multiple factions, in turn, chose representatives to keep the civilization in order and
oversee the wellbeing of the people, while the castes focused on keeping the economy running.
4 MANKIND’S MOVE UP THE PYRAMID, TOWARDS GROWTH NEEDS – HOW ARCHITECTURE

BECAME A REPRESENTATION OF THE ELITE
Humanity’s attempt at developing their psychological needs had slowly become growth needs, as it
gained importance enough for professions to have emerged based on the arts and humanities.
Communities thrived, castes and factions each advancing in their respective fields, and the
representatives whom they elected had established themselves as leaders, the once small clusters
of settlements transformed into kingdoms and empires. The basic need of safety gave rise to armies,
later overtaken by rulers to fight their personal wars and conquering civilizations. The growth for
one’s sense of superiority and esteem pioneered the marking of territories. Kings and Lords
P a g e | 97
commissioned their builder-construction experts to create trademarks of their culture, and

assembled them, all to establish territory. As seen at its latest with the Mughals, who built mosques
by bringing down the temples. It unfolded a situation of power.
Visual branding at its naissance. As the focus on esteem needs attained great significance, so did the
clear divide of architecture - aesthetic and utilitarian architecture – causing the categorization of
artisan, for who became an architect/artist or an engineer/builder. This entitled aesthetic
architecture the work of the creatively talented, and majorly in service of the sovereign, investing
the tax-payer’s money with the sole purpose of asserting dominance and creating awe. The
grandeur, opulence, and unattainability which they intended to portray in front of the world,
establishing the esteem needs of those in power and, in turn, their empire. What initiated as
utilitarian had now indeed conformed to a profession stemmed out of esteem needs.
5 WHAT MASLOW FAILED TO MENTION?
As an ideal scenario, humankind had done well to attain their basic and growth needs over time,
needs that were satisfied in its proper priority order. Nevertheless, what Maslow failed to elaborate
was the fact that this hierarchy remains valid only when concerning the level of importance, with
what one would prioritize over the other (i.e., his pyramid). In any circumstance where humans
deteriorated in providing for themselves the basic needs (food, water, warmth, and rest), they
would slide back down the pyramid, irrespective of whether they could or not fulfil their growth
needs.
There is no remnant example better than humanity's current position in the very economy he
created, with people placed at various levels of the pyramid. However, architecture, by now, was
not impelled with the needs of man. It has instead become more exclusive and less accessible by all.
While people fluctuated their position on the pyramid, so did their need-driven careers.
Nevertheless, architecture manged to stay atop, and we owe this disparity to the industrial
revolution itself.
6 THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
From its first wave in 1760, the Industrial Revolution instated a surge in all occupations and trade.
Mechanization increased demand for products but reduced costs, allowing standardization and time
spent on newer discoveries. Capitalism emerged and prevailed; the revolution’s progressive nature
always outweighs the consequences. Iron, steel, and glass would have never seen the light of day,
and we owe more than 75% of our construction techniques and material to this. The opportunities
provided were so vast that newer professions arose, and the existing jobs were more descriptive,
strict about what falls under their jurisdiction, and what did not.
Studies conducted in England [6], the area most affiliated since the inception of the industrial
revolution, have shown a direct correlation to change in personality and lifestyle traits, such as
migration and socialization. As mechanized labour was popularized, rural industries were getting
unemployed. As the facilities provided in the townships around said industries became lucrative,
there was an extensive populous of in-migration. People were compromised to forgo maintaining
an ancestral property, in return, or working for a daily wage. Child labour became an acceptable
practice, and overcrowding of cities led to poor sanitation and a lack of habitable space. Though, all
of this put together still played at safer odds, for according to Fig. 2, life expectancy and equal
opportunities skyrocketed [7].
P a g e | 98
Figure 2: Human history timeline
And herein lies our ultimate problem. Because, despite the great opportunity towards technological
construction limits, the customary practice of serving those in power was still associated with the
architects [8]. Any test of endurance was focused on opulence, in any instance where the height of
the building or the structural part of the building was tested and praised. Extreme economic
positions, such as housing for the significant influx of population or healthcare centres, were
compromised. What an architect designed became sophisticated and driven by a need for respect
or status. Mostly associated with bigger spaces and grander ornamentation, soon one’s need was
highlighted over the others, the value of work was equated with money, diverting architecture to
the ones who could make it happen – then leaders, now the higher societies.
7 CONCLUSION
Is there an absolute way to categorize the hidden influence of the industrial revolution in
architecture? An affair that borders into ethics, where we take the example of Philippa Foot’s
“Trolley Problem” [9]. Moving in a trolley that allows one to change tracks, albeit the lack of breaks,
the examinee had the option of choosing to kill five people on one track or the single individual on
the other track, by changing tracks. Now this answer might vary if one were to know one of the
people on the tracks or if it was to sacrifice one very healthy human in order to operate on five
unhealthy patients. The answer to it, how over well thought, can have various ethical approaches
simply because of the ethical value the situation plays for the same set of constraints.
The same effect of the industrial revolution on humankind could very well have happened during
the Stone Age or Bronze Age. However, the level of influence puts this issue on a pedestal. The
P a g e | 99
increase in life expectancy and the surge in job opportunities created the drastic imbalance that
went hand-in-hand with the number. There is no one right way to rectify the vicious cycle we live
in, just the most ideal way to do the right thing that benefits the masses.
As an industry, architecture has become unintentionally elitist, especially when there can be no
fewer people skilled enough to provide the ideal infrastructure for the imbalance cities now face.
Threats might be less barbaric [1] over the years, loss of lives may be at its lowest, but that leaves
us with that much more responsibility to handle the lacking facilities, in the current day scenario.
The people fail to understand that architecture can never be solely associated with aesthetics, and
all the elitist misgiving does mean to be a service for all. Humans deny the need for planning in their
living spaces because they still have not figured out a permanent space for themselves to live in.
With the rich getting richer and the poor getting poorer, capitalism still haunts the men with no
reliable dwellings, with the significant resorting to approaching civil engineers and contractors to
build their spaces, or worse, where the laymen are forced to do it themselves. All of a sudden, the
number of windows one has for north lighting and the square foot area of the house becomes
insignificant. What started as a basic roof-over-one’s-head has ironically come back to the same
place, albeit human technology is at its evolutionary best.
REFERENCES
[1] Why your brain never runs out of problems to find. June 29, 2018. The Conversation: David Levari; [accessed
on Jan 30, 2020] https://theconversation.com/why-your-brain-never-runs-out-of-problems-to-find-98990
[2] Headland, Thomas N., and Lawrence A. Reid. 1989. Hunter-gatherers and their neighbors from prehistory to
the present. Page 16. Fifth Annual Visiting Scholars' Conference, Southern Illinois University, April 15–16 1988.
[3] Maslow, A.H. 1943. “A Theory of Human Motivation”. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396.
[4] Boas Frank, 1911, The Mind of the Primitive Man, 2nd edition, Praeger, 1983.
[5] What Maslow missed. March 29, 2012. Forbes: Steve Denning; [accessed on Jan 30, 2020]
https://www.forbes.com/sites/stevedenning/2012/03/29/what-maslow-missed/#2ea59269661b
[6] Was the Industrial Revolution Really worth it. December 13, 2017. Ian Wright; [accessed on Jan 30, 2020]
https://www.engineering.com/AdvancedManufacturing/ArticleID/16176/Was-the-Industrial-Revolution-
Really-Worth-it.aspx
[7] Human history, in one chart. Nov 8, 2018. Vox: Kelsey Piper; [accessed on Jan 30, 2020]
https://www.vox.com/future-perfect/2018/11/8/18052076/human-history-in-one-chart-industrial-revolution
[8] Clark, Gregory. 2001, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION, Department of Economics, UCD,
CA 95616.
[9] Foot, P. (1967, 1978). The problem of abortion and the doctrine of double effect. In Virtues and vices. Oxford:
Basil Blackwell, pp.19–32 (originally appeared in the Oxford Review 5, 1967.)
P a g e | 100
DISTORTION OF URBAN FABRIC OF AN HISTORICAL CITY DUE TO

DEVELOPMENT - THE CITY OF MYSORE
Ashwini Bellerimath Kiran Kumar Bonda

Assistant Director, Assistant Professor,
Directorate of Town and Country Planning KLU School of Architecture
Government of Karnataka Andhra Pradesh
Bengaluru, India Guntur, India
ashwinibellerimath@gmail.com architectkiranbonda@gmail.com
ABSTRACT:
Identity of a city would have numerous features/ characteristics such as geography, social life style,
culture, tradition, occupation, architecture and similar features. The urban space or the settlement
has got its identity from different components that have been followed from generations together.
Self-belongingness of an inhabitant or a person visiting a city can be experienced through its
Identity. The choice of adaption to the latest globally trends, for people, helping them to live in the
current timeline, in which subsequently distorting the Urban Fabric of the City or settlement, as a
resultant the Identity is lost due to growth and development. Mysore is known as one of the Royal
cities in India, which is also experiencing the distortion of city identity due to city growth &
developments. This paper is an attempt to identify the scale of distortion happened in Mysore city
on its Urban Fabric.
Key words: geography, social life style, architecture, urban fabric, identity, transit and Mysore.
1. INTRODUCTION
Historic urban centers play a major role in enhancing place identity, memory and belonging. In
addition, they tend to create an urban identity for the rest of a city and the adjacent districts [1].
Furthermore, [12] argued that cultural heritage could be seen as a “soft” value, which provides cities
with a unique identity, while competing with other cities to attract global markets. While the built
heritage is important, other values related to memory and identity should not be neglected as they
form the essence of a city urban identity. In the following statement, UN Habitat [14] stressed upon
the importance of the cultural heritage in present cities; “As a result, planning is being required to
preserve and promote cultural heritage, tangible and intangible, of the communities living in cities,
since heritage has been recognized to have a role in shaping the city’s identity”.
The need for a city identity is important as it provides harmony between “constant” and “changing”
elements; people and events, which are integrated by a reciprocal link that makes a specific city
unique and distinctive [10]. In the same line communities evolve and transform, therefore,
conserving certain historic areas is fundamental for retrieving a city’s urban identity.
2. IDENTITY OF CITY
The city identity is formed in the togetherness of natural and cultural values which are required to
preserve, unique architectural and spatial characteristics, social accumulation and life style[6]. The
P a g e | 101
identity is inclusion of cultural, social, architectural, political, psychological, emotional, social

interactive, etc. concepts in a comprehensive way [9]. City identity shapes different factors special
to each city and original identities appear in this way. The reason of this is that, the city is not only
a visual element composed of physical inputs but it is also evaluated as a social, economic and
cultural dynamic.
Social interaction has predominant role in urban identity, because urban identity is defined not only
with physical and natural elements but also with urban life. City identity shall be balanced between
cultural change/transformation processes from macro environment to micro environment or Vice-
versa [5].
Present day Metro-cities & well-Known cities have a strong historical connect which transformed
into the Heritage importance. The cities of heritage importance shall have full control on the
developments happening, else the fabric of the city and identity disturbs.
3. COMPONENTS/ FEATURES OF CITY IDENTITY
Urban identity is a blend of the physical heritage, local culture and geographical context, overlaid
with perceived remembrances. Furthermore, “City identity is a combination of the aspirations and
experiences of the citizens and those who visit [13]. The identity is composed of both the content
which refers to people or objects and of the context which consists of the culture and environment,
therefore, it is the interaction of both that shapes the urban identity [11].
Urban identity of a place is consisting of three inter-related components, each irreducible to the
other—physical features or appearance, observable activities, function and meanings or symbols
[11].
In summary, the dynamic concept of City identity through urban fabric is defined as identity (this
might be Tangible or Intangible), character, image, sense, owning by people and spirituality of
place. These all pertain to urban identity as the concept of ‘distinctiveness’ and uniqueness,
denoting that places are distinguishable from one another [2,3].
In the point of view of an Architect or an Urban designer, visual and physical principles such as
balance, proportion, symmetry, similarity, clarity, compatibility and harmony are considered to
create urban identity with the help of concepts like coherence, continuity, contextuality,
imageability, legibility and beauty, all of which contribute to achieving the urban identity of a city
[7,8].
4. STUDY AREA
Mysuru - was believed that Mahishasura (Hindu mythological demon) had ruled. The population of
Mysore is 8,87,446 as per 2011 census and third largest city in the state of Karnataka. Formerly, the
city was the state capital and headquarters of the Princely State of Mysore. It is situated at a distance
140kms from Bangalore, on the southern part of Karnataka State with altitude of 770 metres above
mean sea level. The city spreads across an area of 509.03 sq. km that includes Nanjangud.
P a g e | 102
4.1. HISTORY OF MYSORE
Yadava prince by name Vijaya stayed here and established Mysore Kingdom. In sixteenth century,
the present site of Mysore was occupied by a village called PURAGERE and formed the southern
boundary of Vijayanagar empire. Chikka Devaraja Wodeyar (1673-1704) was a golden period in
Mysore history. His administration with lot of reforms and expansion of his territory is worth
mentioning. He built tanks, lakes, canals, temples, Agraharas, Chavadis and store houses etc. and
attracted many scholars.
During sixteenth century, Wodeyar ruled the present Mysore which was shifted to Srirangapatna.
Later Muslim ruler Hyder Ali and his son Tippu Sultan ruled from 1731 – 1799. Fall of Tippu Sultan
in the hands of the British in 1799A.D. Wodeyar's was installed as the ruler of Mysore and from then
onwards an almost uninterrupted period of growth and prosperity followed. The Agrahara was built
close to the palace. Nazarbad, old and new Agrahara, Santhepet, Shivrampet were inexistence even
in the first phase of the city.
During British restored the king’s rule in 1881. The first works in those days were filling up of Purniah
Nalla, beautification of roads, modern buildings, and shopping centers over the filled up Nalla, which
is now called as Sayyaji Rao Road. During 1903-47 city improvement trust board was formed and lot
of development such as economic growth took place. Mysore became the capital of the state. The
city lost the main political identity when Bangalore becomes the capital on 1st November 1956.
5. OBJECTIVES
• To study the Old Mysore city planning pattern.

• To Analyze the architectural identity of Mysore.
• To identify new developments of Mysore which doesn’t follow the urban fabric of the city.
• To propose the remedies to rebuilt urban fabric or to create new fabric pattern for city.
6. RESEARCH QUESTION
Is the life style change of Inhabitants of Mysore is the reason for Urban Fabric Distortion?
7. IDENTITY OF MYSORE CITY
The city of Mysore is well known and identified for its Heritage and culture, because of its nature
and physical structures. The city is known as “cultural capital’ of Karnataka state that appears to be
the cultural centre including art, poetry, dance and music as well recognised for its heritage by
UNESCO. It is also well known for Spiritual Yoga at international level.
Mysore is well known for the chamundi hill on top of which goddess Chamundeshwari temple is
located. The city is as known city of palaces and the museums, art galleries and the festivities that
take place during the period of Dussehra & Dussehra procession has a major tourist attraction from
worldwide. The procession, accompanied by tableaux, dance groups, music bands, decorated
elephants, horses and camel followed by torchlight parade.
The city is characterized by buildings, gardens, boulevards, and planned markets all these were the
contributions of Maharajas, Dewans, and their talented workmanship. Their architectural and urban
P a g e | 103
design elements like vistas, focal points, landmarks, avenues, plazas etc., make it undoubtedly the
most important tradition city in India [4].
7.1. HERITAGE BUILDINGS
The buildings of Mysore city have been influenced by various styles of architecture, and some of the
important styles are:
Figure 1: Dasara Festival
Figure 2: Chamundeshwari Temple and Nandi
Indo – Saracenic style Figure 3: Amba Vilas Palace
The Amba Vilas Palace of Mysore is one of the

Indo Saracenic style building. Mixtures of Hindu
and Islamic characteristics of architecture are
found in all these buildings.
The Islamic architectural form influences are

found in this building, which are used Islamic
pointed and cusped arch openings found in the
verandas, projecting minarets near the entrance
portico, big bulbous domes in the centre and in
the corners of the building on their roof level.
P a g e | 104
The Hindu architectural features are the curvilinear chhatris’, banana and lotus stem brackets
attached to the column capitals, motifs of the Hindu gods and goddesses in studiously created
niches. The interiors of the buildings have colonnaded courtyards with Hindu style architectural
motifs on the column brackets. The doors of the palace are carved with figures of Hindu gods and
goddesses.
Traditional Hindu style
Jagan Mohan Palace building is the best example of traditional Hindu style of architecture in
Mysore city. The Agrahara houses are another example of traditional style with simple and
functional buildings with common masonry wall.
Figure 4: Jagan Mohan Palace Figure 5: K.R Hospital
Greco – Roman style
Krishna Rajendra (KR) hospital is one of the examples for Greco – Roman style of architecture in
Mysore city. The aesthetic of the building is enhanced by fluted Tuscan column, Ionic, Corinthian
capitals and a huge dome resting on an octagonal drum, dominates the elevation.
Figure 7: Lalit Mahal Palace
P a g e | 105
Gothic style
St. Philomena’s Church is example for the gothic style of architecture it consists of tapering roof
with elongated pyramids, found in churches are the typical characteristics of gothic style.
Figure 6: St. Philomena’s Church
European Classical Style
Lalit Mahal Palace is one good example for European Classical Style of architecture in Mysore city.
it was designed in view of European visitors. The interior is decorated with stain glass, tiles,
decorative motifs on the walls and ceilings, carved wooden shutters and wall panels.
Residence
Residential houses at Mysore Agraharas are one of the best examples that have the typical Hindu
vernacular architecture with sloped Mangalore tile roof of wooden raft supported with wooden
columns with veranda at the front.
P a g e | 106
Figure 8: Administrative Training Institute
Figure 9: Traditional Agraharas
(Source: The
Author)
8. SETTLEMENT PLAN - DEVELOPMENT
Mysore undergone numerous development measures were taken place construction of

Agraharas(house) for Brahmins that had typical Hindu vernacular style of architecture and as
population increased attempt was made to bring Cauvery water to the city by canal construction by
gravity which failed.
Beautification of roads, modern buildings, and shopping centers took over the filled up Nalla, which
is now called as Sayyaji Rao Road and park around the fort, and a market area was constructed call
as Devaraj market that is constructed L shape building with the traditional (Hindu temple) style
façade. A clock tower at the entrance which is very colour full four arched and on top with the clock
on all four facades. Drinking water was served from Kukkarahalli and Karanja tanks.
P a g e | 107
Figure 10: Devaraj Market, 18th century Figure 11: Devaraj Market, 2019
Mysore city is considered to be one of the oldest planned cities in state of Karnataka; entire town
was 8.5 Sq. km. it was planned in to layers inner circle and outer circle. Inner circle consists of people
related close to the Wadiyar’s and outer circle consist of outer public. Well planned in the radial
pattern, axis with wide open roads forming a junction and creating a visual vista with beatification
of lash greenery and park.
During 1910, the planning area was extended to around 10 Sq. km for removal of congestion the
new extension was developed ashokapuram, Krishnamurthy puram, vanivilasapuram and Jayanagar
all these areas we can find the similar developments with the influence of traditional Hindu
architectural style. Wide roads with the major junctions are structured in the same manner that has
visual vista and developed with radial axis and grid pattern. Residential buildings are also in the
similar form of traditional style.
Figure 12: Chronological Order of Growth of City
P a g e | 108
Figure 13: K.R Circle old settlement
Figure 14: Jayalaxmipuram New Extensions
During 1920-30, laxmipuram, yadavgiri, jayalaxmipuram bannimantap chamundipuram and

saraswathipuram in these areas are developed with new technologies we find the wide roads but
there is no beautification for it and no visual vista or island development, individual buildings were
developed. Those appear to be influenced by the modern contemporary style form and materials
which show the slow change in the identity of the urban fabric losing the feel of self-belongingness
to the culture and heritage of Mysore. In this extension area it feels similar to as of any other city.
After decline of Maharaj as an authority and Bangalore was announced as the capital of Karnataka
state on 1st November 1956 here the Mysore lost its political identity and the development at
P a g e | 109
Bangalore influence overshadowed the growth of Mysore, yet the Mysore has identified for its rich
culture, art music and dance, yoga and dishes at worldwide its alarming time to take measure to
conserve and bring back the original identity through the vernacular form of architecture and
having the visual vista with parks.
8.1. Devraj Urs Market
Devaraj Urs market was a road

connecting palace to main road to
railway station, which stretch slowly
transformed into a commercial
business centre, location being very
next to the Devaraj market the
architecture style and construction is
all of modern contemporary pattern
therefore the sense of being in Mysore
self is lost the traditional Hindu
architecture form and style is
completely lost.
8.2. New settlement developments:

Figure 15: Devaraj Urs Market
Stretch The new developments are
neglecting the existing urban Fabric
and the development pattern of
Mysore, in areas such as
Vivekananda Nagar, Kanakadasa
Nagar, Siddhartha Layout although
these areas are near to Lalith
mahal. All new extensions like
Hebbal, Teachers Colony,
Vijayanagar Stages and many more
are adapting to grid-Iron system of
planning, with no landmark
developments which were part of
Mysore then planning like KR.
Circle, Harding’s circle. When we enter to any one of these areas, it is very hard to say that these
areas belonging to Mysore.
Figure16: Mall of Mysore
8.3. Commercial
Mall of Mysore - it’s a shopping mall building located at
north eastern part of Mysore at foot of the Chamundi hill
and close to Mysore zoo. The building appears to be
influence by the European Classical Style, influence from
Lalith mahal palace with the arched corridor at front but
the arches are closed with the glass material
P a g e | 110
at both sides and the dome on the top at corners, but breaks the harmony in usage of symbolism of
such architectural style. Whereas, old Mysore commercial buildings were not only mere imitation.
This building is Qurum hotel located in the city close to railway station.Figure
Contemporary styles
17: Qurum Hotel
implementation is not mistake, but worrying thing is its proximity
with Railway station (Mysore station carries the heritage value).
Over the period and its belongingness to Mysore is not felt in the
architecture followed for this building.
Figure 18: Yashashwini Convection Centre

Yashashwini convention
center located at west
part of Mysore close to ring road well connected to
Mangalore - Mysore highway. This is one of the highly
booked conventional halls.
Infosys campus, Mysore
Infosys campus is spreads over around 350 acres. Mysore
campus is used as a training centre for Infosys’ new
recruits, making it the world’s largest corporate university.
Figure 19: Main Building Figure 20: Multiplex
Figure 21: Mysore Bus Stand
P a g e | 111
8.4. Public Buildings
The public buildings in Mysore shall carry the architectural elements of the city style, this is
mandatory in all heritage cities all over India, but in Mysore it is not the same case. Public buildings,
except administrative buildings, all other are following contemporary style which does not match
with the identity of Mysore. Mysore – Main Bus Stand and Mysore Airport are main nodes where
people gather while entering or leaving the city with railway station as equal. These buildings are
the example how the distortion of city fabric happening by exclusion of the rules of aesthetics.
Figure 23: Mysore Air Port
Figiure 24: K.R Circle (Then junction)
8.5. Traffic Junctions at Mysore
City people are very connected to the roads because they connect the places, they move in between
the areas inside. They have large influence on people life and inspire people towards. New road
junctions which are being created at new developments are not carrying any spirit of Mysore city
Fabric.
P a g e | 112
Figure 25: Mahatma Gandhiji Circle (Then
Junction)
Figure 26: New junction in Kalidas Road
Figure 27: Junctions without any identity of City
9. CONCLUSION
• The urban fabric of the Mysore city is distorted and identity is at stake.
• When New Developments happen shall be given instruction to intact with Urban fabric and
identify of city.
P a g e | 113
• New identity features can bring by local government to create new phase or face of city. (London
Eye in the city of London)
• The settlement patterns of new extensions shall be instructed to follow the settlement fabric
pattern.
REFERENCES
[1] Carrion, F.M. (2005) The Historical Centre as an Object of Desire. City Time, page 1, 3.
[2] Cheshmehzangi, A. (2012) Identity and public realm. Soc. Behav. Sci., page 50, 307–317. [CrossRef]
[3] Cheshmehzangi, A., (2015) Urban Identity as a Global Phenomenon: Hybridity and Contextualization of Urban
Identities in the Social Environment. J. Hum. Behav. Soc. Environ. page 25, 391–406. [CrossRef]
[4] Dr. Chidambara Swamy and Dr. B. Shankar, (2012) Architecture and Heritage Resources of Mysore City
IJMER
[5] Es, M, (2012), Kentsel Dönüşüm, Büyüteç, Ankara Sanayi Odası Publish, pp:55-67, July/August 2012, Ankara.
[6] EsraYaldız, Dicle Aydın, SüheylaBüyükşahinSıramkaya, Published by Elsevier Ltd. (2013)
[7] Goldsteen, J.; Elliott, C. (1993) Designing America: Creating Urban Identity; Van Nostrand Reinhold: New York,
NY, USA.
[8] Kelbaugh, D. (1997) Common Place: Toward Neighborhood and Regional Design; University of Washington
Press: Seattle, WA, USA.
[9] Littlefield, D., (2012), (Re) generation: Place, Memory, Identity. Architectural Design, 82(1), pp:8-13.
[10] Lynch, K. (1960) The Image of the City; MIT Press: Cambridge, MA, USA,.
[11] Relph, E. (1976) Place and Place lessness; Pion: London, UK,.
[12] Scheffler, N.; Kulikauskas, P.; Barreiro, F. (2009) Managing Urban Identities: Aim or Tool of Urban
Regeneration Academia Press: New York, NY, USA,; pp. 9–13.
[13] The Academy of Urbanism. Urban Identity, Learning from Place 2; Routledge: Oxon, UK, (2011)
[14] UN-HABITAT. State of the World’s Cities 2010/2011: Bridging the Urban Divide; Earthscan: London, UK,
(2011).
P a g e | 114
ENHANCING SPEAKING SKILLS AMONG THE STUDENTS OF

ARCHITECTURE THROUGH DE BONO’S LATERAL THINKING
Dr. Sabariraja Vellaichamy

Professor in English
SVS School Of Architecture,
Coimbatore, India
sabari_Lit@Yahoo.Co.In
ABSTRACT
Language is an essential ingredient to correspond either formally or informally. There are several
languages used in this universe among that english plays a vital role to communicate. Language
learning is an intricate activity, as english is a foreign language it becomes still more complex. It is
world’s second language. With this language you can be a part of a wider conversation. As music is
the language of emotions, english is becoming the language of problem-solving and many. General
english doesn’t teach specific words which are used in architectural parlance. Moreover, using the
right choice of lexis crafts your thoughts or expressions exactly and easy to comprehend, reaches
new opportunities and supports the projects succeed. In many occasions it represents the hope for
a better life. This paper deals with edward de bone’s lateral thinking technique to augment speaking
skills among the students of architecture.
KEYWORDS: Speaking, Proficiency, Lateral Thinking, Mindset, Language Learning
1. INTRODUCTION
English is an essential language to speak in our current scenario. Apart from the native language we
need to have a common language which makes us to communicate with other part of the world. As
said, practice makes the man perfect; to speak in english can be improved by constant usage, by
watching films, reading books with high level grammar, playing games and trying to use new words.
Students can learn english with no trouble if they try to master some rules and regulation. In today's
global society architecture is increasingly being conducted across borders. The ability to use
architectural english terms in the study or workplace contains a number of advantages including:
helping institution to succeed, respect with colleagues and clients, creating and developing
international relationships, improving skill-set and many more.
To raise a successful rapport it is imperative that the one should be aware of the different tones and
styles that can be used in architectural or any business contexts and have the capability to determine
which is appropriate. Language by its very nature is productive when used creatively. However,
speaking skills are considered to be instantaneous productive than the other language skills like
listening, reading and writing. This study considers ‘lateral thinking skills’ as a technique of practice
and impart english speaking skills to the students of architecture.
It aspires at helping target learners to apply lateral thinking factors, i.e. challenge, fraction, etc. in a
consistent manner. The predicament is addressed against the backdrop of teaching English with the
identical perception to all ESL learners and the solutions proposed deal with practical, theoretical
and pedagogical aspects of the substance. The central role of constructing lateral thinking strategies
is assigned to English language trainers or teachers. The word ‘construction’ denotes the process of
P a g e | 115
creating and developing the lateral thinking features within the minds of the learners to amass
English speaking proficiency.
2. AN OUTLINE OF THINKING AND LANGUAGE LEARNING

Since 90s, English language established its standard in the international echelon. Any Foreign
language could be characterized by considering at three attributes (Richards & Schemidt, 2002) like
1. It is not he native language, 2. It is not the administrator language, 3. It is taught as a subject in
teaching & training institutions. To be sure, a number of researchers have deep-rooted the
relationship that survives among learning, thinking and the environment. Thinking endows the mind
with prominent concepts and the familiarity forms certain ideas, models and organizations to go
after the fixed model. The mind uses and creates patterns to sense and react. Once it begins shaping
a pattern, it keeps creating the same sort of pattern routinely. The first language (L1) users formulate
speaking circumstances as commonly as possible and educate the mind to follow a definite pattern.
The thinking feature of the intellect does the job of following the pattern of the individual’s mind.
The language of thinking is significant for the learners to augment the union of thinking with the
pertinent cognitive progressions (Beyer, 1987; Tishman, Perkins, & Jay, 1995; Tishman & Perkins,
1997; Costa & Marzano, 2001; Fisher, 2003; McGuiness, 2003) but the target learners left it. The
thinking phase of the mind deems individuals’ guess and past experiences to enlarge perspectives
by persistent inquiring (Edwards, 2007). Thinking considers different perspectives of the architects
to outline ideas and has the ability to form novel combinations of ideas to accomplish the needs
(Halpern, 1997).
3. NEED OF LATERAL THINKING ABILITY
Thinking is an individual activity of a human being that entails cognition (knowing), affect (feeling)
and conation (wanting and willing) (Moseley et al., 2005). The second language learners have a
belief of weakness towards target language (L2) acquisition and they need something to attempt
possible methods to conquer the proficiency in L2. The perception ‘it is impossible’ is widespread in
their mind. Replacing the auxiliary verb ‘is’ with ‘can be’ (De Bono, 1992, p. 62) is desired to change
the trust and attitude of the target learners. The mind has a built-in sluggishness that resists the
alteration in the chained pattern of mind, so it is obligatory to flee from the old patterns to generate
innovative series. Lateral Thinking (LT) is needed to split the tentative pattern that was set up by the
order of experience. LT does not widen the ideas of extreme estimate on a particular view but holds
change in the pattern of the mind depending on the situation. It has the capability to shift across
the patterns instead of affecting along the pathway of normal thinking (De Bono, 1992). Moreover,
LT permits individuals to consider a number of views to achieve the ambition as it does not have the
thoughts of declining ideas. Hence, the paper suggests LT ability as a mediating tool to repair the
existing notions and insight of the learners.
4. FEATURES OF LATERAL THINKING FACTORS TO SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNERS
Aspects of Lateral thinking such as concept formation, challenge, alternation, fractionation and
provocation are deemed to develop the speaking skills of the Architecture Students. They could
support the learners to cut across patterns in the self-organizing system (De Bono, 1992) and modify
the previous observation as per the situations, thereby make the most of the self-esteem of the
person.
P a g e | 116
5. CONCEPT FORMATION
The concept formation extorts superior thoughts from a number of thoughts or creates concepts
according to the requirement. Once a concrete concept is shaped, the reason reinforces and
persuades it for deeds.
6. CHALLENGE
It believes the existing approach as one of the approaches to be attempted, and looks for superior
ways to permit the mind to gratis itself from old concepts through continuity. “Challenge is one of
the most fundamental processes of lateral thinking” (De Bono, 1992, p. 314). It challenges the
determining features of thoughts such as dominating ideas, suppositions, borders, essential factors
and polarizations to emancipate the mind from predetermined patterns.
7. ALTERNATIVES
The term ‘lateral’ recommends the movement-sideways to produce substitute patterns.
Substitutions produce as many diverse plans as possible. The motive of the ‘lateral alternative
search’ is to loosen up the inflexible patterns to encourage new ones. It is not a matter of finding a
suitable fixed point but finding out a number of appropriate fixed points.
8. FRACTIONATION
Fractionation favors to produce alternatives. It gazes for a typical view of the circumstance and
supplies material to trigger a streamlining for the situation. “The purpose of fractionation is to get
rid of the inhibiting union of a fixed pattern to the generative occasions of several fractions” (De
Bono, 1990, p. 140).
9. PROVOCATION
Provocation pursues for the perceptions to move it away from the common ways and involves the
means of getaway from one pattern to another pattern. It could be achieved either intentionally or
in the course of thinking or through discussion.
10. LATERAL THINKING AND MINDSET
Learners’ beliefs about their capability or a talent play a vital role in language learning which is called
mindset. Mindset concerns the complete system of the personality and has the power to cooperate
with all the key features of the mind as policies, inspiration, personality, proficiency, self-concepts
and aptitudes.
Human beings are said to have any one of these above claimed mindsets (explicitly a growth mind
set or a fixed mind set) (Dweck, 2002). Any human being who considers that natural skills is the gift
needed for successful learning has a fixed mind set and a human being who considers his own efforts
and hard work to harvest the fruits of achievement has a growth mindset (Mercer & Ryan, 2010).
Dweck in the year of 2002 found proof for conflicting mindsets across different domains such as
music, sports, geography and language learning. Likewise, learners have diverse mindsets across the
domains in the aspects of language learning.
Generally, Learners’ believe that their speaking skills vary from their writing skills. In the present
study, the target group reveals a fixed mindset towards second language learning. They sturdily
consider that they did not have the natural capacity of speaking in English language as they were
P a g e | 117
brought up in the environment where speaking in second language was not promoted. They say no
to recognize the fact that effective second language communication is possible at the tertiary level.
The fixed mindset reasoned an embarrassment in the target group from acquiring communication
skills in English.
11. RESEARCH PROBLEM
The target learners, however, get opportunity to speak in the second language in the classroom or
anywhere in academic or work environment, huge number of people hesitate to speak especially by
employing the architectural term. They studied English as one of the subjects for twelve years in
their school level education. They could string standalone sentences with some errors but they
could not string and bring sentences together to communicate ideas in English because they had
developed a fixed mindset.
12. HYPOTHESIS OF THE PAPER
Lateral thinking ability can renovate the mindset of the pupil.

Lateral thinking ability and the growth mindset can employ with the recommended tasks to enhance
the speaking skills of the learners.
13. MATERIALS AND METHODS
In the words of De Bono (1992), Lateral Thinking could be used either as a set of regular methods to
change ideas and perceptions or as a number of potentials and approaches to make a new
observation. This study deals with lateral thinking as a set of systematic techniques to change the
perception of the mind.
14. EXECUTION OF LATERAL THINKING ABILITY AND THE TRANSFORMATION OF MINDSET
The task or assignment-based approach can be used to reach the goal of the study. “Task based
approach to language teaching and learning looks at communicative knowledge as a united
arrangement where there will be speaking tasks which focus upon the actual sharing of sense
through spoken or written communication” (Foley, 1991).
When an individual face a task, he externalizes the internal order to regulate himself. It discloses
that the self-regulated students have the possibilities to object or accept the regulations when he
meets the tasks. The designed activities were related to L2 speaking skills. They included pair and
group activities. Stensko and Arievitch (1997) stated that “psychological process emerges first in
collective behavior, in co-operation with other people, and only subsequently becomes internalized
as the individual’s own possession” (p. 161).
Every activity should have the purpose of implying lateral thinking technique to transform the
mindset of the learners. Ruggerio and Ryan (1988) opined that specified thinking skills could be
implemented through purposeful activities. Though the attention was more on speaking, the
learners were provided open instructions at all stages. Each task encouraged the learners to voice
their background acquaintance and social experience to contribute in the classroom activities. The
tasks are designed by following the precise norms said by Skehan (2001), Ellis (2003), and Nunan
(2004). Moreover, the tasks were scored based on code complication and cognitive complication.
P a g e | 118
Substance of the tasks should be related to general situations and the tasks were practically
challenging at each stage. Specific norms that can be followed in the study are:
• Aim: The goal is to achieve ability through practice

• Input: The medium of input should be oral and visual
• Rule: Information should be presented as two-way interaction at every stage
• Procedure: Cognitive complication should be incorporated in every stage in the method of
responding to the input.
• Result: The medium of outcome should oral.
15. CONCLUSION
The Factor Analysis will carry to test the reliability of the variables. To sum, Lateral thinking
technique will undoubtedly support the students of Architecture to enhance their speaking skills.
REFERENCE
[1] De Bono, E. (1990). Lateral Thinking. New York: Harper Perennial.

[2] Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based Language Learning and Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
[3] Skehan, P. (2001). Cognition and Tasks. In P.Robinson (Ed.), Cognition and Second Language Instruction.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
[4] Nunan, D. (2004). Task-Based Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
[5] Foley, J. (1991). A Psycholinguistic Framework for Task-based Approaches to Language Teaching. Applied
Linguistics, 12, 62-75.
[6] Nageswari.R, Ravikumar.B, Stephen Jayamani.T, (2016), “Building Lateral Thinking Strategies to Impart English
Speaking Skills”, Pertanika J. Soc. Sci. & Hum. 24 (2): 687 – 700.
[7] Sesha,(2014), “Importance of English in this Modern World”, India Study Channel.
[8] Mercer Sarah, Ryan Stephen, (2009), “A Mindset for EFL – Learners’ beliefs about the role of natural talent”,
ELT Journal.
P a g e | 119
ENERGY SAVING POTENTIALS IN COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS
Aravinth A
Assistant Professor
Coimbatore, India
aravinth.soa@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
With bioclimatic design as the prime passive design feature of the Tropical climate where most of
the year temperature will be atleast 18 °c through out the year, the understanding of the building
designs at the earliest were being observed and the possibilities for the designs to achieve building
comfort without depending on mechanical equipment would be better.
The passive strategies included suitable material selection, space layout and orientation, openness,
passive ventilation, natural day lighting, shading, vegetation etc. Adding to that research and
analysis were conducted to determine how each strategy helps the functions in response to the
types of building comfort which includes thermal (heat), hygienic (air quality), visual (light), auditory
(noise), and olfactory (smell).One can find difference that Buildings being built around nature was
able to fulfil its comfort through the basic principles of bioclimatic architecture.
At present situation, a growing number of designers, especially persuing architects (who likes to in
passive way of incorporating natural resources into their building can approach the design though
climate responsive design such as bio climatic as an sustainable approach.
This paper talks about the bioclimatic concept, how it considerably reduces the usage of energy in
buildings. In the application of sustainability concepts in the design of commercial buildings in the
tropical area which has highest of other land use. This paper also suggests a energy saving potentials
in what are the way energy spend inside the building can be reduced and how can we overcome the
same
Keywords: Bioclimatic Architecture, Elements, Envelope, Services, Lighting.
1 INTRODUCTION
Building sector plays major role in energy consumption, in India around 35 % of total energy spent
constitutes to the building sector, so there must a concern on energy efficiency and energy
conservation towards it.
And building sector has been growing rapidly and it is expected to hold 5 times the amount of what
it constitutes in current year 2020.This rapid growth gives opportunity to design energy efficient
buildings and look from sustainable approach to the building sector.
As climate changes, energy consumption in building increase and especially energy consumption in
commercial office building consumes more energy than any other building typology since they work
on 24*7 under closed environment. This can looked from other side that what are potentials where
we can reduce energy consumption during planning phase paves us to lesser energy consumption.
P a g e | 120
2 ENERGY SAVING POTENTIALS
Almost 30 % of energy used in commercial office spaces were of HVAC system, lighting, envelopes
and automation systems. By proper planning and appropriate use of materials will result in lesser
consumption of energy and thereby reduce the lifetime running cost of building. Considering all
office working spaces to present in cities and it is due urban heat island, it is difficult task of
commercial buildings to avoid mechanically operated equipment to keep the occupant in comfort
condition. The following are where one considerably reduce usage of energy in buildings and they
are
• Envelope
• Lighting &
• Building services
2.1 Envelope
There are some buildings in which thermal comfort cannot be achieved without use of cooling or
heating system even if it is planned as per sustainable strategies. This is common in commercial
buildings because of the significant internal loads to cope with these situations we have started
using mechanical system which in turn provides comfortable conditions inside the room and
openings must be designed with special care in order to minimise energy consumption. The reason
is we were using predominately glass as a facade material in commercial buildings windows are
shut during the period in which the cooling system is working, with the following consequences.
The reason for this is that openings are glazed and:
• Natural lighting is a more critical issue, especially in commercial buildings, because of the impact of
glare on occupants, who cannot freely choose the position of their workstation and the reflection
from the environment can be influenced by the type of glazing used;
• Thermal comfort is affected by the temperature reached by the glazed surfaces (even if solar
protections are provided, diffuse radiation causes an increase in the temperature of the glass.
• Solar gains are a more critical which further changes indoor air temperature and it depends on
transmittance value (U-Value) of that material;
2.2 Lighting
Lighting is another important aspect where we spend more energy. Considering the spaces which
works around 24 * 7, approximately 5-15 % of energy is spend on lighting. Besides direct savings,
indirect energy savings can be made if day lighting is used instead of artificial lighting by reduction
in use of electricity. The energy consumption of a lighting is dependent on the type of lamps used,
luminaires and lighting controls (daylight, presence detection, dimming, etc.). Moreover, the
electrical power load and duration of usage of a lighting is an important aspect when it comes to
energy consumption. Artificial lighting can account for up to 15% of a total building’s energy
consumption. Technological innovation has bought us lighting solution to reduce energy
consumption of artificial lighting so can save up to 70 % of what we spend now.
2.2.1 Daylighting
We can design in such way used of artificial lighting during daytime can be omitted. For a better use
of daylighting in buildings to have it as indirect, diffused and reflected than direct incident.
P a g e | 121
2.2.2 Orientation
Orienting the longer face of the building towards north and south reduces the direct sunlight since
sun rises and sets in east and west respectively. Windows on northern side can have more in number
as they don’t have glare and unwanted heat gain from summer. And also size, type of glass and
number of openings should consider as they contribute to heating and cooling load of a building.
2.2.3 Lamps
Florescent bulb consumes lesser of 25 % to 35 % of energy of incandescent bulb which gives same
quality of light and it will last 10 times better than incandescent bulb, Light emitting diode (LED) is
the most efficient and recent addition among the lighting innovation, it uses only 25 % of energy
what the incandescent bulb uses and lasts up to 25 times better and led emits no heat while
incandescent bulb release 90 % of its energy as heat. High intensity discharge lamps are most
effective lighting system and it can save around 75 % to 90 % of energy than incandescent bulbs,
only disadvantage is it takes 10 minutes to turn on, so it is limited to use in outdoor spaces lighting
is needed for more than an hour.
2.2.4 Lighting controls
It is usual among the peoples to turn off the lighting while leaving or forget to turn off will increase
in more consumption of energy, so it advisable to use photo sensors and motion sensors, Photo
sensor will detect the daylighting in outdoors and turns off during daytime while motion sensors
were used inside the room where it detects the movement of people by turning on and off if no
movement inside and it is important to decide the location of motion sensor on people movement
area.
2.3 Building services
Building services is only is important aspect to considered, unlike how function of building matters,
services of building decides the success of the project, if any does not satisfy its need, will put the
building in trouble. Because of any of these failures directly affects the building and professional
who works in it, as an whole everybody from site supervisor to all others departments such as
plumber, electrician, hvac consultant, architects, engineers and masonry who worked have worked
on same target to achieve this. So, this is responsibility of all other professionals to have basic
knowledge of all building fields.
2.3.1 HVAC types and features
HVAC which is heating, ventilation and air conditioning which provides thermal comfort inside the
building by sensing the outdoor temperature. A good HVAC system consumes lesser energy to
produce fresh air and pulls out warm air by considering atmospheric condition which will apt for
comfort of the occupant. A HVAC system is an important in a building for a following reasons.
Foremost it is a part of the building which occupies lesser part of the space. And it constitutes to
the important part by keeping occupant comfort, Operating cost of HVAC is crucial because it will
reflect overall operating cost and performance of the building At, type of medium which we use to
dissipate the heat like cooling tower. Example of a thermal zone’s division in a large office building
last whatever the building, at end it was the comfort of the people who will use the building matters,
P a g e | 122
by that way HVAC should be considered as the major part of overall building system. Since running
cost of the HVAC system requires more energy it should be planned in synergy with passive system
strategists is the reason why an architect should be aware of how energy consumption in these
systems happens and how it can be placed by incorporating passive energy to workout with it.
Leaving the decision to HVAC consultant and proceeding him to do a work does not helps in
obtaining the same motive towards the end results. An Architect should discuss with HVAC
consultant about the energy consumption and performance analysis with the help of HVAC
consultant and conclude with the best option which favours the both. For example, let’s say
differences in orientation, scheduling or occupancy should require separation of thermal zones.
(Source: https://unhabitat.org/sustainable-building-design-for-tropical-climates)
Components of Your HVAC System (Source: www.mckinnonheating.com)
Finally, the success or failure of a building is related to the comfort and feeling of well-being that it
is able to provide for the occupants. In this sense, the HVAC system should be considered an integral
part of the overall building system and must be designed to work in synergy with a building’s passive
systems. For these reasons architects should be aware of the principles underlying the layout and
the operation of HVAC systems, how energy conversion units work and the function of the principal
components. Architects should not leave all the decisions to mechanical engineers; they should be
able to interact with some understanding of the technologies involved: this is the basis on which
integrated design is founded. An HVAC system must be designed to provide accurate control of all
P a g e | 123
the comfort parameters of a thermal zone. A thermal zone is defined as an individual space or group
of neighbouring indoor spaces with similar thermal loads, serviced by the same mechanical
equipment and controls. Typically, differences in orientation, scheduling or occupancy require the
definition of separated thermal zones, as illustrated below, in order to manage the HVAC system
properly. The functions of an HVAC system depend on type of component and refrigerant we use in
to deliver the needs, following to be kept in mind while choosing right system: Air handing unit
which is said to be heart of the Hvac system, type of system which it connected to condensing unit,
Fan coil unit, VRF (varied refrigerant flow) system which helps in deciding the efficiency of system
by sensing to the needs of the different variations in same building, Subsystem where refrigerant
what we used in condensing process, let’s say chillers kind of system where water plays significant
role in cooling the system. Outdoor unit where the warm air is dissipated to the environment
A general layout of the air-conditioning as mentioned above have main system where it connects to
a subsystem from that it connected to other sub system, likewise sequence of separation made
between indoor terminals and outdoor units. Unlike compact installations which is made inside the
smaller rooms, all system connected in loop runs the system efficient.
Schematic diagram of all-air, all-water and air-water systems

(source: Sustainable Building Design for Tropical Climates by unhabitat, ISBN: 978-92-1-132644-4)
• all-air systems: It uses air flow as a refrigerant to provide ventilation, cooling and heating,
moreover it uses lesser energy as it takes energy from atmosphere
• all-water systems: It uses water as a refrigerant, water is cooled by subsystem and moved
towards ahu to produce cooling and it takes fresh air from part inside and part outside
• Vapour Compression cycle: In place of water and air, refrigerant liquid is used to cool the air
inside the room, ventilation is provided by talking fresh part outside and inside.
• Air & water Combined systems: they are a combination of two or more of the above-
mentioned systems; common among them were air-water systems, in which
• the most common are the air-water systems, where sensible cooling is usually managed by
the hydronic system while air provides humidity control and ventilation.
3 CONCLUSION
Considering our local climatic aspects, HVAC system were the one which constitutes to more
amount of energy. Let say in our commercial building of malls, it’s been noted that major part of the
year air conditioning is used irrespective of whatever the climate it is, only the thermostat value
differs.so we have started using the air conditioning system all the times, then only way of saving
P a g e | 124
the energy is to minimize the usage of air conditioning. This can be done by design of proper building
which reacts to the type of climate and comfort the spaces requires. The building envelope can be
designed by keeping the heat avoidance to the building in summer and heat gain in winter, this can
done in many possible ways one among that is planting the deciduous trees which will protect it
from heat gain in summer by providing the shade and will shed their leaves in winter thereby
allowing the heat to pass on to the building through windows and walls. Other aspects to be
considered is shading of façade, this can be done by passive way of planning either Jaalis walls or by
building additional wall or having the cavity wall so the time lag of heat transfer can be delayed to
the considerable extent. Choosing appropriate material with better U-Value also adds good solution
to delay the heat transfer, so lesser the u-value better the insulation is. Orienting the longer face of
the building towards north and south reduces the direct incident radiation of sun hitting the building
during sun rise and sunset. other aspects were to have shading devices over the building façade in
the form of fins, egg grate shading devices and shading by automation. In automation shading the
building by sensory devices, it also incorporates the solar panel and acts as both shading as well as
energy generation. In other ways, incorporating the passive way of cooling such as creating positive
pressure across building by venture effect and placing the water body near the building perimeter
helps to reduce the heat gain and avoids the heat gain of ground covers. Taking the air by ground
and cooling it by passing through labyrinth will leave us cool air and removing the hot air by stack
effect makes the building function better.
Next to air conditioning, it is the lighting where we spend more energy and when it comes to
commercial spaces lighting level differs as function of the spaces. Each space requires different lux
levels to cope with their work. Office spaces were the one among where lighting to be planned
carefully. use of daylighting in building is been limited to specific spaces like atrium, corridors, lobby
etc. when it comes to office working spaces, penetrating natural lighting to pass on will creates
discomfort among the working one by creating glare, direct incident on working spaces. To avoid
these factors, daylighting can plan in a such way it does not reflects by providing diffused lighting.
this can be done by analysis the daylighting in simulation software’s and check with lighting levels
in each working spot and rectify the same.
REFERENCES
[1] UN-HABITAT, (2015), Sustainable Building Design for Tropical Climates, Chapter-4, UN-Habitat,Eastern Africa.
[2] Givoni B, (1994). Passive and Low Energy Cooling of Building, John Wiley & Son. Inc., New York.
[3] Olgyay V,( 1967).Design with climate, bioclimatic approach to architectural regionalism.Princeton University
Press, New Jersey.
[4] Szokolay S, (2000). Dilemmas of warm-humid climate house design: Heavy vs. lightweight cooling effect of air
movement, Architecture, City & Environment, Proceeding CD PLEA International Conference, Cambridge.
[5] Yeang K, (1997). The Skyscraper, Bioclimatically Considered: A Design Primer. Academy Editions, London.,
P a g e | 125
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON STRENGTH AND DURABILITY

PROPERTIES OF HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE BY USING M-SAND AS
A FINE AGGREGATE
S. Balamurugan
Assistant Professor
SVS School of Architecture,
Coimbatore, India.
erbalamurugan.soa@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
For the duration of the past few decades river sand has become pricey because of the immoderate
cost of transport from natural sources. Large scale depletion of these sources have led to many
environmental impacts. To overcome these impacts an alternative has to be found to replace sand.
The Manufactured sand (M-sand) has found to be an economical alternative to the river sand. M-
sand, obtained as a crushing of granite stones in required grading is used for construction purposes
as a replacement for river sandM-sand was used as surface finishing materials in highways on a large
scale, and was also used in the manufacture of prefabricated hollow blocks and lightweight concrete
elements. In this, investigations were carried out to study the compressive strength, split tensile
strength, flexural strength and durability properties of concrete using M-sand as a fine aggregate.
And compare the results obtained from both the River sand and the M-sand. To achieve the
strength, cement is replaced by silica fume by 7.5%, 10%, and 12.5% of the weight of cement and
also super-plasticizer is added by 1.2%. The present investigations mainly focused on the strength
and durability properties of M70 and M80 grade of concrete using M-sand and River sand. To solve
the problems of the granite powder disposal from the industries and also to solve the raw materials
shortage problem for concrete, studies are being made to utilize the M-sand in the manufacture of
varieties of buildings and ceramics products.
Key Words: M-sand, durable, Silica fume, M70 and M80.
1. INTRODUCTION
Normal concrete (NSC) has compressive strength of up to 50 MPa. Concrete is a mixture of cement,
water, sand and gravel or crushed aggregate. The hardening is caused by chemical reaction between
water and cement and continues for a long time after the concrete has a sufficient strength for the
work intended. During the past few decades the potential of Portland cement in terms of its
effective performance has been enhanced through the use of supplementary cementitious
materials (SCM). SCMs are finely ground materials that are used to replace part of cement in a
concrete mixture. SCMs may improve concrete’s workability, durability and mechanical properties.
The term pozzolans refers to siliceous materials, which is finely divided from the silica hydroxide,
and in the presence of water, the chemical reaction takes place with calcium hydroxide to form
cementitious compounds. Concrete is generally classified as Normal strength concrete (NSC), High
strength concrete (HSC), and Ultra High strength concrete (UHSC).
HSC is the term used for concrete mixtures which have consistently high strength, high dimensional
stability, fair workability and high durability. This kind of concrete finds use in high-rise towers, off-
P a g e | 126
shore structures, super span bridges, pre-stressed concrete members and heavy-duty pavements in
heavily reinforced sophisticated structural elements.
High strength concrete has a compressive strength of up to 100 MPa compared to conventional
concrete with a compressive strength of less than 50 MPa. High strength concrete with the inclusion
of one or two admixtures (both chemical and mineral) is the same as those used in normal concrete.
Essentially, high strength concrete has weak water-binding ratio. As the distinction between normal
strength and high strength concrete a value of 0.3 is proposed. High-strength concrete production
requires more study, and more quality control commitment than standard concrete.
High-strength concrete (HSC) can be known as concrete with a strength exceeding 60MPa and can
be developed as a relatively normal concrete with a higher cement content and a typical water-
reducing admixture.
The current investigation explores the capacity as filler products of silica fume and M-sand.
Measurements of fresh concrete's early age properties including slump check and unique gravity
tests and fineness modulus were checked. Mechanical efficiency was measured including
compressive strength and spilt tensile strength.
1.1 AIM OF THE INVESTIGATION
The aim of the investigation is to investigate the strength and durability properties of M- sand as a
fine aggregate in high strength concrete.
1.2 SCOPE OF THE INVESTIGATION
The scope of the present investigation can be summarized as follows:

• To study the effect of durability and the strength of concrete with the replacement of M-
sand by river sand, at an addition of silica fume with cement.
• To attain 28 days characteristic compressive strength of 70MPa and 80MPa.
• To achieve compressive strength for high strength concrete at 7 days, 14 days and 28 days,
using m-sand as a fine aggregate.
In the present investigation more emphasis is given to study the HSC using M- sand replacement by
river sand. So as to achieve better concrete composite and to encourage the use of M-sand to
overcome the environmental impacts caused due to over depletion of river sand.
2. PROPERTIES OF HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE:
The properties of high strength concrete are significantly different from those of normal strength
concrete. These properties are examined in this section when the concrete is setting and hardening
as well as in the hardened state. These properties should be taken into account while designing
structures using high-strength concrete.
2.1 SETTING AND HARDENING:
When the concrete mixture is in the liquid phase, there are isolated solid grains in a connected
structure. Hydration starts from the surfaces of the grain. As the outer crust grows thicker, it retards
P a g e | 127
the hydrations process. The formations of hydrates around each grain change the liquid into a
continuous solid.
In ordinary concrete, the hydration continuous the anhydrous core remains at the center of the
grain for a long time. The post-setting hydration process leads to the internal growth of a skeleton
structure and the reduction of the water content in the pores. For high strength concrete with a low
water cement ratio, the shrinkage caused by the reduction in the pore water causes internal
compression, which is developed due to the surface tension of the pore water at the liquid-vapour
interface. The mobility of the fluid state decreases as the water content decreases due to the
reaction. High strength concrete with a low water-cement ratio is more sensitive to early drying.
2.2 HEAT DEVELOPMENT:
The heat of hydration of concrete is affected by the cement content, the water-binder ratio, and
especially the silica fume content. Increasing the cement content leads to significant heat of
hydration. Experiments done by mage have shown that at a water-binder ratio of 0.27, silica fume
does not affect hydration significantly. Above the water-binder ratio of 0.3, the effect of silica fume
in increasing the heat evaluation is as strong as that of increasing in cement content.
2.3 SHRINKAGE:
High-strength concrete exhibits sensitivity to early drying and faster autogenously shrinkage. The
high autogenously shrinkage of silica fume in high-strength concrete was noticed Paillere, Buil, and
Serrano. This effect due to the high paste volume used in high strength concrete. Ahigh
autogenously shrinkage leads to early age cracking. This occurs in concrete with a water cement
ratio as also in concrete in which silica fume is used.
2.4 CREEP:
Information on the creep of concrete of high strength is limited. The creep coefficient for high
strength concrete is less than that for normal concrete. It has been observed that high strength
concrete is likely to creep faster than normal strength concrete.
3. METHODOLOGY
➢ Study about high strength concrete

➢ Collections of literature review based on high strength concrete
➢ Analyzing about the proper selection of materials for the casting of high strength concrete
➢ Studying about the high range water reducing agents and m-sand (possibly to make good
workability)
➢ Testing the materials and arrive the preliminary data’s like fineness modulus of sand, specific
gravity of cement, C.A, F.A, max size of aggregates.
➢ Casting the concrete with the quantity of 3 cubes in both normal and m-sand replaced HSC.
➢ Taking the mean strength and analyzing the results.
4. MIX DESIGN
FOR W/C RATIO=0.26 0.26: 1: 0.734: 1.15
FOR W/C RATIO=0.28 0.28: 1: 0.897: 1.238
FOR W/C RATIO=0.30 0.30: 1: 1.02: 1.33
P a g e | 128
5. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

5.1 TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE
5.1.1 AVERAGE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH RESULTS:
M Sand River Sand

% of Silica M70 (N/mm2) M80 (N/mm2) M70 (N/mm2) M80 (N/mm2)
S.No.
fume In days in days In days in days
7 14 28 7 14 28 7 14 28 7 14 28
1 7.5 43.4 58.2 69.8 48 60 82.8 46.43 60.23 70.66 40.46 50.33 83.46
2 10 45.7 58.8 73 46.5 65.5 84.2 48.7 61 75.1 42.26 54.15 87.26
3 12.5 39.3 49 69.7 44.4 62.2 80.7 46.3 50.3 70.33 36.3 44.46 83.26
5.1.2 AVERAGE SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH RESULTS:
M Sand River Sand

S.No. % of Silica fume M70 M80 M70 M80
(N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2)
1 7.5 5.5 5.83 5.5 5.83
2 10 5.73 6.0 5.73 6.0
3 12.5 5.45 5.475 5.45 6.3
5.1.3 CYLINDER COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH:
M Sand River Sand

(N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2)
1 7.5 55.95 65.28 57.95 69.28
2 10 58.44 67.28 60.44 70.28
3 12.5 55 63.40 57 67.40
5.1.4 FLEXURAL STRENGTH:
M Sand River Sand

(N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (N/mm2)
1 7.5 5.26 5.96 5.66 6.06
2 10 5.67 6.24 5.87 6.34
3 12.5 5.22 5.88 5.62 5.96
5.2 DURABILITY TEST RESULTS

5.2.1. a) SATURATED WATER ABSORPTION M70 AND M80 FOR M-SAND:
% of Silica Wet weight Dry weight Water

S.no. Grade
fume (kg) (kg) Absorption (%)
1 7.5 8.65 8.50 1.76

2 M70 10 9.02 8.94 0.89
3 12.5 8.95 8.75 2.28
4 M80 7.5 8.75 8.60 1.74
P a g e | 129
5 10 8.98 8.86 1.35

6 12.5 8.65 8.45 2.36
5.2.1. b) SATURATED WATER ABSORPTION M70 AND M80 USING RIVER SAND:
% of Silica Wet weight Dry weight Water

S.no. Grade
fume (kg) (kg) Absorption (%)
1 7.5 8.75 8.60 1.71

2 M70 10 9.12 9.06 0.657
3 12.5 8.94 8.85 1.00
4 7.5 8.85 8.70 1.69
5 M80 10 8.88 8.76 1.35
6 12.5 8.75 8.55 2.28
5.2.2. a) POROSITY RESULTS FOR M70 AND M80 FOR M-SAND:
Saturated Submerged
% of Silica Dry weight Porosity at
S.No. Grade weight weight
fume (kg) 28 days (%)
(kg) (kg)
1 7.5 8.63 8.68 4.74 7.84
2 M70 10 8.75 8.86 4.74 7.53
3 12.5 8.68 8.73 4.74 7.51
4 7.5 8.73 8.88 4.74 7.43
5 M80 10 8.85 8.92 4.74 7.67
6 12.5 8.88 8.93 4.74 7.51
5.2.2. b) POROSITY RESULTS FOR M70 AND M80 FOR RIVER SAND:
Saturated Submerged
% of Silica Dry weight Porosity at
S.No. Grade weight weight
fume (kg) 28 days (%)
(kg) (kg)
1 7.5 8.66 8.58 4.94 7.64
2 M70 10 8.85 8.66 4.94 7.49
3 12.5 8.78 8.83 4.94 7.54
4 7.5 8.83 8.78 4.74 7.34
5 M80 10 8.85 8.62 4.74 7.27
6 12.5 8.88 8.83 4.74 7.41
5.2.3. a) RESULTS OF ACID ATTACK FOR dil. H2SO4 (M70 AND M80) FOR M-SAND:
S.No. Dry weight Weight after immersed in

Grade % of Silica fume Weight loss
(kg) acid (kg)
1 7.5 7.93 7.78 1.928

2 M70 10 8.23 8.13 1.23
3 12.5 8.32 8.10 2.71
4 M80 7.5 8.83 8.71 1.38
P a g e | 130
5 10 8.45 8.38 0.83

6 12.5 8.53 8.44 1.06
5.2.3. b) RESULTS OF ACID ATTACK FOR dil. H2SO4 (M70 AND M80) FOR RIVER SAND:
S.No. Dry weight Weight after immersed in

Grade % of Silica fume Weight loss
(kg) acid (kg)
1 7.5 7.83 7.68 1.868

2 M70 10 8.33 8.13 1.13
3 12.5 8.42 8.04 2.58
4 7.5 8.83 8.61 1.18
5 M80 10 8.55 8.48 0.74
6 12.5 8.73 8.54 0.89
5.2.4.a) RESULTS OF ACID ATTACK FOR Na2SO4 (M70 AND M80) FOR M-SAND:
% of Silica Dry weight Weight after immersed in Weight loss

S.no. Grade
fume (kg) Acid (kg) (%)
1 7.5 7.83 7.71 1.55

2 M70 10 8.33 8.28 0.60
3 12.5 8.22 8.02 2.49
4 7.5 8.63 8.51 1.41
5 M80 10 8.33 8.28 0.60
6 12.5 8.20 8.02 2.24
5.2.4.b) RESULTS OF ACID ATTACK FOR Na2SO4 (M70 AND M80) FOR RIVER SAND:
% of Silica Dry weight Weight after immersed in Weight loss

S.no. Grade
fume (kg) Acid (kg) (%)
1 7.5 7.73 7.51 1.47

2 M70 10 8.13 8.08 0.58
3 12.5 8.12 8.02 2.32
4 7.5 8.65 8.61 1.12
5 M80 10 8.23 8.18 0.52
6 12.5 8.10 8.0 2.12
5.2.5 RESULTS FOR ALKALINITY MEASUREMENT FOR M-SAND:
M-SAND RIVER SAND
S.no. % of Silica fume pH values for M70 pH values for pH values for pH values for
grade M80 grade M70 grade M80 grade
1 7.5 13.08 13.16 13.65 13.22

2 10 13.18 13.26 13.21 13.30
P a g e | 131
3 12.5 13.22 13.45 13.3 13.52
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
Fig 5.1 TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE BOTH M-SAND AND RIVER SAND
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES:
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
7.5 10 12.5
Fig 5.2 SATURATED WATER ABSORPTION
DURABILITY GRAPHS
SATURATED WATER ABSORPTION:
SATURATED WATER ABSORPTION

SAT WATER ABSORPTION IN
2.5
2
1.5
1
%
0.5
0
M70 RIVER M80 RIVER
M70 M SAND M80 M SAND
SAND SAND
7.5 1.71 1.73 1.69 1.74
10 0.657 0.886 1.35 1.35
12.5 2.3 2.23 2.28 2.36
P a g e | 132
Figure 5.2 POROSITY
POROSITY TEST:
POROSITY
7.9
7.8
7.7
% OF POROSITY
7.6
7.5
7.4
7.3
7.2
7.1
7
6.9
M70 RIVER M80 RIVER
SAND SAND
7.5 7.64 7.84 7.34 7.43
10 7.49 7.53 7.27 7.67
12.5 7.54 7.51 7.41 7.51
Figure 5.4 RESULTS OF ACID ATTACK
ALKALINITY MEASUREMENT:
ALKALINITY MEASUREMENT
13.7
13.6
13.5
pH VALUE
13.4
13.3
13.2
13.1
13
12.9
12.8
12.7
M70 RIVER M80 RIVER
SAND SAND
7.5 13.65 13.08 13.22 13.16
10 13.21 13.18 13.3 13.26
12.5 13.3 13.22 13.52 13.45
ACID ATTACK FOR H2SO4:
ACID ATTACK FOR H2SO4

3
2.5
weight loss in %
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
M70 RIVER M80 RIVER
SAND SAND
7.5 1.868 1.928 1.18 1.38
10 1.13 1.23 0.74 0.83
12.5 2.58 2.71 0.89 1.06
P a g e | 133
ACID ATTACK FOR Na2SO4:
ACID ATTACK FOR Na2SO4

3
WEIGHT LOSS IN %
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
M70 RIVER M80 RIVER
SAND SAND
7.5 1.47 1.55 1.12 1.41
10 0.58 0.6 0.52 0.6
12.5 2.32 2.49 2.12 2.24
6. CONCLUSION
The strength and durability tests were carried out for different grades of concrete (M70 & M80) by
using river sand and M-sand with 7.5%, 10%, 12.5% of silica fume and 1.2% of super-plasticizer.
From these investigations the mechanical properties and durability properties were improved by
using the optimum dosage of silica fume as 10%.
The mechanical & durability properties were affected by lesser and higher amount of optimum
dosage of silica fume for both the grades of High strength concrete.
This investigation results can be used for further modification of fine aggregates and admixtures in
high strength concrete with optimum percentage.
REFERENCES
[1] A.M.NEVILLE & J.J.BOOKS, “Concrete Technology” international student edition 1999, ISBN 981-35-840-4,
Addison Wesley Longman Ltd.
[2] A.R.SANTHAKUMAR, “Concrete Technology” oxford university press 2007.
[3] ACI 211.4R-93 “Guide for Selecting Proportions for High-Strength Concrete with Portland Cement and Fly Ash”
[4] ACI 363R-92 “State-of-the-Art Report on High-Strength Concrete”
[5] ANDREW LOGAN ,et.al., “Short-Term Mechanical Properties Of High-Strength Concrete” ACI Material Journal
Title no. 106-M46
[6] ASMA.K.C, MEERA.C.M, et.al., “Effect Of Mineral Admixtures On Durability Properties Of High Performance
Concrete” Department of Civil Engineering, Sree Narayana Gurukulam College of Engineering, Kerala, India
International Journal of Engineering Research and Applications (IJERA) ISSN: 2248-9622 Trends and Recent
Advances in Civil Engineering (TRACE- 24th-25th January 2014)
[7] B. B. PATIL, P. D. KUMBHAR “Strength And Durability Properties Of High Performance Concrete Incorporating
High Reactivity Metakaolin” International Journal of Modern Engineering Research (IJMER) Vol.2, Issue.3, May-
June 2012 pp-1099-1104
[8] C M DORDI et.al., “Microfine Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag For High Performance Concrete” Third
International Conference on Sustainable Construction Materials and Technologies
P a g e | 134
[9] DR. S. ELAVENIL et.al., “Manufactured Sand, A Solution And An Alternative To River Sand And In Concrete
Manufacturing” Journal of Engineering, Computers & Applied Sciences (JEC&AS) ISSN No: 2319‐5606 Volume
2, No.2, February 2013
[10] IS:2386 (part 3) -1963 “Methods Of Test For Aggregates For Concrete”, specific gravity,
density,voids,absorption and bulking, BIS, New delhi.
[11] IS:383-1970 “Specification For Coarse And Fine Aggregate From Natural Sources For Concrete”,(2nd revision),
BIS. New delhi.
[12] IS:516-1959 “Method of test for strength of concrete”, BIS, New delhi.
[13] IS:9103-1999 “Specification For Admixtures For Concrete”,(Ist revision),IS, New delhi.
[14] K S AL-JABRI et.al., “Effect Of Using Wastewater On The Properties Of High Strength Concrete” The Twelfth
East Asia-Pacific Conference on Structural Engineering and Construction Procedia Engineering vol-14 (2011)
pp-370–376
[15] M F ALVES “A Comparison Of Mix Proportioning Methods For High-Strength Concrete” et.al., Cement &
Concrete Composites vol-26 (2004) pp 613–621
[16] M. ADAMS JOE, et.al., “Experimental Investigation On The Effect Of M-Sand In High Performance Concrete”
American Journal of Engineering Research (AJER) e-ISSN : 2320-0847 p-ISSN : 2320-0936 Volume-02, Issue-12,
pp-46-51
[17] M.S.SHETTY, “Properties Of Concrete Theory And Practice”, fourth edition, isbe 81-219-0348-3,s.chant &
company Ltd.
[18] MUHANNAD ISMEIK “Effect Of Mineral Admixtures On Mechanical Properties Of High Strength Concrete Made
With Locally Available Materials” Department of Civil Engineering, University of Jordan, Amman Jordan Journal
of Civil Engineering, Volume 3, No. 1, 2009
[19] NIMA FARZADNIA et.al., “Incorporation Of Mineral Admixtures In Sustainable High Performance Concrete”
International Journal of Sustainable Construction Engineering & Technology Vol 2, Issue 1, June 2011
[20] P NATH et.al., “Effect Of Fly Ash On The Durability Properties Of High Strength Concrete” The Twelfth East Asia-
Pacific Conference on Structural Engineering and Construction Procedia Engineering vol- 14 (2011) pp-1149–
1156
[21] P. D. KUMBHAR AND P. B. MURNAL, “A New Mix Design Method For High Performance Concrete Under Tropical
Conditions” Asian journal of civil engineering (BHRC) vol. 15, no. 3 (2014) pages 467-483
[22] P.VINAYAGAM “Experimental Investigation On High Performance Concrete Using Silica Fume And
Superplasticizer” International Journal of Computer and Communication Engineering, Vol. 1, No. 2, July 2012
P a g e | 135
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION ON STRENGTH PROPERTIES OF SELF

COMPACTING CONCRETE BY PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF CEMENT WITH
SILICA FUME AND COARSE AGGREGATE WITH COCONUT SHELL
K.S.Kishore V.Muthuvel
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
SNS College of Engineering, SNS College of Engineering,
Coimbatore, India. Coimbatore,India.
k.s.kishore1820@gmail.com addictedtoengineering38@gmail.com
K.Gowtham Raj R.Priya

Department of Civil Engineering Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering
SNS College of Engineering, SNS College of Engineering,
Coimbatore, India. Coimbatore, India.
gowthamkh1@gmail.com priyarameshsnsce@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Concrete is a mixture of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water which dries hard and
strong and is used as a material for building. Concrete has to be heavily vibrated for flow into very
intricate forms or forms that have a lot of reinforcing bars. Hence to overcome these defects the
Self-compacting concrete is used.
Self-compacting concrete is a flowing concrete mixture that is able to consolidate under its own
weight. The Self-compacting concrete flows easily at suitable speed into formwork without blocking
through the reinforcement without being heavily vibrated. This project deals with the Self-
compacting concrete where the cement is partially replaced with silica fume and coarse aggregate
with coconut shell. From the experimental investigations, it is observed that there is increase in the
fresh properties (workability) and increases in hardened properties (split tensile strength and
compressive strength) for replacement of silica fume and coconut shell.
Keywords: Super plasticizer, Glenium b213, Compressive strength and Split tensile test.
1 INTRODUCTION
Self-Compacting Concrete (SCC) was first developed in japan in the late 1980’s as a concrete that
can flow through congested reinforcing bars with elimination of compaction and without
undergoing any significant segregation and bleeding. In recent times, this concrete has gained wide
use in many countries for different applications and structural configurations adoption of SCC offers
substantial benefits in when there is a shortage of labour, also helps in achieving better finish
surface. Such innovative concrete requires high slump which can be achieved by the addition of
super plasticizer.
When the volume of coarse aggregate in the concrete is excessive, the opportunity of contact
between coarse aggregate particles increases greatly, causing interlocking and the possibility of
blockage on passing through spaces between steel bars is also increased. Therefore, the first point
to be considered when designing SCC is to restrict the volume of coarse aggregate. These reduction
necessities of higher volume of cement which increases the cost, besides resulting in undesirable
P a g e | 136
temperature rise. So, cement should be replaced by other mineral admixtures like blast furnace slag,
fly ash, silica fume etc.
Here we use Silica fume. The usage of mineral admixture in the production of SCC not only provides
economic benefits but also reduced heat of hydration. It is also known that some mineral
admixtures may improve rheological properties and reduce thermally induced cracking of concrete
due to the reduction in the overall heat of hydration and increase the workability and long-term
properties of concrete. There is no standard mix proportion for designing SCC, hence in their work
the method of mix design is adopted with Silica fume (SF) as powders for partial replacement of
cement. Further a comparison of the self-compatibility properties and hardened properties like
compressive strength and split tensile strength.
2 COCONUT SHELL AGGREGATES (CSA)
Coconut is developed in more than

93 nations. India is the third biggest,
having development on a zone of
around 1.78 million hectares for
coconut generation. Yearly
generation is around 7562 million
nuts with a normal of 4248 nuts for
each hectare [4]. The coconut
business in India represents over a
fourth of the world's aggregate
coconut oil yield and is set to
become facilitate with the
worldwide increment popular. Be
that as it may, it is additionally the
principle supporter of the country's
contamination issue as a strong
waste as shells, which includes a yearly generation of approximately 3.18 million tons. It also
presents serious disposal problems for local environment, is an abundantly available agricultural
waste from local coconut industries. In developing nations, where abundant coconut waste is
disposed, these wastes can be used as potential material or replacement material for construction
industry. This will have the twofold preferred standpoint of decrease in the cost of construction
material and furthermore as a method for transfer of wastes. Refer table 1.0.
Table 1
COUNTRY TOTAL QUANTITY (APPROX.)
INDONESIA 1, 89, 83,378
PHILIPPINES 1, 40, 49,131
INDIA 1, 14, 69,837
SRI LANKA 25, 75,230
BRAZIL 23, 42,942
P a g e | 137
3 SILICA FUMES
Silica fume also known as micro silica fume is an amorphous (non-Crystalline) polymorph of silicon
dioxide; silica. It is ultra-fine powder collected as a by-product of the silicon and ferrosilicon alloy
production and consists of spherical particles with an average particle diameter of 150mm.
Silica fume is a by-product of producing silicon metal or ferrosilicon alloys. One of the most
beneficial uses for silica fume is in concrete. Because of its chemical and physical properties, it is a
very reactive pozzolanic. Concrete containing silica fume can have very high strength and can be
very durable.
3.1 Why Silica is used in cement Concrete?
Because of its extreme fineness and high silica content, silica fume is a very effective pozzolanic
material Silica fume is added to Portland cement concrete to improve its properties, in particular its
compressive strength, bond strength, and abrasion resistance. High-strength concrete is a very
economical material for carrying vertical loads in high-rise structures.
3.2 Cement
Cement is made by grinding calcined limestone and clay into a very fine, grey powder. Cement is
one of the binding agents in this project. The cement and water form a paste and binds the other
materials together. The Ordinary Portland Cement (43 grade) conforming to IS: 8112-1989 is being
used. Many tests were conducted on cement.
3.3 Fine aggregate
Fine aggregate used throughout the work comprised of clean river sand with maximum size of
4.75mm conforming to Zone I as per IS 383-1970. Sand is naturally occurring granular material
composed of finely divided rock and mineral particles the physical properties of fine aggregate like
specific gravity, fineness modulus and water absorption are tested in accordance with IS:2386.
3.4 Coarse aggregate
Coarse aggregate consists of crushed granite or basalt rock, conforming to IS:383. Coarse aggregate
is used in the size of 20mm.The physical properties of coarse aggregate like specific gravity, fineness
modulus and water absorption are tested in accordance with IS:2386
P a g e | 138
2 DESIGN MIX METHODOLOGY
The concrete mix design was proposed by using IS10262:2009. The grade of concrete used was M20
with water to cement ratio 0.50. The mix design proportions for 1 m3 of concrete
Mix proportion:
Cement = 428 kg/m3
Water = 214 kg/m3
Fine aggregate = 895.05 kg/m3
Coarse aggregates = 777.4 kg/m3
Water cement ratio = 0.50
Mix proportion = 1: 2.09: 1.81
Percentage of replacement of materials by weight for various mixes for (1 cube). Refer table 1.1
Table 1.1
Weight Weight Weight

Mix Weight
of coarse, aggregate of replacement of Silica of replacement of
designation of Cement (kg)
(Kg) fume (kg) Coconut shell (kg)
S0 2.75 1.52 0 0
S1 2.63 1.48 0.036 0.068
S2 2.61 1.44 0.076 0.137

S3 2.54 1.40 0.114 0.206
S0 -0% replacement of Silica fume and coconut shell. (Conventional concrete).

S1 -2.5% replacement of Silica fume and Coconut shell.
3. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION:
P a g e | 139
3.1 TEST ON FRESH CONCRETE
3.1.1 SLUMP FLOW TEST:

The slump flow test aims at investigating the filling ability of SCC. It measures two Parameters: flow
spread and flow time T50 (optional). The former indicates the free, Unrestricted deformability and
the latter indicate the rate of deformation within a defined Flow distance. Refer table 1.2.
Table 1.2
Mix Slump Flow(mm)
S0 550
S1 624
S2 672
S3 683
4.TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE
4.1 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE
Compressive strength can be defined as the capacity of a material to withstand the effect of
axially pushing forces. When the materials reached the compressive strength limit, the material
crushed compressive strength is measured on a universal testing machine (or) compression testing
machine. Refer table 1.3.
Table 1.3
Age on testing Load Compressive strength

Mix no Weight (kg)
(days) (KN) (N/mm2)
S0 7.930 7 480 21.33
S1 7.858 7 380 16.88
S2 7.640 7 270 12.00
S3 7.514 7 280 12.44
S0 8.208 14 430 25.33
S1 8.028 14 490 21.77
S2 7.846 14 380 16.88
S3 7.802 14 410 18.22
P a g e | 140
S0 8.238 28 750 33.33

S1 8.200 28 600 26.66
S2 8.152 28 460 20.44
S3 8.400 28 450 20.00
Compressive Strength
33.33
35
30 26.66
25.33
25 21.33 21.77
20.44 20
18.22
N/mm2
20 16.88
15 12 12.44
16.88
10
5
0
S0 S1 S2 S3
MIX DESIGNATION
7 DAYS 14 DAYS 28 DAYS
4.2 SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH TEST
Split tensile strength can be defined as the ability of a material to resist a force which tends to pull
it apart. It is expressed as the minimum tensile stress required splitting the material apart.
Refer table 1.4
Table 1.4
Split tensile strength
Mix no Weight (kg) Age on testing (days) Load (KN)
(N/mm2)
S0 12.546 7 70 0.99
S1 12.845 7 70 0.99
S2 12.580 7 60 0.84
S3 12.530 7 50 0.70
S0 12.712 28 120 1.69
S1 12.444 28 120 1.69
S2 12.204 28 100 1.41
S3 11.976 28 80 1.13
Split tensile strength

2 1.69 1.69
1.41
1.5 1.13
0.99 0.99
N/mm2
0.84
1 0.7
0.5
0
S0 S1 S2 S3
MIX DESIGNATION
P a g e | 141
5 CONCLUSION
Finally, we conclude our project with the compressive strength of 2.5% replacement of silica fume
and coconut shell as shown decent compressive strength compared to other 5% and 7.5% of
replacement. Split tensile strength 2.5% of replacement of silica fume and coconut shell as shown
decent split tensile strength compared to other 5% and 7.5% of replacement. All mix achieved more
than 600 mm slump flow hence it is proved self-compacting concrete.7.5% of replacement gain
more flow ability compared to other mix ratios.
REFERENCES
[1] Gambir.M.L.”Concrete Technology “Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi.

[2] Indian Standard code of Pra0ctice for plain and reinforced concrete,IS 456:2000,fourth revision, Bureau of
Indian Standard, New Delhi.
[3] Indian Standard recommended guidelines for concrete mix design, IS 10262-2009, Bureau of Indian
Standards,New Delhi.
[4] Indian Standard Specification For coarse aggregate and Fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete,IS
383:1970 ,Bureau of Indian Standards,New Delhi.
P a g e | 142
FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED: IMAGINING THE INDIAN STREETS FOR

COMMUNAL ACTIVITY RATHER THAN CONNECTING ELEMENT (ROUTE)
Karthick A
Associate Professor
Coimbatore. Tamil Nadu.
akaarthick@gmail.com,karthick.soa@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
When we coin the term “street”, it specifically for connecting the places or spaces, but the streets
are the one of the physical components of the urban and rural environments. Streets are helping us
to understand, determine the spatial characteristics and pattern of the rural and urban structures.
Streets are act as a multifunctional component, because in one hand it connecting the places and in
other hand streets are acts as communal space like people interaction, children playing , sleeping,
and space for trading (economic) activities. The main aim of the paper is to identify the factors to
be considered to imagine the Indian streets as communal space.
Keywords: Streets, spatial Characteristics, urban environments and communal space.
1 INTRODUCTION
According to 2017 census by World Bank 34% of people lives in urbanized area. It shows there is
gradual increase of people migrated towards the cities in order to full fill their basic needs. Due to
urbanization there is change in the land use pattern and most of the green and cultivable land are
converted into concrete structure with high density, it is difficult to find out the open spaces in cities
and existing open spaces of varied types in the cities are not properly designed based on the people
needs, encroached and people are throwing waste in the open spaces. People use to travel long
distance for various activities like education, employment and recreational related activities etc.,
this leads to lack of recreational space with in the accessible limit, so streets are the one of the
available long stretch or linear open space in cities. Due to urbanization most of the Indian streets
are under pressure in terms of its spatial quality and quantity of available space is mostly
concentrated on vehicular traffic, parking and less concentrated on the pedestrian accessibility, safe
guard and economic related activities along the road side.
2. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN STREET AND ROAD
The road and streets are differed from each other in terms of its functional characteristics like open
and urban space. The main function of the road is transportation ie, connecting the places majorly
through vehicular movement. Where the function of the street is a space for connecting the people
for interaction by considering the pedestrian safe guard and kind of activities happened in and
around the streets.
3. JANE JACOBS AND WILLIAM WHYTE H VIEWS ON STREETS
3.1. William H Whyte perspective on social spaces to create physical places that facilitate the social
interaction.
P a g e | 143
The street is the river of life of the city, the place where we come together, the pathway to the
centre. If there is a lesson in street watching it is that people do like basics and as environments go,
a street that is open to the sky and filled with people and life is splendid place to be.
3.2. Jane Jacobs views on streets
A clear demarcation between public and private space.
Eyes upon street and sufficient buildings facing streets.
Continuous eyes on the street to guarantee effective surveillance.
4. STREETS IN ANCIENT ERA TO PRESENT DAY
Like people, towns and cities the streets also have history and morphological evolution over the
period of time. The main purposes of the Streets have traditionally served three main purposes:
mobility, commerce and social interaction.
“Streets in ancient cities were the result of a vision of civilization rather than a function of the
economy”
When we observe the streets in India from ancient to present day, the streets are providing the
physical setting to the socio-economic activities. Where the streets are surrounded with tangible
and intangible features and add value to the spatial quality of the streets. Most of the settlements
are developed around the man-made nuclear element like built structure related to the religious,
administration and commercial activities and sometimes around or along the natural resources like
water body and mountain. Streets are radiated from the nuclear element and provide the setting
for multifunctional base like residential, commercial, institutional and social based activities. Based
on these criteria, the streets were planned and designed and streets are act as one of the
determinants to shape the urban form and pattern of the cities.
Most of the street patterns in ancient cities were grid iron pattern, where streets run at right angles.
In grid iron pattern has more advantages than any other pattern in terms of its growth direction and
the development of settlements, connectivity, plugin in infrastructure facilities like transport and
service-related activities like water supply, distribution and waste disposal.
Generally, the type of street observed in ancient Sumerian cities of Babylon, Ur, El-Kahun in Egypt,
city of Miletus in Greek, Timgad in Rome, Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro in Indus valley civilization,
temple towns of Srirangam and Madurai, medieval towns of Jaipur and Jaisalmer experiences the
grid iron pattern. The common characteristics observed in this street system were the streets runs
along the north-south or east-west. There is clear demarcation between the public and private
spaces because the administrative, fort, palaces and religious buildings are placed in one side where
the inhabitants are on the other sides. Hierarchies of streets were practiced in terms of social
hierarchy, activities and width of the streets. streets are classified into two or three types based on
the activities like administrative or religious activities are being marked as main street, commercial
activities are in second order and residential neighbourhood are in third order. The orders of the
streets are maintained through the width of streets. This leads to streets are act as multifunctional
base for various activities like exchange of commercial goods and space for social interaction. There
are no separate open spaces allocated in ancient cities, where streets are act as public spaces in
ancient cities.
P a g e | 144
Figure 11: City of Babylon Figure 2: Srirangam Town in Tamil Nadu
Figure 3: City of Miletus in Greek Figure 4: City of El-Kahun in Egypt
P a g e | 145
Figure 5: City of Mohenjo-Daro Figure 6: City of Jaipur, India
Streets and built structure are the two main components to determine the pattern of urban fabric,
because the streets are determinant to define the scale, shape, form, ornamentation, etc., of built
structure. In some cases, arrangements of built structure constituted the circulation space it
becomes the streets in urban and rural environments. Streets and built structure are the dependent
variable to determine their pattern and constituted the pattern of urban fabric. Like built structure
there are certain other factors determine the street character like land use, building height, front
facades, kind of activities, street furniture, vegetation, etc.,
5. ISSUES IN INDIAN STREETS
Due to rapid urbanization and kind of new developmental approach towards the development of
old cities and city extension, the streets are transformed in to roads. In new developmental
approach the roads are designed for vehicular movement not for pedestrian or not for the people.
This leads to the deterioration in the street character in terms of its spatial quality. But it is not
possible for all the roads are converted in to the streets, but there will be the certain consideration
for conversion of roads in to streets where the street is within the city limit and efficient width,
activities, accessibility, vehicular movement and vegetation.
As part of the literature studies, civic, commercial and residential are the types of streets what we
observed in any type of cities. Most of the Indian cities the civic and commercial streets have
efficient width to hold the vehicular, pedestrian and other activities. Residential streets do not have
sufficient width to hold the motorized and non-motorized activities. The major issues what we
observed in Indian streets as part of viewing the streets in to public spaces are, we give more
importance to the accessibility of the built structure i.e., without considering the façade treatment
because it is one of the factors to determine the street character. Encroachment will be the
secondary issues in streets for various activities like commercial and parking. Existing vegetation is
not considered in new street design. It is difficult to access the streets for different user groups and
physically challenged people, because width and gradient to access the pathways is not user
P a g e | 146
friendly. Safety in streets are not up to the level because in some case where streets are not lighted
properly, side walk railings are not properly provided etc., street furniture will not suit to the context
in terms of the colour, hiding the street edges, barrier to view the street activities etc.,
6. PARAMETERS TO BE CONSIDERED TO PROMOTE STREET AS COMMUNAL SPACE
6.1. LAND USE
Zoning of activities in cities like residential, commercial, institutional, mixed use etc., will be the one
of the components to determine the user densification in streets. One or the other way the land use
may change over period of time like residential becomes mixed use this leads to change in user
densification.
6.2 BLOCK STRUCTURE
Building blocks are the main component of physical fabric of the any cities. The streets and blocks
are depending factor on each other to determine the size, shape and pattern it leads to specify the
character of each streets in terms of user comfortability. Building blocks are orientated in such way
that left-over space in between blocks becomes street. Building façade will be one of the
components to determine the street character in terms of people accessibility from the street,
standing, sitting and talking to each other in front portion of the built structure. Buildings are one
of the generative forces to engage the people in particular street in terms of its shape, form, mass,
texture, etc.,
6.3. PATTERN OF STREETS
Natural or manmade environments composed the street pattern, in cities, the blocks also determine
the pattern of streets, where arrangement of small and big blocks constituted the street pattern,
one or the other way size of blocks determines the density of user in the particular street. Where
the smaller blocks lead to more usage of space for various activities with high porous of built
environment.
Figure 7: Figure ground map shows the street Pattern of Different cities
P a g e | 147
6.4. SPACE FOR PEOPLE
Land (spaces) is the natural resources where the physical and non-physical components are to be
placed in space based on the certain context and it becomes the generative forces to attract the
people for various purposes, in other way round the people changed their behaviour based on the
spatial context. There will be transformation required for the space to engage the people in better
way.
Figure 8: Space and People crowd in T-nagar Chennai.
6.5. MIXED USE
According to Jane Jacobs’s consideration for healthiest city, she promoted the mixed use, to make
city space more vibrant and stronger in terms of user density and kind of activities generated in the
streets. It promotes the safety for the user and uses the streets in comfortable manner.
6.6. MAINTAIN THE IDENTITY
Streets need to be maintaining the local identity of the city, certain old cities in Indian has strong in
Architectural, social, economic and cultural value; street design should be based on the mentioned
values in order to maintain the significance of street character.
6.7. VEGETATION
It’s an unwritten rule where the city expands, green space vanishes. Green areas become the one
of the factors to determine the quality of life in cities. In most of the Indian streets left over spaces
are become waste dump yard or green space which may not be used as part of design programme,
so proper green space need to provide in design, because it act as a climate modifier and provide
shade to the people it leads to interaction space in the streets.
P a g e | 148
Figure 9: Trees act as shading device in street.
6.8. ACCESSIBILITY AND CONNECTIVITY
Accessibility and connectivity are quite different from each other. In street design, the physical and
nonphysical components need to access by the people. Here connectivity is nothing but the streets
need to be connecting with all street network systems existing in the city to make the streets to
reduce the motorized traffic and promote the walkability in streets.
Figure 10: Street Connectivity to neighborhood streets
6.9. PEOPLE PARTICIPATION
Being the space is used for various activities by the people it has to be satisfied the need and demand
of the people, if not the space will not function in proper way. People also act as component in
design progress to decide the kind of space distributed in particular street. People need to act as
stake holder to take care of streets from any violation by the user and required alternatives to be
implemented to make the use of space in an efficient manner.
7. CONCLUSION
This paper explores the factors to be considered in street as communal space in cities. There is
strong connection between the people, activities, physical and non-physical components in streets
as public space. If one component fails it may affect the other. Suppose we are not considering the
P a g e | 149
people need in street design it leads to ghost space in streets (not used by the people). Generally,
the streets are composed of the elements and principles of Architecture like scale, proportion,
rhythm, etc. The implication of factors in the streets are arranged in such way that it make us to
understand the function of each factor and its impact in street design and make the space in more
functional manner in efficient way.
REFERENCES
[1] Jane Jacobs, 1961, The Death and Life of Great American Cities, Random House, Newyork.
[2] William H whyte, 1980, The social life of Small Urban space, Conservation Foundation, Washington
[3] Prithvi Deore and Saumya Lathia, 2019, Streets as Public Spaces: Lessons from Street Vending in Ahmedabad,
India, Urban Planning, Volume 4, Issue 2, Pages 138–153.
[4] Angela Jain and Massimo Moraglio, August 2014, Struggling for the use of urban streets: preliminary
(historical)comparison between European and Indian cities, International Journal of the Commons, Vol. 8, pp.
513–530.
[5] Ar. Amrita Shukla and Prof. Neerja Desai Navratra, May 2017, Streets as public spaces: A case of Manek
Chowk, International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology, Volume 8, Issue 5, pp 1367-1376.
P a g e | 150
IMPROVING ARCHITECTURE PEDAGOGY IN SRI LANKA BY

ACKNOWLEDGING CONSTRUCTION RITUAL PRACTICES IN FORMAL
ARCHITECTURE WORK-STAGES
Rashika Abeyawardana Pabalu Wijegoonawardane
Independent Researcher Independent Researcher
Colombo, Sri Lanka Colombo, Sri Lanka
rashikahiroshine@gmail.com pabaluw@gmail.com
1 INTRODUCTION
“Whatever it is that your attention first yields, governs the kind of further attention you pay, which
in turn ensures you will see more of the same; and so things which tend to firm up on the basis of
where you started – which was just one of the possible choice. This then, becomes your take on the
world. We all have a take.” [i] Architecture related rituals could be contemplated as transitional
stages of a building. Of the numerous rituals associated with buildings, the rituals performed at the
onset of construction stages invoking blessings to the building, building constructors and inhabitants
are important in affecting the resultant mood or value attributed to the building.
Identifying a general lack of awareness by architecture students towards local cultural norms and
customs performed by clients, the authors highlight the need to acknowledge cultural rituals within
present architecture pedagogy in Sri Lanka. This paper suggests that student learning is guided by
design-stages used in architecture education, which are closely related to the formal architecture
work-stages outlined by the professional architecture body. The authors suggest that
acknowledging local construction rituals within architecture studio environments can enhance
pedagogies on how buildings are built and bridge the gap between academia and society.
2 ARCHITECTURE, CULTURE & RITUALS
On seeking values within the realm of architecture, De Botton (2006) quotes Ruskin; “that we seek
two things of our buildings. We want them to shelter us and we want them to speak to us – to speak
to us of whatever we find important and need to be reminded of.”[ii] De Botton highlights the need
to shift focus from building appearance to how buildings represent the values we want to live by.
Seeking value beyond styles leads to exploring elements supportive towards implanting value in
buildings we design and build. The culture of a society plays an important role in shaping judgments
about values we want to live by. “A Culture is, after all an aggregate of the points of view of those
who form opinion and impress upon us their take on the world.” [iii] Rituals are cultural activities
that mark the time of each important occurrence in life and these experiences enrich how we draw
memories. Materializing and enhancing the values inherent of a society, rituals help buildings to
speak with us.
3 AWARENESS OF RITUALS IN ARCHITECTURE PEDAGOGY
Through a decade of academic teaching experience in Sri Lankan architecture institutes, authors of
this paper witnessed a low awareness and sensitivities among architecture students in Sri Lanka
about traditional socio-cultural norms, values and customs related to buildings. As a model to
evaluate this observation, the authors conducted a questionnaire survey regarding non/acceptance
P a g e | 151
of construction rituals. The sampling was limited to a small student group studying at final year
postgraduate level in a leading architecture institute in Colombo, the capital of Sri Lanka.
All participants knew construction rituals exist but with the exception of one participant majority
were unaware of details. Students were mostly unaware if clients performed construction rituals or
not. The possibility of incorporating local rituals into the construction process had not occurred to
half and therefore they had not discussed this with clients. Participants who discussed rituals
referred to one popular construction ritual. However, the questionnaire stimulated interest and
discourse, and several participants later offered self-evaluation of their awareness on construction
rituals. Although majority answered that the importance of rituals depends on the client, their
interest in the topic and informal discourse supported the author’s opinion that studio education
should play an important role in improving responsiveness to local socio-cultural norms, values and
customs. Noting the absence of reference to construction rituals in their studio curricula, students
argued that at present any exposure or understanding gained was unrelated to their studio
education. It appeared that personal upbringings and professional practice internships had
cultivated mindfulness of the customs but indifference in current pedagogy affected student
attitude on the importance of rituals. An architectural pedagogy with little or no acknowledgement
of cultural rituals risks producing professionals who are not conversant to integrate rituals into
formal construction stages. It is important to review aptness of architecture pedagogy from a local
context and its sensitivity to existing local socio-cultural norms, values and customs.
4 PEDAGOGY INFLUENCED BY PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE WORK-STAGES
The authors further observe that local architectural-design pedagogy is influenced by professional
architecture practice work-stages and the culture it propagates. Professional Sri Lankan
architectural practice is guided by a formal document issued by the Sri Lanka Institute of Architects
(SLIA) titled ‘Recommended Professional Fees, Conditions Of Engagement & Form Of Agreement
Between Owner & Architect’ [iv]. The framework developed by the SLIA is successive to the ‘RIBA
Plan of Works’ [v], published by the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA) in UK. Though not
identical, the local framework is similar in how services, referred to as work-stages, are structured
in the UK framework. The document categorizes services rendered by architects in a sequential
manner and helps architects to perform each task at the appropriate time. The services are grouped
into three sections; “Pre-Design Services, Basic Services (from concept Design Stage to Post-
Construction Stage including all the intermediate stage of a general construction process) and
Supplemental Services.”[vi] Site related rituals may be performed during Pre-design stages and
construction rituals may occur during Basic services work-stages. Although various rituals may be
performed by clients, in the contemporary context of practicing architecture in Sri Lanka, the
traditional rituals and local customs are often hidden, compromised or disregarded within formal
architecture work-stages. This oversight is largely caused by the adoption of the British work-stage
model by the Sri Lankan architectural professional body to develop projects and categorise
architectural services on which the designs are based.
The questionnaire results indicate that whilst architectural students are awareness of these rituals,
there seemed little motivation or partaking in the activities. Architecture students with little or no
exposure to cultural nuances might not be prepared to recognize the role of rituals and how to
integrate rituals if a client makes queries or requests so. Conversely, students educated to be
familiar with socio cultural practices related to construction could possibly personalize the
framework and integrate rituals as required. Adhering to British standards may have been
compulsory in the colonial period, but present post-colonial Sri Lankan architecture practice and
pedagogy are not under obligation to confirm to British standards.
P a g e | 152
5 ANCIENT ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS AND RITUALS
Prior to the dominant Western standards, in the South Asian contexts traditional practice of
architecture called Vaastu sastra was prescribed in ancient literature treatises such as Manasara
and Mayiamataya. Originally composed in Sanskrit, guidance on selecting sites, building types,
shapes and styles, architectural elements and detailed descriptions on rituals associated with
bringing buildings into existence were included in these treatises. The construction process was
steered by rituals performed to specific times. Guidelines to physical characteristics and rituals went
hand in hand. “The South Asian treatises serve as guides to design as well as to the performance of
rites. They also allude very directly to mythic accounts of world order that are linked to architectural
and ritual production.” [vii]
The Mayimataya, originating around 800 – 1100 A.D., was translated into other South Asian
languages. Observing variations in the Asian translations, MacDougall (2008) detects cultural
adaptations, serving as truly local guidelines to suit different cultures. “The Tamil materials refer to
Hindu rites and also provide more elaborate prescriptions for each of the four castes. The Sinhala
Mayimataya, on the other hand, has been carefully composed within the poetic conventions of its
own language and tailored to the divergent traditions of Sinhala Buddhism and social life.” [viii]
Rituals were seen to contribute towards creating and constructing the social dimensions of each
culture and to have an effect on the society. Value was placed on assimilating the unique nature of
local sensibilities into the translations. However, in the recent English translation into English for a
wider audience in 2008, MacDougall noted that only a few local people of the pertinent cultures
could actually comprehend the local translations. “Well into the twentieth century, the
overwhelming majority of the Indian population was illiterate in their own language” [ix]. An
operative understanding of these guidelines depends on the few remaining local elders in the
societies. In the imminent absence of these elders, comprehension of rituals through local eyes will
be limited to translations by scholars and related studies on literature, history and philosophy. “Like
other popular manuals, the Sinhala Mayimataya is intended for an educated audience (although not
necessarily for one that is unusually erudite or classically trained).“[x] The ‘educated audience’
referred were elders cultured in the vernacular language, literature and lifestyle but contemporary
professionals rarely possess awareness of the terminology or subject. This decline in ability to
interpret traditional wisdom documented in the treaties would lead to disappearance of locally
nurtured, social building methods that were shaped throughout time and space. The actual ritual
performances also transfer wisdom from generation to generation. Local ritualists skilled to perform
rituals possess knowledge in the form chanting, dance, costumes and material that shape a culture.
Local elders who perform rituals are also fast dwindling. “On average, every fortnight an elder die
and carries with him or her into the grave the last syllables of an ancient tongue. What this really
means is that within a generation or two, we will be witnessing the loss of fully half of humanity’s
social, cultural and intellectual legacy. This is the hidden backdrop of our age.” [xi]
The emergence of modern professions, an education system awarding professional titles and the
change of communication mode from vernacular to English affected indigenous practices and their
socially driven rituals. Traditional artisans and craftsmen were disadvantaged in every field. The
dominant stance that formal professional qualifications were needed, disadvantaged and
discouraged local specialists who did not or could not follow the formal western route. Chief
carpenters, local ritualists and astrologers, who were part of the architecture team were distanced
from the profession and this continues long after the colonial period.
P a g e | 153
6 SELECTED TRADITIONAL CONSTRUCTION RITUALS IN SRI LANKA
From the construction rituals that persisted and continue to be performed by clients within modern
construction environments, four rituals were identified as a model to examine the argument of this
paper. Speaking with local construction masons and carpenters, Vaastu specialists and astrologers
helped to identify traditional meanings and motivations behind the rituals for clients. The identified
reasons for performing the rituals included; belief of positively energising sites and buildings, belief
of cleansing site and exchange from residing other-than-humans to new occupants as well as simply
trusting and following customs although purpose was forgotten/ unknown. Although different
variations and adaptations exist on regional basis, the fundamental meanings remain similar.
6.1 Bhairava Puja
Ancient scriptures and folklore references identify Bhairavas as sects of earthly energies. The
Bhairava puja ceremony performed can be inferred as appeasing the residing Bhairavas and
requesting unfavourable energies to leave the site before building construction commences.
Although decreasing, the Bhairava puja ceremony dealing with metaphysical practices is still
performed in Sri Lanka with the general belief that a metaphysical cleansing will renew the site and
make the new buildings more receptive to energies of new occupants. Unfortunately, it is
increasingly harder to find an Adura (ritualist) able to perform a proper Bhairava puja.
6.2 Mul-Gala Than path Kireema – Laying of Treasure Stone
The mul-gala is a symbol of prosperity and positivity. Variations of this ritual are performed in other
parts of the ancient world as far as Greece and Egypt and the ritual is commonly termed laying of
the foundation stone, treasure stone or corner stone. In Sri Lanka a specially prepared stone with a
cavity is created to deposit symbolic articles including rice, grains, precious and semi-precious
stones. It is placed within the building’s foundation limits where the optimum solar energy is
believed to be active according to the particular time of the year. Traditionally a Bhumi-Naga
chakraya diagram is referred to locate an optimum location. By placing the treasure stone in an
auspicious position, it is believed to absorb the auspiciousness of the Nakatha (timing) as well as
the Solar power of the Sun, the ultimate source of energy and the giver of life. It is further believed
that these energies create a grid of charged field through the foundation. Placing the treasure stone
on top of a solid foundation stone is akin to the beginning of a new life.
6.3 Uluwahu Pænima - Crossing the Doorframe Thresholds
In Sri Lanka Uluwahu Pænima (crossing the doorframe threshold) is an important Sinhala dwelling
ceremony ritual and there is an ancient treatise called Uluwahu Pænima, “...the most important and
elaborate of the Sinhala dwelling consecration rites...is invoked to protect the dwelling. These mythic
accounts link the production of the dwelling with the activities of divine exemplars and thus
centralize the experience of the craftsman.”[xii] According to oral tradition, chief craftsman
Vishwakarma performed an Uluwahu Pænima for King Vaidya and folklore poetry mentions
Uluwahu Pænima performed for Sinhala kings by their royal carpenters at royal palace entrances
and temple entrances called Makara Thorana. Traditionally the chief carpenter is responsible for
the ceremony. Our ancestors paid attention to details finding a fitting chief carpenter and verses
include characteristics and appointing of a suitable person. Belief holds that creating woodwork
according to Shastra and perform Uluwahu Pænima appropriately by a suitable chief carpenter will
bring fortune to him and the occupants. This concept psychologically affects chief carpenters to
P a g e | 154
perform tasks accurately and methodically. The beautiful poem in the Sinhala translation of
Mayimataya describing ritual felling a suitable tree for the auspicious post to construct the main
doorframe “Will the deity who is living in this tree leave it for the benefit of this house?”[xiii]
demonstrate that rituals cultivate empathy towards the natural environment and respect for trees.
6.4 Yata Lee Thaebima - Laying the roof ridges
Directed first towards the protection of the chief carpenter and also the wellbeing of the main
householder, the Yata Lee Thaebima ritual initiates roof construction. According to tradition, the
effect of Planet Kuja (Mars) is dominant at higher levels hence the chief carpenter makes a vow to
God Kataragama by tying a Pandora (token), for protection during the Yata Lee Thaebima ritual and
throughout the roof construction period. Signifying an energy field immune to negative energies,
the Yata Leeya (main ridge) is placed on mango leaves to an auspicious Nakath time.
7 BRIDGING PAST & PRESENT THROUGH RITUALS
“It is a fact: every culture cannot sustain and absorb the shock of modern civilization. There is a
paradox: how to become modern and return to sources; how to revive an old dormant civilization
and take part in universal civilization.” [xiv] The race to become modern and civilized is hard to
avoid. But nostalgia for all that is holistic has gained global momentum triggering societies to reach
to wisdom of earlier times. Societies with rich cultural heritage side-lined in the rush towards
globalization and modernization are well positioned to benefit from this trend. “The modern
background of our lives has a strong sense of linearity and progress, an ‘arrow of time’ replacing
traditional cycles. Now, our sheltering rituals seldom mirror the rhythms of nature.” [xv] Formal
work-stages that acknowledge Iocal customs and rituals would possess a different sense of time
with emphases and intermissions possibly in different places. This might contribute towards
lessening the gap between manmade structures and nature. If implemented at national and
organizational level, it could potentially help to readdress the definition of ‘design team’ and actively
reintegrate indigenous specialist skills and craftsmen into the formal system. Embracing active
indigenous rituals is a dynamic evolution of representing culture into the formal present-day process
of building.
8 CONCLUSION
This paper reasons that the rituals and ceremonies that are hidden or compromised in the formal
work-stages should be acknowledged in formal architectural guidelines and pedagogies. Towards a
better understanding of the social experience linked to constructing buildings, the formal work-
stages can be revised to appreciate core values of rituals. Formal work-stages that include a social
viewpoint would influence learning in architecture studio environments and thereby encourage
students to cultivate sensitivity to local cultural norms. Enhancing pedagogies on understanding
how buildings, values and meanings are built by local societies can help to bridge the gap between
academia and society. “Something deeply reassuring comes when our actions are constant with the
motion of nature. It is a reaffirmation of our own existence – a continuous call for chores that define
who we are as individuals. Our need for this call should not be underestimated nor trivialized by
design.” [xvi] Traditionally the entire process of architecting a building involved auspicious timing
and ritual actions. From the onset of site selection onwards, guidelines spoke of Subhas and Asubha;
auspicious and inauspicious natures, as recommendations for each activity. “These ritual acts of
P a g e | 155
sheltering help explain who we are and where we are in the world. Their development can range
from the spiritual to the material, from the hidden to the obvious, from the personal to the
communal. Whatever the case, ritual impacts meaning to the ebb and flow of a place.” [xvii]
REFERENCES
[1] Pallasma, Juhani., Robinson, Sarah., (2015), Mind in Architecture: Neuroscience, Embodiment, and the Future
of Design, p.100, MIT Press.
[2] De Botton, Alain., (2006), The Architecture of Happiness, Pantheon Books, New York.
[4] SLIA, (1998), Recommended Professional Fees, Conditions of Engagement & Form of Agreement Between
Owner & Architect, 4th Edition, SLIA, Colombo.
[5] Chappell, David., Willis, Christopher James., and Willis, Arthur James., (2005), The Architect In Practice. 9th
Edition, p.147, Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
[6] SLIA, Architect's Professional Services. http://www.slia.info/pabweb1/index.html [Accessed 15 February
2020].
[7] MacDougall, Bonnie,. (2008), Text Into Form - Dwelling, Cosmos and Design Theory in Traditional South Asia,
Cornell University, p.xiv, http://hdl.handle.net/1813/10307. [Accessed 15 February 2020].
[8] (ibid) p.31
[9] (ibid) p.25
[10] (ibid) p.31
[11] Davis, Wade., (2009) Wayfinders: Why Ancient Wisdom Matters in the Modern world, Kindle Edition, p.1,
House of Anansi Press.
[12] MacDougall, Bonnie,. (2008), Text Into Form - Dwelling, Cosmos and Design Theory in Traditional South Asia,
Cornell University, p.32, http://hdl.handle.net/1813/10307. [Accessed 15 February 2020].
[13] (ibid) p.152
[15] Knowles, Ralph L., (2006), Ritual House, p.4, Island Press, DC.
[16] (ibid) p.5
P a g e | 156
INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT: A COMPREHENSIVE

STUDY FOR AN EMERGING SATELLITE TOWN RING ROAD PROJECT IN
BENGALURU
Sannappaiah H.V. Dr. H.N. Nagendra

Member Secretary & Joint Director Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
Bangalore International Airport Area Planning Authority University of Mysore
Devanahalli, Bengaluru, India Mysuru, India
hvs.cta@rediffmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The city growth and urban expansion of Bagaluru is not possible to be managed within its
conurbation, hence there is an attempt for connecting urban spaces of Bangalore Metropolitan
Region by developing transportation infrastructure. The Transportation aspects in the location of
Bangaluru city with its urban and regional contexts plays significant role for the future of greater
Bengaluru. The master plan for Satellite Town Ring Road has been proposed for decentralizing the
excessive growth by distributing them in the Banglore Metropoliten Region as well as providing
good regional accessibility to Bagaluru, but funding for investing on the project which is essential is
becoming almost not possible through the governament. The Satellite Town Ring Road enables
movement of people and goods by integrating all modes of transport in the Banglore Metropoliten
Region by serving both public and private requirements of the city. The paper explores with a
comprehensive study for Infrastructure design and management for an emerging satellite town ring
road project in Bengaluru through town planning schemes by making governament – privte portners
– and land loosers as players in developing and sharing the benefits of the infrastructure project.
Key Words: Planning and Design; Satellite Town Ring Road; Decentralization; Land loosers and Privte
partners.
1. INTRODUCTION
India faces a truly formidable challenge in managing the rapid process of urbanization and the
growth of its cities. It is the second-most-populous country in the world, with a population of 1.028
billion and, of this, 285 million (27.8percent) live in its 5,161 cities and towns. Economic reform has
given considerable impetus to the process of urbanization, and it is expected that by 2050 half of its
population will be living in its cities and towns. This will mean that the existing cities will continue
to grow larger and many new cities and towns will be added. [Government of India report on The
Smart Cities Mission of Ministry of Housing & Urban Affairs (MoHUA 2016]. Pressures of rapid
growth and years of neglect have severely stressed the condition of India’s cities and towns. This is
evident in the innumerable challenges facing them—large areas not serviced by roads, water supply,
sewerage and storm water networks, inadequate health and education amenities, traffic
congestion, ineffective and inadequate public transportation systems, unregulated and chaotic
growth, slums, poor building stock, destruction of heritage resources, poorer service delivery etc.
All of these make India’s cities and towns polluted, unliveable, inefficient, and very much vulnerable
to disasters. But taking care of these needs huge budget but the Indian economy doesn’t have
financial strength to take up all the needs simultaneously, however it is inevitable to provide
required infrastructure to mitigate all the problems creating efficient functioning atmosphere, as
Cities and towns are crucial to the economic well being of India.
P a g e | 157
Cities are considered as engines of growth, provision of physical infrastructure and as well as socio-economic
infrastructure are important to promote effective development. Creating good quality infrastructure,
therefore, is the first and foremost step to achieve sustainability and create healthy living conditions in our
cities. But the issue has two strong problems, first problem is mobilising finance for developing infrastructure
and problem second problem is mobilisation of land for placing the infrastructure Therefore, there is a need
to develop a mechanism to creating a way to generating money as well as to mobilise urban land. These
aspects are generally having to be integrated with the master plan, because the master plans are generally
containing land use and infrastructure plan.
2 RELATION BETWEEN MASTER PLAN AND TOWN PLANNING SHEMES
Town Planning Scheme (TPS) has been contemplated as an operational part that reinforces the
master plan by providing an implementation framework. Figure 1 shows the relationship between
Master Plan and TPS. The TPS is conceptualized as a joint venture between the local authority and
the owners of land, who voluntarily agree to pool their land, redistribute the reconstituted plots of
land among themselves and share the development cost.
Figure 1. Relationship between Master Plan and Town Planning Schemes
Town Planning Scheme

❖Neighborhood Level Road Network
Master Plan ❖Land Reconstitution
❖New Growth Area ❖ Appropriation of land for public
❖Zoning Regulation purposes
❖Development Control ❖Local Level Infrastructure
❖City Level Infrastructure Implementation
❖Implementation of Development
Control at Local Level
(Source: Author compiled based Guidelines )

For preparation of the scheme, land parcels with common ownership are marked with original
survey number/plot number on a map. All such original plots form one area for planning purpose.
In the layout plan after taking out the area for roads and streets, and for public and semi-public
spaces, the remaining area is planned in regular plots known as final plots. The final plots though
reduced in size better in shape, build ability and accessibility are allocated to the land owners
preferably in close proximity to their original plots. The owner also gets compensation for the area
reduced for public spaces and roads. Since the reconstituted plot has the better accessibility and
good potential for development, its value gets enhanced. Part of such increment in land value is
contributed for the cost of development work in the scheme. The landowners will get the net
amount of the increment value of the plot worked out after deducting the amount of compensation
payable for the loss in area. The master plan is statutory spatial plan for organizing space to satisfy
the present future requirement of a city by considering comprehensive aspects under the
perspectives of both urban and regional planning.
Hence, in the present context, a very useful framework for promoting planning and implementing
development of infrastructure through TPS as well as a spatial planning integration with various
dimensions of the Master Plan is required. So far, there are no clear planning guidelines or
regulations and the Master Plans / Development Plans are implemented along with strong land
owner opposition to forcible land acquisition, combined with extremely limited fiscal capacity of
Planning Authorities/Development Authorities/Local Bodies. This has left the Urban Local Bodies
P a g e | 158
(ULBs) with very few options to develop well-planned and serviced urban land. Hence a provision of
Land pooling and plot reconstitution is an implementation tool that addresses both these issues by
allowing the land owners to share the appreciation gain in the land value post development of
infrastructure and services. In lieu, the land owners pay betterment charges and contribute a part
of their land to fund the infrastructure and services. As the planning processes has accepted that -
Town Planning Scheme is a statutory document which sets out objectives, policies and provisions
relating to the use, development, protection and conservation of land in the area where it applies
and the Town Planning Scheme regulates the use and development of land through planning
provisions to achieve master plan objectives and policies. TPS has widely been used in two major
States – Maharashtra and Gujarat, Kerala has also used it to a limited extent- now as there is mega
project called Satellite Town Ring Road [STRR] has been thought off for providing regional
accessibility and urban decentralization of Bengaluru, a planning mechanism for infrastructure
design and management with a comprehensive study of Bengaluru is necessary for the successful
implementation of an emerging satellite town ring road project in Bengaluru.
3 STUDY AREA BRIEFS
Bangalore district is situated in the South Deccan plateau in peninsular India of the South-Eastern
corner of Karnataka State between the parallels of 12O39’ N and 13O19’ N and longitudinal meridian
of 77O22’ E and 77O5’ E at an average elevation of about 900 meters covering an area about 8005.45
sq. km. (Bangalore urban district2019 sq. kms Bangalore. rural 2260 sq.km and Ramanagaram
Districts 3855 sq.km).
The city of Bangalore exists at least from 1000 B.C and ruled by different dynasties between 5th
century A.D. & 16th century A.D. but has good footage of development from the period of Kempe
Gowda I, who shifted his capital from Yelahanka to the place where the present Bangalore is located
and delimited the boundary by erecting towers around it before 1687 AD. and then during the
period of Hyderi Ali and Tipu, they ruled Mysore territories by keeping Bengaluru as a defence centre
and Seringapatam as a capital city. But with the successive efforts of the English, Bangalore was
captured in 1791 AD. Thus during 1800 AD as recorded in history, Bengaluru which originally entered
as an insignificant settlement, became one of the most important places in Southern India because
of its geographic, economic and social advantages. (Venkatesh Prasad N.R & Vijay S.R, 1987and
Ramee Gowda K.S.,1974).
In 1949, the two city nuclei i.e. city proper and the cantonment were merged and the establishment
of a number of key industries stimulated the growth that resulted in an unprecedented 5.10 lakhs
to 9.91 lakhs population increase during the 1941–51 interdental period. In an attempt to cope with
this rapid growth, a committee was set up by the Government of Karnataka in 1952 to draw up a
development plan. The government constituted the Bangalore City Improvement Trust Board and
planning Authority to prepare a master plan for the Local Planning Area with the assistance of the
State Town Planning Department, which prepared the Outline Development Plan (ODP) for the
Bangalore City Local Planning Area. The plan was adopted by the Development authority constituted
under the Bangalore Development Authority Act 1976, which is a Planning Authority under the
Karnataka Town & Country Planning Act, 1961 and was finally approved by the Government in 1972.
This plan represented the first step towards a development plan for Bangalore. It was prepared for
a period of 15 years (1961–76) and covered an area of 500 sq. km. of which 220 sq. km. was
proposed for compact development and designated as the conurbation area. The remaining 280 sq.
km. was proposed as green belt around the conurbation area. The ODP remained in force until 1984,
well beyond its plan period.
P a g e | 159
The CDP was prepared for a planning period of 15 years (1986-2001) for 7.0 million populations by
extending the designated planning area from 500 sq. km. to 1,279 sq. km. The designated
conurbation area of 439 sq. kms. had spread over the entire green belt delineated in the ODP. So,
the area of about 840 sq. kms. around the new conurbation area limits was recasted in the ODP. In
an attempt to deal with these new urban problems, the Government in 1985, constituted the
Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development Authority (BMRDA) by an Act of Legislature. As per
Section 9 of the Act, the BMRDA in May 1995 issued a structure plan for the Bangalore Metropolitan
Region together with a technical and Policy report on integrated resource analysis. The structure
plan was approved by the government in the year 2005.
Figure 2. Jurisdiction of different Authorities
The distance of conurbation boundary along the arterial road measures more than 30 kms. but the
average radius of conurbation reduces approximately to 20 kms. The primacy of Bengaluru is still
expanding beyond expectations of the structure plan 2005 2011 has been again revised for the year
2031 called Revised Structure Plan 2031 (RSP 2031), in which the regional accessibility and 2011 in
the total area of 8005 sq. kms under the BMRDA jurisdiction and now it is divided into 13 Local
Planning Areas constituting 2 Urban Development Authorities [Bangalore Development Authority-
BDA and Ramanagaram Urban Development Authority-RUDA] and 11 Planning Authorities and also
an area under Bangalore Metropolitan Infrastructure Corridor Planning Authority [BMICPA].
4 LOCAL PLANNING AREAS WITHIN BMR
Figure 3 Local Planning Areas within BMR
Areas within BMR in Sq. kms
BDA 1219.50
BMICAPA 426.24
P a g e | 160
RUDA 172.52(37 Villages)
Anekal LPA 264.09 (122 Villages)
Nel Mangala LPA 681.67 (317 Villages)
Magali LPA 690.94 (222 Villages)
Hoskote LPA 475.48 (265 Villages)
Kanakapura LPA 1498.12 (235 Villages)
BIAAPA 1127.97 (485 Villages)
STRR-LPA 1019.52 (331 Villages)
Bidadi-LPA 141.54 (38 Villages)
Channapatana 439.11 (116 Villages)
Doddaballapura 772.76 (294Village)
The urban growth and development of Bengaluru as it becoming massive and requires
decentralization and also there is no sign of saturation or stopping of urban growth and
development of Bengaluru; now the BMRDA has taken a decision to encourage further growth of
Bengaluru its metropolitan region[BMR] with the proposal of mega project called Satellite Town
Ring Road [STRR] by defining LPA as STRR LPA. The proposal has to be carried through proper master
plan and the project is required to develop through TPS. The LPA has been delineated by considering
an area extending up to 1km on either side of the proposed 1OOmts STRR road edge which are
connecting the towns, such as Ramanagaram, Kanakapura, Anekal, Hosakote, Devanahalli and
Doddaballapura by declaring them as satellite towns to Bengaluru. The master planning process has
been started with an intention of resolving issues related to growth and development disparities in
the Bangalore Metropolitan Region for the better future of Bengaluru city and for Improving the
regional accessibility through STRR by integrating with other major road network such as
Intermediate Ring Road (IRR), Individual Town Ring Road (ITRR) and Radial Road (RR) along with an
intention of planning for an integrated transport system. (Source: RSP, 2031).
5 RATIONALE OF PLANNING SCHEME FOR STRR
Town Planning Schemes have a participatory process with multiple rounds of consultation, but the
scheme itself is legally binding on all land within its jurisdiction. The project development and
execution of schemes will happen through land pooling schemes majorly depending on contractual
agreement with the participating land owners which should be more voluntary in nature. This is the
P a g e | 161
rationale at which the STRR and its Local Planning Area should develop. It can be done through two
TPS models which can be easily integrated with the master plans.
5.1 STRR TPS MODEL-1
The total amount of land which is required for STRR and STRR LPA [ 1km on either side of the STRR
centre line] should be taken over by BMRDA and the benefit for the formers who owns land and
agriculture labours who will displaced from agriculture to non-agriculture will be taken care by
extending financial benefit sharing mechanism as in Table 1.
Table-1 STRR Town Planning Scheme (TPS) MODEL 1
Based on Andra Pradesh Capital City-Land Pooling Scheme, 2015

(Formulation and Implementation) Rules 2015
To the Land Owners, the authority shall guarantee:
Return of Reconstituted Land /Plot Payment of Benefit per every acre of original land
surrendered is as below
LAND DRY IRRIGATED
Patta
(0.25 Acres) (0.25 Acres)

Residential
1000 sq. mts 1000 sq. mts

Commercial
Assigned

Residential
(0.025 Acres) (0.025 Acres)

Commercial
Yearly Payment for 10 years (Rs) 30,000 50,000
Yearly Increase 3,000 5,000
One-time additional payment for 50,000

gardens lime, sapota/ guava (Rs)
Pension to be provided by the Rs. 2500 per month per family for a period
Government to all landless families of Ten Years
through a capital region social security
fund
Land use Automatic Change of Use to Residential
Other benefits to affected families Schedule-3
P a g e | 162
LPS area shall be divided into sectors Section 38 and 53 of the Act
and the land proposed for reservations
and allotments for various other purposes
(Source: Author Proposed Based on Andra Pradesh Capital City-Land Pooling Scheme, 2015
(Formulation and Implementation) Rules 2015)
5.2 STRR TPS MODEL-2

The mechanisms developed under TPS for infrastructure development and management with a
comprehensive design study many times affected by the political uncertainty. So, instead of
affecting the farmers who owns land and agriculture labours who will displaced from agriculture to
non-agriculture through time laps delay in sharing the benefit; in this model among the total land
required for the STRR and STRR LPA, about 50% of the total land will be given to the land looser and
remaining 50% of the land will be taken by the authority. The authority will develop whole land by
allocating land as park and open spaces – 10%, civic amenities – 5%, STRR area – 5%, over all
circulation – 5% and commercial – 10%. The cost of development will be generated by the
betterment tax on the development open up for the investors by opening up new and adjacent
lands and auctioning of the commercial and other land which have scope of development. The 50%
of land which will be given to the land looser can develop as residential plots and sold for his benefit
and the labours who displaced from agriculture will get a social benefit monthly honorariums from
the authority through its Metropolitan Region Social Security Fund [MRSSF] or offering them a
placement in the non-agriculture where they can fit them with great concern and make them to
survive in the STRR LPA.
TABLE 2. STRR Town Planning Scheme (TPS) MODEL 2
SL NO. LAND USE PERCENTAGE OF LAND

TAKEN BY THE AUTHORITY
1. Parks, Playgrounds and open spaces 10%
2. Civic Amenities and Utilities 5%
3. For Satellite Town Ring Road (STRR) 5%
4. For another Major Road Circulation 10%
5. Social Housing 5%
6. Commercial 5%
TOTAL 40%
(Source: Author Proposed)
Note:
• 60 % of the land will be returned to land owners after development
• Cost of providing infrastructure will be born through Betterment Tax-50% and Sale of
Commercial area- 50%.
P a g e | 163
REFERENCES
[1] Government of Mysore, “A report of the outline development plan for the Bangalore metropolitan region”,
department of town planning, 1963, Bangalore.
[2] Government of Karnataka, “Report on comprehensive development”, Department of Town Planning, Bangalore
1976.
[3] Government of Karnataka, “A report of comprehensive development plan for the Bangalore Metropolitan
Area”, Department of Town Planners, 1984, Bangalore.
[4] Government of Karnataka, “Bangalore Sub Regional Plan South Karnataka Region and Bangalore Metropolitan
Region Development Strategies”, Bangalore Metropolitan Regional Development Authority, Bangalore, 2004-
05.
[5] Government of Karnataka, “Comprehensive Development Plan for Bangalore (revised)”, published by Bangalore
Development Authority, Bangalore, 1995.
[6] Government of Karnataka, “Comprehensive Development Plan for Bangalore 2011 A.D.”, published by
Bangalore Development Authority, 1995.
[7] Government of Karnataka, “Comprehensive Development Plan report”, published by Bangalore Development
Authority, Bangalore, 1984.
[8] Government of Karnataka, “Discussion papers of one-day workshop on implications of the recommendations of
national commission on urbanization”, institute of engineers, India, Bangalore, august 24, 1989.
[9] Government of Karnataka, “Bangalore Master Plan – 2015”, published by Bangalore Development Authority,
2005.
[10] Government of Karnataka, “Expert Committee Report on Urbanization Policy, Amendments to Town and
Country Planning Act”, Town Planning Manual and Urban Development Authorities, 2002.
P a g e | 164
INVESTIGATING PASSIVE DESIGN STRATEGIES AT NEIGHBOURHOOD

LEVEL THROUGH THE ANALYSIS OF CONTEMPORARY
NEIGHBOURHOODS
Aveek Ghosh
PhD Scholar, Dept. of Architecture and Planning
Visvesvaraya National Institute of Technology (VNIT)
Nagpur, India
aveekghosh100@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD), published in 2002, constitutes a significant
step to maintain competitiveness, security of energy supply and meet the commitments on climate
change made under the Kyoto protocol. This directive emphasizes two main aspects: the reduction
of the energy consumption and the improvement of the energy efficiency in buildings. One such
intervention is the application of passive design strategies which uses layout, fabric and form to
reduce mechanical cooling, heating, ventilation and lighting demand. In this work, an analysis using
a set of passive strategies is applied in an neigborhood sector of an Indian city to assess the impact
of passive design principles. The analysis includes thermal properties of the building
envelope, geometric parameters, ratios and others passive solutions such as thermal Energy
Storage systems, evaporative cooling, night ventilation, solar gains and night sky radiation cooling.
The paper reviews passive design strategies and the benefits of using such strategies not only in the
building design but also related to the urban context and human factors, which would be linked to
urban sustainable design, policies and strategies. The study encompasses sytematic archival review
of contemporary neighborhoods across the globe with a perspective of applied passive design
interventions and validating the same in an Indian neighborhood. It concludes that employing
passive design strategies in urban environments has the benefits of reducing resource consumption,
making urban living more affordable, and connecting human experience more deeply into a direct
relationship with resources.
Key Words: neighborhood; passive design; thermal comfort, urban design.
1 INTRODUCTION
Climate-responsive, passive design, such as for passive heating and cooling, was always an integral
part of urban environments until the era of cheap energy. Patterns of passive design from the past
can now be relearned from historic precedents, and applied to the urban environments of today
(Robinson E, 2005). In contemporary progressive practice, urban environments have been designed
to conserve resources with an emphasis on energy. This paper presents several case studies. The
patterns employed involve both the energy performance of buildings in urban contexts, and the
culture of peoples’ relationship with resources (Jabareen R, 2006). Sustainability is not a technology.
It is not a public policy. It is not an urban morphology by itself and it is not something you buy.
P a g e | 165
2 BACKGROUND STUDY
“Passive Design” is an approach to building design that uses the building architecture to minimize
energy consumption and improve thermal comfort. The building form and thermal performance of
building elements (including architectural, structural, envelope and passive mechanical) are
carefully considered and optimized for interaction with the local microclimate (Bryne, 1985). The
ultimate vision of passive design is to fully eliminate requirements for active mechanical systems
(and associated fossil fuel-based energy consumption) and to maintain occupant comfort at all
times. A SWOT analysis (alternatively SWOT Matrix) of a typical neighbourhood was critically
examined as a structured planning method used to evaluate the strengths, weaknesses,
opportunities, and threats in a contemporary world (Table 1).
Table 9 SWOT analysis of a neighbourhood

Neighbourhood SWOT Analysis Input
+ Strengths - Weakness 0 Opportunities X Threats
Diversity of Lifestyle conflicts, Positive example of town- Growth of PSU
neighbourhood residents particularly noise, safety, resident relations, without additional on-
(age, income, education petty crime inclusion of students campus housing
Good student neighbours Rental housing Encourage ownership and Rental housing
most of the time management, enforcement workforce housing impacts on property
of zoning/ordinances values and public
infrastructure
Great place for families, Few opportunities for More readily available Changing housing
active resilient residents housing for young data/communications on conditions discourage
professionals/workforce everyday issues ownership
Architecture, mature Few opportunities for New/updated tools for Oversight of rental
trees, quality public reuse/redevelopment in managing zoning/land housing and zoning
services neighbourhood rentals issues
Ease of travel, proximity to Limited information to Market neighbourhoods Increasing population,
Central Business District policy-makers on impacts of as a great place to live traffic and crime
(CBD), campus, other decisions
amenities
Even though we may not achieve the ultimate passive design vision on every building, implementing
the passive design approach to the fullest extent possible will lower building energy use (Kruger,
2008). Building shape, orientation and composition can improve occupant comfort by harnessing
desirable site-specific energy forms and offering protection from undesirable forms of energy.
Through properly applied passive design principles, we can greatly reduce building energy
requirements before we even consider mechanical systems. According to Milkier et al. (2009), the
correlation of the local climate with the shape and the thermal performance of the building is one
of the main considerations of the passive design approaches to reduce the energy use of the building
and to increase the thermal comfort of the occupants. In general, the foundation of passive design
depends on natural sources of energy and reduces the need for mechanical systems for cooling,
heating, and lighting in the building (LHSBC and Guido Wimmers, 2009).
3 METHODOLOGY
The paper documents the passive design strategies for a sustainable design at neighborhood level
and applies it in a pol housing community in Ahmadabad, Gujarat, India. Through extensive
literature studies, critical passive design strategies were identified. Subsequently, their application
was analyzed and investigated in contemporary neighborhoods across the globe. Applicable
P a g e | 166
strategies/design parameters were chosen as a tool to determine the status of application of such
strategies in pol housing. The structured methodology for the study has been discussed in Fig. 1.
Figure 12: Proposed methodology
Stage I Archival research through background

Identification of and literature study Identification of
contemporary passive design
neighbourhoods strategies
Investigation of selected
strategies on contemporary
Stage II neighbourhoods
Analysis of selected
Stage III
parameters in Pol housing
in Ahmedabad
4 RESULTS AND FINDINGS
Extensive literature study was conducted which included climate responsive architectural studies
especially concentrating on passive design methods. Further, passive design strategies at different
spatial scales (building, neighbourhood and regional level) were identified (Fig. 2). Passive design
uses layout, fabric and form to reduce or remove mechanical cooling, heating, ventilation and
lighting demand. They maximise the use of natural sources of heating, cooling and ventilation to
create comfortable conditions inside buildings. Few strategies were applicable at both the spatial
scales while others could be implemented in either one of them.
Figure 2: Overview of passive design strategies at different spatial scales
Passive design solutions harness environmental conditions such as solar radiation, cool night air and
air pressure differences to drive the internal environment. The identified ones were orientation,
P a g e | 167
morphology (spatial organization, form, typology, density, geometry, street structure), shading
(neighbourhood buildings and vegetation) and topography (Table 1).
Table 10 Passive design strategies identified at building and neighbourhood level

Passive Design Strategies Building Level Neighborhood Level Regional Level
Orientation
Morphology
• Spatial
Organization
• Form X
• Typology
• Density X
• Geometry
• Street Structure X X
Shading
• Neighborhood
X X
buildings
• Vegetation
Topography X
A set of contemporary neighbourhoods (constructed and being constructed) across the globe were
studied comprehensively on the basis of the identifies passive design principles (Fig. 3). But only
'state of the art' communities which have effectively implemented/not implemented these
strategies were further investigated and summarized in Table 2. Most of the neighbourhoods have
implemented passive strategies at master plan level (Masdar, Newington) while a few have
incorporated the strategies at building level (BedZed and Loreto bay).
Table 2 Summary of passive design solutions implemented in the neighbourhoods
Dongt
Xeri Loreto
Passive Design Masdar Newington BedZed Kronsberg Vancouver Tianjin an
Town Bay
Strategies (UAE) (Australia) (UK) (Germany) (Canada) (China) (China
(Dubai) (Mexico)
)
Orientation
Morphology
• Spatial
Organization
• Form X
• Typology
• Density X
• Geometry
•Street X X
Structure
Shading
•Neighborho
od
buildings
• Vegetation X X X
Topography X X X
P a g e | 168
As next phase of the study, a unique housing typology was investigated on the basis of the applied
passive design solutions. Pols are typical of urban centres in Gujarat especially of Old Ahmedabad
(Fig. 4A). Most of the houses are first class, the walls massive and the timber strong. The chief
feature of these pols is that each has a separate entrance protected by a gateway, pol, with a picket
house on the top of it. Inside of the gateway the houses of the group form one or more streets, the
ends either blocked by a dead wall, or, through a small door, bari, opening into another pol. Inside
the pols the roads are rough, narrow, and winding, fit in many cases only for pedestrians (Fig. 4B).
Figure 3: Overview of passive design strategies at building and neighbourhood level
1. Masdar (UAE)
2. Xeri town (Dubai)
3. Newington (Australia)
1. 2. 3. 4. BedZed (UK)
5. Kronsberg (Germany)
6. Vancouver (Canada)
7. Tianjin (China)
4. 5. 6. 8. Loreto Bay (Mexico)
9. Dongtan (China)
7. 8. 9.
Figure 4: Pol houses (residential cluster, street View and 3-D modelling)
A. B. C.
5 RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Pol can be termed as a self-contained sociological unit. The activities and nature of the activities
mark a change in the overall character of the space. Densification coupled with the out-migrations
has led to vertical growth of houses and to a change in social structure of a pol; the latter has already
been accelerated as a result of breaking of pol norms and adapting newer methods of construction
leading to bigger house sizes. A basic 3-dimensional model was generated in E-QUEST software using
building height, dimensions of a single pol (Fig. 4C). Material properties were given as per embodied
energy of brick/stone as used in the building typology. Another important investigation was to find
out the effect of courtyard during the hot summer conditions in Ahmedabad.
Figure 4: Isometric mapping of the courtyards of Pol houses
P a g e | 169
Three houses (1203, 1213and 1250 were selected as sample for the simulation process. Using
ECOTECT software indoor thermal conditions and air flow movement was generated during daytime
and nighttime. Mean temperatures were mapped in the houses to analyzes the thermal comfort
conditions to occupants. It was found that house 1203 courtyard shows higher temperature than
two houses. In house 1203, ground floor room adjacent to courtyard remains in the range of 30 °C
to 32 °C. First floor bedroom of house 1213 shows higher temperature due to east facing wall. First
floor room in all three houses follows similar trend for relative humidity with indoor environment.
The temperature of first floor courtyard space & indoor remains consistently higher than the ground
floor courtyard & the interior spaces throughout the day. Due to early heat gains in house 1250 from
the east facade with big openings results into the rise of surface temperature through conduction
resulting in the rise in indoor temperature. In case of house without a courtyard, indoor
temperature rises due to early heat gains from the roof surface and results into rise in temperature
and affect the indoor air temperature. Courtyard also improves humidity levels in the indoor spaces
due to this though there is rise in indoor temperature, people in the building feel comfortable by
increasing airflow.
Figure 5: Simulated/recorded mean temperature and air velocity for Pol houses
6 CONCLUSIONS
The study presents the sustainable design strategies at neighbourhood level and its application in
the Ahmedabad neighbourhood sector. Climate-responsive urbanism is not a paradigm in and of
P a g e | 170
itself. It is a huge body of knowledge that has existed for thousands of years, but is mostly lost
from the people who currently produce and consume our built environment. We need to relearn
this body of knowledge, and translate it into the urban conditions that we face in the 21st century.
This is relevant both to the design and policy of urban environments, and to practice of living in
them. Passive design can greatly reduce resource demands. Passive design is also, by necessity,
coupled with and supportive of sustainable practices. Employing passive design strategies in urban
environments has the benefits of reducing resource consumption, making urban living more
affordable, and connecting human experience more deeply into a direct relationship with
resources. Among the urban design elements, archetypal urban form, density, and geometry have
important implications in matters of urban planning, such as built potential, day lighting, passive
cooling potential, and walk ability. The sustainable performance of urban systems is measured
upon these and many other factors. The question of which urban design performs best cannot
have an absolute answer. When a large number of variables are taken into account, it is likely that
conflicts will emerge amongst them; terms such as “best” and “optimal” will certainly embody
value judgments. One thing that is certain, however, is the need to understand the principles and
dynamics that govern such variables. Only then can the entirety of their implications –and
potential benefits- be used for the betterment of the society around them.
REFERENCES
[1] Ali-Toudert F, Mayer H. 2006. Numerical study on the effects of aspect ratio and orientation of an urban street
canyon on outdoor thermal comfort in hot and dry climate. Building and Environment 41(2): 94–108. DOI:
10.1016/j.buildenv.2005.01.013.
[2] Rohinton, M. E. , (2005) . “ An urban approach to climate-sensitive design: strategies for the tropics ”, Taylor &
Francis , ISBN: 0415334101
[3] Lall, A. B., M. Pandit, et al. (1991). Climate and housing form - a case-study of New Delhi. Energy and Buildings
16(3-4): 837-849.
[4] Mikler, V., Bicol, A., Breisness, B., and Labrie, M. (2009). Passive Design Toolkit. Vancouver: City of
Vancouver.Energy Efficient Buildings Public Private Partnership (E2BA). Multi-Annual Roadmap and Longer Term
Strategy. EU, 2010
[5] F. Bourbia and H. Awbi, “Building cluster and shading in urban canyon for hot dry climate Part 2: Shading
simulations,” Renewable Energy, vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 291-301, 2004.
[6] C. Ratti, D. Raydan, and K. Steemers, “Building form and environmental performance: archetypes, analysis and
an arid climate,” Energy and Buildings, vol. 35, pp. 49-59, 2003.
[7] Coorey, S. B. A. and S. S. Y. Lau (2005). Urban Compactness and Its progress towards sustainability: the Hong
Kong scenario. Sustainable Development and Planning II, 84: 87-97.
[8] Jabareen, Y.R. (2006). Sustainable urban forms. Their typologies, models and concepts. J. Plann. Edu. Res.
26:38-52.
[9] Kruger, E., and Givoni, B. (2008). Thermal monitoring and indoor thermal predictions in a passive solar building
in an arid environment. Build. Environ. 43, 1792–1804. doi: 10.1016/j.buildenv.2007.10.019.
[10] Mikler, V., Bicol, A., Breisness, B., and Labrie, M. (2009). Passive Design Toolkit. Vancouver: City of Vancouver.
[11] Byrne, S. J., and Ritschard, R. L. (1985). A Parametric Analysis of Thermal Mass in Residential Buildings. Thermal
Performance of the Exterior Envelopes of Buildings III. Clearwater Beach, FL: ASHRAE/DOE/BTECC.
P a g e | 171
INVESTIGATION ON THE SHEAR BEHAVIOUR OF VERTICAL JOINTS

BETWEEN PRECAST CONCRETE SANDWICH WALL PANELS
B.Keerthi Kumar S. Krishna Kanth

Dept. of Civil Engineering Dept. of Civil Engineering
SNS College of Engineering SNS College of Engineering
Coimbatore,India Coimbatore,India
coolkeerthi92@gmail.com skkanth1998@gmail.com
C. Narmatha M. Dinesh
Dept. of Civil Engineering Dept. of Civil Engineering
SNS College of Engineering SNS College of Engineering
Coimbatore,India Coimbatore,India
narmatha3100@gmail.com dinesh5121999@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The precast light weight sandwich panels provide superior energy efficient solution for external
walling and made of an external concrete layer, an insulation layer and an internal concrete layer.
The concrete wall panels must be stabilized and supported that they can carry vertical loads and
resists lateral loads. The support and stability is actually provided by the panel connections. The
connections types must be chosen with economy in mind, but should be appropriate for its role in
stabilising and supporting the concrete wall panels. It is to examine the shear effect on vertical joints
experimentally in light weight sandwich panels. It is mainly to determine the analytical behaviour of
sandwich panels using ABAQUS. The materials used in inner layer of sandwich panels are
polystyrene, reinforcement bars of 12mm diameter, wire mesh of 3mm diameter and spacing of
4mm along both direction and the outer layer is made up of self - compaction concrete (M50) as
super plasticisers.
Keywords: Light weight concrete sandwich panel, Connection types, Analytical behaviour, self-
compaction concrete.
1 INTRODUCTION
Precast concrete is a more efficient construction material which has great benefits In terms of
quality, design, safety, strength, construction and sustainability. Precast concrete offers a strong,
safe, low risk and proven solution. The precast concrete provides an excellent envelope for low rise
and medium ride and industrial buildings. This one is easy to design and provides more efficiencies.
The precast concrete walls are extremely energy efficient and in addition they provide lateral load
resistance for their desirability. The most common wall panels are cast off-site concrete wall panel,
cast on-site concrete wall panel and concrete sandwich wall panel. The types of connections used
in concrete panel are dowel and direct bearing connections, bolted connections and welded
connections.
2 OBJECTIVES
The objective of the study is,
P a g e | 172
1. To examine the shear effect on vertical joints experimentally in lightweight sandwich

panel.
2. To determine the analytical behavior of sandwich panel using ABAQUS.
3. Comparing the experimental result with analytical result.
3 METHODOLOGY
SELECTION OF MATERIALS AND CONNECTIONS
CASTING THE PANELS
CONNECTING THE PANELS
TESTING
ANALYTICAL INVESTIGATION
ANALYZING AND INTERPRETING THE TEST RESULTS
4 EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
An experimental investigation was conducted to shear behaviour at joints in
sandwich panels subjected to load at the centre panel and other two panels are fixed at the ends.
The panel is tested under shear. In the experiment, the panel was failed at the joints by applying
load at the centre panel of the panel 2800 mm length × 1100 mm width × 150 mm thickness has
been done to compare with the analytical results.
5 MATERIALS USED IN SANDWICH PANELS

Inner Layer
Expanded Polystyrene as insulation material at inner wythe.
Reinforcement bars of 12 mm diameter as outer wythe.
Wire mesh of 3 mm diameter and spacing of 40 mm along both directions.
Outer Layer
Self-Compaction Concrete(M50) – Glenium Sky 8233(SP) is used as super plasticizer.
6 SCC M50 MIX

Replacement of fly ash = 30%
Cement = 392 Kg/m3
Fly ash = 168 kg/m3
Fine aggregate = 736 kg/m3
Coarse aggregate = 843 kg/m3
Water content = 192 lit
W/C ratio = 0.4
Super Plasticizer = 0.1%
NOTE: For panel of size 2800mm × 1100mm × 150 mm
P a g e | 173
7 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION
Reinforcements are made in triangular shape and the main bar is of 12mm diameter and stirrups
are of 6mm dia.
8 COMPRESSIVE AND SPLIT TENSILE TESTS
Table 1 Cube size 100mm×100mm×100mm
Table 2 Cylinder size 150mm×300mm
P a g e | 174
9 SIMULATION OF MODEL USING ABAQUS
Figure 1 EPS Placement Figure 2 Reinforcement placement Figure 3 Loading conditions
Figure 4 Magnitude Figure 5 Displacement along X direction
Figure 6 Displacement along Y direction Figure 7 Displacement along Z direction
Figure 8 Maximum Principle Stress Figure 9 Mild Principle Stress
P a g e | 175
Figure 10 Mild Principle Stress Figure 11 Tresca Stress
10 LOAD DEFLECTION CURVE
Figure 12 Load Deflection Graph Figure 13 LPF vs Arc Length Graph
11 CONCLUSION
From the analytical investigation the conclusion of the result has been made below,
• The magnitude that is observed for the sandwich panel is 1.539mm.
• The maximum, mild and mnimum principle stress are observed to be ranged from 127.4
N/mm2 to -6.99 N/mm2, 1.702 N/mm2 to – 14. N/ mm2 and 0 N/mm2 to -175.6 N/mm2 respectively.
• Maximum shear stress or Tresca stress is observed as 175.6 N/mm2 from the analytical
investigation.
REFERENCE
[1] Khaled A. Soudkl, Jeffrey S. West, Sami H. Rizkalla and Bruce Blackett, "Horizontal Connections for Precast Concrete
Shear Wall Panels Under Cyclic Shear Loading", Precast Concrete Institute Journal", Vol No : 3, Issue No: 2, Year
2009, PP : 328 - 376.
[2] Nabila Rossley, Farah Nora Aznieta Abdul Aziz, Heng Chiang Chew and Nima Farzadnia, "Behavior of
Vertical Loop Bar Connection in Precast Wall Subjected To Shear Load", Australian Journal of Basic and Applied
Sciences, Vol No: 8, Issue No: 1, Year: 2014, PP: 370-380.
[3] S. Suryani and N. Mohamad, " Structural Behavior of Precast Lightweight Foamed Concrete Sandwich Panel under
Axial Load: An Overview", International Journal of Integrated Engineering - Special Issue on ICONCEES, Vol No: 4,
Issue No: 3, Year: 2012, PP: 47 - 52.
[4] Laabed Hakimi, Alejandro Pérez Caldentey, Luis Cano and Alejandro Giraldo Soto, " Behavior of mechanical
connections under lateral shear loads",
[5] Thomas Hipke, Jörg Hohlfeld, Susi Rybandt, " Functionally aluminum foam composites for building industry",
Materials Science, Vol No: 4, Year: 2014, PP: 133 – 138.
P a g e | 176
[6] Mohammad Panjehpour, Abang Abdullah Abang Ali, and Yen Lei Voo, " Structural Insulated Panels: Past, Present,
and Future", Journal of Engineering, Project and Production Management, Vol No: 3, Issue No: 1, Year : 2013, PP:
1-8.
[7] Waleed A. Waryosh, Yaarub G. Abtan, " Structural Behavior of Composite Sandwich Slab Panels", Journal of
Engineering and Development, Vol. No: 17, Issue No: 4, Year: 2013, PP: 1813-7822.
P a g e | 177
LIGHT WEIGHT GREEN CONCRETE USING COCONUT SHELLS

Dr. Amrutha Stella Mary
Professor & Director Associate Professor
Nehru School of Architecture Nehru School of Architecture
amrutha.shristi@yahoo.in stella.nsa@nehrucolleges.com
M. Vadivel
Associate Professor
Nehru School of Architecture
Coimbatore, India
vadivelnsacbe@gmail.com
Sundar Prabhakaran
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Nehru School of Architecture Nehru School of Architecture
sarchitect16@gmail.com prabha.nsa@nehrucolleges.com
ABSTRACT
Concrete is the premier construction material around the world essentially consisting of a mixture
of cement, aggregates, water and admixture(s). The continued extensive extraction use of
aggregates from natural resources has been questioned because of the depletion of quality primary
aggregates and greater awareness of environmental protection. In light of this, the non-availability
of natural resources to future generations has also been realized. In developing countries abundant
agricultural and industrial wastes are discharged. These wastes can be used as potential material or
replacement material in the construction industry, especially to produce green concrete. This will
have double the advantages viz., reduction in the cost of construction and also as a means of
disposal of wastes. Therefore, an attempt has been made to utilize the coconut shell (CS) as coarse
aggregate replacement in the development of light weight coconut shell aggregate concrete (CSAC).
In the present study the effect of coconut shell as a replacement for coarse aggregate on weight,
compressive strength, split tensile strength and cost of the conventional concrete with mix
proportion 1: 1.88: 3.19 with w/c 0.45 was investigated. The percentages of replacements were 10%
and 20% by weight of coarse aggregate. The research concludes with promising results in the making
of a sustainable - environmentally friendly light weight concrete.
Keywords: Light weight concrete, Agricultural waste, Green concrete, Compressive strength and
Split tensile strength.
1 INTRODUCTION
Almost all over the world various measures aimed at reducing the use of primary aggregates and
increasing reuse and recycling have been introduced, where it is technically, economically, or
environmentally acceptable. As a result, in developing countries like India, the informal sector and
secondary industries recycle 15–20% of solid wastes in various building materials and components.
P a g e | 178
As a part of integrated solid waste management plan that includes recycle, reuse and recovery, the
disposed solid waste, representing unused resources, may be used as low cost materials. Presently
in India, about 960 MT of solid wastes are being generated annually as by-products from industrial,
mining, municipal, agricultural and other processes. Of this, 350 MT are organic wastes from
agricultural sources, 290 MT are inorganic wastes of industrial and mining sectors. However, it is
reported that about 600 MT of wastes have been generated in India from agricultural sources alone.
Coconut is grown in 92 countries in the world. Global production of coconut is 51 billion nuts from
an area of 12 million hectares. South East Asia is regarded as the origin of coconut. India, Indonesia,
Brazil, Philippines and Sri Lanka contribute 78% of the world production. The total world coconut
area was estimated at approximately 12 million hectares and around 93% is found in the Asian and
Pacific region. The average annual production of coconut was estimated to be 10 million metric tons
of copra equivalents of the world production of coconut; more than 50% is processed into copra.
While a small portion is converted into desiccated coconut and other edible kernel products, the
rest is consumed as fresh nuts. India accounts for 26.9% of the world’s production. In India, the four
south Indian states namely Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh account for around
90% of the coconut production in the country. Presently the CS waste is being used for making
mosquito coils, agarbathis etc. CS has good durability characteristics, high toughness and abrasion
resistant properties; it is suitable for long standing use. The study of CS as an alternative for
aggregates is another way of using the contributions a coconut tree will provide. The purpose of this
research work is to develop a concrete with CS as coarse aggregate. The whole entity could be called
coconut shell aggregate concrete (CSAC).
2 OBJECTIVES
The main objective of this paper is to understand the performance of concrete in which coarse
aggregate in normal concrete is replaced with crushed coconut shell at room temperature. The main
parameters studied are strength of specimen in compression, and its split tensile strength. The
obtained results are studied and compared with control mix concrete having 0% coconut shell
replacement.
3 METHODOLOGY
Strength is an important property of concrete, since the carrying capacity is a main aspect in
structural design. The mix of concrete used in this study is M30. Concrete mix with 0% waste
material is the control mix and water cement ratio adopted is 0.50 in accordance with the Indian
Standards specification IS 10262 - 2009. A design mix proportions of 1: 1.88: 3.19 with w/c 0.45 was
investigated for the research. The percentages of replacements are 10% and 20% by weight of
coarse aggregate. Experimental analysis was performed for evaluating compressive strength of cube
specimen and split tensile strength of cylindrical specimen for all replacement levels at different
curing period (3 days, 7 days, 28 days, 56 days and 90 days strength).
P a g e | 179
4 EXPERIMENTAL MATERIALS
For the preparation of concrete mix, the following materials were used.
4.1 Cement
Ordinary Portland cement (OPC) is the most common type of binder used for concrete production
and hence, OPC 53 Grade conforming to Indian Standard was used as a binder. The local brand name
of the OPC cement used is Ambuja Cement.
4.2 Fine aggregates
River sand was used throughout the investigation as the fine aggregate conforming to grading zone
I as per Indian Standards. The sand was air-dried and sieved to remove any foreign particles prior to
mixing. The specific gravity of river sand used was 3.467.
4.3 Coarse aggregate
Crushed natural stone (maximum 20 mm) was used as coarse aggregate, which was purchased
locally. The coarse aggregate with specific gravity 2.704 was used in this study.
4.4 Coconut shell
Coconut shell aggregate concrete, which is produced using CS aggregates, was the main concrete
studied in this investigation. CS is discarded at coconut industries as half-shell rounds. CS was
collected from the local coconut oil mills. CS have maximum thickness in range of 2-8 mm, they were
crushed to the required sizes using rammer. Crushed coconut shell (passing through 12.5mm and
retained in 10mm) was used.
4.5 Water
The quality of water is important because contaminants can adversely affect the strength of
concrete and cause corrosion of the steel reinforcement. Water used for producing and curing
concrete should be reasonably clean and free from deleterious substances such as oil, acid, alkali,
salt, sugar, silt, organic matter and other elements which are detrimental to the concrete or steel.
If the water is drinkable, it is considered to be suitable for concrete making. Hence, potable tap
water was used in this study for mixing and curing.
4.6 Super plasticizer
Super plasticizer under the trade name CONPLAST SP 430 conforming IS 9103 - 1999 was used as a
water reducing admixture. The dosage of super plasticizer was 1% by weight of cement.
Table 1: Mix detail for 1m3 of concrete
Materials PCC in kg CS (10%) in kg CS (20%) in kg

Cement 391.1 391.1 391.1
Coarse aggregate 1247.64 1128.88 998.112
Sand 735.28 735.28 735.28
Water 175.95 175.95 175.95
Coconut shell 0 124.76 249.53
P a g e | 180
5 RESULTS
5.1 Compressive strength

The strength of a concrete is expressed in terms of compressive strength. Compressive strength is a
measure of maximum load that a concrete can carry without failure. And it is measured as the stress
at the time of maximum load or maximum stress. Thus, compressive strength is obtained by dividing
the maximum load carried by the concrete with the area carrying the load. In our project the
specimens for testing the strength was made as 15 cm concrete cubes and 15 cm diameter cylinders.
And these specimens were prepared using concrete with partial replacement of coarse aggregate
with coconut shell. These cubes are tested at different ages. 3 days, 7 days, 28 days, 56 days and 90
days strength were calculated. The values are presented below:
Compressive strength (N/mm2)
40
35
30 PCC
25
CS(10%)
20
15 CS(20%)
10
5
0
3 Days 7 Days 28 Days 56 Days 90 Days
Duration
Figure 1: Cube compressive strength v/s Age in days

(Source: Compiled by Author)
5.2 Split tensile strength

Concrete as we know is relatively strong in compression and weak in tension. In reinforced concrete
members, little dependence is placed on the tensile strength of concrete since steel reinforcing bars
are provided to resist all tensile forces. However, tensile stresses are likely to develop in concrete
due to drying shrinkage, rusting of steel reinforcement, temperature gradients and many other
reasons. The indirect tensile test indicates that a little variation in strength as compared with
different percentages of coconut shell replacement as shown below:
12
Split Tensile Strength
10
PCC
8
(N/mm2)
6 CS(10%)
4
2 CS(20%)
0
3 Days 7 Days 28 Days 56 Days 90 Days
Days
Figure 2: Split tensile strength v/s Age in days

P a g e | 181
5.3 Weight comparison

LWC generally has a density of less than 2000 kg/m3 and compressive strength of more than 20
N/mm2. The challenge in making LWC is in decreasing the density while maintaining strength and
without adversely affecting cost. Introducing different types of lighter aggregates into the matrix
helps to lower a concrete’s density. The crushed stone and sand are the components that are usually
replaced with lightweight aggregate (LWA) to produce LWC. It has gained its popularity due to its
lower density and superior thermal insulation properties. Structural LWC offers design flexibility and
substantial cost savings by providing less dead load, improved seismic structural response, lower
foundation costs etc. LWC pre-cast elements offer reduced costs on both transportation and
placement.
In our project the weight of cubes and cylinders were measured in 3-day, 7-day, 28-day, 56-
day & 90-day of curing. The weights of coconut shell replaced concrete were compared with
conventional concrete cubes and cylinders.
Table 2: Weight comparison of cubes
Period PCC CS (10%) Reduction in Reduction in
CS (20%) kg
(days) (kg) (kg) weight (kg) weight (kg)
3 8.56 7.52 1.04 6.95 1.61
7 8.54 7.39 1.15 6.92 1.62
28 8.50 7.45 1.05 6.45 2.05
56 8.45 7.40 1.05 6.39 2.06
90 8.40 7.36 1.04 6.35 2.15
Table 3: Weight comparison of cylinders

CS (10
Period PCC Reduction in CS (20 Reduction in
%)
(days) (kg) weight (kg) %) kg weight (kg)
(kg)
3 12.91 11.46 1.45 10.83 2.08
7 12.65 11.21 1.44 10.68 1.97
28 12.84 11.50 1.34 10.75 2.09
56 12.80 11.48 1.32 10.70 2.10
90 12.76 11.45 1.31 10.66 2.10
6 COST ANALYSIS FOR 1M3 OF CONCRETE
Cost of cement = Rs 370/bag

Cost of fine aggregates = Rs 107/ feet3
Cost of coarse aggregates = Rs 40/ feet3
Cost of coconut shell = Rs 5/ kg
Quantities of cement and fine aggregates remain same for all the three mixes. Only the quantities
of coarse aggregate and coconut shell vary and so the cost varies.
P a g e | 182
Table 4: Cost comparison of conventional concrete and CSAC
Data Conventional 10% CS 20% CS

concrete (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
Total Cost for 1 m3 7425.75 7374.31 7322.87
Cost difference --- 51.44 102.88
So, for 1m3 of concrete, by incorporating coconut shell there is a difference in cost of Rs. 51.44 for
CS (10%) and Rs. 102.88 for CS (20%) as compared to PCC.
7 CONCLUSION
From the observations, results and discussions following conclusion can be drawn:
(i) The partial replacement of coarse aggregate with coconut shell shows progressive increase
in strength.
(ii) Based on usage, optimum replacement level of coconut shell is 10%. Replacement of
coconut shell by 10% resulted in increase in strength.
(iii) Cost of concreting is also reduced since 10% coarse aggregate is reduced.
(iv) Coconut shell replacement makes the concrete light.
(v) Coconut shell aggregate concrete forms a source to dispose agricultural solid waste.
(vi) The usage of coarse aggregate is reduced means less exploitation of natural resource,
hence results in a sustainable and environmentally friendly green material for construction
industry.
REFERENCES
[1] B.R. Gautam , L.R. Gangwani “Light Weight Aggregate Concrete by using Coconut Shell” International Journal of
Engineering Technology Science and Research- IJETSR, 12(4),225-236, 2017
[2] Gunasekaran, K., Annadurai, R. & Kumar, P. S., “Long term study on compressive and bond strength of coconut
shell aggregate concrete”. Construction and Building Materials, 28 (1), 208-215, 2012.
[3] Cyr M, Aubert JE, Husson B, Clastres P, “Recycling Waste in Cement Based Materials: a Studying Methodology”.
RILEM Proceedings of the Conference on the Use of Recycled Materials in Building and Structures, Barcelona, Spain,
306-315, 2004.
[4] Kabiru Usman Rogo, Saleh Aabubakar, “Explanatory study of coconut shell as a coarse aggregate in
Concrete”,Journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences, 2, 47-53, 2010.
[5] Maninder Kaur &Manpreet Kaur, " A Review on Utilization of Coconut Shell as Coarse Aggregates in Mass
Concrete", International Journal of Applied Engineering Research, 7(1), 11-20, 2012
[6] Mehta P.M., Monteiro P.J.M., Concrete, Microstructure, Properties and Materials, McGraw-Hill, 2006.
[7] Newman J., Choo B.S., Advanced Concrete Technology & Concrete Properties, Elsevier Ltd, 2003.
[8] Noor Md. SadiqulHasan, Habibur Rahman Sobuz, Md. Shiblee Sayed and Md. Saiful Islam. “The Use of Coconut
Fibre in the Production of Structural Lightweight Concrete”. Journal of Applied Sciences, 12(1), 831-839, 2012.
[9] Olanipekun, E.A., Olusola, K.O. and Ata, O., “A comparative study of concrete properties using coconut shell and
palm kernel shell as coarse aggregates”. Building and Environment, 41(1), 297–301, 2006.
[10] Olutoge F.A,” Investigations on Sawdust and Palm Kernel Shells as Aggregate Replacement”, ARPN Journal of
Engineering and Applied Sciences, 5(4), 205-223, 2010.
[11] Teo DCL, Mannan M A & Kurian J V, "Flexural behaviour of reinforced lightweight concrete beams made with oil
palm shell (OPS)", Journal of Advance Concrete Technology.,4(1), 1-10, 2006.
P a g e | 183
[12] T R Naik, Kraus, N. Rudolph, Chun Yoon-moon, Ramme, W. Bruce and Singh S. Shiw, “Properties of Field
Manufactured Cast-Concrete Products Utilizing Recycled Materials”, Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering-ASCE,
15(4),400-407, 2003.
P a g e | 184
PASSIVHAUS IN INDIA - ACHIEVING MORE WITH LESS

Chetna Balla Elakiya. R
Comfort Being Ltd, UK Comfort Being, India
Registered Architect – COA, India elakiya.comfortbeing@gmail.com
CEPH Designer
Registered - Passivhaus Institute Piriyadharshnie.E
Darmstadt, Germany Comfort Being, India
chetna@comfortbeing.com Piriyadharshnie.comfortbeing@gmail.com
RESEARCH PAPER ABSTRACT
The warmness in a cold weather and the coolness in a hot weather experienced inside a house is
due to the temperature difference between the enclosed space and the environment outside.
Passivhaus building standards focuses on thermal comfort in a space. It has great potential to tackle
the carbon emission globally by minimizing operational energy and also reducing a building’s
ecological footprint. Passivhaus building provide dust free and healthier environments with proven
health benefits due to improved indoor Air quality. This paper explores the possibility of the
scientific evidence-based concepts of Passivhaus and its adaptation to Indian climate. Experiments
are carried out to analyze locally available insulating materials with low U-values and low embodied
carbon. The research design development is sensitive to construction detailing with a thermal bridge
free design at every stage in hopes to achieve comfortable environment with the ever-changing
climate of the Indian subcontinent.
Key Words: Building standards, Thermal comfort, U-values, Thermal bridge-free construction.
Figure 1: Passivhaus twin-stud construction with filled insulation
P a g e | 185
1 INTRODUCTION
The climate change caused by global warming is a major issue that needs immediate attention. The
major contributors to this include the unproportioned use of fossil fuels, thoughtless and inefficient
construction methods, factories adopting unsustainable processes.
The need to fight for climate change has been going on for years now. It's about time to make
fundamental changes in the way buildings are designed and built in the construction industry by
using minimum resources efficiently and reduce its impact on the environment. Passivhaus building
standards provide effective ways to choose building materials and use renewable resources to
remove the dependence on carbon throughout the life cycle of a building. Passivhaus was first
developed in Germany in 1989 and Passive House Institute (PHI) was later founded by Dr. Wolfgang
Feist in 1996. The main goal of Passivhaus is to provide a comfortable living environment to the user
with minimal usage of energy. Passivhaus building standards follow five basic principles in
construction which are,
1. Thermal insulation with low U-value
2. Double / triple glazed windows
3. Thermal bridge
4. Airtightness
5. Mechanical ventilation with heat recovery
The Passivhaus concepts mentioned above are followed throughout the world who believe in
sustainable building methods. Almost 90% of energy used by normal buildings can be saved using
these concepts. 60,000 Passivhaus standard buildings were certified around the world by 2016 since
its conception [1]. The image below indicates the current world map of certified Passivhaus
dwellings who are already contributing towards reducing their impact on the environment
throughout the lifetime of the building. India is on queue to make its mark on the map, right behind
China and Sri Lanka. This research describes the concepts that are being explored for an ongoing
apartment project in Bengaluru, India. Passivhaus design can be combined with the active energy
concepts such as solar or wind energy to achieve net-zero energy. Passivhaus standards are not only
followed for residential buildings but can also be used for commercial buildings, schools etc.
Figure 2: Current world map of certified Passivhaus around the globe
P a g e | 186
2 U-Value
Heat in buildings escape through various elements such as walls, windows, roof, etc. When there is
continuous heat loss, constant temperature cannot be maintained as it leads to excessive heating
or cooling which results in increased energy usage in the building. Building materials play a major
role in heat loss and each material has its own property to conduct and resist heat.
The ability of a material to conduct heat is called thermal conductivity (K-value or λ-value) and the
ability of the material to resist heat is called thermal resistivity (R-value). The heat passes through
the material at a certain speed. The rate of heat transfer is called U-value [3].
Figure 02: Understanding Thermal Resistance, Thermal Conductance and U-values
Thermal envelope comprises of the foundations, floor, walls, windows, doors, roof, roof lights and
any building element that plays a role in separating the internal environment from the external
atmosphere. In short, Thermal envelope is a layer that separates the inside from the outside. It is
essential that a consistent U-value is maintained throughout this layer. This can be achieved by
selecting the most suited building material based on its λ-value, R-value and U-value. The
performance of the building materials and the insulation is one of the principle indicators in
maintaining consistent U-values throughout the thermal envelope of a Passivhaus. If the R-value is
high, then it means that the resistance of the material is high. It will resist being heated up quickly
in a warmer environment. If the K-value and U-value are low, then it means that the conductivity of
the material is low. It will take a very long time to conduct more heat in an already warm
environment. Selection of building materials with a high resistance (R-value) and a low conductivity
(λ-value and U-value) will result in a better insulator against the heat from the outside. Efficient
materials can increase the comfort of the internal space and reduce the additional need for cooling
our spaces.
P a g e | 187
Figure 03: An example from daily life to express the intrinsic resistivity and conductivity of a material
When a steel spoon and a wooden spoon are placed in boiling water, the steel spoon heats up
sooner than the wooden spoon. This happens because steel allows the heat to pass through it much
quicker than a wooden spoon does. In other words, steel has a lower thermal resistance and a higher
thermal conductance while wood has a higher thermal resistance and a lower thermal conductance.
Figure 04: Comparison of Wood and Steel as materials
Analysis and careful selection of building material is extremely important bearing in mind the
buildings that are to be designed and built in the next century are here to stay on Earth beyond our
lifetimes. It is a key responsibility without a doubt, of everyone in the built environment realize this
regardless of whether explained, understood or not the case. Every building material must be
analysed for its U, R and K values to cater to the selection of a suitable building material. In order to
calculate the U-value of an external wall, the thermal resistance of all its layers must be considered.
U-value is the reciprocal of the sum of resistance of all the materials. U-value is measured in W/m2K
(watts per metre-squared Kelvin). This is the heat passing through each square meter for the change
in temperature at every one-degree Kelvin (or Celsius) [3]. An efficient combination of the layers of
P a g e | 188
an external wall can help reduce the speed of heat transfer from the external atmosphere into the
building. Perhaps this explains why historic buildings used thicker walls as they would serve higher
heat resistance. Properly insulated building will certainly benefit in the long term for saving energy
which ultimately reduces the carbon emission rate.
4 Windows - Triple/Double glaze windows
Most of the heat gain into a building is through the windows. Windows are more vulnerable to heat
gain compared to other building elements such as walls, floor and roof because the materials used
to make them have a higher heat resistance and lower thermal conductivity than glazing in a window
or door.
Figure 05: Effects of solar heat gain during summer and winter
During summer season the heat gain through the window is higher as glazing cannot resist heat as
much as the other building materials and has an increased
speed of transferring heat from outside to the inside. During
winter season it tends to be cooler in the external atmosphere
and glazing, due to its low thermal resistance caters to quicker
loss of heat from the warmer internal environment to the
cooler outside. Heat always flows between hot to cold bodies.
Windows normally have a frame and a single, double or triple

glass panel. Most heat is transferred through the glazing, glass
spacers, window frame, and window to wall junctions.
Figure 08: Ambient temperature around a window for Indian context

(Viewing the window in elevation from inside a room)
P a g e | 189
The ambient temperature is the temperature found in air due to latent heat and effects of
convectional current is the factor affecting the thermal resistance. In a building the temperature
difference is more near the window than in the room because the heated air tends to escape
through the windows and cold air occupies its place which causes temperature asymmetry whereas
in double or triple glazed windows it has layers of glass and has glass spacers in between where inert
gases such as Argon or Krypton is filled. This gas acts as a thermal insulator and reduces the noise
level and does not affect the visibility. Even the frames of these windows are well insulated and it
ensures airtightness because it is sealed properly on all sides. In PH windows the frame and glass
should be an opaque element. The glass specification in Passivhaus design of a building is project
specific so according to the latitude, longitude and altitude of a location, double or triple glazed
window is recommended.
Figure 07: Heat transfer planes and junctions in a double or triple glazed window
The U-value is calculated for glass, frames and glass spacers and the window frame can be of any
material such as wood, UPVC, and even aluminium. These frames are insulated and airtight with low
U-values. Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) for glazing is known as g-value. It is measured between
0-1. If SHGC is lower, then the sunlight enters the rooms with lower heat gain. If SHGC is higher,
then the sunlight enters the rooms with higher heat gain. Glazing with a lower g-value is more suited
to warmer regions in India. Untreated insulating glass has a g-value of approximately 1.3 [4, 5].
Figure 08: Passivhaus Windows – double and triple glazed windows
The double or triple glazed window reduces the heat transfer in the building, hence maintaining a
comfortable temperature inside the room. Low emissive coating can be given to prevent excessive
heat gain and ultraviolet rays from entering the building without compromising the amount of light
entering the room [5].
P a g e | 190
There is circulation of fresh air throughout the building even when the windows are closed because
Passivhaus has an MVHR unit that circulates 10 cubic metres of fresh air every second. The fresh air
is passed through a filter for cleansing and provide excellent indoor air quality to the used space.
Windows are operable as well and can be opened according to user necessities. More about the
MVHR and circulation of fresh air will be discussed further in the paper.
5 Thermal Bridge
There is temperature difference between the external atmosphere and internal environment. It is a
natural phenomenon where hot air which is lighter moves up and cold air replaces its place. Heat
always transfers from warmer side to the cooler side. It is also observed that the air always flows
from high pressure to areas of low-pressure to neutralize the differences. Certain areas in a building
leak additional heat and get warmer than the temperature in the rest of the room. In these leaky
areas the heat flow is different in comparison with other areas in the building [9,10]. The spot where
the heat leaks is most likely where a thermal bridge exists.
Figure 09: Thermal Bridges – None on the left but leakages on the right wall
Figure 10: Thermal Bridge-free design at all the junctions detailed accordingly
It occurs when there is high thermal conducting material in the building construction like steel or
stone, it forms a bridge that leaks heat to leak into the internal spaces.
There are several ways in which there is heat gain in a building and one of the major factors is
thermal bridge. Almost 30% of the energy loss in a building can be attributed to thermal bridging
[7]. During summer season heat from the exterior transfers to the interior and increases the cooling
load. This can be prevented by avoiding thermal bridge in design as in a Passivhaus. Thermal bridging
can be avoided by carefully paying attention to details during construction.
P a g e | 191
Figure 11: Thermal Bridge-free design around the window to wall junction resist and
does not leak heat into the cooler space inside the building
In Passivhaus standard thermal bridge free design is essential to provide high performance building
with energy efficiency and user comfort.
6 Airtightness in buildings
In a well-insulated building where unnecessary heat gain is avoided into the internal environment
with a thermal bridge-free design, even a 1mm gap could leak all the heat inside and hugely increase
the energy load. Unwanted movement of air can be prevented by making the building envelope
airtight. For example, a thermos flask is completely sealed and well insulated in order to not allow
the heat to escape.
Figure 12: Airtight thermos flask retains the heat within it
The airtightness in a building is calculated by the leakage of air flow rate through the building
envelope at given pressure which usually 50 Pascals. An air pressure test is carried out in negative
and positive pressure to find all the air leakages in the building envelope after construction and fix
them.
Based on Feist [11] there are two fundamental planning for implementing an airtight envelope in
building are:
P a g e | 192
- The “pencil rule” drawing lines of air envelope without lifting the pencil except for openings
like doors and windows in plan and also for building section each separately.
Airtight layer can’t be created in a building after planning the house design or after construction.
Figure 13: Airtightness “pencil rule” of the air envelope
There must be only one single uninterrupted layer of airtightness and planned for right at the
beginning of the design stages.
The airtight envelope of external building component must be clearly specified. The planning is
dependent on the materials used. In India, pollution levels are increasing which is resulting in
unhygienic air to breathe. Passivhaus buildings are airtight and provide dust free clean air to breathe
that improves health and the indoor environment where we spend most of our time. Clean fresh air
is exchanged every second through the MVHR system and is filtered.
7 Mechanical ventilation with heat recovery
Passivhaus buildings are airtight and well insulated. They have an MVHR (Mechanical ventilation
with heat recovery) unit to ensure there is always flow of fresh air in the building. They are clubbed
with a heat coil or a dehumidification unit to circulate temperature regulated air to maintain thermal
comfort for the user. There are two ducts and a fan system, one duct draws the fresh air through a
filter from the exterior and another duct blows out the stale air from the building to the exterior.
The ventilation controls the amount of air drawn into the building which is the same as the amount
air blown out of the building. These ducts carrying fresh and stale air pass through the heat recovery
system where the heat exchange takes place cooling the incoming warm air. This cooler air is
circulated throughout the building. The air does not mix up, there is just a transfer of thermal energy
[12].
P a g e | 193
The stale air is collected from the wet areas such as Kitchen and Bathrooms and the fresh air is
supplied in the dry area such as living and bedrooms. The stale air is cold when it leaves the building
and almost 90% of the heat gain from the outside is transferred across to the cool stale air as it exits
the building. This system has a lesser impact on the environment as it would not use any fuel except
electricity to run the MVHR. Electricity in a Passivhaus is recommended to be clubbed using active
renewable energies. For example, solar energy with Passivhaus to create a net-zero building.
Fig 14: MVHR supply and extract ducts through the building
MVHR ducting either goes around in a radial system or a branching system. In a branching system,
there is a potential for crosstalk to be heard across rooms. Cross- talk silencers are used in ducts
between rooms that is supplied via terminals. This enables constant fresh healthy air to circulate
throughout the building. It is essential to have a maintenance system in place to clean or change the
filters for the MVHR every three months. This maintains the comfortable temperature inside the
building irrespective of the weather outside.
8 PASSIVHAUS IN INDIA: APARTMENT BUILDING IN BANGALORE
A research is being carried out on the Passivhaus concepts for Indian climate. Passive construction
methods and detailing that could provide cooler environments without the active use of air
conditioners. Construction detailing is key for maximum utilisation of minimum resources, so our
buildings use minimal energy to run through their whole life cycle. This is being tested with building
materials such as brick, concrete block, insulation, timber and insulated passivhaus windows by
evaluating all their thermal resistance values in comparison to the mindless dependence on stone,
steel, glass facades and poor construction detailing construction leading to thermal bridges. The art
of architecture and construction is not resolved by working out a detail how to put different
materials together but to select the right materials and put them together in the right fashion by
mastering construction detailing without thermal bridges.
P a g e | 194
Different materials such as Rockwool insulation, paper-based warm cell insulation, coir panels, and
cork panels are being considered as these are locally available and have good insulating properties.
Figure 15: Pictures from the apartment building at second floor terrace. Research and Design is in progress to build
the second and third floor to Passivhaus standards as the first pilot project for India.
The four-storey apartment site is in Bengaluru with tropical climate that has wet and dry seasons.
The Ground and First floor have already been constructed using regular construction methods.
Second and Third floor are being researched and designed to be built and certified to Passivhaus
standards.
The second and first floor will be continuously insulated using locally available material that will help
provide comfortable temperature to the user. The building envelope will be made completely
airtight to avoid any kind of leakage this will provide a dust free environment.
For wall cladding anchor high-grade steel or plastic is preferred when compared to aluminium
anchor as steel has low thermal conductivity and prevents heat gain by achieving a thermal bridge-
free design detail for fixing cladding and external insulation for the second and third floor of the
P a g e | 195
apartments. The following 3D model shows an aluminium bracket together with a sub-construction
(grey) on a concrete wall (pink), and thermal insulation (green) [13]. The anchors can be alternatively
fixed using rod framework which will minimise the heat transfer but also increases the strength.
Figure 16: 3D model of an aluminium bracket indicating and increased thermal bridge.
Figure 17: 3D model of high-grade steel indicating the absence of thermal bridge and reduced heat gain.
9 CONCLUSION
Historic methods of construction in Indian construction using sustainable methods have

successfully achieved a temperature drop of 5-7 degrees. However, the attempt is to provide a
higher temperature difference and cleaner indoor air quality for better health and comfort of the
users. Passivhaus is working to progress the solution further in India.
REFERENCES
[1] Passive House Institute (PHI)

[2] https://passipedia.org/basics/what_is_a_passive_house (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[3] https://passivehouse.com/05_service/03_literature/030300_user-manual/030300_user-manual.htm (Accessed:
01 February 2020)
[4] https://passipedia.org/basics/energy_efficiency_-_the_key_to_future_energy_supply (Accessed: 01 February
2020)
[5] Passipedia https://passipedia.org/basics/passive_houses_in_different_climates (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[6] U- value and calculation for cavity wall
P a g e | 196
[7] https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/what-is-a-u-value-heat-loss-thermal-mass-and-online-calculators-explained
(Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[8] What is passivhaus window? https://elrondburrell.com/blog/passivhaus-window/ (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[9] Windows and glazing https://www.wbdg.org/resources/windows-and-glazing (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[10] PHI window certification: previous success and new climate zones
[11] https://passipedia.org/planning/thermal_protection/windows/window_certification/start(Accessed: 01 February
2020)
[12] Thermal Bridging Guide, September 2018, page 11, published by Oxford Brookes University, United Kingdom
[13] Definition and effects of thermal bridges
[14] https://passipedia.org/basics/building_physics_-_basics/thermal_bridges/thermal_bridge_definition (Accessed:
01 February 2020)
[15] What defines thermal bridge free design?
[16] https://passipedia.org/basics/building_physics_-_basics/what_defines_thermal_bridge_free_design (Accessed:
01 February 2020)
[17] Airtightness – how and why?
[18] https://passipedia.org/planning/refurbishment_with_passive_house_components/thermal_envelope/airtightnes
s (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[19] What is MVHR heat recovery ventilation? https://www.greenbuildingstore.co.uk/information-hub/heat-recovery-
ventilation-mvhr/ (Accessed: 01 February 2020)
[20] Ventilated rain screen: avoid thermal bridge https://news.passiv.net/archive/1SmklH_BT/_mcmHyFPT/II3DZe1V9
(Accessed: 01 February 2020)
P a g e | 197
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF ENGINEERED CEMENTITIOUS

COMPOSITE ROOFING SHEET
M. Janani S. Nanthakumar
UG Student, Department of Civil Engineering, UG Student, Department of Civil Engineering,
SVS College of Engineering SVS College of Engineering
jananimurugaboopathi@gmail.com snantha1712@gmail.com
V. Arivu Thiravida Selvan

Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering,
SVS College of Engineering
Coimbatore, India
arivuthiravidaselvan@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In most of our construction industries are mainly introduced new innovative materials in now each
day. Asbestos sheets and iron sheets are the materials utilized in corrugated forms are widely used
design for roofing in housing, industries and miscellaneous structures. Asbestos sheets are failing
because of a sudden impact load and thus the fabric is hazardous to human health. Iron sheets are
expensive and have need of continuous maintenance and also most of the corrugated roofing sheets
get damaged thanks to tearing out at its corrugations by wind loads and impact loads. Watching the
above disadvantages of the galvanized and asbestos sheets and reviewing this scenario, it's
necessary to develop a far better alternative. The strength of those corrugations is often improved
with the assistance of fibre reinforcement because the fibres are the crack arresters and absorb
energy. To scale back the value of sand, brick waste is employed as a partial replacement. During
this paper, natural fibre namely sisal fibre is employed as reinforcement, nano-silica is employed to
enhance compressive strength and waste brick is powdered and sieved through 1.18 mm IS sieve
and replaced as fine aggregate. Mortar ratio of 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4 with 1.5% sisal fibre in total volume,
2% nano-silica within the volume of cement and 0%, 10%, 20% and 30% of brick waste partially
replaced within the volume of fine aggregate. The simplest mix ratio is found by compression, split
tensile, water absorption, impermeability and load-bearing strength test.
Keywords: ECC; sisal fibre; Nano silica; brick powder; compression; split tensile; water absorption;
impermeability and load bearing test.
1 INTRODUCTION
Asbestos cement sheets and galvanized iron sheets in corrugated forms are drastically used for
roofing in housing, business sheds, godowns and other systems very commonly no longer best in
India, however in all other growing countries of the world. Asbestos cement sheets fail beneath
impact load. Additionally, the material “asbestos” used for the producing of sheets is unsafe to
human fitness. It causes sicknesses like asbestosis and lung most cancers to the human beings
operating for the manufacturing of the sheets. Galvanized iron sheets are expensive and require
non-stop protection. Additionally, most of the corrugated roofing sheets receive damaged because
of tearing out at its corrugations by means of excessive wind hundreds and impact loads. Searching
P a g e | 198
at the above negative aspects of the galvanized and asbestos sheets and reviewing the present
situation, it's miles important to develop a higher alternative. The strength of these corrugations
may be improved with fibre reinforcement, as the fibres are the crack arresters and absorb power.
for instance, fibres from plants, such as sisal, having numerous benefits like ample availability, less
- pricey and does not pose a health hazard, and subsequently, can be used to expand numerous
building products like roofing element and so on. Also, to lessen the fee of sand, brick waste is used
as a partial substitute and Nano silica is used to improve the compressive strength of element via
partial replacement of cement.
2 ECC ROOFING SHEET
The roof is one of the major building elements, consumes about 25% of the entire expenditure of
creation. Corrugated roofing gadget is the most preferred and extensively utilized in ruler and
commercial location, because it allows mechanical and dry consumption methods to cowl large
regions without the need for ceiling compounds to save you leakage. ACCS & CGIS are the maximum
well-known and appreciably used roofing materials within US. Sadly, many advanced international
locations have banned from use in because of recent research suggest that ACCS is an unsafe
material from the fitness factor of view. But there are other exchange fibres, which can be
appropriate to be used in roofing materials. Fibres from plants are available in abundant, less
steeply-priced and are harmless, and as a result, can be used to broaden diverse building
merchandise like roofing detail.
The fibres complement the impact resistance of the concrete via bridging motion main to save you
surface cracking. Right here sisal fibre is used as reinforcement. Sisal is a strong leaf fibre acquired
from the leaves of the plant agavesisalana. The inclusion of sisal fibre in mortar decorate the various
engineering residences of sheets consisting of, flexural strength, fracture toughness and resistance
to fatigue, effect, thermal surprise and spalling.
Here 1.5% of sisal fibre in the overall extent of the mix is used as reinforcement to enhance the
energy of sheets. Additionally, Nano silica is replaced for 2% of cement to decorate the energy.
Silicon dioxide nanoparticles, additionally referred to as silica nanoparticles or nano-silica, are the
idea for the first-rate deal of biomedical studies because of their balance, low toxicity and capability
to be functionalized with a number of molecules and polymers. Concrete is the most common used
material for production and their design consumes almost the full cement manufacturing within the
world. A way to reduce the cement content in concrete mixes is using silica fines.
The simplest small amount of Nano silica while changed with cement workability, compressive
strength, pressure and ductility, Modulus of elasticity and split tensile electricity of concrete or
mortar receives elevated. Waste brick is beaten and sieved thru IS 1.18mm sieve and changed for
sand by 0%, 10%, 20% and 30%. Everyday Portland cement of (53 grade) and M-sand is used. Mortar
ratio of 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4 is fixed. For every ratio the percentage of fibre and Nano silica is identical
but the brick powder is delivered as 0%, 10%, 20% and 30% for each ratio. Then for each ratios cube
of size 100x100 mm and cylinder of length 100x150 mm is cast. Then it is cured after 24 hours for 1
day and the energy is checked for 28 days. For cube compressive electricity and for cylinder split
tensile energy is checked. Then for the better strength of every ratio corrugated sheet is cast.
Mildew of length 500 x 320 x 6 mm and 1250 x 1250 x 6 mm is used and the sheet is cast. Then the
sheet is cured after 24 hours for 1 day and the power is examined after 28 days. The take a look at
to be performed are water absorption check, impermeability takes a look at and load-bearing
capability of sheets.
P a g e | 199
3 NEED FOR NANO SILICA
The Workability of concrete with partial use of nano-silica will increase up to a restriction than it
decreases. The workability is in growing order up to 2.5% of cement replaced with Nano-Silica. It
improves the compressive and split tensile strength of concrete. It improves the Modulus of
elasticity of concrete.
4 NEED FOR SISAL FIBRES
The Addition of sisal fibre in concrete, mortar and cement paste improves the flexural electricity. It
offers fracture toughness and resistance to fatigue. It enhances the effect power of concrete. It’s
miles used to put off the thermal surprise and spalling.
5 MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES
5.1 OPC Cement
Figure Cement is a first-rate, gray powder. The regular cement incorporates two fundamental
ingredients specifically argillaceous and calcareous. 53 grade ordinary Portland cement was used
for casting cubes, cylinders and sheets. The cement is examined for numerous properties as
according to IS 4031-1988 and residences of cement are shown in Table 1.
Table 11 Properties of OPC

Property Value
Standard consistency 29 %
Initial setting time 30 min
Final setting time 520 min
Soundness 1 mm
Specific gravity 3.14
5.2 M- sand
Manufactured sand is sand produced from crushing of granite stones in required grading to be used
for creation functions as a replacement for river sand. The synthetic sand has required gradation of
fines, bodily homes including smooth surface textures and consistency which make it the
exceptional sand appropriate for construction. Synthetic sand passing thru 1.18 mm IS sieve became
used for the examiner. The unique tests as per IS 2386:1963 (part III) had been performed on the
satisfactory mixture.
5.3 Brick waste
Waste brick is crushed and sieved via mm in IS 1.18mm sieve and changed for sand via 0%, 10%,
20% and 30%. Brick waste used inside the project is proven.
5.4 Nano silica
Silicon dioxide nanoparticles, additionally known as silica nanoparticles or Nano silica, are the basis
for a wonderful deal of biomedical research due to their balance, low toxicity and potential to be
functionalized with several molecules and polymers. Concrete is the maximum not unusual used
cloth for construction and their layout consumes almost the whole cement production in the world.
a way to lessen the cement content material in concrete mixes is using silica fines. Simplest small
amount of Nano silica while replaced with cement workability, compressive electricity, strain and
P a g e | 200
ductility, Modulus of elasticity and break up tensile electricity of concrete or mortar receives
expanded.
5.5 Sisal fibre
Sisal is a robust leaf fibre obtained from the leaves of the plant agavesisalana. The inclusion of sisal
fibre in mortar beautify some of the engineering homes consisting of, flexural energy, fracture
sturdiness and resistance to fatigue, effect, thermal surprise and spalling. Period and diameter of
fibre used is 4 cm and 0.1 cm.
5.6 Water
Domestically to be had potable water confirming to conventional laid out in IS: 456-2000 is used.
5.7 Mix proportion
The mixture percentage for the energy investigation of Engineered cementitious roofing sheet is
referred to beneath inside the Table 2.
Table 2 Blend proportion

Ratio Nano Silica Sisal Fibre Brick Waste
1:2 2% of cement 1.5% addition 0%, 10%, 20% and 30% of sand
5.8 Making process of roofing sheet
The method of making roofing sheet is shown in underneath figure 1.
P a g e | 201
Figure 1: Making method of ECC roofing sheet
6 EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
The layout mix of the corrugated sheet was made and the cube of the size of 100 x 100 x 100 mm,
the cylinder of length 100 x 150 mm, the sheet of 1250 x 1250 x 6 mm have been cast. On these
experimental work, 36 cubes, 36 cylinders, 6 quantity of 1250 x 1250 x 6 mm sheets have been cast.
Cubes were tested for compressive energy at 28 days, the cylinder was examined for break up
tensile electricity at 28 days and the sheets have been tested for water absorption, impermeability
and cargo bearing potential at 28 days. The information of the specimen is shown in Table 3.
Table 3 Details of the specimens
P a g e | 202
Description of Percentage
specimens replacement
RS1 Mix with 0% powdered brick, 1.5% sisal fibre and 2% nano silica
RS2(1:2) RS2 with ratio 1:2
BP Brick powder
6.1 Compressive strength test
For comparing the compressive strength, specimens of dimensions 100 x 100 x 100 mm were
prepared. They were tested on the compressive testing system as in keeping with IS: 516-1959. The
compressive strength is calculated through using the equation,
F = P/A
Where, F is Force in N/mm2, P is Load in N, A is an area in mm2
6.2 Split Tensile test
For comparing the tensile strength, cylindrical specimens of diameter 150 mm and length 300 mm
were prepared. The split tensile check turned into executed in compression testing gadget as in step
with IS: 5816-1999. The tensile strength has calculated the usage of the equation,
F = 2P/𝜋LD
Where, F is force in N/mm2,
P is Load in N,
L is duration of the specimen in mm,
D is segment of measurement or diameter in mm
6.3 Water absorption test
A specimen of length 500 x 320 x 6 mm is taken as per IS 5913 (2003): Asbestos Cement products -
methods of test. The specimens shall be completely immersed in water at 15 to 35°C for a length of
18 h. those will be taken out and weighed after removing surplus moisture with a damp material
(M1). The specimens shall then be located in an air-oven able to being raised to 150°C and then
maintained at that temperature continuously. The heating shall be started with the oven ventilator
extensive open, raising the temperature from approximately 105 to 150°C to dry the specimens to
regular mass. The check pieces shall then be cooled for at least 1 h and weighed (M2).
Specimen before, throughout and after test is shown in Figure 2.
The absorption will be calculated as follows:
Absorption = (M1 – M2 / M2) x 100 %
where, M1 = mass of specimen after absorption in g
M2 = mass of specimen after heating in g.
P a g e | 203
Figure 3: Water absorption test (before & after test)
6.4 Impermeability test
Specimen of size 1250 x 1250 x 6 mm is taken as in keeping with IS 5913 (2003): Asbestos Cement
products - methods of test. Seal a body on the test piece. After sealing the frame onto the sheet, fill
up with water until the level is 20 mm above the pinnacle of corrugations. Then place the complete
meeting in a controlled environment at 15 to 35°C and at a relative humidity of 45 to 75 per cent.
Take a look at the under-face after 24 h. The specimen is stated to have handed the take a look at if
drops of water are not shaped at the decrease floor of the sheets. The look of strains of moisture
on the decreased surface is permissible. Specimen before, in the course of and after test, is proven
in Figure 4.
Figure 4: Impermeability
6.5 Load bearing capacity Test
Immediately before a check, the specimen is immersed in water at 15 to 35°C for a length of 24
hours. every specimen will be freely and calmly supported with its easy aspect up on parallel rigid
hardwood 150 mm extensive and of a period as a minimum as superb because the width of the
specimen, and set at right angles to the corrugations as shown in determine. The sheets will be
loaded at mid-span through a self-aligning inflexible flat beam one hundred fifty mm wide, parallel
to the supports. Segments of felt or delicate fibre around 10 mm thick will be mediated between
the cheek piece and the backings and underneath the shaft by which the weight is applied. The
weight is applied at a uniform rate. Figure 5 shows that Experimental setup for Load bearing
capacity.
P a g e | 204
Figure 5: Experimental setup for Load bearing capacity test
7 RESULT AND DISCUSSION
7.1 Compressive Strength Test Result
The figure 6 indicates the average compressive strength of cubes made with diverse alternative
ranges of brick waste and the distinctive ratios including 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4. Sisal fibre of 1.5% and
Nano silica of 2% is used.
Figure 6: Average compressive strength of cubes
7.2 Split Tensile Strength Test Result
The Figure 7 indicates the average split tensile electricity of cubes made with diverse
replacement ranges of brick waste and the unique ratios including 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4. Sisal fibre of
1.5% and Nano silica of 2% is used.
P a g e | 205
Figure 7: Average split tensile strength of cylinder
7.3 Water Absorption Test Result
The Figure 8 shows the average water absorption of sheets made with diverse substitute stages of
brick waste and the special ratios consisting of 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4, Sisal fibre of 1.5% and Nano silica of
2% is used.
Figure 8: Water absorption of ECC roofing sheet
7.4 Test for Impermeability
Test for impermeability it is clean that no drops of water are determined on the lower part of the
sheet. For this reason, the specimen passed the take a look at for impermeability as per IS 5913
(2003): Asbestos Cement products - techniques of the check.
7.5 Load Bearing Capacity Test Result (ECC roofing sheet of size 1250x1250x6 mm)
Figure 9 and figure 10 shows the Deflection of ECC roofing sheet and load bearing capacity of ECC
roofing sheet made with numerous replacement levels of brick waste and the different ratios which
include 1:2, 1:3 and 1:4, Sisal fibre of 1.5% and Nano silica of 2% is used.
P a g e | 206
Figure 9: Deflection of ECC roofing sheet (1250x1250x6mm)
Figure 10: LBC of ECC roofing sheet (1250x1250x6mm)
8 CONCLUSION
Based on this Experimental research, the behaviour of engineered cementitious composite roofing
sheet is concluded below.
• The maximum average compressive strength for 28 days is at 10% replacement of powdered
brick with 1.5% sisal fibre and 2% Nano silica and it is 32.64 N/mm2 for 1:2 ratio, 29.32
N/mm2 for 1:3 ratio and 23.52 N/mm2 for 1:4 ratio respectively.
• The maximum average split tensile strength for 28 days is at 10% replacement of powdered
brick with 1.5% sisal fibre and 2% Nano silica and it is 12.32 N/mm2 for 1:2 ratio, 10.63 N/mm2
for 1:3 ratio and 7.39 N/mm2 for 1:4 ratio respectively.
• The water absorption for 24 hours at 10% replacement of powdered brick with 1.5% sisal
fibre and 2% Nano silica is 3.22% for 1:2 ratio, 5.03% for 1:3 ratio and 5.74% for 1:4 ratio
respectively.
P a g e | 207
• From test for impermeability it is clear that no drops of water is found at the lower portion
of the sheet. Hence the specimen passed the test for impermeability as per IS 5913 (2003):
Asbestos Cement Products - Methods of Test.
• The load bearing capacity for ECC roofing sheet of size 1250x1250x6 mm at 28 days with 10%
replacement of powdered brick, 1.5% of sisal fibre and 2% of Nano silica is 23.69 N/mm for
1:2 ratio, 22.93 N/mm for 1:3 ratio and 20.9 N/mm for 1:4 ratio.
The ECC roofing sheet with 1:2 ratio possesses higher strength when compared to 1:3 and 1:4 ratios.
Hence the strength investigation of engineered cementitious composite roofing sheet is done.
REFERENCES
[1] ARPN journal of engineering and applied sciences: G. Ramakrishna et al, (2011), “Strength of corrugations of a
roofing sheets reinforced with sisal fibres “vol. 6, pp.no. 12.
[2] Journal of Civil Engineering Research and Practice: Gabriel Ayodele Alade and Festus Adeyemi Olutoge (2015),
“Bamboo Fibre Reinforced Cement Used as a Roofing Sheet”, Vol.1(2), pp 107-118.
[3] American Journal Of Engineering Research (AJER) : Jacob Olaitan Akindapo et al (2015), “Development Of
Roofing Sheet Material Using Groundnut Shell Particles And Epoxy Resin As Composite Material”, Volume-4,
Issue-6, pp-165-173.
[4] International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET) : Santhosh B.S et al (2017), “ Strength of
Corrugated Roofing Elements Reinforced With Coir”, Volume: 04 Issue: 06.
[5] International research journal of engineering and technology (IRJET) : Vishutosh Bajpai et al (2018),
“Experimental study on partial replacement of cement with nano silica in concrete”, Volume: 05 Issue: 01.
[6] International research journal of engineering and technology (IRJET) : Deepika rana et al (2018), “Experimental
study of strength property of concrete using nanosilica”, Volume: 05 Issue: 01.
[7] International research journal of engineering and technology (IRJET) : Romildo dias toledo filho et al (1999), “
the use of sisal fibre as reinforcement in cement based composites”, v.3, n.2, p.243-256.
[8] International research journal of engineering and technology (IRJET): Yogesh ravindra suryawanshi and Jitendra
d dalvi (2013), “Study of sisal fibre as concrete reinforcement material in cement-based composites”, Vol. 2
Issue 3.
[9] Ali Aliabdo et al (2014), “Utilization of crushed clay brick in concrete industry”, ResearchGate.
[10] Alessandra Mobili et al (2018), “Bricks and Concrete Wastes as Coarse and Fine Aggregates in Sustainable
Mortars”, Hindawi.
[11] IS 459: 1992, “Indian Standard code for practice- corrugated and semi-corrugated Asbestos cement sheets –
specification”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India.
[12] IS 3007 (Part 1): 1999, “Indian Standard code for practice- Laying Of Asbestos Cement Sheets”, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi, India.
[13] IS: 12269-1987, ‘Specifications for 53-Grade Portland Cement’, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India.
[14] IS 5913 (2003), “Asbestos Cement Products - Methods of Test [CED 53: Cement Matrix Products]”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, India.
P a g e | 208
PLANNING STRATEGIES FOR EFFECTIVE CROWD MANAGEMENT

A STUDY INTO THE EFFICIENCY OF CROWD MANAGEMENT METHODS
Thasneem M Shijna N.P.
Student, School of Architecture, Asst. Prof., School of Architecture
Government Engineering College, Government Engineering College,
Thrissur, Kerala, India Thrissur, Kerala, India
thasnibadaru@gmail.com shijnanp@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Crowding has become part of our everyday experience. Especially in a nation like India where with
an alarming rate of population growth, we cannot get away from high density situation no matter
where we go, be it to markets, transit stations or even religious places.
High risk of injuries and accidents among attendees at events, especially in large Events have
become a major concern. One of the major strategies to ensure attendees safety is by exercising
effective crowd management schemes. The aim of this study is to investigate the level of crowd
management strategies and safety performance practices in events.
While considering risk analysis and crowd safety in mass gathering, it is important to understand
the principles and application of crowd management. From the past histories of stampedes occurred
during mass gatherings in the world, it become compulsory measure to study the crowd behaviour
scientifically for an effective and efficient managing of crowd during mass gathering. It is important
to consider each and every aspect in mass gatherings which may result a major accident. Being the
two major religious gatherings, Kumbh Mela and Hajj showcases many crowd scenarios and offer a
great opportunity to study the crowd behaviour in every way possible.
This study provides a complete appraisal of the existing crowd management measures and explores
the methods and techniques that are possible to develop crowd safety. The purpose of this study is
to improve the crowd management measures at large mass gatherings, find strategies for the
research gaps in the framework of crowd safety in mass gatherings.
Keywords: Mass Gatherings; Events; Religious; Mitigation; Preparedness
1 INTRODUCTION
Crowd is the gathering of various people at the same location and time. It is not necessary that, they
share a common goal and desire. Crowd management practices are the collective efforts of many
team members and the crowd that mainly work with the proper handling, corporation and
information sharing. The proper crowd management depends on the safety and comfort of such
efforts.
1.1 Need for effective and efficient crowd management planning
India with a population of 1.2 billion population is a country with many religions and related events,
which is being organized at various levels with a large number of people. The authorities and
governments seem to be struggling to make this event a successful one without disasters.
P a g e | 209
Due to unexpected circumstances, there have been occurred many accidents which resulted in the
losses of lives, property damages etc. Since the crowd disasters are mainly man-made disasters, it
can be avoided by an effective and efficient planning and execution by a well-trained group of
people.
Crowd Disasters in India: From festivals to pilgrimages, public protest to political rallies- mass
gatherings are a way of life in India- and some of them results in unsuccessful, sometimes
preventable, incidents of stampedes. Going through the list of disasters over the past decades, a
country with billions of people needs to have proper and better ways of dealing the crowds.
2 CROWD MANAGEMENT
Crowd management is a set of interlinked activities between a group of different actors, like event
planners and managers, emergency services, local authorities, transport authorities, stewards, and
the crowd itself. These practices start few months ahead of the events and ends after the
completing the event in every way. The goal of crowd management is to avoid accidents through
efficient planning and its implementation. Safety and comfort of a crowd depend on the success of
such Efforts of crowd management team.
2.1 Current crowd management practices
Crowd management can be divided in two parts: the preparation stage and the execution stage.
Several elements must be kept in mind when generating the plans. During event main arrangements
and organizations concentrate on managing the various sectors of the programme.
Figure 13: Current crowd management practices
Source: On Current Crowd Management Practices and the Need for Increased Situation Awareness, Prediction, and
Intervention
The main part of the crowd management practices deals with the preparation stage which consists
of action plan and logistic plan. The first part is a logistical plan that alarms decisions about, the
number of people participating, the layout of the area, the mobility plan, the position of sections
like entrance, exit, stage, toilets, barricades, the helpline section, the transportation systems, and
the food counter. The main goal at the end of the logistic plan is the safety and comfort of the
people. The second part is the action plan which mainly deals with the scenarios on how to respond
to every given situation. This includes the climatic situation, the type of crowd, the location, the
P a g e | 210
peak hours, the emergency situations and its evaluations, the blind spots, the congested areas, and
crowd control.
2.2 Causes and triggers for crowd disasters
These have been gathered from various inquiry commissions, news report and websites on crowd
disasters in India and around the world. Broadly, these have been categorized into 6 categories,
namely Structural, Fire/Electricity, Crowd Control, Crowd Behaviour, Security, and Lack of
Coordination between various stakeholders. Structural collapse, Fire/Electricity, Crowd control,
Crowd Behaviour, Security, Lack of coordination between stakeholders.
2.3 CASE STUDIES
The 2 case studies were identified are Kumbh Mela and Hajj which are the largest and densest crowd
in the world. Both the Hajj and Kumbh mela has a long history of large-scale crowd disasters, mostly
as a result of severe overcrowding and crowd pressures, leading to crowd collapse and, ultimately,
to crushing and deadly stampedes. And 2 of these crowds are managed over the year in different
ways like, much man power management is applied in Kumbh Mela, whereas Technical sides are
more concentrated in Hajj.
2.4 Kumbh Mela 2013
Kumbh Mela is a traditional event for the Hindus over the world. It is the largest gathering of human
on earth. On every Kumbh Mela, the city will accommodate people from a few million occupants to
ten million. In the case of floating population also it ranges from 2 to 5 million and which results in
a population count of 20 to 30 million of people on main days of the event. It is like making a new
city hub with all facilities for a short period. And from the Maha Kumbh 2013 it is clear that the
governments in both central as well as state level put many planned efforts and innovative measures
by providing trained human resource and technology.
Allahabad city is a fast-growing city with a change in its urban fabric and the number of built
structures every year. Kumbh Mela at Allahabad in 2013 was the last Maha Kumbh mela festival.
The floating population requires huge amount of urban services and facilities. From the last Kumbh
Mela, the city required huge extent of area for tourism purpose. There is about 85 million of floating
population during the 3 months of Kumbh Mela 2013. It required around 1936.56 hectares of total
area for the event among which around 14 and 99 hectares of land is reserved for different sectors
and parking areas. The facilities provided at Kumbh mela 2013 is, 30 police stations were proposed
with 12561 state police personnel. 85 CCTV camera, 30 variable signage boards and 30 fire stations
were installed as part of safety measures. Arrangements were made to provide 80000KLs of purified
drinking water to the festival grounds, which required laying of 550 km length pipelines for proper
water supply. 5 OHT’s were operated for Mela purpose only. 20000 connection of water supply was
provided with 40 active tube wells. The power consumed was assumed almost 30 KWH. This power
was supplied through 770 km length of electricity lines. 22000 street light points were provided. 73
sub-stations were on operation. 38 hospitals were fixed as good functioning, which might be
accessed during emergency situations in a close proximity. 340 public and more than 35000
individual toilets were identified and proposed for Kumbh. Five temporary bus stations were also
proposed. 892 regular and 3608 special buses were operated during this period. 4 permanent Ghats
were constructed in order to provide safety measures and control crowd during bathing event of
P a g e | 211
kumbh mela. 6,000 sweepers and sanitation employees worked around the clock to maintain health
standards and for a clean atmosphere.
3 HAJJ
Hajj (the annual Muslim Pilgrimage to Mecca) is a religious mass gathering with a number of 3 million
people attending it. It is clear from the history of past two decades (1986- 2006), there have been
many disasters and deadly stampedes occurred, it is because of this Saudi government has
conducted many researches and provided with many resources to improve the safety of the
pilgrims.
Hajj is an important pilgrimage event of Muslims which is been organized every year. Muslims from
every part of the world take part in this practice. Every year the number of pilgrims is getting
increased and which is one of the main issues facing by the Saudi government to organize the event
without accidents every year.
The main problems facing by the crowd at Hajj is fixed basic road-network infrastructure between
the different religious places, the lack of respect from the pilgrims to the Schedules, annually
increasing number of pilgrims, lost pilgrims in Hajj ritual places, Lack of guidance at Hajj ritual places.
From the past histories of crowding related problems and accidents and the annually increasing
number of people, the Saudi government authorities made arrangements to increase the safety of
holy places related to Hajj.
To improve the mass movement that helps in the crowd management. For example, the authority
hasn't allowed the small cars to enter Makkah environs during peak periods. As for the management
of the transportation of pilgrims to Mina, Arafat and Muzdalifah, Saudi Arabia undertook to expand
a railway network by the construction of a monorail "Al Mashaaer Al Madrassah Metro Line" to
solve the problem of heavy bottleneck congestion traffic and to improve the antiquated logistics
infrastructure. They developed a bracelet which carries the personal information and the health
record of the pilgrims to avoid missing cases and it is also used for tracking the pilgrims. Most of the
accidents happened at the Jamar at Bridge during the stoning of devil ritual, so in order to avoid
accidents and accommodate more pilgrims at the same time is it redesigned with multiple level
design, so more floors accommodate more pilgrims with less stampedes. Around 800 CCTV have
been installed everywhere for the safety of the pilgrims. Crowd bubbles technique in unexpected
situations, when density exceeded the design capacity at Jamar at, security guards were needed to
disperse the crowds. One of these interference techniques involved creating an artificial ‘crowd
bubble’ to prevent crashes. Security guards on the ground were to be called to create gaps in the
‘hot’ spots to prevent the development of stampedes.
4 ANALYSIS
The analysis is done by considering the existing crowd management measures from the literature
studies, the parameters in the NDMA guidelines and the urban management aspects. The reason
for considering the urban management aspect is because of the huge nature of crowd and the area
under consideration for large events.
P a g e | 212
By comparing the case studies with the parameters, the best practices among these can be filtered
out. The comparative analysis also helps to determine the limitations of these 2 cases which is to be
solved for an effective crowd management.
The analysis of Kumbh Mela and Hajj, by comparing with the parameters of NDMA guidelines for
Crowd management and urban management aspects. It is ideal to incorporate the parameters with
planning aspects for an effective and efficient crowd management.
The analysis shows Kumbh Mela follows 82% of the parameters and Hajj follows 78%. That is the
reason why being the largest gathering in the world, they are able to manage the crowd well. This
proves the relevance of the planning and management parameters for an effective crowd
management.
4.1 Strategies and recommendation for an effective Crowd Management
An Effective Crowd management parameter is to be considered by combining the planning aspects

and technical aspects as shown in the case studies. While considering the NDMA guidelines along
with few planning interventions in urban management, it will result in an effective crowd
management system.
The identified parameters along with NDMA guidelines are Visitors Profile, Location Of Event,
Understanding the crowd behaviour , Crowd Control , Stakeholder Approach, Institutional
Corporation, Roles and Responsibilities of Associations, Local People Participation in Planning, Role
of Media, Financial Assistance, Information System For Visitors , Safety and security Measures,
Facilities and emergency Medical Services, Traffic and Transportation, Water Supply Management,
Waste management Facility, Accommodation Facility, Toilets, Electricity Facilities and Alternative
Sources, Food and Civil Supply, Role of science and technology.
Table 1: Parameters for an effective crowd management along with its components
PARAMETERS COMPONENTS
Visitors Profile Age Group, Gender, Nativity
Location of Event Accessibility, Proximity
Understanding the crowd behaviour
Crowd Control Understand the Demand, Understand the Supply
Stakeholder Approach
Institutional Corporation Police, Government Agency, Politicians, Managers
Roles and Responsibilities of Associations NGO, Volunteers, Security Guards, Agents
Local People Participation in Planning

Role of Media Past Disasters, Evacuation
Financial Assistance Government/ Private Bodies
Information System for Visitors Signage, Maps, Do's and Don'ts, Timing Details
Safety and security Measures CCTV, Fire and Electrical, Structural Safety, Security Agencies
Facilities and emergency Medical Services First Aid rooms, Hospitals, Duty Doctors
Traffic and Transportation Parking, Vehicle Access, Vehicle Services, Emergency

Transportation Plan
Water Supply Management Pipe line Connections, Distribution
P a g e | 213
Waste Management Facility Sewage Treatment, storm Water, Drainage
Accommodation Facility Tents, Hotel, Accessibilities
Toilets Public, private, mobile toilets
Electricity Facilities and Alternative Sources Wiring, Substation, Generators, Solar Panels, street lights
Food and Civil Supply Food preparation, food distribution, food products
Role of science and technology Information and Community Technology, GIS, Online
Registration, Identification Tags
5 CONCLUSION
Majority of the crowd disasters in the world have occurred at religious places. No crowded event is
immune from tragedies like stampedes but with "higher chances of crowding" probability of
occurrence of such disasters increases in India. With population increase and rapid urbanization,
Indian cities are likely to be more prone to crowd disasters and accidents in places of frequent mass
gathering like — religious places across the country. These religious gatherings can vary in range
from small festivals to much greater and massive events which could last for months at a time like
Kumbh Mela and Hajj Pilgrimage. Pro-active planning and preparation would be essential for
managing really massive gatherings. Organizers must know the size & type of the crowd expected
to estimate capacities required for effective management. National framework provides basic
guidance to organizers / administrator of the event / venue to Plan and implement necessary
measures to provide a safe event. Even though the location and the events be different, the
principles and standards for a proper management of crowd is being the same. The application of
such practices in the managing level can reduce the disasters and deadly stampedes and organize a
successful event.
The crowd management strategies are presented as a set of collaborative practices. The successful
management of an event depends on the coordination between these practices, and the
communication between the crowd and the volunteers and stake holders. The findings show that
crowd managers have already started to incorporate new technological techniques, along with
planning interventions to solve some of their problems, and see it as an opportunity for future
developments. As technology and urban planning plays a major role in the crowd management, the
technical and the planning challenges are to be tackled out in every way. This study while primarily
focusing on Massive and much greater events like Kumbha Mela and Hajj Pilgrimage, the findings is
applicable to even relatively smaller gathering like Thrissur Poonam as well. This study also
showcases that there is an opportunity to combat the ill-effects of crowds by combining the powers
of human intervention and technological systems in every stages and sectors of the planning and
implementation of a mass gathering, and it motivates and suggests new directions for an effective
and efficient crowd management.
REFERENCES
[14] Al-Haboubi, M.H. (2003) a new layout design for the Jamarat area (stoning the Devil). The Arabian Journal for
Science and Engineering 28(2B): 131–142.
[15] Bihar State Disaster Management Authority(2013),Mass Gathering Event Management A Case Study of
MahaKumbh, 2013, Allahabad,BSDMA,Bihar
P a g e | 214
[16] Jager, W., Popping, R. and van de Sande, H.(2001), Clustering and Fighting in Two-party Crowds: Simulating the
Approach-avoidance Conflict, Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation
[17] Martellaa,C., Lic,J.,Conradob,C., Vermeerenc.J,(2015)’On Current Crowd Management Practices and the Need for
Increased Situation Awareness, Prediction, and Intervention’, Technical University Delft, Human Information
Communication Design, The Netherlands
[18] National disaster management authority(2014),Managing crowd at events and venues of mass gathering, A guide
for State Government, Local Authorities, Administrators and Organizers, NDMA, Government of India
P a g e | 215
RE : HABITAT – TOWARDS A NEW PARADIGM FOR

HIGH-DENSITY HOUSING
Balaji K
Assistant Professor
Coimbatore, Tamilnadu
balaji.soa@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
People are moving into urban centres at an unprecedented rate, the largest mass migration in
history. “According to the United Nations, the world's urban population has increased from 751
million in 1950 to 4.2 billion in 2018. By 2050, an additional 2.5 billion people are expected to reside
in urban areas”. In response to this, Architects are challenged to design, sustainable and resilient
spaces that accommodate complex human needs, both necessary and desired. In the world of
overgrowing population, the way people fit into the cities plays an important role either socially,
economically, environmentally or even psychologically. To conceive viable solutions, it's crucial that
Architects and designers develop a rigorous understanding of human psychological and
physiological responses to their physical environment, learning the way to best shape the human
experience in high-density urban environments. This study attempts to address the existing
phenomenon in the cities as an account of overpopulation, urban migration etc., in terms of housing
and in particular tries to bring out the advantages and qualities of low rise high-density housing over
high rise high-density housing towers and find a suitable solution in tandem with the qualities of the
low-rises in a high rise typology. In a nutshell, this study tries to find the right evolution in which the
high rise towers should be evolving contextually, culturally, climatically etc.
Keywords: Urbanization, Verticality, Urban Sprawl, liveability, Humane, Housing issue
1 INTRODUCTION
Housing is more an urban issue rather than just an architectural one. Together, urban design and
housing form a large part of our urban environment. Housing should be addressed at every level of
detail and every scale in relation to its urban context and community. The intended outcome of this
research paper is not only to resolve the architectural issues but also to respond to the deeper
human desire to belong to a community. The growth of the population is currently one of the
general global issues, its severity is increased in relation to resource depletion. With regard to the
rapid population growth in mind, designing built environments that can accommodate the whole
population and adapt to the context is an essential task of modern architecture. The proper
relationship to a dynamic context in which the social, political, environmental and economic
components are constantly changing is even a greater challenge. For example, the Chennai city has
a population density of 35,750 people per square kilometre which is well ahead of the next
populated place in Tamil Nadu which is Kanyakumari with a population density of 2,200 people per
kilometre square.
Table 1: Chennai Population Data (Urban Area)

Year Population Growth Rate Growth
2035 153,75,797 2.16% 15,61,430
P a g e | 216
2030 138,14,367 2.29% 14,78,320

2025
2025 123,36,047 2.37% 13,64,939
2020 109,71,108 2.54% 12,94,036
2015
2015 96,77,072 2.61% 11,70,879
2010
2010 85,06,193 2.61% 10,29,207
2005 74,76,986 2.55% 8,83,707
2000 65,93,279 2.13% 6,58,881
1995
1995 59,34,398 2.16% 6,02,341
1990 53,32,057 2.40% 5,96,158
1985 47,35,899 2.49% 5,48,487
1980
1980 41,87,412 3.11% 5,93,684
1975 35,93,728 3.37% 5,49,524
1970 30,44,204 4.92% 6,49,792
1965
1965 23,94,412 4.57% 4,79,615
1960 19,14,797 2.34% 2,09,525
1955 17,05,272 2.72% 2,13,979
1950 14,91,293 0.00% 0
High Density, on the other hand, serves the purpose to house a large amount of population on a
given land without destroying much of the natural resources and eventually efficiently using them.
Density, in the sense of architecture, denotes the number of people living in a square area. Higher
the number of people, higher the density.
Figure 1: Population growth of Chennai
The growth of population is one issue, whereas people migrating from smaller towns to bigger cities
for job opportunities, better lifestyle, urban exposure is the other main issue for high-density
housing. High density is the only option to house the mass amount of people, but the quality of the
lifestyle depends upon the architecture and the way it crafts the life of the people in harmony with
nature, surrounding and context. The growth of population is one issue, whereas people migrating
from smaller towns to bigger cities for job opportunities, better lifestyle, urban exposure is the other
main issue for high-density housing.
P a g e | 217
Figure 2: Migration growth of Chennai
Rather than treating High density as an urban planning related query, if taken care by architecture
at a very micro level, the quality of life could be significantly improved in these towers.
2 POPULATION PRESSURE
The populations of cities are increasing tremendously and become a burden for the existing
infrastructure. Due to population pressure cities are converting into miserable and aesthetically
depressing places to live, Population pressure also leads to various problems like Land Acquisition,
Deforestation, urban Sprawl, Environmental degradation.
The stabilizing population is an essential requirement for promoting sustainable growth. Some
important facts which signify the importance or seriousness of the problem,
• India is the second-most populous country in the world sustaining 16.7 % of the world's
population
• The population of Indian states can be compared to the population of many countries,
• Uttar Pradesh- 183 million; Brazil- 187 million
• Maharashtra- 104 million; Mexico- 104 million
• Bihar- 90 million; Germany - 83 million
• Tamil Nadu- 65 million; France- 61 million
• India accounts for 2.4 % of the world's surface and accommodating 16.7 % of the world's
population.
3 TRAFFIC CONGESTION
Our metro cities are facing the serious problem of traffic congestion, India's middle class is
burgeoning due to economic growth and rise in income. Delhi, Mumbai, Calcutta, Chennai have 6%
of India's population but 14% of its registered vehicles. With a vehicle population of 3.7 million units,
Chennai has the second-highest number of vehicles on its roads, after capital New Delhi. But the
reason the southern city’s traffic jams feel never-ending is that Chennai, as per a 2015 study, has
the highest vehicle density in India with 2093 vehicles per kilometre of road. What’s more alarming
P a g e | 218
for motorists in Chennai is that, as per NCRB’s 2014 data, the city has the deadliest roads in the
country after New Delhi.
4 DEMAND FOR HIGH-DENSITY STRUCTURES
Towering up over the rest of the buildings and creating Chennai’s new high-rise skyline are multi-
storey residential apartments all over the city. North Chennai, Central Business District, Rajiv Gandhi
Salai and extended suburbs are now witnessing the construction of high-rise apartments that have
over 40 floors.
Fabulous views, excellent ventilation and a noise-free atmosphere at home are driving many home
buyers to opt for properties on the upper floors of these high-rise projects.
“The trend in Chennai is fairly recent. People who have lived in multi-storied apartments in
Mumbai and New Delhi prefer to book flats in the upper floors of high-rise building here,”
-Sanjay Chugh, Skyline properties.
According to him, there is a demand for filling up from “top to bottom” in high rise projects — where
the upper floors are booked first.
Figure 3: Land use trilemma chart
5 WHY HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL LIVING?
According to world urbanization prospects 2017 revision, the population, which was 30% in the
1950s, is expected to be 66% in 2050. Concerning this increase in the urban population, it is possible
to say that, 2.5 billion people will be added to the urban population by 2050. This is an expected
P a g e | 219
solution due to growing industrialization and economy in cities, thus causing people to move where
the work is and create new lives there.
Figure 4. Hong Kong – Urban Setting
On the other hand, it is becoming more difficult to achieve less environmental damage in dense to
wns that provide public transport, housing, electricity, water, sanitation requirements. In this high-
rise area, residential facilities provide users of settlements with a sustainable environment by
integrating ever more complex requirements into one location in spite of geography or population
difficulties.
Hong Kong city is a striking example for urbanization and escalation of cities. It is possible to find
both controlled and uncontrolled urbanization examples in the history of the city. In Hong Kong
because of the restricted land use policy and large population, high-density, mix-used urban
development and accordingly high-rise residential started to build at the 1960s
It is possible to increase these prosperous high-rise residential cases throughout the world. Despite
discussions about high-rise residential, most of the countries/cities prefer high-rises due to their
many advantages. In today’s conjunction, some countries such as the UK and Singapore prefer to
have high-rises because of the high population of cities. Moreover, some of them prefer it as they
aim to gain “world city” role. Additionally, some of them prefer high-rises to be able to become an
urban/economical phenomenon despite the fact of on the sea coast or surrounded by deserts as
Dubai.
As a result, it should be noted that in contradictory to past period high rises, which were constructed
randomly and as a makeshift, nowadays high-rises are constructing in a conscious way with concerns
as flexibility, proximity, accessibility and also sustainability with the help of the combination of these
elements.
6 LOW RISE vs. HIGH RISE
6.1 HIGH-RISES SEPARATE PEOPLE FROM THE STREET
Before the introduction of the motor vehicle and the High-Rise, “streets were places where people
liked to be, to walk, to shop, to meet, to play, and even just to people-watch”, not just place to
transport themselves from A to B.
This change in street life and public space cannot come without changes in the social structure of
our cities. Recently, there has been a demand for the return to the idea of the walkable city. Part of
P a g e | 220
this demand is the growing impracticality of vehicle traffic and parking, but the key desire is to bring
back the experience of the Flâneur - the city stroller: propinquity, spontaneous interaction, and
seamless street-to-building transitions.
A dichotomy of the contemporary city is:

1. The want for density - endorsing the vertical city, but also,
2. The want for intimate street life - endorsing human-scale architecture.
New Delhi, Chennai and Mumbai are all examples of the current response to dense urbanisation in
India. The environmental concerns linked with them are discussed frequently, as these concerns are
tangible and quantifiable: high resource consumption, lack of local resource production, and
quantity of carbon emissions. However, the social concerns linked to urbanisation are discussed less
frequently or are even subconscious among city dwellers. If architecture is equally asocial science,
then why are the social implications of dense urban High-Rise living so seldom discussed?
This research paper is not an anti-High-Rise concept, it accepts the High-Rise as the inevitable
typology of the urbanised future city. It is a critical analysis of its implications and aims to suggest
social solutions for the future of Vertical developments. If public space is the heart of our cities and
streets are the blood vessels, it makes sense to integrate them into the verticality, to keep it alive.
According to Gehl, a city is best viewed at eye-level. Sure the views from a high-rise can be stunning,
but you aren't able to see people in a way that allows for connection. Because it's not as easy as
walking out your front door, people who live on the high floors of a high-rise are less likely to leave
their houses. This separates people from the outdoors, the city and from other people.
6.2 HIGH-RISE SCALE IS NOT THE HUMAN SCALE
High-rises are simply so tall that they make no visual sense to a pedestrian at eye-level. You can't
even see the whole building unless you're in another high-rise. You become lost and engulfed in
glass and steel canyon which can be isolating and dehumanizing.
"Only Architecture that considers human scale and interaction is successful architecture."
-Jan Gehl, Danish Architect & Urban Planner
Architect Jan Gehl warns “You’re not part of the earth anymore, because you can’t see what’s going
on the ground and the people on the ground can’t see where you are”.
Urban planner M. Buxton “What high-rise does is separate large numbers of people from the street,
so we end up with a city that is detached from street life, we end up with a city that is based on
enclaves and gated communities”.
6.3 HIGH-RISES RADICALLY REDUCE CHANCE ENCOUNTERS AND PROPINQUITY
Because high-rises tend to separate people from the street and each other, they greatly reduce the
number of chance encounters that happen, which are crucial to the liveliness of the city and to
creating a social community. And because people are cooped up in tall buildings, they are less likely
to experience propinquity, a concept introduced by architect and urban designer, Kevin Kellogg.
P a g e | 221
Propinquity is "one of the main factors leading to interpersonal attraction. It refers to the physical
or psychological proximity between people. Propinquity can mean physical proximity, a kinship
between people, or a similarity in nature between things," according to Wikipedia. Propinquity
happens in public spaces on the street, in parks, public transportation and city squares. High-rises
diminish people's participation in public spaces and therefore diminish propinquity.
Living in a high-rise creates a very finite and encapsulated world in and of itself. The high-rise
becomes your world, especially those which include a restaurant, market, gym and other amenities.
You never have to go outside or encounter other people. Plus, this phenomenon creates the
opposite effect of public spaces. It ensures that people mostly interface with others of the same
socioeconomic strata. High-rises literally create silos, physical, social and psychological.
6.4 HIGH-RISES ARE VERTICAL SPRAWL
How could high-rises possibly be sprawl as they take up so little actual land? Sprawl is when
something is built inefficiently and takes up too much space. With high-rises, they take up too much
vertical space for something (in this case dense housing) that could be achieved with much less
height. Think of the Hiranandani Egatoor high-rise housing apartments, a sea of speculative high-
rises that largely remain empty. Not unlike suburban sprawl that promotes isolation and is often
devoid of people on the streets, high-rises offer up the same problems, but just from a vertical
perspective.
7 THE CURRENT HIGH-RISE FORM
The reason for building high-rise is to achieve greater density and the logic which says rising costs
are defrayed by placing more dwellings upon the land cannot be questioned. In a study conducted
by Herbert McLaughlin, high-rise housing was compared to low-rise on the basis of the amount of
usable floor area compared to the site area. Low-rise were found to be more efficient than high-rise
of more than 10 —18 storeys. The low-rise had a more satisfactory relationship to the ground and
more private outdoor space.
Sprawling, low-rise high-density housing might be technically feasible in a lot of places; although it
might not be the right thing to do (attractive as it may seem), as far as economics, pollution and
human needs are concerned. It is important to examine the consideration or low-rise high-density,
semi-urban garden housing. The validity is the desire of man to possess his own house and garden.
One argument is that the garden city is merely an afterthought that resulted from the general
deterioration of the quality of urban life. On the other hand, we cannot overlook the fact that the
technological man needs to be in proximity to virgin nature.
8 CONCLUSION
House is a visible symbol of a family's identity. Hence, while it gets conceived as a standard
prototype and is produced as a mass replication, house essentially calls for the individuality, identity
and flexibility to adapt to different user needs over a period of time.
More than a shelter! Although the house is a relatively simple assembly, it has immensely complex
and variable uses. A house is not merely a shelter, but embodies the values of the users, and forms
an integral component of neighbourhood fabric as well as the entire social locale. The behaviour of
P a g e | 222
people is congruent with the settings and patterns of culture. It is a basic human culture and desire
to express one's identity and individuality, be it in his costume or a building.
Is mass housing about massing the houses or housing the masses? Sadly, it is the first case which is
being run like a business industry rather than a service to the human living. Perhaps, housing
inherently is saddled with apparent dualities of quantitative versus qualitative dimensions, i.e.
shelter versus the home.
Housing is now being sold as a product-driven architecture by quantitative dimensions rather than
qualitative. Quality here does not necessarily refer to strength, light and ventilation translating into
shelters, but rather refers to the appropriateness and fit itself to user's ways of life aspirations
translating into homes, thus creating a social community. As van Rijs says, “many people hate cities
but most human beings live in one. As architects, we have a special responsibility to make living in
cities and under dense circumstances not just habitable but preferable.”
High-density living, as we know it today, has been a solution of last recourse for most people. Yet as
populations increase, so do pressures for high-density living. This is particularly acute in political
entities such as Singapore where there are major limitations to the supply of land. Designers should
strive to create environments that afford levels of privacy and control within people's cultural
means. It is possible to achieve this in high-density environments; the difficulty is rather to provide
individuals with the same level of identity.
REFERENCES
[1] Rem Koolhaas, 1997, Delirious New York, The Monacelli Press; Reprint edition (1 December 1997), New York.
[2] Jan Gehl, 2001, Life Between the buildings, Island Press, New York.
[3] Jane Jacobs, 1992, The Death and Life of Great American Cities, Vintage Books ed. edition (1 December 1992)
[4] O.M.A, Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau, 1997, S, M, L, XL, The Monacelli Press, New York.
[5] Robert Gifford, 2007, “The Consequences of Living in High-Rise Buildings”, Architectural science review, Vol.
50
P a g e | 223
REJUVENATING THE CHENNAI ROADS-A FUTURISTIC IDEATION

Abitha Robin.M.J
Assistant Professor, Architecture
Karpagam Academy of Higher Education
Coimbatore,India.
abitha.arc@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The continuous growth of cities has been a major pulling factor for people to move from their
villages and small towns. A city like Chennai has always attracted huge workforce. The exploding
usage of personal vehicles has increased the vehicle density of the city, leaving behind a section of
people, viz the cyclist and pedestrians, with less or no safety. The policies and schemes that are
framed have not reduced the difficulties of pedestrians and bicyclists. A statistic report of 2018 (13
March 2019, Times of India; source: Chennai traffic Police,) says that nearly 318 pedestrians have
lost their life in road accidents. Though it is a known fact that cycles are the most efficient and
effective way to reduce congestion, the roads in Chennai cities are still not conducive to
bicyclists. This research paper is aimed at providing futuristic technology to promote healthy mode
of transportation and enhance the safety of the pedestrians and bicyclists.
Keywords: Vehicle density; Congestion; Cyclist; Pedestrian; Safety.
1 CHENNAI CITY-THE CURRENT STATUS-DATA SOURCES AND STATISTICS
Commercial and non commercial vehicles in Chennai:As per latest statistics released by the
Department of Economics and Statistics,Government of Tamil Nadu, there are totally 48,36,702 non
commerical vehicles and 2,36,602 commercial vehicles. According to the Ministry of Road Transport
and Highways Transport Research Wing,Chennai vehicle density is one of the highest among the top
cities in India and the city stands first in respect to road accidents,as per the surveys taken in the
years 2017 and 2018.
Table 1: Chennai city pedestrian accident in 2017 and 2018

Year Accident in numbers Pedestrian accidents Death
2017 7,257 2036 361
2018 7,580 2030 423
(source: Ministry of Road Transport and HighwaysTransport Research Wing)
As per the report in News letter -Times of India, Dec 14 – 2019- 80 % pedestrian accidents in Tamil
Nadu happens at crossing and on pavements .Table 2 and Figure 1 -states the risky pedestrian
streches and spots where the accidents are common.
2 IMPORTANT STRECHES AND NODES AT RISK
On analyzing the important streches and nodes,maximum pedestrians are observed in arterial
stretches,such as, Grand south trunk road, Thiruvallur high road,Velachery main road,Grand
northern trunk road, usman road, and Sardar patel road.
P a g e | 224
Figure 1: Risky stretches for pedestrians and spots where accidents are common
Table 2: Risky stretches for pedestrians and spots where accidents are common
Risky stretches for Pedestrians and bicyclist Spots where accidents are common
Padi bridge, ICF new avadi road Anna Arch, Aminjikarai
Valluvarkottam, Kodambakkam- Vadapalani road Rohini theatre, Koyambedu
Rippon Building High court, Parry’s corner
Sterling road Pallikarani bridge, Velachery
DMS – Gemini Flyover stretch Kathipara Junction, Guindy
Studying the state highway road-49A -Guindy to Porur strech via Ramapuram and
Nandampakkam,the road is flooded with vehicles and no proper pedestrain stretch for people to
P a g e | 225
walk and reach their bus stops. The pedestrains try to squeeze through the gaps of motor vehicles
and reach the destination.
Near DMS and Koturpuram junction, irrespective of clear demarcation between the pedestrain and
carriage way, the motorist ride on the pavement to beat the traffic. This is infact one of the top
reasons why pedestrians and bicyclist feel the city roads are unsafe.
The Sardar patel road- Anna University junction- pedetrains and students jump the signals to cross
the road and sometimes they even cross stretches at unauthorised points which leads to accident.
Figure 2: Pictures from various part of Chennai shows how the city roads are unorganized for both pedestrians and
vehicular movement
The analysis of current road stretches states.
• The motor vehicles dominate the road network.

• Many streches don’t have propoer pedestrain connectivity.
• Though there is clear demarcation between the pavements and carriage way, the
pedestrains still feel unsafe on the footpaths.
• Most of the pedestrians are encroached by the vendors, sometimes the two wheelers are
parked in the footpath area.
• And finally,people’s disobidence towards traffic rules, crossing roads at unauthorised points.
3 RESEARCH SOLUTION
Connectivity is the imporatant criteria which helps the people decide the means of transport for
commuting . If the network provides complete and safe walkway with clear demarcation and
protection from vehicle, then most of the people would prefer walking over other means of
transport to commute small distance.
P a g e | 226
3.1 CONCEPT
Creating a new connectivity for the entire city at a new height, elevating the pedestrain path
combined with new bicylce system freeing the roads as shown in Figure-03.
Figure-03: elevated platform for pedestrian and bicyclist
Figure-04: Floating platform
The skywalk is envisaged to skirt along the main traffic areas.It is a flexible, alterable floating
independent structure as elevated platform for the walkers and bicyclist along and across the cities
without any hindrance as shown in figure -04. The skywalk will be erected using the Pneumatic
principle.Pneumatic systems are mechanical systems that uses compressed gases. The concept is
operated by balloon filled with air or gas under pressure. The fabric of the balloon is made out of
P a g e | 227
recycled plastic yarn. The stitched fabric shell gets into a tailored shape by the pressurized gas. The
large surface area of the balloon is suitable for mouting flexible solar panels for generating
electricity. Pneumatic structures is a membrane which carries load developed from the tensile
stressess. The whole envelope has to be evenly pressurised for the best stability. The pressurised
balloons can be monitored from the control department, incase of any failure or emergeny .
Electromagnetic lifts which works with maglev principle can be planted near to important junction
and points, such asbus stops, road junctions, schools , hospitals, and commercial junctions as
terminals - This will help or motivate the pedestrians to use the skywalks whichis in another level.
Figure 05- shows the important bus stops, metro stations and Mrts stops where the pedestrian
crowds are more in intensity.
Figure 05- Chennai Bus stops, metro stations and MRTS stops
P a g e | 228
4 FAILURE OF THE CROSSING BRIDGE
The General Psycology of the pedestrian is to look for quick routes to cover the distance shortly.The
basic problem with the pedestrian bridge is that they are used only for crossing the roads and on an
average the pedestrian bridges are much larger than at road crosswalk.As per an analysis report by
ITDP(Oct 1, 2019),a pedestrian needs to walk 103m in the bridge, including the ramp and stairway,
to cross a 11m wide road.This is major drawback that the bridges are used only to cross the road.
5 ADVANTAGES OF PNEUMATIC STRUCTURE
1.It provides flexibility in planning and networking as it can easily overcome constrains at any given
point.
2.Unlike other techiques, this structural system has no limitations and restriction, and can be
planned as per the pedestrain intensity.
3.Easily repairable and requires low maintence, when compared to other structural system.It has
multiple balloons and in case one balloon fails, other balloons can take over the structural load.
4.Leaving no mark and no debris while dismandling,and leaving no footprint while erecting, is one
of the characteristics of the Pneumatic structure as shown in figure 6.
5. The techonolgy keeps the erecting process of the skywalk structure very simple , it can be
temporily erected in public gathering spaces during festivals and can be dismandled when not
required.
Figure 06- NO FOOTPRINT concept.
P a g e | 229
6 CONCLUSION:
Figure 07: Skywalk
“If you plan cities for cars and traffic, you get cars and trafiic.If you plan for people and places you
will get people and places-Fred Kent”
A continous and safe walkway is the basic fundamental requirement to develop a healthy urban
walkabilty.When any road infrastructure is developed, it becomes fully successful only if it addresses
safety and security , protects the pedestrians from motor vehicles, and is easily accessible to
everyone, inlucing the physically challenged. Figure-07
The skywalk satisfies the basic fundamental need of a pedestrian and bicylist in city road, which
gives a different imagiabilty to the city and changes its skyline. “The quality of the city life improves,
if the cities are designed user friendly” Skywalk makes it easy, safe and gives security for
pedestrians and bicylist and finally ,the city becomes pedestrian and bicylist friendly.
REFERENCES
[1] Statistics report: Sindhu kannan,2019 March,Chennai road Fatality, Times of India, chennai, City news,volume
01; page no 05.
[2] Government of Tamil nadu,Department of economics and Statistics- Statistics handbook- Road and Transport-
Chapter-23.2 , page no 442 ; https://www.tn.gov.in/deptst/roadandtransport.pdf
[3] Statistics report:Balasubramanian,2019 December14,Chennai accidents, Times of India, chennai, City
news,volume 01; page no 07.
[4] Union road transport and highway ministry’s transport research wing/Publications/Road accidents in India
2018-19- Page no 4-33 ; https://morth.nic.in/
[5] Cliff Ellis,2005,Planning method and Good city form,Published by:Locke science publishing
company.Chicago,USA.
[6] Kevin lynch,1990,Image of the city,The MIT press,Cambridge, London, England.
[7] Institute for transportation and development policy/Transport matters/2019 October 01/Pedestrian Bridges
Make Cities Less Walkable. Why Do Cities Keep Building Them.
P a g e | 230
REVIEW OF EXISTING ECOLOGICAL LAYER AROUND UYYAKONDAN

WATER CANAL IN TIRUCHIRAPPALLI
Haritha Preethi M R Sabana V

Faculty of Saveetha College of Architecture & Design Student, Masters in Architecture,
SIMATS Deemed University, SVS School of Architecture,
Chennai, India Coimbatore, India
harithamratnam@gmail.com sabanaveerajothimani@gmail.com
Vaishnavi C
Practicing Architect,
Madurai, India
yshnavi8@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Worldly, most of the civilizations are river based which started as hunters and agrarians, evolved
from being nomadic and later became civilized settlements. Though initially settled near the water
source, expansion of the settlements has led to the reliability of other water sources and storage
systems like canals, channels, well and aquifers. This paper focuses on one such canal that was built
during the reign of Raja raja Cholas in the ancient city of Tiruchirappalli. Uyyakondan canal runs
through the city, dividing it almost equally into two parts. The historic canal has evolved responding
to the urbanization and its growth. This can potentially act as an important source in today’s
scenario but has been polluted and environmentally degraded. The authors review the existing
ecological layer around the canal and the impacts of urbanization. The paper concludes with a
complete analysis of the ecological layer along the canal within the city limits and will identify the
ecologically sensitive areas and areas where design interventions can be brought in so that the
canal’s function and its role in the day to day life of the people using them are restored and put back
to its original purpose.
Key Words: Urbanisation, Ecosystems, Waterbodies, Environment
1 INTRODUCTION
The human race has always depended on water as a fundamental element to survive and sustain
life. Some civilisations have celebrated, venerated and worshipped the natural elements as Gods.
Indian culture has strongly associated themselves with water and its ecosystems. From celebrating
rivers flooding with water (Aadi 18) to offering ‘Theertham’ (prasadh) in the temples; From
conducting rituals for the dead in Rameswaram to washing our sins off in Papanasam, water has
been an integral part of Indian culture. This underscores how closely the traditions and practices
evolve around water.
Among various river basins in India, Tamil Nadu has 17 of which Cauvery is the major one. The
Uyyakondan canal is one such infrastructure, situated in the Cauvery River basin. Like any other
south Indian rivers, Cauvery flows eastwards with the western land being higher and the eastern
part of the Deccan plateau sloping towards the Bay of Bengal. This river basin caters almost all the
southern states like Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Karnataka. 55% of Cauvery basin lies in Tamil Nadu, 41%
P a g e | 231
in Karnataka, 3% in Kerala. And till today it is one of the major sources of fresh water to Tamil Nadu.
Various systems have been developed to prolong the availability of fresh water during the dry
seasons. Uyyakondan (Uyyam- kondan), is one such ancient water system constructed by the very
prominent ruler of the South, Raja raja Cholas of the Chola Kingdom in the city of Tiruchirappalli.
One cannot insist enough on the importance of water systems in days like these. It is extremely
astonishing to think about the futuristic thoughts the king had, thousands of year ago and it is
appalling to see the present-day conditions of this historic canal. As the name suggests, Uyyakondan
means possessing the power to bring life. But urban expansion has depleted the condition of the
canal to nothing but a mere sewerage.
2 BACKGROUND OF THE CANAL
Figure 14: Map showing the Tiruchirappalli city boundary and Cauvery river with Uyyakondan canal cutting across
the city
Cauvery river
Uyyakondan Canal
Tiruchirappalli
city limits
Tamil Nadu is generally a dry land and the city of Tiruchirappalli is no different. It is situated in the
centre of Tamil Nadu with sub-tropical – hot and dry climate (38.6 degree Celsius and 850mm annual
rainfall). The city very much depends on the monsoon rains for its yearly harvest including the water
flooding the Cauvery (Non-perennial), for the surplus water to be stored for the dry season. During
the reign of Rajaraja Cholan, a number of canal systems were developed to divert the surplus water
from the Cauvery which had in-turn made irrigation possible for lands even beyond the radius of 60
km from the Cauvery. The surplus water was diverted from the main rivers through the canals and
were stored in tanks and lakes. The system has three types of canal- Vellakal, Arrukal/ Nadukal and
Nirodukal, out of which Uyyakondan is an Arrukal- the feeder canal constructed to bring water to
tanks from the main river.
The canal is 87m long, originates from Pettavaithalai and carries water till Vaalavanthan kottai and
flows towards the east. The canal has been constructed in such a way that it divides the land below
the Cauvery into two parts: The Nirarambam and the Kadarambam. Nirarambam being the lands
fed by the wetness of Cauvery directly and Kadarambam being the dry land lying farther away from
the Cauvery and the sole purpose of Uyyakondan is to bring water to the Kadarambam. Since the
canal is constructed to irrigate the dry lands of the region and rejuvenates, it is named ‘Uyyakondan’
which has also been given for the king Rajaraja Cholan. Though evidential records of the canal’s
construction date have not been clear, it is interpreted from above that the canal would be 800 to
1000 years old.
P a g e | 232
3 SITE CONTEXT & METHODOLOGY
The study area demarcated in this paper is 6.9 km stretch starting from Puthur Weir till
Ariyamangalam, taken in consideration with the administrative limits of the city. The stretch holds
varied land use pattern like residential, institutional, public & semi-public usage. To elaborate the
effects of human intervention on the micro ecosystem around the canal, the paper analyses the
ecological layers of Water, Soil, Vegetation and its effects along the canal edge marked within an
offset of 250m on either side.
Figure 2: Map showing the study area of Uyyakondan canal and the 6 zones of analysis
Zone 1 Zone 5 Zone 6
Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4
The methodology adopted in this paper include the observation and field surveys, collated
information from Pollution Control Board and Agriculture University and its analytical interpretation
in relevance to the field survey and secondary information comparison. All data is based on
information collected in 2016-17. The stretch is divided into 6 zones and the characteristics of each
zone is analysed with respect to the above-mentioned parameters.
4 DRAINAGE AND TRIBUTARIES OF UYYAKONDAN CANAL AND ITS IMPACT ON THE MICRO-
CLIMATE
The Uyyakondan canal has 11 outlets and inlets, creating a micro-drainage pattern in the canal edge
accounting to a change in micro-climate on the either side of the canal. This change is observed by
offsetting 250m on either side and is taken for study. The tributaries of Uyyakondan Canal are mainly
opened out to avoid flooding. There are sluice gates between every tributary that branches out from
the main canal. These sluice gates are presently used only to flush out drainage which in turn affects
the climate of the region.
By tracking back the climate change in the last decade (from 1995-2005) it has been observed that
the climate has drastically changed, temperature has increased with decrease in water levels in the
tributaries. With the amount of greenhouse gases present in the environment, temperature rise is
noticed.
P a g e | 233
Figure 3: shows the inlet and outlet channels of Uyyakondan Canal. The dots representing the points at which water
was taken for sample study.
4.1 HUMIDITY AND COMFORT QUALITY:
With increase in temperature, possibilities of precipitation is affected and the amount of humidity
in air, which determines the comfort levels of humans and animals is also affected. With humidity
levels higher, humans can cool easily. But with humidity level lower, possibilities of dehydration are
higher. This effect can also be observed on vegetations.
The water bodies if present in good condition would have made the climate much cooler. This
suggests that the thermal responses of inland waters can affect the climate on a regional scale.
4.2 WATER LEVELS OF UYYAKONDAN CANAL
Based on site study, and mapping the water levels throughout the year, the water levels observed
are as follows. The water has been observed to be the maximum during the winter from September
– December and least from December – March’16.
Figure 4: The water levels in the canal throughout the year, data as of the year 2016
4.3 WATER SAMPLE STUDY OF UYYAKONDAN CANAL
Various researches suggest that climate change will diminish deep-water oxygen renewal in lakes
and other water bodies. A surface water sample and ten ground water samples were collected from
either side of Uyyakondan channel in Palakarai area. The distance between one station to another
station was maintained about 0.75 km the following inference has been made. All the samples were
collected during the post-monsoon, monsoon and pre-monsoon seasons during the year 2016-2017.
The various physio- chemical parameters such as pH, EC, TDS, TH, DO, BOD, COD, SO4 and NO3 of
P a g e | 234
both surface and ground water samples were determined using standard methods and the results
were compared with the values of World Health Organization.
Figure 5: Charts showing the various levels of chemicals present in the water samples.
This is also proved by the amount of hyacinth mapped on Uyyakondan Canal which indirectly
suggests the low level of oxygen content in the canal.
5 CONTOUR ANALYSIS OF UYYAKONDAN CANAL

Figure 6: Map showing the natural catchment formed between the Uyyakondan and the Koraiyar
5.1 PROCESS AND THE ANALYSIS
The Uyyakondan is a manmade canal, constructed to utilize the natural slopes of the region to its
advantage. The major slope is towards north east from the south west, the average slope of the
P a g e | 235
Trichy region being 1:470 m. Analysis shows that the canal exhibits the Trellis drainage pattern. The
contour analysis done in the city scale reveals the natural water catchment formed in between the
Uyyakondan canal and the Koraiyar.
Figure 7: Map showing the contour analysis map, done within the city limits.
Zone 2 Zone 3
Zone 1 Zone 5
Zone 4
Zone 6
To make a micro level study, the canal’s running length within the city limits is divided into 6 zones.
Observations include the type of soil, the condition of embankments and the natural slope direction
to analyse the water shed.
Zone 1: The vegetation along the canal in this region consists mostly of undisturbed indigenous
species. The Bund road along both the north and south banks of the canal acts as a buffer but the
native soil is replaced by debris. The natural slope is SE to NW, in other words, sloping towards the
canal.
Zone 2: Anna nagar and Thillai nagar are major flooding zones in Trichy as it lies on a comparatively
low-lying region than the other parts of Trichy. The natural slope of Bheema nagar is such that the
flood water drains into the Uyyakondan. The natural slope is from south to north. Offsets cannot be
observed on the northern bank of the canal and dumping of solid wastes is observed.
Figure 8: Image showing the section cut along the canal stretch
Zones 3 and 4 lies on a natural ridge with a very gradual slope rising towards the south making this
region safe from the floods possible in both Cauvery and Uyyakondan canal. The zones are not
characterized with slopes and is very flat. Concrete embankment starts from here. Encroachment
of the canal banks can be observed with back to back construction. Sewage is drained into the canal
P a g e | 236
directly from the residences surrounding it. Apart from backyard garden with one or two trees, no
vegetation is seen.
In zone 5 and 6, a natural valley is formed in-between two ridges and Uyyakondan is constructed
around it. The terrain is such that the water from the southern part seeps into the canal and ground
water seepage into a shallow valley is possible. This makes the valley the perfect spot for cultivation.
Domestic waste can be seen dumped on the banks.
5.2 RAMIFYING THE CONCLUSIONS OF THE ANALYSIS
5.2.1 Micro-Drainage Pattern:
Analysis of the natural water shed, the natural contour itself forms micro drainage patterns helping
with the easy collection of water in the canal, from the catchment formed in the southern part of
the canal. But alterations in the land use has caused extensive changes in the hydro systems and in
the biodiversity. The recent developments around the canal, has obstructed the natural water shed
pattern and has led to clogging of water.
5.2.2 Effects of Concrete Embankments:
Though concrete embankments can have its advantages, it can affect the natural collection of water
through seepage into the canal. This can have direct effects on the water levels and can destroy the
biodiversity along the canal. Dumping of wastes along the canal leads to the release of greenhouse
gases, which will in turn have direct effect on the temperature and thus causing alteration in the
environment.
5.2.3 Soil Analysis of The Area Around the Uyyakondan:
Based on studies conducted by the agricultural department of Tiruchirappalli, the soil found along
the upstream of the Uyyakondan is a mix of Loamy and alkaline Calcareous soil and along the
downstream clayey and moderately alkaline soil can be found. The Calcareous soil has large amount
of Calcium Carbonate in them and it generally has high pH level. Based on observations made from
the analysis, dumping of solid wastes from residences, industries, hospitals and construction sites
along the canal’s embankments has significantly affected the natural soil and has effect on the
acidity level and the porosity of the sub-strata in micro scale. This eventually implies that cultivation
and growth of any kind of vegetation has be made difficult.
6 Vegetation and Landforms around the Uyyakondan:
The vegetation of the Uyyakondan region within the city limits are assessed based on the
categorisation of the urban landscapes according with that of HERCULES – High Ecological
Resolution Classification for Urban Landscapes and Environmental Systems. In this system, the
landscapes have been broadly classified into woody vegetation – trees and shrubs, herbaceous
vegetation – grass and herbs, bare soil, buildings and pavements. This system of classification was
developed based on mapping the land cover of a particular stretch using aerial photographs.
P a g e | 237
Figure 9: Map showing the vegetation and landform usage around the Uyyakondan canal
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4 Zone 5
Zone 1
Zone 6
The zone 1 has important feature – an aqueduct where Koraiyar and Uyyakondan river meet and
the water is taken by aqueducts above the river. Topographically, the region is situated in the low-
lying area which naturally makes the zone abundant with indigenous vegetation and agricultural
fields with considerably less built structures.
The land use of zone 2 contains sparse vegetation with residential land use. The vegetation in this
zone is mostly the trees, plants and plantains grown along the edge in the backyard of the houses.
On observing the transition from the periphery to the inner-city core, the canal edge lack in
vegetation with built landforms.
The trend continues till zone 5 and further the green cover becomes totally void with predominantly
residential use with no setbacks and backyards facing the canal making it seem a dump yard. It is
been observed that the vegetation and green cover decreases as built area increases. The zone 5
and 6 being located farther away from the core city, it retains its indigenous vegetation with
scattered built areas. The city has begun to sprawl slowly eating up the agricultural fields and the
infrastructure development along the stretch that makes it a critical factor to be considered. The
proportional cover of Coarse (woody) and fine (herbaceous) vegetation, bare soil and the built is
scored into five categories.
Figure 10: Chart showing the vegetation and landform usage around the Uyyakondan canal
0 = None, 1 = Up to 10%, 2 = 11 to 35%, 3 = 36 to 75%, 4 = >75%
P a g e | 238
It can be concluded from the inferred table is that land cover and its density is inversely proportional
to the built area and the low-lying areas interpreted with the contour analysis plays a critical role in
the land cover density and green cover.
7 CONCLUSION
With observations made during the study of the ecological layer of the canal, the following issues
and suggestions are drawn. The various issues observed include the pollution, ground water quality,
irrelevant human interventions and encroachments in various zones along the study area.
ISSUES ZONES
High dense population Zone 3 & Zone 4
Pollution
Non-bio degradable Waste Zone 4
Hyacinth Zone 2
Medical waste Zone 2
Domestic waste Zone 3,4 & partial areas in Zone 5
Ground water quality
Poor Zone 4
Good Zone 6
Encroachments Zone 3 & 4
Dumping along the bank of Uyyakondan is to be cleared, to reduce the emission of greenhouse
gases. This will have direct effects on the micro climate of the region. Replacing the top soil along
the banks can help in increasing the green belt along the canal. This is help in lowering the
temperature on a micro level. The concrete embankments shall be replaced by nature
embankments, to allow nature seepage of water. Sewage disposal into the canal should be cut
down, by developing proper drainage systems. Sustainability can bring drastic changes to the
current condition. Increase in Urban spaces and green pockets around the canal can have positive
effects on humans. With these urban suggestions considered, betterment of the space quality on
an urban scale can be noticed around the canal.
REFERENCES
[1] K. Jacob, F.N. I and S. Narayanswami “The structural and drainage patterns of the Western Ghats in the vicinity
of the Palghat Gap” Geological Survey Of India, Calcutta.
[2] Blum Andrew “The long view: Urban remediation through Landscape and Architecture”
[3] Grimm, N.B. Faeth, S.H. Golubiewski, N. E Redman, C.L. Wu, “Global change and the Ecology of the cities” 756-
760.
[4] David Ludden, “The New Cambridge History of INDIA: An Agrarian History of South Asia, Part IV”
[5] Lewis Moore, “Trichinopoly Gazetteer, Volumes 1-2”
[6] India Meteorological Department (record high and low up to 2014)
[7] Jari Niemelä, Jürgen H. Breuste, Glenn Guntenspergen, Nancy E. McIntyre, Thomas Elmqvist, Philip James,
2011, Urban Ecology: Patterns, Processes, and Applications
P a g e | 239
RESILIENT EVACUATION PLAN AND MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES FOR

RAMAKRISHNA BEACH STRETCH, VISAKHAPATNAM
Anand Paulraj V Sabana V
Student, Masters in Architecture, Student, Masters in Architecture,
SVS School of Architecture,, SVS School of Architecture,
anand76967@gmail.com sabanaveerajothimani@gmail.com
Nivethitha R L
Student, Masters in Architecture,
Coimbatore, India
nivethitha.narayanan20@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Disasters and accidents being unforeseen phenomena, hold numerous possibilities that are capable
of causing casualties and infrastructure damages. Hazards are defined as phenomenon that pose
threat to people, structure or economic assets and is the major cause of a disaster[1]. It can either
be man-made or naturally occurring on the environment. These phenomena as mentioned earlier
are unanticipated regardless of the place, time, numbers and situation. Generally, the response to
such kind of mishap is in terms of relief and rescue operations.
It is important for a city development authority/ city municipalities and the event management team
to get adequately prepared for the unforeseen situations with developed knowledge on the pre-
planning, life saving tools and techniques, connectivity re-routing, EMS and communication systems
to reduce the impact and casualties.
This paper intends to recommend a plan on evacuation and relief measures for a larger population
gathered in Ramakrishna Beach (RK Beach), Visakhapatnam city in the case of emergency scenarios
such as fire, bomb threat, violence, and chaos due to derailment of amusement rides during
festivals and occasions. The beach acts as a venue for a number of occasions and celebrations that
attracts audience ranging from 100,000 to 1 million. The assessment focuses on connectivity, land
use, semi enclosed and open spaces, pedestrian movement, public amenities, densely populated
zones and the hardships on the site and recommendations cover evacuation routes, traffic
management measures, communication systems, existing situation repairs and infrastructure
improvement proposals.
Keywords: Relief measures; Evacuation strategies; festivals & accidents; R K Beach;Field Assessment
1 INTRODUCTION
Visakhapatnam situated in the eastern coast of India is one of the important port cities and an
important industrial centre in Andhra Pradesh. The city is often referred to as Vizag, Jewel of the
East Coast and the City of destiny as it is a home to many of the tourist places, attractive beaches
and scenic beauty. The area is dominated by the well forested Eastern Ghats in the West, Bay of
Bengal in the East and drained by several rivers in the farther east. The city is embraced by a long
P a g e | 240
coastline with several beaches including Ramakrishna beach, Bheemili beach, Rushikonda beach,
Yarada beach, Appikonda beach.
Ramakrishna beach among many beaches is most significant and active as it is easily accessible and
in vicinity to the heart of the city. The beach has cultural, historical and day to day significance and
values in several aspects. The stretch holds different places for leisure, historical information,
relaxation, and entertainment. The beach acts as a public gathering for many festivals and important
events. The various festivals and occasions the people of Visakhapatnam gather include the Maha-
Shivaratri, Vizag Utsav, 31st December & New Year day, Navy Day drills, Diwali, Food festivals,
Independence Day, Kite festival, etc.
Figure 15: Location of Andhra Pradesh, Visakhapatnam and R K Beach
2 STUDY AREA DEMARCATION & ASSESSMENT PROCESS
The Ramakrishna beach in Visakhapatnam city is the busiest among the other beaches of the city.
The land use along the beach is predominantly Residential, Commercial and Semi-public and public
use that includes parks, play areas, museums and convention centre. It is not just a tourist
destination but been extensively used by the citizens on daily basis for leisure and relaxation in the
evenings.
The paper focuses on a demarcated study area of 3.8 km extending from Coastal battery road in the
South West to the VUDA Park junction in the North East (see Figure 3). The 3.8km stretch along with
the surroundings up to Waltair main road are considered for documentation and assessment
purposes. The study area limits are demarcated with the help of major transit roads connecting the
beach stretch with the city and the festive – active partage along. The study methodology is
presented in Figure 2.
P a g e | 241
Figure 2: Study methodology
Study area extending

from Coastal battery
road to VUDA Park
Figure 3: Study area identified along RK Beach
The study area (3.8 km beach stretch) is divided into four sectors sector 1, sector 2, sector 3, sector
4 based on its activities and roads adjoining the beach road (see Figure 4). The layers of factors that
shapes the site as it expresses itself on a day to day basis include the User active spaces & Hawkers
Zones, Parking Spaces, Open and enclosed Green spaces, Public Transport Boarding points, Access
Points, Crossings & Junctions. The above-mentioned parameters were assessed by each sector and
its issues and inferences were discussed. The evacuation routes and strategies are recommended
assuming the different points of impact within these sectors.
P a g e | 242
Figure 4: Sectors for the purpose of study and analysis

2.1 Hierarchy of Roads:
The study area has 2 Major Distributor roads – Dr. NTR Beach road and Waltair Road that connect
to the State Highways SH-155. There are 5 Other Distributor roads that aids in connecting people
from the NTR Beach road which are all 4 lanes except the Netaji street adjoining the VUDA Park in
Jalaripeta. There are 2 other private roads around the AU Convention Centre connecting the Chinna
Waltair road. Local roads are numerous connecting the beach road to Major and Other Distributor
roads through the residential areas. The lane type and the lane width of the Distributor roads are
detailed in the Table 1.
Table 12 Road type (no. of lanes) & Road width
3 ASSESSMENT OF THE STUDY AREA
3.1 Access Points
There are various access points including Access points to the beach, vehicular access points and
the access point to the parks and other public spaces in the study area. These points are been
marked and assessed for the purpose of evacuation planning and strategy development. The access
points to the beach varies in height respective to the terrain. Besides, the distance between access
points varies and are less in the beginning and it tends to increase as we see further in sector 3 and
Sector 4, near submarine museum and YMCA ground (Figure 5a). There are a larger number of
access points in sector 2 near the bus stop and the stage area.
SECTOR 1 Distant access points to beach
SECTOR 2 Highly accessible to beach with less distances between the access
points
P a g e | 243
SECTOR 3 Far distant access points with semi – enclosed parks as hindrances
SECTOR 4 No access points to the beach, enclosed by parks and commercial use
Figure 5a: Various Access points to the beach & Public spaces
Figure 5b: Sections cut across the various sectors showing distinctive Access points
3.2 Pedestrian Crossings & Islands
The sector 1 has parks that are not accessible to the beach from the service road and the crossings
to the beach road are stairways from the service lane at distances around 150m to 350m. These
narrow accesses of 1m will act as pressure points and inadequate for people during emergency and
panic situation.
The sector 2 has wider crossings with open middle lanes without a curb. These middle lanes in this
sector are used as 2-wheeler parking zones. There are 2 such larger crossings that help people to
spread across the zone with lesser pressure thus aiding in potential evacuation from the beach.
The sector 3 has lower number of access points as well as pedestrian crossings. The crossing that is
adjoining the Submarine museum is of longer length which is 330m. All the crossings in Sector 3 are
very distantly placed and take longer time to cover which is an issue during Emergency situations.
P a g e | 244
Figure 6: Pedestrian crossings & islands with their distance cover
The sector 4 has pedestrian crossings but lack access points to the beach. It is covered with enclosed
green spaces like Children’s Park and VUDA Park thus lacking an access from the beach to the road
directly.
3.3 Open & Enclosed Green Space Assessment
The sector 1 consists of parks, children play area, restaurants, parking spaces adjacent to a service
road that act as driving factor for the use of parks. This sector lack hawkers as this sector is away
from the main beach area but instead few restaurants serve the population enjoying the park. This
sector is comparatively less significant in terms of crowding and utility. The lack of access to the sea
from these enclosed parks also play a significant role in low dense crowding.
The sector 2 is highly significant because of the bus stop, the only existing public connectivity node
exclusive of the auto stands. Besides, the bus stop opens up to a huge plaza towards the sea with
hawker active zones leading to user active spaces. This sector of the beach has a series of temporary
shops over the beachfront unlike the other sectors. The stage significant during the festivities serves
as a temporary parking area on regular days. The sector 2 thus act as a major crowded area during
special events and festivals.
Figure 7: Assessment of Open & Enclosed Spaces along with hawker density and parking spaces by
Sector
The sector 3 has the enclosed semi-public areas like Sub marine museum, Aircraft museum, AU
Convention centre and series of green open plazas and memorials that make the sector vibrant with
tourists and floating population. The hawkers’ interference is mild compared to the sector 2 thus
making the sector a less dense with daily users and the population from the neighbourhood. In
P a g e | 245
contrast, the parking space near the Bay view hotel comprising few temporary eateries act as a lively
space with local population.
The bay view hotel, YMCA ground, Children’s park, The Park hotel, VUDA Park comprises the sector
4. The sector 4 though has the parks and gardens accessible to the public, it is less active because of
the lack of bus facilities. The local people from the surroundings come to these areas in the evening
for leisure and recreation. The pathway front of the VUDA Park has few hawkers as it is accessed by
the public whereas the park hotel and children’s park areas lack hawkers and a less active in the
footpath. The footpath exceptional of the hawker zone has 3m for the pedestrian movement.
4 SPECIAL EVENTS - GATHERING SCENARIO
Figure 8: Crowd gathering along the RK Beach during festivals
The RK Beach experiences a large crowd gathering during the festivities like Vizag Utsav, New Year
Celebration, Navy Day, Shivaratri, etc. (Figure 8). The gatherings are in an order near the stage
during the Navy day demonstrations but the gatherings along the beach stretch are random and
sporadic.
Figure 9: Crowd gathering during Maha Shivaratri
People tend to gather all throughout the beach stretch, which restricts ease of movement and
complicates the egress from the beach. This random gathering with heavy footfall that combined
with the random-access points and hindrances along the beach stretch further complicated the
evacuation procedure during emergencies.
Figure 10: Pictures showing the crowd gathering during Navy day demonstrations
5 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN AND STRATEGIES
Emergency Responders Access, Crowd Management and Communication are taken as key factors
for addressing Emergency evacuation plan and Strategies. The vehicular access at the time of panic
P a g e | 246
includes the ambulance, fire brigadier and people’s access to the public transit nodes. While all
population cannot be evacuated totally the evacuation management needs to have accommodating
spaces, mitigation shelters providing quick remediation to the situation. This chapter focuses on
providing routing systems for ambulance, fire brigadier, Shuttle bus routes, general evacuation
recommendations and suggestions. Considering the impact points in different sectors, the
evacuation routes and strategies are planned accordingly.
Figure 11: Proximity of Emergency Infrastructure facilities
5.1 Emergency Responders Access – Fire Brigade
Figure 12: Fire Brigade access routes Figure 13: Shuttle bus access
Figure 13: Ambulance access routes
The Fire station location and the routes preferred for the easy and fast access of the fire brigade to
the beach stretch has been noted. Contingency routes are also been identified in case of any
blockages in the preferred route or in the beach stretch.
5.2 Emergency Responders Access – Ambulance
The location of ambulance and the ambulance routing planned accordingly with respect to impact
on different sectors. The major hospital zone is located near the Sector 1. Considering the situation
at the time of event in the sector 3, the roads through the Andhra University is considered the
preferred route though it seems to be for private usage.
P a g e | 247
6 RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS
6.1 Issues
Table 2 Pedestrian travel speed
Table 3 Time calculation for the evacuation of people [2]
Total access points width

(A1+A2+…. +A23) = 284m
Number of people exiting through 1m door in 1 minute = 2.25P/m/s [3]
Time taken to evacuate 1 million people from the beach taking into account the sum of existing
widths of access points
284m x 135 persons = 38340 P/ minute
Therefore, for 1 million people to exit through 284m open access at a steady flow = 26 minutes
(The above value is calculated neglecting all other parameters like age profile, health conditions,
hindrance & obstructions, terrain, ground cover)
6.2 Recommendations
The study recommends the following strategic recommendations:

• Widening of existing access points
• Creating new access points and emergency exits in those semi enclosed parks that could be
opened only during emergency situations could relieve pressure to an extent in emergency
situations
• Repair of access points – levelling the access and adding anti-skid flooring materials in few access
points and ramps to increase friction
P a g e | 248
• Installation of warning systems, announcement systems for each sector which in present time
are only available in the sector 1 near the sculpture park
• Collaboration with national associations like NCC, NSS, Scouts and Guides, Red Cross and other
volunteer groups, NGOs, neighborhood settlements (residential apartments and institution
zones) for guiding and assisting in the evacuation of people and provision of accommodating
shelters and temporary relief structures
• Development of Emergency Evacuation Management Applications that helps to guide the
people/ users to safe places using GPS navigation maps through guidance to bus stops, nearest
safe route, impact areas, accommodating shelters, gathering points to meet the families and
friends during evacuation.
• Provision of entry exit points for beach ambulance in case of emergency
• In case of chaos, Management of crowd through Effective communication, Channelization,
Diversion, Cooperation, Proclamation, Show of Force, Apprehension of crowd members, Use of
Barriers, Employment of water, Riot control agents.
• Indulgence of EMS Communication systems like Mutualink Technology: Radio, Video and Audio
networks, Sonim: 2-way radio system, OnPage: Text message platform closed between control
crew, FirstNet [First Responder Network Authority]: Highspeed networking system, BeOn:
Extend radio communication [4].
7 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We register our thanks and gratitude to Dr. A. Panneerselvam, Executive Director of LEA Associates
South Asia Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi who provided insight and expertise that greatly assisted the research.
REFERENCES
[1] Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation – ‘City Disaster Management Plan’ – Vol-1, 1.1, 8,
Visakhapatnam.
[2] Nathan Wood et al., 2016, ‘Pedestrian flow-path modelling to support Tsunami Evacuation and disaster relief
planning in the U.S.Pacific Northwest’, International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, Vol-18, 41-55.
[3] Peschl I.A.S.Z, 1971, ‘Evacuation capacity of door openings in Panic situations’, Bouw 26, 62–67 (in Dutch)
[4] Danielle Cortes DeVito, 2014, ‘5 fire and EMS communication tools for major sporting events’, Fire rescue 1
(Newsletter)
P a g e | 249
SEISMIC PERFORMANCE OF BAMBOO ARCHITECTURE – IKRA

HOUSING SYSTEM
Pavithra Devi.B
SVS School Of Architecture
Coimbatore, Tamilnadu
arpavithradevi01@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Earthquake resistant building materials, design and construction are developed worldwide. Other
than concrete and steel, a material which can be used in the seismic zone in India is bamboo, where
bamboo is available in abundant. Nowadays bamboo is gaining attraction all over the world.
Bamboo is a cost-effective, practical, aesthetically pleasing and environmentally friendly building
alternative. It is extremely strong, versatile, and flexible and lightweight material & considered to
be a sustainable and renewable alternative to hardwoods because it regenerates at a very fast
rate; it is an alternative solution as a building material being renewable resources absorbs
greenhouse gases. Bamboo has a long history of use in buildings, being common to the vernacular
architecture of China, Considering the architectural design there are many ways to design using
bamboo. In this research, it is based on the possible use of bamboo as a structural and sustainable
material in the construction industry & also explains how architects have used this material as a
cost-effective, structural and aesthetically appealing building material in various projects.
Keywords: Cost effective, Greenhouse gases, Renewable resources, Sustainable & Vernacular
architecture.
1 INTRODUCTION
The common phenomena in most parts of the world are not earthquake. Hence, in most rural areas
same as urban areas, the houses are not built to withstand seismic forces, these will result in heavy
causalities even in moderate earthquakes. In some parts of the world, however, In this indigenous
construction method, the people have incorporated the critical elements of quake resistance. It
seems unreasonable to state that simple, unsophisticated, non-engineered, timber or bamboo and
masonry structures. Comparing to new structures of reinforced structures this might be safer in
large earthquakes , but such has proven to be the case in a Count of an recent earthquakes, including
the Izmit and Duzce Earthquakes in Turkey of 1999, and the Bhuj earthquake in India which occurred
at 2001, and the Kashmir earthquake in Pakistan of occured at 2005.
2 BAMBOO AS A SUSTAINABLE MATERIAL
Bamboo is a plant which grows faster and a renewable too, a plant that grows easily which doesn't
requires chemicals and pesticides. It can be grown in anywhere of world and it can be used in inside
and outside of a building.
P a g e | 250
Figure 1: Bamboo symphony office building Figure 2: Bamboo bus stop

(Source from: Rao, Bangalore, 2014) (Source from: Rao, Bangalore, 2014)
2.1 BAMBOO AS A CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
The Usage of Bamboo in construction field become Vast. Over one billion people around the world
living in the houses which is made of bamboo. As per UNESCO, 70 hectares of bamboo produce is
enough to build 1000 bamboo houses. The road barriers made of bamboo were widely used in India.
In China the bridge was built using bamboo which can support a truck weighing 16 tons (32,000 lbs.
or 14,515 kg).
Figure 3: Noodle Restaurants in Bamboo structure

(Source from: Rao,Bangalore, 2014)
As Bamboo having high tensile strength by using it as construction material architects creating many
Innovative buildings and furniture’s. Also, as it was cost effectiveness and easy availability bamboo
scaffolding is more preferable than metal scaffoldings.
Many architects considered bamboo as a vernacular construction technique. The bamboo

construction technology's history has given more scope to the evolution of a wide variety of joinery
details and other structural Developments. To maintain the material from deterioration the
adequate technology has been used. Also there have a development in repair and rehabilitation of
such bamboo structures on post-earthquake disasters.
P a g e | 251
Figure 4: Multi storey building using Bamboo Figure 5: Bamboo Beach house, Kerala
The bamboo-based system is the combination of Adobe and masonry construction. Every
earthquake will give the interesting challenges for the bamboo structure users. so; Let us go through
some bamboo construction systems where bamboo used as a strongest structural member and
strongest structural system on earthquakes.
Figure 6 : School Building, Lahore Figure 7 : Roof construction

In Costa Rica over 30 bamboo houses were stood strong without any damage on 7.6 magnitude
earthquake. The huge overhanging gable on the front and rear of the bamboo structures which are
not usually supported by poles that emphasise that the superstructure is completely supported at
its base.
Figure 8: Tree house Restaurant Figure 9: Bamboo low cost housing
P a g e | 252
3 BAMBOO HOUSING – IKRA HOUSING SYSTEM
The Traditional construction of north-eastern region is consisting of mostly typical bamboo houses,
known locally as ‘IKRA’, and also widely known as Assam-type housing. In northeast India these kind
of housing typologies are common. Majority of These kinds of Structures are used for residential
purposes. The locally available light weight material like bamboos, wooden planks, thatch etc. Were
used to build these typology houses. These houses have a common proper system of
bamboo/wooden beam-column and it fulfil the requirements of rectangularity and simplicity in
earthquake safety.
Figure 10: Bamboo housing system –IKRA housing Figure. 11 Bamboo strips plastered with mud or cement.
(Source: Kakkad, sanghavi, 2011) (Source: Kakkad ,sanghavi, 2011)
IKRA houses are single-storey structures which is made up of brick or stone masonry and those walls
are up to about 1 m above the plinth. The walls consisting of bamboo woven were supported with
the masonry together which is connected with wooden frame, and plastered with cement or mud
plaster. Generally, the roof consists of GI sheets which were supported on wood/bamboo trusses
that laterally connect the parallel walls. The masonry foundation walls using steel angles, and flats
with bolts were connected with the bamboo superstructure and nails. There was no record of
significant damages on IKRA houses which faced the earthquake.
These typology houses, constructed on slopes, are susceptible to landslides or slope failure and
these are not safe on strong earthquake ground motion as unequal lengths of posts lead to
unsymmetrical shaking. In plains, these buildings are noticed to perform the best. In the event of
earthquakes, it was deeply noted that there was no injury caused due to the falling of debris of IKRA
walls. It gone on to state those reinforced concrete buildings were damaged severely during the
event.
3.1 MODERN CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
Load bearing system and Reinforced concrete frame system are the recent practices in the
construction. Both the system is popular around the world. Comparing both the systems, the
dimensions are the same.
3.2 MODEL CONFIGURATIONS
3.2.1 IKRA HOUSING MODEL
A school in Dispur, Assam: a real-life structure - is a modelled in software. The dimension of the
building plan is 8m X 16m. The modulus of elasticity is 20000000Kn per sq.m and the density of
bamboo is 7.3575 kN per cubic meter, Poisson’s ratio is 0.3 and critical damping is 0.00152 as per
INBAR (International Network for bamboo and rattan).
P a g e | 253
Brick wall is used for modelling and it’s connected with plinth as well as with bamboo. The wall is
made of bamboo strips and plastered with mud. So far, the dynamic analysis, the wall is ignored in
the model.
Fig 12 Model of bamboo (IKRA) housing system - Green mashing

(Source: Kakkad ,sanghavi, 2011)
3.2.2 REINFORCED BRICK MASONRY
For the wall, brick masonry is used and the dimensions are taken same as the IKRA housing. The
reinforced masonry sap -2000 v.14 is used. In the sap, a wall is crested by layered shell element. In
the shell element, there are three different layers: first and third layers are made of brick masonry
and the second middle layer is made up of rebars and the spacing of rebar is 300mm.
Figure 13 Model of reinforced brick masonry system.

(Source: Kakkad ,sanghavi, 2011)
3.2.3 CONFINED BRICK MASONRY SYSTEM
The dimension of the model is taken same as the above systems. The wall is taken as the brick wall,
and for the tie beam and column reinforced concrete is used. The dimension of tie beam and column
as per the EERI
P a g e | 254
Figure 14 Model of Confined brick masonry syste (source: kakkad ,sanghavi, 2011)
4 RESULT
A. SEISMIC FORCE ON DIFFERENT SYSTEMS
Table 1 - Frequency of Different Housing systems from the Time

History analysis
From this frequency analysis of different housing systems, the time period, response reduction factor, zone
factor and importance factor can be worked out from IS 1893 -2002
Table 2- corrected sa/g as per is 1893 – 2002 (for hard soil)
From this time period, Sa/g (Average response acceleration coefficient) can be derived from as per
the IS-1893-2002. For 5% damping, and for the different construction material used in housing the
correction factor is multiplied as per IS-1893-2002.
P a g e | 255
Table 3- Seismic Force on Different Housing System
Table 4- Seismic Force on Different Housing System

This chart shows the comparative analysis of seismic force on different housing system.
B. STRESSES IN STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Table 5 – stress in structural systems

The chart shows the principal major, minor, von mis and shear stress in different housing system.
These stresses are determined from the software.
5 CONCLUSION
As, we already know that bamboo is very flexible material and also light weight material, the
bamboo system has the seismic force in very less graph compared to modern housing systems.
bamboo housing system has the seismic force of 12.97% and 11.72% of reinforced brick masonry
and brick masonry systems respectively. In Assam (IKRA) housing system, the bamboo is used for
Structural element as main element because bamboo is ductile material & its performance is
improved under earthquake event. The stresses on the bamboo housing system are higher than
modern housing system. It can be concluded that material used in system is properly utilised
P a g e | 256
REFERENCES
[1] Performance of structures during the Sikkim earthquake of 14 February 2006 Kaushik, H.B., Dasgupta, K.,
Sahoo, D.R., and Kharel, G. Current Science 2006 91(4): 449-455
[2] Guidelines for Earthquake Resistant Non-Engineered Construction IAEE The International Association for
Earthquake Engineering, Japan 1986
[3] Traditional housing system – case study (India) http://www.archinomy.com.
[4] IS: 8242-1976 “Method of test for split bamboo “Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi.
[5] https://www.archinomy.com/case-studies/traditional-house-in-assam/.
[6] Bamboo as a Building Material. Washington D.C.: US Department of Agriculture. 1981.
[7] World housing encyclopedia – An encyclopedia of housing construction in seismically active areas of the
world- EERI and IAEE, www.world-housing.net.
P a g e | 257
SIGNIFICANCE OF MULTICULTURAL PLANNING
Steffy Thomas
Student, M.Planning (Urban planning),
Government Engineering College,
Thrissur, Kerala, India,
steffythomas2310@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The process of nation building in a multicultural society has always been a complex task. Nation is
considered as a group of people, who share a common cultural and ethnic identities. People who
have common history, values, language, customs and traditions come under the arena of nation as
per the well accepted definition of nationhood. But in a society where groups of diverse cultural
identity reside, process of nation building is not that easy. In such a society parameter of nationality
can never universal. Universal citizenship declines the plurality of society whereas unity of a nation
resides in acceptance of its diversity. This research makes an attempt to analyse the role of
Multiculturalism in urban planning. It is constitutional duty of the nation to protect the fabric of
multiculturalism through the practice of differentiated citizenship. The Indian society has been
multi-cultural, multi-religious, multi-linguistic multi-racial and multi-ethnic from ancient times.
However, India has also encountered various sorts of divisiveness. Therefore, the foremost
important challenge before the countries like India is to preserve pluralistic tradition and to bring
diverse communities into the mainstream society by promoting the spirit of multiculturalism.
Concerned citizens in India are worried over the terrible scenario of current communal disharmony
and there’s fear that it might ultimately end up in disintegration of the nation. It’s unfortunate that
deceitful politicians with an eye fixed on vote banks are indirectly helping the force promoting
narrow religious sentiments, linguistic and regional identity. Building bridges of solidarity among
different religious communities in India is important to maintain the pluralistic and multicultural
credentials of the country. The significance of traditional and ethnic aesthetics has been highlighted
through good examples of Multicultural planning adopted in various countries to preserve the
pluralistic tradition of a nation.
Key Words: Multiculturalism; Ethnic groups; Cultural identity; Pluralistic tradition.
1. INTRODUCTION
Multiculturalism is defined as the state of co-existence of different cultures. It also aims at the
preservation of various culture and their identities within a unified society as a city, state or nation.
The concept of multiculturalism originated in the 1970s and was used in Canada for the first time in
order to tackle the problem of immigrants such as conflicts over land use which include
neighbourhood disputes over large scale in-fill housing in established residential neighbourhoods,
or the issues over the parking requirements for places of worship with a regional catchment area[1].
Some other immigrant issues were the higher unemployment rates and lower earnings of the
Immigrants than the born white Canadians of similar qualifications. In order to eradicate these
inequalities, they have made strategies and they have reconstructed the policies and programs. The
cultural need and the preferences are of two levels: Individual level and community level. The
immigrants actually expect the Planning policies and programs to address their culturally specific
needs as an entitlement of their citizenship rather than discriminating the immigrant feelings. In the
P a g e | 258
case of Canada, the availability of subsidized housing affects all those in need, regardless of the
culture, since the policy was to allocate units only to nuclear families affecting the relatively large
families of immigrants, for example. Also, in death, community cultures inherit conflict with the
burial regulations followed within the Judo-Christian tradition [2].
The provision of the services for various groups has to be planned differently. It doesn’t mean there
should be different rules for different persons. What it implies is that the objectives and outcomes
should be uniform but the measures to achieve them (i.e., inputs) could vary according to the culture
of the people. Thus, the concept of multiculturalism spread to other countries like Australia, USA,
UK and few other countries where immigrants of different countries across the world lived and
settled. Since assimilation and homogenization failed, multiculturalism has become unavoidable
and therefore these governments adopted it as an official and political policy [3].
2. DEFINING MULTICULTURALISM
Even though there are plenty of literature, theories and even professions working with
multiculturalism I still cannot help to wonder what it is all about. Originally, I first perceived
multiculturalism as a contemporary concept that has come into existence to handle problems that
has been aroused within its own lifetime. I will try to examine multiculturalism as a social
phenomenon that emerged as oppressed people started demanding for their justice and equality
after World War 2. The huge migration across both political and physical boundaries which gave
birth to new issues, that had to be addressed, understood and tackled. The goal is to understand
the city as a unit and space where differences and struggles take place.
Multiculturalism is a movement ensuring the appreciation and acknowledgement of a pluralistic

society. But it is nearly impossible to offer any firm and finite definition of multiculturalism although
it is possible to synthesize the thoughts that are consistent among scholars who write on this
particular topic:
• Multiculturalism seeks equality, respect and recognition of difference
• It is an active and willful support for the expression of difference
• That difference represents diversity, in language, culture, religion, nationality, gender, ethnicity,
race, custom etc.,
Then where does planning fit into this? It is when serving the public that a planner has a major role
to play. He has to identify both the similarities as well as the differences within the different group
interests and it is the duty of the planners who have to balance their interest while showing respect
to each individual and group [4].
3. MULTICULTURALISM IN URBAN PLANNING
3.1 The planning context in Multiculturalism
The planning context made up by the multicultural cities has led today’s planners to face new
challenges which require a customized planning practice. This change in planning practices urges
urban planner’s role as "managing our coexistence in shared space". The planners have long been
ignorant of diversity and cultural diversity [4]. The Figure 1 depicting the key principles of
Multicultural Planning is shown below.
P a g e | 259
Figure 16: Figure depicting the key principles of Multicultural Planning
Source: Author
3.2 Importance of social support for Multiculturalism
The table 1 shows the importance of social support for Multiculturalism. The table explains the
impacts of adequate versus inadequate social supports and highlights the need for interventions at
the local level.
Table 1: Table showing the Importance of social support for Multiculturalism
When Settlements services work When Settlements services are not accessed
Adequate social support positively impact: Inadequate social support negatively impacts:
– Enhancement of integration, network building, and – Social isolation

empowerment – Loneliness
– Facilitation of employment and sharing of – Depression
experiences – Inadequacy
– Reduction of stress, loneliness, and despair – Being in limbo
– Improvement of physical and mental health – Lack of identity
– Difficulty seeking employment
Source: Stewart et al. (2008).
3.3 The growing Multicultural problems in City Planning
From the beginning of modern city planning, the multicultural issues cannot be separated from
addressing the social problems like poverty, slums, affordable housing issues etc., The post-war
demographic change which was brought by the increasing immigrant population worsened the
modernist planning practice. According to Filion (1999), the shift from the modern to the
postmodern planning is in the late 1960s and early 1970s. The postmodern planning focuses on the
pluralistic planning than the universal planning, the broader democratic and social inclusive process.
One important planning theory is Davidoff’s advocacy theory (Davidoff, 1967). Davidoff believes
that the multicultural planning needs highly citizens involvement and therefore the broader equality
[5].
3.4 General effects of Multiculturalism in Urban planning
3.4.1 Policy Amendment
The growing multicultural issues stimulate the change in planning guidelines, policies and
regulations to accommodate multiculturalism. Planning tools like official community plans, zoning
P a g e | 260
bylaws, and some provincial government laws should be made to accommodate the cultural need
and requirements of diverse groups. Multiculturalism should be considered in the policies of historic
preservation, urban design, commercial development, neighbourhood and housing, signage, public
transportation and parking perspectives also [5].
3.4.2 The Extension of Planning practice
Multiculturalism should be reflected in planning processes:

• Ethnical and cultural elements must become a crucial category in assessing planning
goals.
• Planners should pay more attention to the various cultural needs of ethnical groups,
especially within the minority communities.
• The general public participation should take into account the multicultural elements in
planning scope and procedures, the more planning technique got to be explored [5].
3.4.3 The Planner’s role and Public interest
The Planner has different roles and responsibilities to deal with in order to contribute to the city
development which is mentioned in the below figure 2.
Figure 2: Figure illustrating the Planner’s responsibility to the city development
Source: Author
Especially for various development step, what’s the foremost effective and resource-saved way to
address this issue? With an increasing multicultural issue, planners need to keep it as a
crucial consideration to reduce discrimination in important planning processes like land use,
housing programs, public services etc., The multicultural issue expands the definition of the general
public interest. If the general public interest means “the greatest happiness of the greatest
number”, then how should planning address the right of marginal groups and equity issues? The
effective multicultural planning can improve democracy, which should respond to the cultural need
and requirement of various people of different races, classes, genders, and cultures [5].
3.5 Different Aspects of Multicultural Planning
3.5.1 Ethnic Commercial Area Arrangement
Although multicultural policies and programs are improving in recent years, there’s still a
comprehensible lack of planning legislations and associated guidelines to support planning
department directly and proactively when intervening in ethnic commercial/business development.
Many cases replicate the passiveness of planners grappling ethnic commercial developments. Ethnic
business characters sensitively respond the change of demographic composition, planners ought to
P a g e | 261
pay greater attention to this current change [5]. The figure 3 shows the Bunnengasse market,
Vienna, features the largest permanent market for exotic products where there are more than 50
nationalities including many Pakistanis, Turks, Maghrebians and Egyptians. The figure 4 shows the
Queens market in West, accommodate difference over time place for positive intercultural
encounter. Next to the Bengalis selling biscuits is a Jewish guy selling curtains.
Figure 3: Bunnengasse market, Vienna. Figure 4: Queens market in West.
Source: Internet Source: Internet
3.5.2 Public Space: Religious building, Signages
The public spaces accommodating multiculturalism need to take into consideration the following
aspects illustrated below in the figure 5.
Figure 5: Figure illustrating the aspects to be considered while designing public spaces accommodating
Multiculturalism.
Source: Author
In implementation process, city planners got to adjust the related regulations and standards to fulfil
the construction requirements, especially for spiritual buildings, parks for various user, and also the
multilingual signage [5]. The figure 6 shows the Supertile public park transformation in Copenhagen
bring together elements of street furniture from all over the world and celebrates the
neighbourhood’s cultural diversity. The figure 7 shows the Modern Singapore’s Chinatown district
was once considered an immigrant ghetto which was troubled by poor living conditions and poverty.
An urban renewal project revitalizes city neighbourhoods while reclaiming its multicultural past
P a g e | 262
Figure 6: Supertile public park, Copenhagen.
Source: Internet
Figure 7: Singapore’s Chinatown district
Source: Internet
P a g e | 264
3.5.3 Private Space: Housing issue
Housing choice is one among the foremost important issues in multicultural planning, especially in
an exceedingly pluralistic community, different ethnical groups with their own cultures and lifestyles
have different housing needs including dwelling size, layout, construction materials and community
facilities. Although the financial situations influence housing choice, cultural preferences are also a
non-negligible consideration of various ethnic groups [5].
Housing issues also involves considerations about overall urban layout, traffic arrangement, and
therefore the whole architectural character unity. According to Uyesugi and Shipley (2005), in order
to select proper sites to develop traditional Chinese courtyard housing, planners got to coordinate
all the influencing factors and deal with different relationships. As a result, the related planning
policies and zoning bylaw should fully consider the multicultural preferences. Although the new
houses, which were developed by immigrants from Hong Kong and Taiwan, fully complied with local
regulations, they didn’t fit the form and character of the historic neighbourhoods of Vancouver and
as such created negative sentiments among existing local residents due to the aesthetic impacts on
the local landscape [5].
3.5.4 Improving Community Services and Social Inclusions
Improving neighbourhood services and social mechanisms is very important aspects to attain
increasing multicultural needs. As adding new festival, sport, food, art, ethno-cultural groups also
brings rich public life. Though not all the community members can participate in specific cultural
activities, especially some religious activities, planners can integrate new cultural characteristic
elements into local culture to enhance community’s vitality. They also should consider the way to
distribute equitably public funds for various cultural programs; moreover, community services
should consider multicultural outreach strategy like intercultural contact, extensive translations.
Finally, it’s necessary to make a planning mechanism to accommodate multicultural services in city
planning [5]. The figure 8 shows the intercultural garden based on the ‘community gardens’ found
in the US. There were old abandoned areas in urban centres which are turned into gardens. The
gardeners are originally from Turkey, Iran, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Cambodia, Japan,
Poland and Germany.
Figure 8: Iintercultural garden, U.S.
Source: Internet
P a g e | 265
4. CONCLUSION
In conclusion, this study has presented several research findings that demonstrated a need for
Multiculturalism and its impact on Urban planning. Firstly, this study defined Multiculturalism and
the planning context of Multiculturalism emphasizing Planner's role.
When we look into the Indian context of Multiculturalism, India is a multi-ethnic, multi-language,
multi-caste, multiregional country, the inclusive growth of the country depends on the development
on different minority groups and this inclusive growth demands equal access to services and
opportunities for economic and social development to all social groups. Marginalization of these
groups as well as the lack of advantage of these groups is a threat to India.
While comparing the various policy areas that address the basic key rights of every citizen, it can be
found that only 38 countries in whole world has some affirmation of Multiculturalism in their policy
level. There is indeed a lack of equitable participation and harmony among diverse communities in
a society which is leading to grievous issues. There's urgent need for the reconstruction of the
policies and amendments in every county to accommodate Multiculturalism for a better and happy
life of the entire population.
REFERENCES
[1] Wallace, M. (2000). Where planning meets multiculturalism: A view of planning practice in the Greater Toronto
Area. Plan Canada, 40(4), 19-20.
[2] Qadeer, M. A. (2009). What is this thing called multicultural planning? Plan Canada.
[3] K.V. Dominic. (2016). International Journal on Multicultural Literature (IJML) Vol. 6, No. 2
[4] Brian Norgard Lygh.(2015).Urban Planning – Handling an increasingly diversified and multicultural
Copenhagen.Aalborg university student report.
[5] Yi (Danna) Hu. (2018). Harmonious Multiculturalism in a Non-metropolis. Vancouver Island University
P a g e | 266
SOPHISTICATION IN COMPACTNESS
Ishwarya. G
Amirtha Developers
Coimbatore, India
ishwarya26041996@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Over population has become a serious issue all over the world. Density of the population and the
land availability on earth is inversely proportional to each other. The former factor is rapidly
increasing day by day, whereas the latter is getting reduced. Every single individual wish to own a
house with maximum comfortableness. But due to less space available and the increased land value
people who are not able to afford bigger homes need to compromise their comfort. Most of the
spaces in a house are occupied by furniture. In general, a living hall consists of a 3-seater sofa with
a pair of single seater sofas, a side table and a TV unit; a bedroom consists of a king/ queen sized
bed and a wardrobe. This gets occupied for almost half of the space. To reduce the space occupied
by furniture and to use it smartly in multifunctional ways, transformable furniture is designed. This
would be one of the smartest and simplest solutions which might provide the sophistication in a
compact space without compromising.
KEYWORDS: Sophistication, transformable, multifunctional furniture, compactness, space

reduction
1 INTRODUCTION
In today's world, there are many available types of multifunctional furniture design ideas which can
be used to save the space. It is widely familiar in countries like China and US Territories. A very small
apartment could have dual functional or multifunctional furniture to achieve their comfortableness
in a compact space without compromising. For example, a sofa bed can be said as transformable
furniture - because a sofa bed can be of both sofa and bed. It could act as a sofa in the day time and
as a bed in the night time. This transformable furniture / multifunctional furniture is one of the
revolutionary and innovative ideas to solve the issue like furniture expenditure for those people
who have small budget and who live in small spaces. And another advantage is that they can be
arranged and rearranged easily as they are flexible and comfortable to handle
2 NEED FOR THE STUDY
The first issue we have is high cost of living. A large number of high buildings with units of
apartments having limited space are being built to accommodate the people. And those apartments
also cost very high depending on the area of the land located. Hence, people with low income are
almost unable to buy larger flats or houses. Life in these apartments with the dream of utmost
comfortableness and convenience would get compromised at some point.
Another issue is that the shortage of natural resources like wood, steel, iron and other raw materials
that are available for making furniture. And those materials would also cost high depending on the
quality. Though many new inventions of materials and technologies are being introduced, not every
individual can afford those.
P a g e | 267
Another thing is that, the usage of furniture and products are very much diversified depending on
the user's requirements, background, personal preferences and some other factors.
3 OBJECTIVES
Regardless of the size of the house, a person cannot include every single decor that he might need
or might not need at some point. It's very simple to opt for transformable/ multifunctional/ space
saving furniture which would save both money and space. For a house having either small space or
a single individual with furniture occupying most of the space is not necessary.
One of the primary aspects of design is that how effectively a given space is utilised. In many growing
and metropolitan cities, where the land value is very much high, people have no other options rather
than using every single inch which they own. Dumping up the house with huge furniture would only
end up with wasting space. The family keeps growing, but the space remains intact.
Strict reduction of space by using transformable furniture doesn't mean that designing the space
without considering a person's psychological aspects of freedom, openness and aesthetical
features. It is a designer's challenge to satisfy the client's requirements and needs at maximum.
A house is not just a container or a box which is used to sleep, eat and sit. It has many emotional
values like it is a place for building a relationship and it is a channel of communication.
Figure 1: Main furniture in a small apartment
P a g e | 268
4 SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS
Sometimes people compartmentalize the space into cubicles and boxes. This might destroy the feel
of openness and spaciousness. Instead of building a full-length partition wall, it can be preferred to
use built-in furniture. In this way, both the feel of privacy and openness could be satisfied.
Almost one – fifth to one – eighth of the space in a house is occupied by walls. Non - load bearing
walls can be avoided. Load bearing walls can be removed and columns could be used and the space
can be used effectively. But the design should be handled carefully for the structural safety.
Sustainable furniture design would increase the efficacy of living space utilization. It might
encourage them to build the furniture themselves with the limited resource available.
4.1 Some factors to be considered before the designing phase:

• All the materials that have chosen should be durable and very strong to withstand all kinds
of weather conditions.
• Cost is also one of the major determining factors because the implementation of the final
product should fit within the client’s budget even though it is low.
• To stimulate the local economy, the product should be locally assembled and should be
reproducible.
• Production which is excessed surplus can be promoted to the nearby cities or countries those
which are in need of those types of furniture.
5 TODAY’S SOLUTIONS
Findings shows that there are some ways of solving the issue of small spaces, but it is still a demand
for furniture to become more innovative to accommodate small living spaces.
Multifunctional furniture, modular furniture and special designed rooms that can be transformed
into different living areas, are used. All solutions aim at saving space and bettering space efficiency.
5.1 Multifunctional Furniture
P a g e | 269
Multifunctional furniture goes by several names: multipurpose furniture, space saving furniture and
transformable furniture. The basic idea of multifunctional furniture is that they, as the name
suggests, perform more than one function. There are a lot of different versions at the market.
Figure 2: Example of a multifunctional furniture
5.1.1 Modular Furniture
Modular furniture is furniture divided into several pre-made parts, that you as a costumer can put
together to fit your preferences.
An example of this is modular couches, which is a good thing when you have limited space and need
a couch that fits your measurements.
Figure 3: Example of a modular furniture
5.2 Transformable Rooms

Transformable rooms are based on the traditional Murphy bed: the bed inside the wall. The interior
of new and concept based small apartments have an interior existing of special made furniture that
fits the apartment perfectly. The walls contain several different functions and mechanisms. You can
for example open a door and find a bed, a table, a wardrobe, a bathroom and so on.
Figure 4: Example of a transformable rooms
P a g e | 270
6 IMPACTS
Most of the apartments are too small to contain all the basic furniture at the same time, the need
for smart and space saving furniture solutions is significant. The main result from the lack of
furniture space is the residents having to use the apartment as a multi purposed space. They have
to refurnish and/or transform their apartments throughout the day. This is where multifunctional
furniture, modular furniture and transformable rooms are supposed to have a function.
This might seem easy in the beginning, but it could quickly end being a real struggle. Just going to
sleep or making breakfast could be a hassle. Most people do not like adding extra steps to everyday
tasks. In this case, the residents might eventually stop folding up or transform their furniture.
Not only could the function of how furniture works affect the resident. Also, the visual effect
furniture serves in a room is important. If the furnishing and the interior design of an apartment is
not well thought out, it might be affecting the residents living there in a negative way.
7 CONCLUSION
Whether or not there is a defined way of designing furniture for small apartments, keeping the
wellbeing of the resident in focus, is uncertain. There are three key factors that is important to keep
in mind. Firstly, it is important to keep in mind that just as people are different physically, they also
have different emotional and psychological profiles. Even though the fundamental needs are the
same, everyone will see this differently. As individuals, one thing that might affect one, might not
affect another. This could be done by applying different colours, materials, etc.
Secondly, having furniture with more than one function is essential to save as much valuable space
as possible. Furniture could serve several functions with-out the residents having to think about it.
To keep the apartment from feeling cluttered or cramped, which affects human wellbeing in a
negative way, it is important to design furniture that contributes to give an illusion of more room
when there is not. Thirdly, the arrangement of the furniture could be used to affect the flow and
feeling of an apartment. Therefore, it is important to make furniture that is light and movable.
REFERENCE:
[1] Kristoffer Thøgersen 2017 Small spaces need smart solutions

[2] https://www.ntnu.edu/documents/139799/1279149990/31+Article+Final_krithog_fors%C3%B8k_2017-12-
07-22-08-50_TPD4505+-+Designteori+-+Small+spaces+need+smart+solutions+-
+Kristoffer+Th%C3%B8gersen.pdf/11a2f430-986b-4da8-9b44-14b204436e01
P a g e | 271
[3] Dhiraj V. Astonkar, Dr.Sanjay M. Kherde 2013 Development in various multipurpose furniture’s by using
space saving approach
[4] https://www.irjet.net/archives/V2/i6/IRJET-V2I645.pdf
P a g e | 272
STUDIES ON REUSE OF GREYWATER FOR NON-POTABLE PURPOSES
Rohit Dilip Abhijith P

Dept.of Civil Engineering Dept.of Civil Engineering
SVS College of Engineering, SVS College of Engineering,
rohitdilip231@gmail.com abhijithpdpd1@gmail.com
Indumathi G.
Department of Civil Engineering
SVS College of Engineering,
Coimbatore, India
indug55@svsce.edu.in
ABSTRACT
The conservation of sustainable water is needed to combat the scarcity of water for potable and
non-potable purposes. Greywater reuse can be one of the promising solutions. Greywater is a form
of used wastewater from wash basins, sinks, baths, washing except the wastewater from urinals
and toilets. Since the dissolved solids contents are unknown, it is mandatory to recycle the
greywater before reusing it by one or a combination of natural, physio-chemical and biological
methods and can be used for irrigation, housecleaning, toilet flushing, groundwater recharging.
After proper recycling, it creates the advantage of reduction in the water consumption on a daily
basis. This study aims at utilising the natural treatment process of sedimentation, filter beds and
collection and characterization of greywater on a small-scale and to create awareness about the ill-
effects of unsustainable water usage practices.
Keywords: Water Scarcity-Grey water characterization- Recycling and reuse of Greywater-Water

sustainability living practices
1 INTRODUCTION
Water is an essential source for the survival. Water can be classified as fresh water, salt water,
greywater and black water. The greywater or sullage are discharged from household and other
buildings after using from bathrooms, wash basins and sinks.
Greywater reuse in developing countries may reduce the usage of potable water by up to 50%.
Water reuse typically involves treatment and disinfection of the source water before reusing in toilet
flushing and irrigation. Reuse also reduces wastewater generation by 60%. It saves money and
increases the efficient water supply in regions where irrigation is needed and scarcity of water is
more. The reuse of greywater involves enough treatment namely sedimentation, filtration and
disinfection process to prevent growth of disease-causing microbes which in turn reduces possible
health risks and reducing bad odours from septic wastewater.
Presently, 60% of the population is served by sewerage networks. The total greywater fraction has
been about 75% of all wastewater of the combined residential sewage. Treatment and disinfection
of greywater are important to provide water that is safe and aesthetically suitable for reuse.
P a g e | 273
Greywater contains many of the same contaminants as present in sewage water but in lower
concentrations than in sewage water, they can be well above international drinking, bathing, and
irrigation water standards. Greywater can contain pathogens derived from faecal contamination,
food handling.
The main objectives of this research work are (i) Physical and Chemical characterization of the raw
greywater and treated greywater after natural treatment process; (ii) Awareness of greywater
reuse.
2 MATERIALS AND METHODS
The greywater is collected from the outlet of the residential building consisting of 6 blocks having
12 people. It is located in Premier Nagar, Coimbatore. The kitchen sink wastewater is collected and
filtered using wooden chips to remove the oil particles which are in minimal quantities as a simple
test. Specifically, the use of only bathrooms and sinks wastewater was taken for this study.
2.1 Experimental Set-up

A lab-scale set up has been done using naturally available filter materials and the efficiency of
different materials such as sand, gravel, charcoal, coconut husk is set up in different filter set up.
Figure 1: Experimental set-up
2.3 Analytical method used in laboratory
All the samples of greywater are analysed at the college laboratory. The important parameter like
pH, turbidity, conductivity, alkalinity, hardness, DO, total dissolved solids, COD of the influent and
effluent of the greywater were analysed.
P a g e | 274
2.3.1 Test for pH
pH is measured by using digital pH meter.
2.3.2 Test for Turbidity
Turbidity is measured by using Nephelometric Turbidity Meter.
2.3.3 Test for Conductivity
Conductivity is measured by using conductivity meter.
2.3.4 Test for Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) is measured by using COD digester.
2.3.5 Total Dissolved Solid (TSS)
The method is to measure the number of solids present in greywater sample in dissolved form by
drying in oven.
2.3.6 Test for Dissolved Oxygen (DO)

Dissolved oxygen is measured by using APHA (American Public Health Association) standard.
2.4 Tables and Figures

Figure 2: Total dissolved solids analysis
P a g e | 275
Figure 3: COD Analysis
3 CONCLUSION
Appreciably improved quality of greywater was obtained after the analysis from the system. The
total efficiency of COD removal is about 55%. The values are found to be within the limits
recommended for reuse in irrigation. The average reductions in all parameter are 65-70%. The
percentage of DO increases. The usage of coagulants reduces the rate of choking of filter bed. The
treatment system is cost effective and easily operated at lab scale. Chlorination can be
recommended to remove foul smell from the filtered water greywater.
REFERENCES
[1] Rajarshi Kar and Oindrila Gupta, “Greywater treatment and recycling for use in household applications, Department
of Chemical Engineering”, Heritage Institute of Technology, International journal of engineering research and
technology (IJERT), Vol. 1 Issue 4, India, June 2012.
[2] Ukpong, E. C., Agunwamba J.C, “Grey Water Reuse for Irrigation”, International Journal of Applied Science and
Technology Vol. 2, Issue No. 8; Nigeria,2012
[3] Mohammad Aljaradin and Tarek Selim, “Evaluation of using grey water as an alternative irrigation source in Jordan”,
Vatten 67, 119-122, 2011
[4] H. Al-Hamaiedeh, M. Bino “Effect of treated grey water reuse in irrigation on soil and plants”, Desalination 256
(2010), 115–119, 2010
[5] Greywater Reuse In Rural Schools, Guidance Manual, National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, 2007
[6] Barbara Imhof and Joelle Muhlemann, “Greywater treatment on household level in developing countries- a state of
the art review”, February 2005.
[7] Sara Finley, “Reuse of domestic greywater for the irrigation of food crops”, Department of Bioresource Engineering,
McGill University, August 2008.
P a g e | 276
STUDY ON THE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURE AT KAMARAJAR

ROAD INTERSECTION, COIMBATORE
GOKUL KRISHNAN.S,
Sri Krishna Constructions
Coimbatore
gokularch234@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Traffic has always been a major crucial aspect all around the cities, taking one particular area in
Coimbatore for sampling to understand the traffic congestion and its measure. It has become
predominant due to the rapid increase in the number of vehicles and in the transportation demand
in virtually all transportation modes. In order to recommend the possible alterations to control the
traffic and focusing the people to use the public mode of transport.
Keywords: traffic intensity and connectivity, road networks, accessibility.
1 INTRODUCTION
The population of Coimbatore city in the year 2020 as per estimates is around 1.99392 million. Also,
Coimbatore has well- developed transport infrastructure. The city and its suburbs are traversed
using its road network. Focusing the study area, kamarajar road which has 3.4km stretch connecting
Trichy road and Avinashi road. The rapid growth of kamarajar road as both residential and
commercial sector, major on educational / IT zones, it is easy to connect the other areas of the
Coimbatore city. The main highway road is Avinashi road, which also connects the suburbs of the
city. This particular stretch connects the both bus stations, which are singanallur and gandhipuram.
figure 1.the map showing the entire core area of the Coimbatore.
The growth of the Coimbatore city during the last decade can be cited due to the growth of the IT
sector is most predominant, the rapid migration of people from the other areas is more. The recent
Vellalore town panjayat is more focusing on housing, real-estate are developing now. The people
are gathering for the singanallur for accessing the public transport for their jobs and other activities,
from Vellalore, ondipudur, sulur and peelamedu.
Taking part of the singanallur and hope college intersection of kamarajar road, it acts as the
connecting corridor for IT, School and colleges and other commercial offices.
The infrastructure of the entire city has changed into modernity. The outer areas around the
Coimbatore city are still semi urban. the usage of public transport is more equal to private vehicular
access.
P a g e | 277
1.1 Need for the study:
Road traffic is one of the major concerns in India. The number of motor vehicles has been growing
at a rate around 10 percent per annum. The growth rate of various vehicle classes has been
categorized under,
• Cars: 21%
• Bus: 15%
• Trucks: 17%
• Two-wheeler: 47%
21% 15%
17%
47%
bus trucks two wheeler cars
figure 2. this pie chart is the growth percentage of the various vehicles in India.
The study area of Kamarajar road intersection is predominantly connecting the both Avinashi road
and Trichy road. Sampling the entire road of stretch 3.4km from singanallur to hope college. The
study core of the traffic issues can be sampled and extract the data through analysing the variables.
As results the steep in growth of vehicular access, there is a confession in traffic which is been
increasing in terms of volume and intensity. Focusing the several traffic congestions on the
particular road, to understand the users and where the locality of the users in different timings.
Traffic can be investing the roads, to know the congestion of the users.
1.2 Scope of the Study

• to reduce the traffic congestion in and around the kamarajar road intersection, Coimbatore.
• To introduce the new means of vehicular access and rerouting the private and public
vehicular access in and around the kamarajar road intersections.
• It’s not possible to construct the flyover in this particular road, because the residence from
this intersection road is mixed with commercial shops. when required it can be
recommended later through possible ideas.
• Also focusing the traffic flow, in order to make it in uniform manner, with outs any stops at
an intermediate.
• To have secured driving in the road, there is no barrier in this entire stretch.
P a g e | 278
1.3 Objectives of the study

• To identify the issues regarding traffic congestion in the study area.
• To conduct the traffic volume survey at kamarajar road intersection.
• To analyze the traffic data.
• To suggest the suitable traffic management measures by reducing the conflict points in the
kamarajar road.
2 METHEDOLOGY OF APPROACH
For better understanding the traffic measures of the urban scaled cities, my research approach is
analysing the particular road intersection and its transit system usages in the kamarajar road
junctions. Especially focusing on the private and public usages, by analysing the operation and its
performances of traffic mechanisms in this entire study area.
2.1 Analytical frame works
The analysis of the study area is the operation of the sampling into following sequences:
The analysing the core study area from
A. Singanallur to Hope college junction
B. Hope college junction to singanallur
The analytical approach of user surveying every vehicular access from these roads.
The analytical approach of the users from these roads.
By sampling method.
The total number of users and user group can be analyzed for some intervals and can be
represented in the graph and tablets.
3.ANALYSIS OF DATA
Figure 3.map showing singanallur and hope college junction
The above picture is the singanallur which is suburbs of the Coimbatore city. This area is most of
mixed-use development and predominantly focusing on the residential sectors.
P a g e | 279
Figure 4. showing the Singanallur bus station

The above picture represents the bus station for the Madurai, karur, Trichy, kumbakonam. It’s the
second important bus stations in Coimbatore city.
3.1 Traffic volume counts: stretch A
This map represents the kamarajar junction connecting the sowri palayam, peelamedu, hope
college, sitra.
From hope college to singanallur,
TIME (HRS) BUS CAR TWO-WHEELER TRUCK TOTAL
7.00- 7.30 8 17 46 4 75
8.00 -8.30 11 29 72 1 113
9.00-9.30 7 16 49 2 74
10.00- 10.30 5 21 30 0 56
11.00- 11.30 4 28 39 0 71
12.00- 12.30 6 16 28 3 53
13.00-13.30 3 12 18 1 34
14.00-14.30 8 19 25 4 56
15.00-15.30 14 21 30 8 73
16.00-16.30 9 27 79 2 117
17.00-17.30 17 43 148 1 209
P a g e | 280
18.00-18.30 11 28 110 5 154
19.00-19.30 16 22 59 0 97
20.00- 20.30 12 19 25 3 59
21.00-21.30 9 11 49 5 74
Connecting the singanallur, ondipudur and Vellalar junction, Trichy road. The people getting in from
the hope college is to reach the Trichy road, probably for offices and other workers.
As strategical data, the public transport for people access is by bus, as per schedule the frequency
the following buses are passing from Kanchipuram bus station via hope college to Singanallur bus
station and vice versa.
S29, S19, S10, 140, 1D,30G, 20B, 80, S11A,19C,19D, 30G/19D, 109, 20C, etc.
The bus number 140 is more rush and the major access, user group in the morning is school
students. They use the bus to go for school. This bus access from Kanchipuram to Singanallur,
connects the Peelamedu and hope college where the educational zone is more.
The following survey details through analysis one interval of half an hour each,
STRETCH A (GRAPH)
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Bus car Two-wheeler truck
Figure 6. Graph Stretch A traffic analysis
The above graph represents the vehicular count of every half an hour from morning to night. In that
analysis the two-wheeler is more access in this entire stretch, probably the vehicular entry from this
junction is access to the Trichy road via Singanallur for jobs. the peak hour is evening 5.00 -6.30pm
and morning from 8.00-9.00am.
The crowd is more in this junction than Singanallur.
From Singanallur to hope college junction
This stretch is Connecting the Peelamedu which is the core area of Coimbatore, of more educational
sectors and also connects the Avinashi road NH 47.
P a g e | 281
Main areas in Avinashi road is colleges, schools and IT corridor of TIDEL PARK, shopping zones, malls,
Coimbatore medical colleges, Coimbatore International airport, Aravind eye hospital, lotus eye
hospital, KMCH hospital and other industrial areas and apartments around hope college.
The varatharaja puram junction is one of predominant junction which connects the sowripalayam
and neelikonam palayam, this intersection is easy for vehicular access to peelamedu.
TIME (HRS) BUS CAR TWO-WHEELER TRUCK TOTAL
7.00- 7.30 5 21 38 3 67
8.00 -8.30 9 27 75 1 112
9.00-9.30 16 31 41 0 88
10.00- 10.30 9 11 38 6 64
11.00- 11.30 7 17 42 2 68
12.00- 12.30 15 28 22 0 65
13.00-13.30 10 10 44 7 71
14.00-14.30 16 8 30 4 58
15.00-15.30 7 12 19 1 39
16.00-16.30 12 14 41 5 72
17.00-17.30 17 11 67 0 95
18.00-18.30 14 29 87 0 130
19.00-19.30 8 16 31 2 57
20.00- 20.30 10 7 45 0 62
21.00-21.30 4 12 20 3 39
100
80
60
40
20
0
12.00- 12.30
13.00-13.30
14.00-14.30
15.00-15.30
16.00-16.30
17.00-17.30
18.00-18.30
19.00-19.30
7.00- 7.30
8.00 -8.30
9.00-9.30
10.00- 10.30
11.00- 11.30
20.00- 20.30
21.00-21.30
Bus car Two-wheeler truck
Figure 6. Graph stretch B traffic analysis
This graph representing the vehicular access from the singanallur to hope college, the more peak
hour is from 8.00-9.30am in the morning and 5.30 to 6.30pm. the most frequent access is two-
wheeler, the probably people for going peelamedu, using the sowripalayam road which is short
route to access. Also, the car access is also high. But the ratio is more for two-wheeler than four-
wheeler.
P a g e | 282
Which can also be a rerouting the two-wheeler for the peak hours, via sowri palayam junction to
peelamedu instead of using the kamarajar road intersection. Also, people are already using this
alternative direction for easy access.
Comparing the data of the both stretch of same road, to understand the movement of the vehicles.
The most predominantly the public vehicles are mostly unidirectional flow. Only one bus, 95 which
interlinks between singanallur and peelamedu.
3.CONGESTION IN KAMARAJAR INTERSECTION
Figure 7. the bus towards ondipudur from singanallur.
Figure 8. the passengers from the singanllur busstand , and getting a bus for various place.
Figure 9. this is the bus passing through singanallur to Vellalore.
Figure 10. this is the junction, where people are accessing to Peelamedu, via Sowripalayam.
P a g e | 283
However, the major traffic congestion is happened by the irregular timings to the entire stretch.
There is no reroute for quick access. People are more conflicts about using the public mode of
transport. The more in private vehicular access is the major issues for the traffics in this particular
stretch.
Although it’s a connecting corridor, the more residential units are there around the kamarajar road,
the more developments are happened in recent years. The cost of affordability in the housing is
reliable around the Trichy road. so that most of the people can have an own house. This is one of
major criteria for rapid growth in and around this particular intersection.
Stretch B,
Figure 11. this image is the junction where people use this road to hope college and peelamedu, via
kamarajar junction
Figure 12. this image is the junction where people coming from singanallur to hope college are accessing this
road frequently, in order to avoid traffic and signals.
4.RECOMMENDATION
figure 13. This image shows the various junction connecting Avinashi road.
P a g e | 284
However, the entire kamarajar road intersection is a connecting corridor, where there is more
traffic, so that the traffic congestion can be minimalized by following possibilities.
• We can reroute the two wheelers towards interlinking roads, so that they can avoid the signals
and traffic in this entire stretch.
• A- the sowripalayam junction where it’s the short route for connecting the peelamedu, fun
mall and also easy to reach Avinashi road.
• B- the masakalipalayam junction which connects the cheranma ma nagar, Saravanampatti via
hope college, in order to avoid hope college junction flyover and signals.
• C- the Jagannathan nagar junction which also connects the masakalipalayam road, which is
easy to connect the Avinashi road.
• Although people from local areas around this kamarajar junction is using this road. But its not
properly regulating the routes.
• So that it’s possible to alert the user by various timings to access the main kamarajar roads.
• We can reroute the junctions, with proper barricade in every junction with proper signages
mentioning the routes.
• Defining the route with proper set of regulating control system, so that the other vehicles
entry to these junctions can be restricted.
• Once we regulate the possible routes for easy access, the traffic congestion can be reduced
while differentiating the public transit in this lane.
• Also, we can make the users to access the public transit if we strongly recommending several
regulations codes in this entire stretch.
5.CONCLUSION
The conclusion of this work is to give the possible routes to access the Avinashi road from the Trichy
road junction. This is done by diverting the routes by accessing the several junctions around this
entire stretch. This ensures safety and reduces accidents. This provides a uniform flow of traffic with
no chaos and congestion.
6.SUMMARY
Traffic intersections are problem spots on any high way, which also contributes the accidental
problems. For safe access, these locations should be kept under some level of control depending
upon the traffic quantity and study about the behaviours, based on this, intersections and
interchanges are focused in urban planning. This is studies and analysed at Kamarajar road
intersection.
REFRENCES
[1] Journal of Applied Sciences Research, 6(5): 529-542, 2010 © 2010, INSInet Publication Corresponding Author:
Olayiwola Ademola Gbolahan Oni Ph.D.
[2] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singanallur
[3] https://www.magicbricks.com/Singanallur-in-Coimbatore-map-mapid-MEqrXFNXn/Y=
[4] https://maps.google.com/maps/ms?ie=UTF8&oe=UTF8&msa=0&msid=104365371397331415256.000486102
bc7a3bb972ae
P a g e | 285
SUSTAINABLE INTERFACE GOVERNANCE STRATEGIES FOR AN

INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT - A CASE STUDY TO EXPLORE
RESPONSIBLE DESIGN THROUGH COLLECTIVE ACTION
Nagashayana R Dr. H.N. Nagendra

Deputy Commissioner of Excise Professor, School of Planning & Architecture
Yadgir District University of Mysore
Karnataka, India Mysuru, India
nagendrahnn@gmail.com nagendrahnn@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Solid waste management throws a big challenge all over the world for planners with the surge urban
in human population & anthropogenic activities. The generation of municipal wastes both garbage
& sewage has been on the rise & this huge Municipal solid waste (MSW) is posing a problem for
their collection and disposal. Improper collection and disposal leads to spreading diseases &
unhygienic condition besides spoiling the aesthetics. Though there is systematic development in the
advancement of science and technology and planning approaches an effective integrated solid
waste management[ISWM] is not happening. Management of solid waste may be defined as that
discipline associated with the control of generation, and time optimisation for storage, collection,
transfer and transport, processing and disposal of solid waste in a manner that is, in accordance
with the best principals of public health, economics, engineering, conservation, aesthetics and other
environmental considerations. Hope the sustainable interface governance strategies are required
to be explored for an effective integrated solid waste management; the paper defines through a
case study to explore responsible design through collective action.
Key Words: Municipal Solid Waste; Time Optimisation; Anthropogenic Activities; Integrated Solid
Waste Management.
1. INTRODUCTION
Solid waste management is a worldwide phenomenon. It is becoming un resolvable challenge

especially in developing and less developed countries all over the world. The solid waste
management is a integral part of urban & environmental management of each city in the context
where the situation with more than 55% of population in the world is living in cities by 2050 it is
projected to 68% also, however, the ISWM issue becoming very complex though in the Indian
context only 34% of population is living in different categories of cities.
The development of science and technology as well as global levels of economic activity causes a
dramatic increase in the production of urban solid waste [1]. Solid waste may be defined as the
organic and inorganic waste materials produced by various activities of the urban society and which
have lost their value to the first user. Management of solid waste may be defined as that discipline
associated with the control of generation, storage, collection, transfer and transport, processing and
disposal of solid waste in a manner that is, in accordance with the best principals of public health,
economics, engineering, conservation, aesthetics and other environmental considerations.
P a g e | 286
Municipal Solid Waste Management in India is a system which involves all the issues under
regulatory, administrative, technology, market and social sub components. The insufficient
collection and in appropriate disposal of solid waste represent a source of water, land and air
pollution, and pose risks to human health and environment. The generation of waste over time has
become a serious environmental problem for the world, and been affecting the balance of natural
resources [2]. Solid Waste Management (SWM) has become crucial for protecting the environment
and the human well-being. Various national and international initiatives for SWM are in place, which
takes considerations of environmental, administrative, regulatory, scientific, market, technology,
institutional and socio-economic factors [3].
The sustainable SWM is becoming essential at all phases of the waste management chain of
operation from production or waste generation, collection, transportation, segregation, treatment,
recycling till disposal. Now ‘Zero waste’ is, therefore, becoming a popular concept. It is a closed-loop
concept aiming of optimum recycling or resource recovery, as well as elimination of unnecessary
waste in the first place [4,5]. With a whole system approach, it seeks for an end–of-pipe solution for
waste diversion along the materials flow through society. It encourages waste elimination through
recycling and resource recovery, with a guiding design philosophy to reduce waste at source and at
all points down the supply chain [6]. ‘Zero waste’ commitments have been made across the world,
including US, Europe, Australia, New Zealand, etc. [7], and becomes trendy for the rest of the world.
The India has attempted in various cities but couldn’t succeed. In this context a case study has been
carried out by selecting Mysuru city as it was identified as clean city and later it has over taken by
other cities between the years 2015 to 2019, but considerable measure has been taken care by the
Mysore city corporation[MCC] BUT has not able to reach the appreciable target.
2. MYSURU CITY PROFILE AND ITS INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Mysore city is geographically located between 12 º 18' 26” North Latitude and 76º 38' 59'' East
Longitude. It is located at an altitude of 2,427 feet (770 meters). It is situated in the southern region
of the state of Karnataka, at the base of the Chamundi Hills and spreads across a city area of
128.42 sq. km (50 sq. mi). The political history of Mysore (1761–1799) is the political history of the
contiguous historical regions of Mysore State and Coorg province on the Deccan Plateau in west-
central peninsular India from the time of the rise of Haidar Ali in 1761 to that of the death of his son
Tipu Sultan in 1799. A Wodeyar dynasty genealogy, the Maisüru Mahardjara Vamsävali of Tirumala,
was composed in Kannada during the period 1710 - 1715, and because the Wadiyar’s, who were
reinstated by the British on the Mysore ghadi in 1799, to preside over a fragile sovereignty,
"obsessively" attempted to demonstrate their "unbroken" royal lineage, to bolster their then
uncertain status. Mysore city was the capital of the former princely state of Mysore. On
independence it became part of Madras presidency. On the linguistic reorganization of the state in
1956 a new state named Mysore State was formed with its headquarters at Bangalore in which
Mysore was a district. Later, on the first of November 1973 the state was renamed as Karnataka.
Mysore is now grown as the second-largest city adjacent to Bengaluru, in the state of Karnataka,
India. It is the headquarters of the Mysore district and the Mysore division and lies about 146 km
(91 mi) southwest of Bangalore, the capital city of Karnataka. A study of the city history and the
present status of Mysuru shows that the city has its identity under the perspectives of well-planned
and developments from period of king and the period till today. A study has been taken with an
intention of and to explore the Governance part of urban solid waste management, as there is a
successive failure in achieving the target of best city sanitation through integrated solid waste
management system, though there is a continuous support from science and technology,
Government and other stakeholders.
P a g e | 287
Figure 1. Location of Mysuru
(Source: Compiled by Author from Secondary Source)
3. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN MYSURU
In Mysuru city, the solid waste generated was collected and dumped near the sewage farm without
any treatment till the year 2001. Now MSW treatment facility with a capacity of 200 Tons per day
is set up inside the sewage farm to the southern side of Mysuru. Along with centralized processing
unit, there are zero waste management plants, each handling 2 MT of solid waste.
The solid waste generated in Mysuru urban area is collected from Door to Door, collection system
and the waste was collected into nearby MS Containers. The pourakarmikas and other privatized
agencies sweep the streets, drains and collect the waste from households and transfer the un-
segregated waste in to small wheeled syntax bins and same is transferred in to the higher capacity
MS containers. The waste is lifted from the bins, containers and other waste collection points using
a combination of trucks, tractors and Hydraulic Dumper placers.
Figure 2 scenario before ISWM Figure 3. Execution of ISWM
P a g e | 288
Figure 4a. Composting unit figure 4b screening figure 4c. Composting
Figure 5a. segregation figure 5b. recyclable items figure 5c. market waste segregation
P a g e | 289
Figure 6. Waste dumping in 5-acre capping site
(Source: Compiled by Author based on field observation)

.
The MSW collected from the city is transported to the Compost plant situated in Sewage farm near
Vidyaranyapuram (Fig 4 & 5). Solid waste generated in Mysuru City is approximately 410 tons per
day. Only 200-250 tons of waste is treated in the compost plant, the remaining inorganic waste is
dumped in the existing landfill site. Under JnNURM Scheme, integrated Solid Waste Management
plan which has been approved and an amount of Rs.29.98 crores is released with an objective to
1) Stream lining of MSW collection & transportation system.

2) Rehabilitation of existing compost plant
3) Development of sanitary Landfill Site and capping of existing garbage problems scientifically.
Various programmes have been taken up to streamline the existing municipal solid waste
management in Mysuru City. Mysore City Corporation has taken up programmes for segregation of
waste at household level and also defined the roles and responsibilities of various stakeholders.
MCC has procured.
(1) 2 compartment Auto tippers to separately collect wet and dry waste.
P a g e | 290
(2) 4 compartments containers (Fig No.3.8) to further segregate the dry waste into 4 types via,
plastic, glass, metal and Hazardous waste at secondary level and Fig7., shows Dumper placer.
Figure 7a. Four compartment container Figure 7b. Dumper placer
(Source: Compiled by Author based on field observation)
Mysore City Corporation has been carrying out primary collection of wastes from all the 65 wards.
For this purpose, 255 No. of Containers (both 3.0 cum & 4.5 cum containers) are purchased under
12th finance & placed in all the 65 wards, each container covering 1000 households approximately.
However, effective Segregation of waste was not addressed so far. In order to stress more
importance on segregation, MCC has decided to use already placed containers for collection of wet
waste & to procure additional number of containers (with 4 compartment provision via for
collection plastic, metal, glass & hazards wastes) and place it in all the wards in the ratio of 4:2
(Biodegradable: Non-biodegradable). So, these 255 No. of containers used for wet waste collection
are generally taken to compost plant and the remaining 130 number of 4 compartment containers
used for dry waste collection will be taken to Zero Waste Management plant.
Then a field observation and collection of opinions’ by carrying discussion with publics,
pourakarmikas, MCC officials and other stake holders under the perspectives of following aspects;
1) The science and technology have all possible solution to mitigate the solid waste
Management, but the authorities are not utilizing it effectively, then where the governance
system has gone wrong?
2) The governing authorities are Administering the solid waste management but not in the line
of integrated urban solid waste management system.
3) The spatial planning has very least provisions to support integrated solid waste
management.
4) The governance aspects not only into awareness part of players in the solid waste
management; it should look into the individual commitment part of players in the solid waste
management system.
5) What are the governance aspects of urban solid waste management?
6) How different urban governance bodies are involved in the urban solid waste management
system?
7) Though there is a continues efforts and large budget allocation for solid waste management,
why Mysore city corporation (MCC) is not achieving the required target?
8) What are the components of integrated solid waste management system and how the
present system functioning in Mysore city?
P a g e | 291
9) What needs to be done to introduce an inbuilt mechanism through the governance for an
effective integrated urban solid waste management?
10) What Mysore city corporation needs to be done in addition to existing governance system
for an effective integrated solid waste management as Mysore city is emerging as a
Metropolitan city?
4. RECOMMENDATIONS
Following are the proposals recommended for an effective ISWM system

[i] Land use; the planning authority have not allocated a planned land use provisions in the planning
districts and also existing treatment plant have not been planned with sufficient buffer space and
ancillary space required for ISWM. The city is getting about 410 tons of solid waste per day from
different sources. But Only 200-250 tons of waste is treated in the compost plant, the remaining
inorganic waste is dumped in the existing landfill site. The planned land use system needs to be
integrated with the ISWM.
[ii] Decomposition period and synchronizing spatial-time logistics; the compostable solid waste
has its time period to start decompose under various conditions, However, the time period from
collection of solid waste till to the effective Segregation of waste at treatment plant is not
maintaining systematically.
[ii] Decentralized ISWM system; When a time period to start decompose under various conditions,
from the time period of collection of solid waste till to the effective Segregation of waste at
treatment plant is not maintaining systematically, the operation should have broken down to
maintain time sequence with planned provision of space for decentralized ISWM.
[iii] Dedicated road way; if the trucks are required to be run with an optimum speed to maintain
proper logistic; a provision of dedicated road way should be provided.
[iv] Public responsibility; the authority must launch incentive and fine mechanism along with public
awareness programme regarding ISWM. Along with; Awareness to illiterate public, Awareness to
illiterate Pourakarmikas
[v] Health, wage, family and other care on Pourakarmikas; as these people are working by exposing
to dangerous stuffs of solid waste from different sources the health monitoring and vaccines, proper
wage and other security provisions have to be made properly along with health insurance and such
other benefits to Pourakarmikas.
[vi] Developing commitments and self-belongingness; this should be done to public,
Pourakarmikas, officials and non-official members of MMC and other stakeholders along with
adoption of smart and sustainable planning approaches
REFERENCE:
[1] Su J, Xi BD, Liu HL, Jiang YH, Warith MA (2008) An inexact multi-objective dynamic model and its application in
China for the management of municipal solid waste Management 28: 2532-2541.
[2] Kollikkathara N, Feng H, Stern E (2009) A purview of waste management evolution: Special emphasis on USA.
Waste Management 29: 974-985.
[3] Kollikkathara N, Feng H, Yu DL (2010) A system dynamic modelling approach for evaluating municipal solid
waste generation landfill capacity and related cost management issues. Waste Management 30: 2194-2203.
[4] Zaman AU, Lehmann S (2013) The Zero Waste Index: A Performance Measurement Tool for Waste
Management Systems in a Zero Waste City. Journal of Cleaner Production. 50: 123-132.
P a g e | 292
[5] City of Austin (2008) Zero waste strategic plan the zero waste economy Prepared by Gary Liss & Associates,
4395 Gold Trail Way, Loomis, CA 95650- 8929, USA.
[6] ISWM draft plan report for Mysore and Annual reports MMC 20011,
[7] Mysore city Master plan 2031. ACT Government (1996) A Waste management strategy for Canberra- No waste
Canberra.
P a g e | 293
SUSTAINABLE URBAN DRAINAGE SYSTEMS (SUDS)
Madhan.J.R
Coimbatore, India
madhan1721@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Urban flooding is a significant issue to be addressed in the present-day world. Mass inhabitation
and unplanned settlements, improper drainage have made cities vulnerable and unable to cope
with the effects of floods. Lack of proper planning and resilience framework, in turn, creates many
difficulties when dealing with floods. The development and implementation of Sustainable Urban
Drainage Systems (SUDS) can improve the cities, making them flood resilient, capable of
withstanding the ever-changing climate and its impacts. Floods and storms have become more
frequent nowadays than it was in the past. These occurrences are resultant of rapid climate change
due to the impact of society on climate change. Each urban city faces the challenge of handling
floods and drainage efficiently. Flood resilient drainage systems enable cities in expertly handling
floods and the resultant runoff through proper planning and making them resilient to disaster. The
study aims at the analysis of literature and previous successful cases and implication of modern
techniques of water management to be incurred in dealing with floods and framing flood resilient
drainage systems.
Keywords: Urban flooding - Flood Resilience - Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems (SUDS) - Floods
Risk management – Resilience techniques
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 FLOOD RESILIENT DRAINAGE TO WITHSTAND CLIMATE CHANGE
Climate change is a global phenomenon caused by human activities, creating severe risks for and is
already affecting a broad range of human and natural systems (The National Academies Press.,
2010). Global climate change is often harmful in all parts of the world, and these impacts are
expected to increase over the next decades (Center For Climate Change Communication, 2015).
Increases in extreme conditions and local climate change may lead to severe consequences (Placky
et al., 2016). According to (Committee on Climate Change, 2019), Global climate change is Posing a
threat to specific ecosystems' survival, the aggravation of extreme weather events (for example
storms, flooding, extreme rainfall and coastal floods), altered sea ice levels, river flow and coastal
erosion.
Flood resilience can be achieved with a range of tools and services. The goal is to maintain critical
functions of organisations, businesses, communities and on a domestic basis. Disasters are not
caused by extreme weather but by the vulnerability of the cities – reduction of vulnerability will be
reducing the effects. Resilience to floods can be termed as readiness and the capacity to cope. (JBA
Consulting, 2019)
P a g e | 294
Urban Flooding has become frequent nowadays as an outcome of the resulting climate change
coupled with other factors. Making cities flood resilient - ready to absorb, withstand and revive is
an important goal to be achieved. The primary aim is to address the drainage systems of urban cities
and thereby making them flood resilient through proper techniques and water policy management.
2 LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 URBAN FLOODING AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS
Urban flooding is the excessive flow of water into land or property in densely populated urban areas,
caused by excessive rainfall overwhelming the capacity of sewers and stormwater drains. Although
events such as torrential rains and runoff sometimes exacerbate urban flooding. It is a condition
which can arise, irrespective of whether or not affected communities are in the flatlands or close to
any water body (Centre for Neighbourhood Technology, 2014).
Urban cities and the precincts have developed to accommodate increasing population and more of
impermeable surfaces (roads, roofs, parking lots, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, and patios) leading
to increase in stormwater runoff. Impervious surfaces prevent rainfall from passing into the
groundwater table, thereby causing heavy surface run-off that may be in exceeding the local
drainage capacity (European Environment Agency, 2012). Natural drainage systems are replaced
with human-made sewer and storm water drains.
This infrastructure has often fallen into deterioration as well as,

the worsening drainage systems are increasingly affected by severe rainfall events.
The flood flow in urban areas creates a hazard to both the population and infrastructure. According
to (van Riel, 2011), Flooding in urban areas bring about severe damages and a list of potential
impacts which can be categorised into:
Material impacts are:

• Damage to residential, commercial and public buildings, space and assets
• Damage to Transport infrastructure
• Damage to Public utilities and services (electricity, communication, gas, water)
• Damage to Other vulnerable objects, e.g. petrol stations
Economic impacts:
• Disruption of the electricity network
• Disruption of communication network
• Disruption of traffic: Motor vehicles, public transport, bicycles, emergency services
• Loss of business
Health impacts:
• Death
• Health impacts due to contact with contaminated floodwater
• Health impacts due to damp and associated fungi
• Citizens' experience of all relevant impacts in a flood event - post-traumatic stress disorder
due to dislocation and loss
Emergency assistance impacts:
• Fire department services
P a g e | 295
• Policy department services

• Sewer management services
• Water board services
2.2 FLOOD RESILIENCE
According to (Haimes 2009), Resilience can be defined in various ways and contexts. As per (Holling,
1973), Ecological resilience concentrates on the survival of species and ecosystems from extinction.
Engineering resilience focuses on the concept of bouncing back (Hosseini, Barker and Ramirez-
Marquez, 2016). Flood resilience has combined a focus on engineering and community resilience,
which focuses on the ability of communities to survive difficulties and bounce back (UNISDR 2009).
Flood resilience is the capacity to thrive through and recover from floods and the disruptions. As for
urban flood resilience, it caters to how a city manages and recovers from flooding and its physical
and socioeconomic disruptions (Liao 2012).
Storm events mainly induce flooding, can be both unexpected and patterned, and there are growing
recorded effects. Based on the facts from the analysis by (Evans, 2015), it is understood that
90% of the global catastrophes are water-related and most of the climate change impacts are felt
through water disasters (especially flooding). The statistical data by (Munichre.com, 2016) shows
that, the overall hydrological occurrences, mainly floods accounted for about 42% (24% of 23,000
fatalities) of all-natural occurrences in 2015, in contrast to geophysical events 6% (42% fatality),
weather events (10% fatality) and climatological events (24% fatality). Besides, flooding is less
geographical and is seen in both urban and rural environments, and cannot be confined to a region
or part of the world.
The fact is that natural occurrences cannot be intervened by humankind. However, the exposure or
vulnerability to such events can be reduced by adopting strategic frameworks and controlling the
harmful activities that cause significant fluctuations to the climate. Flood resilience can be
addressed and achieved in several ways ranging from adopting a Resilience framework, sustainable
urban drainage systems, effective water management and other flood risk management strategies.
2.3 DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND SUDS
Drainage is the removal of water, either natural or artificial from the upper surface or the underlying
surface from an area logged with water. According to (Angelakis et al., 2013), Drainage systems are
found even in ancient cities over 5,000 years old. The primary focus of the drainage is to reduce
local flooding and disposal of sewage and wastewater. The majority of urban drainage engineering
has, for centuries been fundamental structures made of brick and stone canals.
(Ascelibrary.org, 2012) explains about drainage in ancient cities and the initial ideology of unified
urban water cycle practices. Ancient Roman cities protected lowlands from excess rainfall by
employing specific drainage systems. Aqueducts were constructed to import freshwater into the
cities. An integral water supply infrastructure was established for the first time between freshwater
and urban drainage systems forming a unified urban water cycle.
P a g e | 296
3 SUSTAINABLE URBAN DRAINAGE SYSTEMS (SUDS)
The sustainable urban drainage systems are a modern method of drainage system involving modern
sustainability practices with natural drainage process. This new method is referred to as SUDS
(Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems or Sustainable Drainage Systems).
(Susdrain.org, 2018) states that over the years, climate change and floods have become challenges
to be addressed immediately, and there is a high demand for sustainably designed drainage
systems. SuDS specialists Robert Bray Associates designed the Oxford services motorway station, is
the first sustainable drainage system to use source control and full management train.
SUDS aim at simplification of urban drainage through integrating urban drainage with natural
drainage and water table (Ciria.org, 2015). It aims at mitigating the effect of human development
on the natural water cycle (impact on surface water and pollution trends).
According to (Hoang and Fenner, 2015), SuDS have become a growing trend in recent years as
people have improved understanding of urban development and its impact over natural
environments, as well as knowledge over climate change and sustainability. SuDS are usually built
with bio-mimic components that integrate the urban drainage systems and the natural drainage
systems.
The concept behind SUDS is to create a system of drainage which requires low maintenance and
energy input as well as aesthetically appealing and resilient (Ciria.org, 2015). There are specific
components of SUDS systems, namely:
• Detention basins (shallow landscape depressions that are dry most of the time when it is not
raining)
• Permeable pavement (Pavement laid with unique construction material which allows water
to percolate and reach the ground surface)
• Rain gardens (shallow landscape depressions with a shrub or herbaceous planting)
• Green roofs (Roofs with Grass or small shrubs that absorb water are in turn use it for growth
of planters)
• Bio-swales (shallow normally-dry, wide-based ditches)
• Filter drains (gravel-filled trench drain)
• Bio retention basins (shallow depressions with gravel and sand filtration layers beneath the
growing medium)
• Wetlands and other Reed beds that purify water and also serves as a habitat for wildlife.
SuDS is a system with similar components or goals; a full intersection exists between SuDS and other
sustainable urban development terminologies. Techniques accepted in a SuDS model are the
following:
4 BIO-SWALES
(Crd.bc.ca, 2013) states that, A bio-swale is a shallow pit dugout to gather and filter stormwater
runoff by directing through soil and vegetation. In addition to their ecological benefits, bio-swales
are widely used in public spaces due to their aesthetic quality and low complexity in installation and
maintenance. Bio-swales are built-in linear slope basis in order to drain water into the soil rather
than storing it merely in a stationary position (National Association of City Transportation Officials,
2013).
P a g e | 297
Although bio-swales help infiltration of runoff, (Restreets.org, 2019) explains that they are unable
to hold a large volume of momentary capacity and are prone to over flooded and stagnation of
excess water during torrential downpours. This, in turn, can affect the nearby surfaces and soil
quality. Bio-swales are common in urban areas where there is low space for water infiltration into
the ground. Bio-swales can be a solution for cutting down runoff water for long duration in tight
urban areas. However, the incapability to absorb large momentary capacity is a pitfall.
5 PERMEABLE PAVEMENTS
Permeable pavement systems are designed to allow water infiltration into the floor below.
Either conventional flooring materials are divided into parts or porous pavement materials are use
d to achieve porosity (Ciria.org, 2015). Examples of permeable pavements are in many areas in
China. The design of several "sponge cities" employing SuDS at urban scales has commissioned by
the Chinese government throughout the country (Ascelibrary.org, 2016).
6 WETLANDS
According to (Sundaravadivel and Vigneswaran, 2001), Artificial wetlands can be built in areas that
are prone to a large amount of runoff. Wetlands are constructed to collect and treat water in scales
larger than bio-swales or rain gardens. In comparison to bio-swales, artificial wetlands are designed
to replicate natural wetland processes. This makes the ecosystem of the wetland (such as soil, air,
plants, bacteria, sunlight processes) the primary means for extracting contaminants. The water in
an artificial wetland is typically treated gradually in contrast to mechanized and specially produced
component systems.
(KCET, 2012) Explains the adaptive reuse of urban space into a wetland. Wetlands can be used for
the collection of significant runoffs from urban and suburban areas. The South Los Angeles Wetlands
Park was created in a densely populated city centre in 2012. The park is designed to capture runoff
and stormwater overflows from neighboring areas and the city drainage system.
7 DETENTION BASINS
The publication by (www.researchgate.net, 2014) states that Detention basins are also known as
retention basins are areas meant for diverging the excess runoff when drainage and other systems
reach their saturation and can hold no more. Detention basins reduce turbulent discharge through
the network and filters sediments. Basins can be wet or dry depending if there is water or only
during storm surges the basin fills.
Xang Thoi Pond in Vietnam is an example of flood elimination through detention basins. Cần Thơ, a
large city on the Mekong Delta, is susceptible to seasonal floods and intense rainfall. In response,
the local government included urban flooding solutions as part of a broader national infrastructural
initiative (Susdrain.org, 2018).
8 GREEN ROOFS
Green roofs are the concept of landscaping or growing plants, especially grass or tiny shrubs in order
to help drainage systems from absorbing the discharge from the roof of buildings. The green roof
absorbs and filters rainwater directly. Green roofs also contribute to the energy efficiency of
buildings by absorbing heat and provides insulation from sunlight radiation (Worldcat.org, 2012).
Green roofs help to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and provide its contribution every day to
control CO2 emission.
P a g e | 298
9 CONCLUSION
Flood resilience is a significant goal for a large number of developing and developed countries.
Urban cities are looking towards resilience to equip themselves to embrace the calamities and
disaster events yet to come. Natural disasters cannot be actively controlled by humanity. However,
the effects toward climate change which in turn is creating a lot of natural disasters can be
controlled. A plethora of innovative methods and new technologies can be used to implement to
make cities safe and resilient.
However, resilience is not just about infrastructure. People and society have to aware of the risk
and proper ways to handle and survive during disasters. A large variety of sustainable techniques
including the SUDS, have been debated in the view for resilience. However, all these methods are
practised to reduce the impact of floods and effectively to manage the flood events. So apart from
these techniques, there is more scope for improvement in the area of planning settlements. Many
unplanned settlements happen in water prone areas creating significant fatality during disasters.
Effective water policy management and flood risk management measures have to be taken by the
government and societies. People have to properly educated about disaster and resilience and
survival mechanisms. Resilience is not a single solution to arrive but a collection of measures to be
taken in order to ensure a better future.
REFERENCES
[1] Angelakis, A., De Feo, G., Laureano, P. and Zourou, A. (2013). Minoan and Etruscan Hydro-Technologies.
Water, 5(3), pp.972-987.
[2] Ascelibrary.org. (2012). Historical Perspectives of Urban Drainage | Global Solutions for Urban Drainage.
[online] Available at: https://ascelibrary.org/doi/abs/10.1061/40644%282002%29284.
[3] Ascelibrary.org. (2016). Case Studies of the Sponge City Program in China | World Environmental and Water
Resources Congress 2016. [online] Available at: https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/9780784479858.031.
[4] Center For Climate Change Communication. (2015). July 2015 – Climate Matters-Early release-A
comprehensive educational resource program for broadcast meteorologists. [online] Available
at:https://www.climatechangecommunication.org/all/climate-matters-early-release-a comprehensive-
educational-resource-program-for-broadcast-meteorologists/attachment/july-2015-climate-matters-early-
release-a-comprehensive-educational-resource-program-for-broadcast-meteorologists/
[5] Center for Neighborhood Technology. (2014). The Prevalence and Cost of Urban Flooding. [online] Available
at: https://www.cnt.org/publications/the-prevalence-and-cost-of-urban-flooding.
[6] Ciria.org. (2015). SuDS Manual C753 Chapter List. [online] Available at:
https://www.ciria.org/Memberships/The_SuDs_Manual_C753_Chapters.aspx.
[7] Committee on Climate Change. (2019). How a changing climate affects us - Committee on Climate Change.
[online] Available at: https://www.theccc.org.uk/tackling-climate-change/the-science-of-climate-
change/how-a-changing-climate-affects-us.
[8] Crd.bc.ca. (2013). Bioswales. [online] Available at: https://www.crd.bc.ca/education/green-stormwater-
infrastructure/bioswales.
[9] European Environment Agency. (2012). Urban adaptation to climate change in Europe. [online] Available at:
https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/urban-adaptation-to-climate-change/.
[10] Evans, G. (2015), “Design for hydrocitizens: architectural responses to the defend-retreat-attack scenario”,
Sustainable Mediterranean Construction, Vol. 1 No. 2, pp. 89-92.
[11] Haimes, Y.Y. 2009, "On the Definition of Resilience in Systems", Risk Analysis, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 498-501.
[12] Hoang, L. and Fenner, R. (2015). System interactions of stormwater management using sustainable urban
drainage systems and green infrastructure. Urban Water Journal, 13(7), pp.739-758.
[13] Holling, C. (1973). Resilience and Stability of Ecological Systems. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics,
4(1), pp.1-23.
[14] Hosseini, S., Barker, K. and Ramirez-Marquez, J. (2016). A review of definitions and measures of system
resilience. Reliability Engineering & System Safety, 145, pp.47-61.
P a g e | 299
[15] JBA Consulting. (2019). Flood Resilience – JBA Consulting. [online] Available at:
https://www.jbaconsulting.com/flood-water-management/flood-resilience/
[16] KCET. (2012). Innovative Wetlands Park Opens in South Los Angeles. [online] Available at:
https://www.kcet.org/history-society/innovative-wetlands-park-opens-in-south-los-angeles.
[17] Liao, K. (2012). A Theory on Urban Resilience to Floods--A Basis for Alternative Planning Practices.
[18] Munichre.com. (2016). [online] Available at: https://www.munichre.com/site/touch-
publications/get/documents_E1273659874/mr/assetpool.shared/Documents/5_Touch/_Publications/302-
08875_en.pdf.
[19] National Association of City Transportation Officials. (2013). Bioswales | National Association of City
Transportation Officials. [online] Available at: https://nacto.org/publication/urban-street-design-
guide/street-design-elements/stormwater-management/bioswales/.
[20] Placky, B., Maibach, E., Witte, J., Ward, B., Seitter, K., Gardiner, N., Herring, D. and Cullen, H. (2016). Climate
Matters: A Comprehensive Educational Resource Program for Broadcast Meteorologists. Bulletin of the
American Meteorological Society, 97(5), pp.709-712
[21] Restreets.org. (2019). reStreets. [online] Available at: https://www.restreets.org/home.
[22] Sundaravadivel, M. and Vigneswaran, S. (2001). Constructed Wetlands for Wastewater Treatment. Critical
Reviews in Environmental Science and Technology, 31(4), pp.351-409.
[23] Susdrain.org. (2018). CIRIA Oxford Motorway Services Case Study. [online] Available at:
https://www.susdrain.org/case-studies/.
[24] The National Academies Press. (2010). National Research Council. Advancing the Science of Climate Change.
Washington, DC
[25] UNISDR (2009). 2009 UNISDR Terminology on Disaster Risk Reduction. International Strategy for Disaster
Reduction (ISDR), 1–30.
[26] van Riel, W. (2011). Exploratory study of pluvial flood impacts in Dutch urban areas, Deltares, Delft.
[27] Worldcat.org. (2012). Fundamentals of sustainable dwellings (eBook, 2012) [WorldCat.org]. [online] Available
at: https://www.worldcat.org/title/fundamentals-of-sustainable-dwellings/oclc/785911199.
[28] www.researchgate.net. (2014). Urban retention basin in developing city from theoretical effectiveness to
practicalfeasibility. [online] Available at:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/266850554_Urban_retention_basin_in_developing_city_from_th
eoretical_effectiveness_to_practical_feasibility/citation/download.
P a g e | 300
SYMBOLIC AND METAPHORICAL MANIFESTATION OF LOTUS IN

ARCHITECTURE
Vidyalakshmi Selvam Ranjini Manimudi

Assistant professor, Faculty of Architecture Assistant professor, Faculty of Architecture
PES University, Bengaluru, India PES University, Bengaluru, India
vidyalakshmis@pes.edu ranjinimanimudi@pes.edu
ABSTRACT
Indian architecture is greatly influenced by its culture and religion which is reflected significantly in
our traditional practices and daily life. Considering different styles of Indian Architecture, such as,
Hindu temple Architecture, Indo-Saracenic Architecture or Buddhist Architecture express significant
reverence to Nature, reflecting the connection of man with universe and its importance to human
life. Numerous depictions of flora and fauna are seen in religious iconography and literature and
one prominent example is Lotus (Nelumbo nucifera). The sacred flower of both Hinduism and
Buddhism, is a symbol for elegance and beauty transcends its presence immensely in culture,
religions, art and Indian architecture. In the past, the flower was painted in ceilings, caved as
miniatures in walls and chiselled on surfaces, thus having a huge physical presence. However, in the
present, flower's physical presence has been reduced dramatically except for symbolic depiction in
modern day temples due to evolution in materials, ornamentation and methods of construction.
We focus on its transformation to a more graphical and conceptual manifestation, thus retaining its
essence and structural composition and contributing to not just Hindu architecture but also inspiring
modern day buildings such as Qi Zhong Tennis Centre, Hangzhou Sports Centre etc.
Key Words: Symbolism, Indian Architecture, Nature in Architecture, Culture and Religion.
1. INTRODUCTION
Symbol as defined in Merriam-Webster's dictionary means an act, sound, or object having cultural
significance and the capacity to excite or objectify a response (1). A symbol could take up any form
to represent an idea, concept, belief, culture etc thus acting as an effective way of communication
and representation. In general, they have been known to facilitate understanding across various
levels or areas such as religion, borders, people etc. A symbolic representation of an idea or an
object is known to have multiple layers of information or representation. Thereby leading to an
important aspect “Symbolism”. Symbolism is defined as Representation of a concept through
symbols or underlying meanings of objects or qualities (2). An outstanding example for symbolism
would be Gothic Cathedrals, which have been symbolism of power and regulation of discipline in
people even with passage of several centuries and rise of several religious icons.
A Metaphor, commonly used in poetry, is a figure of speech in which a word or phrase denoting one
kind of object or action is used in place of another to suggest a likeness or analogy between them
(1). In contrast to a symbol which represents an object or an idea in an abstract format, a metaphor
could relate to an object or idea to completely unrelated things or aspects. Thus, a metaphor is a
P a g e | 301
means to establish a comparison or connection between two aspects with a common underlying
theme.
In Architecture, symbolic and metaphorical representations play a major role by highlighting a

specific culture, religion, philosophy and architectural character. The aspect of representations has
been largely associated with nature, especially flora and fauna in many architectural styles.
Representation of cosmos in Buddhist ‘Mandalas’ (3), the symbolism of trees and forest as perceived
in Antonio Gaudi’s design of columns in his works (4) are few examples in this order. Similarly, the
Chinese culture and architecture stands as testimony of symbolism using nature. They use dragons
in the places of emperors to represent stability and power of mountains (5)Thus, a symbol or a
metaphor establishes a deep reverence in a society. As we study through various cultures using
symbolism and metaphors in their buildings and spaces, the role played by religion and its traditions
take a prominent role. Thereby creating an endless list of sacred symbols especially in the
architecture of Asia. One of the most commonly used sacred symbols in the south of Asia is the
‘Lotus’, Nelumbo Nucifera. As a result of its abundant significance and reverence in cultures and
regions, it has diverse representation in the past and present though art and architecture. This paper
explores the transition of its symbolism and metaphorical manifestation across different time
periods through various case studies.
2. SYMBOLIC MEANING OF LOTUS IN DIFFERENT RELIGIONS AND CULTURES
The Lotus flower stands for purity, self-regeneration, divinity, grace, life, fertility, wealth, creation.
across numerous cultures. The flower symbolizes purity as it grows in the dirtiest water but emerges
with clean and beautiful petals. Since it gets reproduced from its own matrix, it symbolizes self-
regeneration. All over the world, the lotus is grown in red, blue, pink, yellow and white colours but
predominantly it is available in pink and white colour which are also colours for purity in Asian
regions.
2.1 HINDUISM
2.1.1 SYMBOL OF CREATION
In Hinduism, Lotus has the most sacred meaning that is the symbol of creation. In Hindu mythology,
Brahma is assumed the position of creator constituting the element of cosmos seated on a lotus,
considering it emerged from the depths of the ocean (6). The Hindu deities are represented as either
blooming from the lotus or sitting on it with lotus as their pedestal (7)
2.1.2 SYMBOL OF FERTILITY
This symbolism is established in the sculpture of Lajja Gauri also termed as Aditi, sculpture in
Alampur temple, which stands for fertility and life through the form of women deity sculpted in the
position of birth (8).
P a g e | 302
2.1.3 SYMBOL OF DIVINITY
As a symbol of divinity, lotus is often represented in the pedestal of idols or deities. Brahma, Vishnu,
Saraswati, Laxmi are some of the deities who carry lotus or are seated or are standing on lotus in
their imagery representation. This can be prominently seen in the Ajantha Ellora caves wherein the
Gajalakshmi goddess is seated on lotus and God Lokanath carrying lotus in one hand standing over
a lotus pedestal (6) In Indus valley civilization, several images portray that ‘Mahayogi’ and
‘Pashupathi’ take the position of lotus for meditation (19). Apart from this representation in India,
similar symbolization is seen in Angkor Wat and Java temples wherein deities like Ganesha, Lakhsmi
are seated on Lotus pedestals.
2.1.4 SYMBOL OF AUSPICIOUSNESS
Lotus is considered as a symbol of auspiciousness, in case of the Saurapitha (Solar altar) of

GangaiKonda cholapuram. The altar here takes the form of the bloomed lotus on a square pedestal
and holds eight planets, the ninth planet being the lotus itself representing the Sun (9)
2.1.5 SYMBOL OF PLANNING
The ancient town planning system namely the Manasara and Mayamata, mention a type of planning
‘Padmaka’ that derives its form from the lotus. The planning is such that it radiates from the centre
with the temple complex at its epicenter, metaphorically representing the petals of lotus blossoming
from its centre. This also represents the sun as the center of cosmos thus becoming source of energy
(10)
Apart from the direct symbolization of lotus in Hindu religion and its traditions, the flower is also
represented in several ways in intangible form. The practice of ‘yoga’ which is a culmination of
spiritual, mental and physical practice focuses on seven chakras that is also symbolised by lotus.
Lotus is also represented in rangoli as a universal life force. The Hriday Kamala, the Sahasradala
padma and Sahasadel Padma are some of the common motif representation of centralized lotus or
thousand petalled lotus.
2.2 BUDDHISM
Buddha is characterized by lotus on his feet, it is believed that wherever he places his feet the lotus
bloomed which symbolizes creation (Ratnam). he ability of lotus to bloom from the dirt is
symbolised as spiritual awakening in Buddhism. The Buddhist mandalas and yantras are represented
inside a lotus which symbolizes the source of energy thus symbolizing the cosmos and universe, the
same exists in the Hindu yantras as well.
2.3 JAINISM
Similar to other religions, the founders of Jainism that is Tirthankaras, are represented seated on
lotus pedestals. Also, the blue lotus is the symbol of Naminatha, the 21st Jina (11).
P a g e | 303
2.4 ISLAM
Islamic architecture uses plant and flower motifs extensively. Islamic architecture developed
distinct geometric art using nature as inspiration. An immense representation of ordered patterns
in decorations, Jaalis are derived from Lotus.
2.4.1 BLUE LOTUS OF EGYPT
The Egyptians also consider the lotus as a sacred symbol. The blue lotus is associated with the god
of creation RA. Another unique analogy is derived from the shape of the Nile delta to the form of
Lotus
2.5 BAHAI RELIGION
The Bahai religion is in itself a culmination of beliefs of several religions which promotes unity and
peace. The Bahai religion uses lotus as a symbol of unity as it's a sacred flower in all religions.
3. MANIFESTATION AS METAPHOR
It rises from unclean water to blossom as a pure uncontaminated flower. This growth represents
the journey of soul from the mud of materialism to the path of enlightenment. Thus, the flower
gained a sacred symbol across many religions and regions. The effect it had in the traditions were
also reflected in the architecture followed in the region.
4. EVOLUTION IN ARCHITECTURE
4.1 MOTIF
In Buddhist architecture, the lotus plays a significant role, by becoming part of the capital designed
as Ashoka pillars. Due to the connection of lotus with Buddha, their art motif along the Buddhist
centres were huge and was depicted through Sunga art.
4.2 FRESCOS
At times, the ceilings were painted in concentric circles, with a variety of motifs which included
depiction of lotus in various shapes and sizes (12). The proportions in the frescos were enlarged,
wherein the petals were larger in scale, a common cite in Ajanta Ellora caves.
4.3 ROSETTE
The lotus rosette was often carved in the surfaces of doors and windows, and bands of wide petals
of lotus occupying the central focus. This kind of depiction contributed immensely to rich
ornamentation surrounding the ancient temples of India
P a g e | 304
Even in Islamic architecture, lotus rosettes can be widely seen. One of the outstanding examples is
lotus motif carved in marble are embedded in floors of Red fort in Delhi. This was often done to
create symbolic meaning for fountains and act as added decorations in the courtyards.
4.4 PATTERNS
In Islamic architecture, the lotus was easily captured and recreated as geometric patterns in jails
and other surface ornamentation done on the walls. The lotus in various sizes and proportions were
carved on the stone walls. These were engraved along the facades, spandrels and floors.
A similar representation can also be seen in Buddhist centres, wherein the medallions, squares and
other geometric patterns which were designed with lotus and lotus creepers were carved on
railings, gateways, pillars etc (6)
4.5 ELEMENTS
In Indo Islamic architecture, lotus became a part of dome by occupying the upper exterior surface
over the dome and along the surfaces of arches. Also, in Sanchi stupa, the chhatris evolve from
trident to a lotus bud thus symbolizing the head of lord Buddha. Another such representation can
be seen in one of the most important religious centres in Sikhism, the Golden temple in Amritsar,
India. The dome has lotus petal motif as relief in the base and inverted lotus at the top with ‘Kailash’
sitting on top of it.
As part of the inverted dome, the lotus representation can be widely in the Jain temple in Mt. Abu,
Rajasthan. The domes are carved out of marble and consist of various numbers of lotus petals as its
relief works. The temple is known for the thousand petal lotus artwork along its ceiling and similar
carvings along its column’s walls and jail patterns (14).
4.6 PLANAR FORM
Ancient Hindu temples have often taken the spiral or geometric pattern depicted by lotus petals in
their planar form. This can be vividly seen in temples in southern India such as Somnathpur temples,
Bellur temple etc.
4.7 BUILDING
Lotus palace in Hampi, India built in Indo Islamic style stands as a complete structure depicting lotus
both in plan and elevation. The enclosure is shaped like a lotus from the top, while the archways
resemble the layers of lotus petals. Also, the central dome is carved in the shape of lotus bud (15).
4.8 FORM
The lotus in modern day context has crossed boundaries in terms of religion, region and culture and
has become an inspiration for many building concepts and evolution throughout the world. The
Lotus temple, constructed for Bahai worship, takes up lotus as inspiration for design not just in form
but also in evolution of three-dimensional form. The Lotus temple in Delhi gives the impression of
P a g e | 305
blooming lotus surrounded by leaves. The entire building is marble clad and is a complex geometry
of various levels of lotus petals opening up, arches and dome.
The Lotus building in Wenjun District in China (21)also replicated the shape and form of Lotus. The
building shaped like the flower is resting on the water surface and its petals are raised to the sky.
The unique building turns into a real object at night, due to various illumination and water reflection.
With evolution in time and concepts, the lotus has also been taken as a concept in developing the
plan and surface of the façade. One such manifestation is the Desert Lotus hotel in Xiangtan desert
in Mongolia (21). The tents erected in the desert have been arranged in the shape of lotus in planar
form scaled to accommodate view and functionality of the tents.
The Hangzhou Tennis Centre mixes the radial arrangement of lotus petals and parametric design to
create the envelope for the tennis Centre. The envelope was strategically designed to reduce
consumption of steel in the building but at the same time achieve the required large span structure.
Another tennis Centre taking inspiration from lotus is the magnolia-inspired roof of the Qizhong
Tennis Centre in Shanghai (21). It features dynamic roof "petals" that can open and close depending
on the weather representing the blooming cycle of lotus during day and night.
5. CONCLUSION
Lotus has been part of several religious and cultural structures thus gaining the status of traditional
and sacred symbol in architecture and representations. Due to this strong affinity to symbolize
purity and rigid geometry it had lost its presence with the emergence of various styles of
architecture since the colonial era.
The flower managed regain its presence in architecture although for a brief time period when there
was a sudden surge in evolution of building concepts post-industrial era depicting traditional motifs,
forms and structure.
Although in its evolution since the time mankind represented the flower, it has evolved from a mere
symbol of purity to iconography and further taking the shape of metaphorical representation in
modern days architecture.
REFERENCES
[1] Webster, M. (n.d.). Merriam webster.com.
[2] Wikidiff. (n.d.). Retrieved from Wikidiff.com.
[3] George, A. (2005). Study of Architectural symbolism. University of Calicut, NIT .
[4] roe, J. (n.d.). Gaudi synergies, evolution and morphogenesis identified in Gaudi's designs. Newyork:
Academia.edu.
[5] E.Grigsby, H. (2009). Symbolism in Chinese architecture.
[6] Lotus from a pond to palace dome . (2006, March). Exotic Indian art.
[7] Ratnam, A. (n.d.). Indian Heritage, Lotus, Boundless beauty. In A. Ratnam, Indian Heritage, Lotus, Boundless
beauty. Chennai: Arangham trust.
[8] Wangu, M. B. (n.d.). Images of Indian goddesses, Myths, meanings and models.
[9] Art, E. I. (2006, March). Lotus from a pond to a palace dome. Retrieved from Exoticindianart.com.
[10] Balasubrahmanyam, S. R. (n.d.). In The middle chola temples.
[11] Manasara. (n.d.).
[12] Pattanaik, D. (2019, March). Other meanings of a lotus. Retrieved from Devdutt.com.
P a g e | 306
[13] India, M. (n.d.). Lotus in Indian art. Retrieved from Mysteriousindia.net.

[14] kumar, S. (n.d.). A Thousand Petalled Lotus: Jain Temples of Rajasthan : Architecture & Iconography.
[15] Lotus Mahal. (n.d.). Retrieved from Trawell.in.
[16] Britannica, E. (n.d.). Egyptian art and architecture. Retrieved from Britannica.
[17] Jung, C. G. (1964). Man and his symbols.
[18] Kintaert, T. (n.d.). on the cultural significance of the leaf of the Indian lotus.
[19] Muesse, M. W. (n.d.). The indus valley civilization . In M. W. Muesse, The Hindu Traditions, A concise
introduction . frotress press.
[20] Trivedi, K. (1993). Hindu temple: Models of a fractal universe. International seminar on Mayonic science and
technology, (pp. 243 - 258).
[21] (n.d.). https://architizer.com/blog/inspiration/collections/top-10-flower-shaped-buildings/.
P a g e | 307
THE NEED FOR INTEGRATING PRIVATE VEHICLES IN MASS TRANSIT

SYSTEM USING DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY FOR METRO CITIES
S. Pragadeesh
Gravity Architects
Coimbatore, India
iampraga@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The rapid growth of digital technologies in the past decade has resulted in endless opportunities
and has given birth to a large number of digital only platforms which are running successfully. And
yet, there is enormous potential in the digital technology field yet to be explored. Transportation is
one such field which has a lot of scope for development since it is a basic need for majority of the
population. This paper is about one such possibility that deals with the need for integration of
private vehicles into the public mass transit system that incorporates smart digital technology as a
base.
Keywords: Digitalization; Transport system; Smart cities; Aadhar and Vehicle pooling.
1 INTRODUCTION
Technology development and Globalization has brought a massive increase in goods and services
demand, which requires people’s movement from one place to the other. Globalization nurtured
the scope for global market, cross cultural management, foreign trade and investment, universal
resource availability etc. Cities being the primary target of global markets have to handle a large
number of crowds daily. Everyday millions of vehicles operate to satisfy the human needs which are
a mix of both private vehicles and public mass transit system. Private vehicles are owned by the
public that is meant for their personal use. A Transit system refers to a mass scale public transport
comprising of buses, trams, metro trains etc, which operated by the government on daily basis.
2 NEED FOR THE STUDY:
The rise of industrialization and the globalization since the last two centuries has a major
contribution to the transport sector starting from the mass production of Henry ford’s ‘T model’ to
Elon Musk’s Hyper loop One. But the impact of globalization has resulted in many disadvantages to
the environment such as a drastic increase in carbon-dioxide emission, depletion of fossil fuels,
minerals and other non-renewable resources.
Increase in the global population and the cheaper price of motor vehicles has resulted in increase
in the number of vehicles which leads to increased fuel consumption.
As cities grow larger and larger, the volume of traffic that the roads can handle gets saturated at a
point of time which affects the growth of the city forming an urban sprawl.
Therefore, an efficient system that has a positive impact on our environment is very much a
necessity for a better future. Also, we need to rectify the negative impacts caused by the practice
of rapid industrialisation and globalization.
P a g e | 308
2.1 Growth of Digital technology
Digital era is referred as the shift from industrial based economy to information-based economy
which uses technology such as computers, smart phones, etc. It provides easy access to widespread
information even from remote places and sharing them virtually. The implementation of AADHAR
as a government recognized identification by the UIDAI has been a game changing move for
restructuring the entire economical system of the country. The traditional concept of visiting banks
has been redefined by the provision of highly encrypted online transaction system.
The sudden growth of smart phones production has made it so that almost 70 percent of the Indian
population owns a phone. The following chart shows the projected number of smart phone users in
India in 2018 which says that there will be around 450 million users in India by 2019.
But as per the survey conducted by IMRB there are already about 550 million active internet users
in India by the end of December 2018. This provides an indication of how rapidly smart technologies
are growing in India.
Figure 1 The number of smart phone users in India.

Source: e-Marketer
P a g e | 309
Figure 2 The number of active internet phone users in India.

Source: Kantar IMRB, ICUBE 2018 December estimate, All India
2.2 Current Digital trends in mass transit system
The emergence of digital technology and the swift increase in the number of smart phone users in
the last decade has changed the way public and private transport system operates. Digital
technologies, investments and innovations are used in smart grids, self-driving vehicles, e-
government, advanced manufacturing to name a few. In India, digital technology is currently in its
initial stages. The major implementation is happening in the Indian Railways and the private sector
transport system.
2.2.1 The Indian railways
The Indian railways is one of the world’s largest employers, with more than 1.4 million employees.
Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation (IRCTC) is a subsidiary of the Indian Railways that
handles the catering, tourism and online ticketing operations of the latter, it sells 15 to 16 Lakhs
tickets every day of which around 5,50,000 to 6,00,000 are booked online. It is a great example for
implementation of digital technology in mass transit system.
This includes many strategies that are as follows:

▪ Provision of free-wifi at 5500 railway stations and counting. (PTI, 06 Dec 2019)
▪ Facilities to book 15,000 e-tickets per minute. (Dubbudu, 2016)
▪ Enabling e-catering services to book meals for the journey.
▪ Installation of POS (POINT OF SALES) machines for cashless transactions. (ZeeBiz,2018)
▪ Access to Live tracking of trains and real time train delay information.
▪ Use of Artificial Intelligence to fill seats based on age, gender, user preferences and equal load
distribution throughout the train.
▪ Resolving passenger grievances in real time using social media (twitter).
▪ Using big data to analyze train delay patterns and schedule train timings accordingly and provide
special trains to places where there is a surplus need.
P a g e | 310
2.2.2 Private transport system
Private companies have also adopted Digital resources to boost their efficiency and provide their
users with smarter results and services which have used the following strategies and technologies
▪ The accessibility of GPRS (Global Positioning Resource System) to the common public.
▪ Live tracking of private buses has made travel convenient and comfortable. (Red bus, Abhi bus)
▪ Introduction of e-wallets and UPI has paved way for hassle free cashless transaction. (GPay,
Paytm)
▪ Accurate GPRS system has enabled private sector on-demand taxi providers pick up right from
the doorstep. (OLA, UBER) , food delivering partners to deliver on time. (swiggy, uber eats)
▪ Also integrating AI and the internet facility provides the facility of using transport services on
the go. (BOUNCE, ZOOM CARS).
3 THE DIGITAL INTEGRATED TRANSIT SYSTEM
“The public transport sector must foster digital innovations and be bold in trying out innovative
solutions.”
This author recommends the development of a new mass transit system which operates by the use
of unused space in privately owned vehicles as a means of transport in metro cities. Vehicle owners
would have the opportunity to register under this program through a government agency. The
agency would keep records of all those who register for this and also install a tracker to all vehicles
which would be registered for this scheme the drivers would be assigned passengers to take with
them as they go about their daily route. The users would be assigned based on mutual destination
of the driver as well as the passenger.
This takes into account the safety, data protection and efficiency by incorporating the free spaces
in any vehicle. Every time the user uses this system verifies all the above details. A minimal charge
could be charged of which the major share would go to the service provider and the rest to the
government for maintenance as well as future development. The proposed system should be fully
encrypted, this would help in protecting the personal information of the users.
4 BENEFITS:
This system not only provides an efficient transport system that saves fuel consumption, but also
helps in reducing criminal activities as all the users are registered, and real time tracking is done.
This system lets people interact with others who have the same route as them, which creates a
healthy urban environment. And increases a person’s awareness of the goings on within their city.
The idea about transportation will be reinterpreted and the limitation of owning a vehicle will be
eliminated. This helps in increasing the economic status of service providers and reduces their
expenses for travel. Also, this system will collect a large amount of big data anonymously which can
be used to study where exactly need for transport facility. Also, this can be used to study the urban
growth patterns regarding transport and future developments plans can be made.
REFERENCES
[1] Megha Mandavia, December 06 2019, https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/tech/internet/india-has-

second-highest-number-of-internet-users-after-china-report/articleshow/71311705.cms
[2] PTI (2019 December 06), Free Wifi at 5500 Railway stations, The Economic times.
P a g e | 311
[3] Rakesh Dubbudu, January 20 2016, From 29 tickets booked in a day to 13 lakh tickets a day, IRCTC has come a
long way. https://factly.in/irctc-improvements-from-9-tickets-booked-in-a-day-to-13-lakh-tickets-irctc-has-
come-a-long-way/
[4] ZeeBiz WebTeam, Jun 11, 2018,https://www.zeebiz.com/india/news-indian-railways-digital-rail-
achievements-11-irctc-initiatives-in-fy18-50513
P a g e | 312
THE UPPARIKE BASAVA SHRINE: INQUIRY INTO PERIPHERAL FOLK DEITY

OF OLD MYSORE VILLAGES
Sapna S Dr.M.N.Chandrashekhar
Professor & Principal, Professor & Dean
Mysore School of Architecture, SJB School of Architecture and Planning,
Mysore Bangalore
ABSTRACT
Temples have been studied by scholars and researchers from various angles such as, economic,
socio-political, ritual, iconographic and architectural. One area of study is dedicated to
understanding of standalone shrines or sacred places in the context of non-Brahminical traditions.
The focus being on tutelary shrines of village gods and more importantly goddesses often called
Gramadevatas. They are believed to be embodiments of basic natural forces and thus represent an
important form of folk religiosity.
The research paper deals with socio-cultural relevance of one such tutelary shrine which is an
isolated monument /place of worship that is commonly found in the outskirts of villages and peri-
urban areas of the old Mysore region. Usually situated in the pastoral fields of villages under the
shade of a peepal tree. The prototype of such a structure has first been seen in the Chitradurga fort
belonging to the Ganga Style of Architecture.
Today, we see these shrines doused in a multi-colored façade masking their true simplistic form and
architecture. The relevance of them to the locals is still very much evident and the continued use of
them helps with the maintenance of these shrines to some extent. An inquiry into this particular
typology and a mapping of such similar shrines is an interesting proposition. Vernacular temples of
the common man that are beyond caste and creed meant for the well-being of the village is a field
of study that is little explored and this is what is proposed.
Keywords: Peripheral Folk Deity; non-Brahminical traditions; Tutelary Shrine; Vernacular Temple;
1 INTRODUCTION
Over the course of time, our history came to be into anecdotes of events that have long since run
their course, with only texts and scriptures written by the various sects of each bygone era. These
remaining accounts are extremely beneficial for our study and understanding of our ancestral
history. History itself is understood through various sources apart from such texts – the still existing
monuments dating back to ancient times, rhymes and songs orally transferred to each new
generation, frames of events frozen in time through paintings and sculptures, tools used by various
cultures and many other contributions of each successive civilization.
2 THE UPPARIKE BASAVA SHRINE
2.1 The Inquiry
The research paper deals with one such recurring phenomenon within the architectural spectrum
of our recorded history. The paper aims to study the socio-cultural relevance of isolated monuments
P a g e | 313
or place of worship, namely, the Upparike Basava shrines that seem to occur in the peri-urban areas
of cities such as Mysore, Chamarajanagar, Meenakshipura, Kikkeri, within the Chitradurga Fort and
the famed temples of Tanjavore. These shrines may be dated back to the Ganga Dynasty’s rule in
India, more specifically, the Western Ganga Dynasty era, circa 250 – 1004 C.E.[1]
2.2 Socio-cultural Conditions
An interesting facet of the study is the prevalent socio-cultural norms of the era and the possibility
of their influence on the architectural style. In this particular context, the Ganga Period, along with
the style of architecture that the Jain community contributed to this period and the language used
by them at that time to spread their faith was Kannada [3]. Over the course of time, we understand
through our history that religion dictates multiple large-scale constructions’ undertaken by the
rulers of established empires. It is important to note that the major religions followed during this
period were – the sub sects of Hinduism, which were Shaivism, Vedic Brahmanism and Vaishnavism
and Jainism [4] as religion plays a dominant role in the shaping of these typologies of various shrines
for deities.
2.3 Ganga Style of Architecture
The centre for Ganga style of art and architecture activities was Nagara style of architecture. [12]
ELEMENT ARCHITECTURAL FEATURE SUMMARY

Shikara The temples are in a beehive
shape. They are a layered
arrangement of this form that
defines the shape of the
Shikara.[12]
Murudeshwara Temple, Bhatkal Taluk, Bhatkala
Pillars/Columns The Ganga pillars with a

conventional lion at the square
base and a circular shaft of the
pillar on its head.[13]
Tyagada Brahmadeva Pillar, Shravanabelagola

Layout/Planning The layouts of these structures
primarily followed the typical
temple circulation of mantapa to
sanctum sanctorum/garbhagriha
space.[15,16]
P a g e | 314
Panchakuta Basadi (10th century AD),

Kambadahalli
Platform/Massing A good example of a typical
massing of structures
constructed in line with the
Ganga style of architecture is the
Chamundaraya Temple at
Shravanabelagola. The tritala
vimana has a clear differentiation
of masses into bhadra,
pratibhadra and karna both in
plan and elevation. The mantapa
positioned on a straight
manasutra. The padabandha
Adhisthana on the exterior is
unadorned.[17]
Chamundaraya Temple, Shravanbelagola
The architecture of the Ganga Dynasty in general has several defining characteristic traits, the design
influence of which, stem from the Pallava, the Badami Chalukya and some indigenous Jain
architectural features [2]. Some features derived from the Pallava style were - pillars with a
conventional lion at the base and a circular shaft of the pillar on its head, square pillars and the
stepped Vimana of the shrine with horizontal mouldings. One of the many important contributions
to style is the largest monolithic statue in the world, the Gomateshwara sculpture at
Shravanbelagola built in the year 982 CE. Apart from this, there are other contributions to the
architectural style by the Jain community of the era with their “basadis” consisting of towers with
gradually receding stories called “talas” which are ornamented with small models of temples. These
shrines have semi-circular windows, which lets one peer into the engravings of famous Jain saints
locally referred to as the “tirthankars” contained within them along with sculptures of demon faces,
called as the “Kirthimukha” at the top. From these prevailing styles of architecture of the time, we
find that there is a parallel to the style observed in the Upparike Basava shrines.
Figure A: The “Vontikallu Basava” shrine at the Chitradurga Fort, Karnataka [18,19]
P a g e | 315
2.4 Commonalities
The Upparike Basava shrines existing on the current peri-urban sector of the Mysore city hold many
commonalities that bind them together as a part of one movement or culture that can be
interrelated to the reign of the Ganga Dynasty. The columns positioned upon the base of the shrine
to form the “mantapa”, which in turn have a roof made entirely of multiple stone slabs which rest
on stone beams that span across these columns is very reminiscent of the style of architecture from
the Ganga Period as discussed previously. The location of the shrines are such that, they are placed
in areas where there are fields for pasturing. This could be a result of due to the fact that shrine is
for the “Basava” or the “Nandi” deity from the Hindu mythology. “Basava”, in Hindu mythology, is
the guardian at the gates of a mythical place called the “Kailasa”, which is the adobe of “Lord Shiva”
in religion. He is an anthropomorphic form (much like the incarnations of Lord Vishnu), of a bull who
also serves as a mount for Lord Shiva. He is considered a “guru” to his own set of eight disciples,
who are metaphorical representations of the 8 cardinal points [6]. The name itself has etymological
roots associated with meanings of growth, flourishing, appearing, joy and satisfaction. The choice
of deity housed within and the placement of the shrines in fields of pasture could be due to the
positivity associated in its etymological roots. The people and shepherds around these isolated
locations may have established these shrines to foster a sense of protectiveness and observance
offered by the deity.
3 CASE STUDIES
Figure 1(a), (b) & (c): Measured drawings of the Upparike Basava shrine at Karakanahalli [11]
Figure 1(a) Plan
Figure 1(b) Sectional Elevation
P a g e | 316
Figure 1(c) Front Elevation
These shrines are often approximately within the vicinity of an “Aaleena Mara” or the People Tree
in the presence of a Shiva temple. Although the deity housed within the shrine is associated with
growth, The People Tree in Hindu mythology is associated with many things. Ancient scriptures such
as the “Bhagvath Gita” define the tree as the residing place of the holy trinity of gods – Lord Shiva,
Lord Vishnu and Lord Brahma. There are various stories from Hinduism that mention the gods and
demons adventures around the tree. In addition, the tree is supposed to relieve mortals from the
cycle of life and death if they plant it, as the tree itself does not let anything to flourish under it due
to the expanse of its shade, thereby negating the cycle of birth and renewal to other plants, which
cannot thrive under it. Another interesting belief is that the tree is the house of “Yama”, the god of
death in Hindu mythology, is often planted near crematoriums outside the premise of a village or
town [7,8]. It is interesting to note the ironical connotations that this implies on the shrine itself as
the deity housed within it preaches growth and flourishment.
Figure 2(b) Figure 2(a) & (b): Measured drawings of the Upparike Basava shrine at Bogadi Ring Road, Mysore
[11]
Figure 2(a) Plan
P a g e | 317
Sectional Elevation
4 OBSERVATIONS
The main “garbhagriha” or sanctum sanctorum of the shrine is located upon the roof of the
“mantapa” below. This in itself is a rarity amongst ancient temples and shrines as a majority of them
contain the “garbhagriha” at a slightly elevated level from the ground, albeit, at the level of the
ground itself. In the field, visits conducted at three different locations around Mysore, an
observation of a stairway leading up to the “garbhagriha” is a common design trait. Upon
interviewing a local resident at one of the sites of study, the shrines initially had no staircase - the
sanctum sanctorum or “garbhagriha” accessed only through a ladder instead. The local further
mentioned that the addition of these staircases occurred about a hundred and fifty years ago to
facilitate ease of access to it. However, the placement of the “garbhagriha” is not the only defining
trait of the shrine. The element that sets this shrine apart from the multitude of other such shrines
is the addition of the fifth pillar at the centre of the “mantapa” below. Upon conducting interviews
and investigations of multiple references to this particular shrine in old texts [9], there exists no data
regarding this fifth pillar. Nevertheless, as is widely practiced in Hindu temples, it is always
imperative for the deity within the shrine to be in contact with the ground. This is due to the belief
that the energy of the deity transmitted to the devout occurs through this manner [10]. Therefore,
this may have been the reason for the addition of the fifth pillar. Structurally speaking, the fifth pillar
would seem to be a requirement to enable the shrine to support the “garbhagriha” at an elevated
height of approximately 1.5 meters [11]. However, with the use of stone columns, beams and slabs,
it may not have been entirely necessary to add the fifth pillar in a structural sense. From the
interviews, we understand that the “mantapa” is still currently in use for various purposes non-
restrictive of sub-caste or creed within the Hindu community. All the shrines studied were still in
use by the locals, enabling all of them to be “functional temples”. Even though eras have passed by,
it is rare to find shrines of this scale to be functional in today’s day and age. From this perspective,
the Upparike Basava shrines were always temples meant for the common people.
P a g e | 318
5 CONCLUSION
Today, we see these shrines doused in multi-coloured façades masking their true simplistic form
and architecture. The relevance of them to the locals is still very much evident and the continued
use of them helps with the maintenance of these shrines to some extent. An inquiry into this
particular typology and a mapping of such similar shrines is an interesting proposition. Vernacular
temples of the common man that are beyond caste and creed meant for the well-being of the village
is a field of study that is little explored and this is what is proposed.
REFERENCES
[1] https://www.britannica.com/topic/Ganga-dynasty
[2] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Western_Ganga_dynasty
[3] Malini Adiga, 2006, "The Making of Southern Karnataka: Society, Polity and Culture in the Early Medieval
Period"
[4] Dr. Lewis Rice, S. R. Sharma and M. V. Krishna Rao Arthikaje, "History of Karnataka-Gangas of Talkad",
Mangalore
[5] Anantrao Parashurampant Karmarkar, 1947, "Cultural History of Karnataka: Ancient and Medieval"
[6] Satguru Sivaya Subramuniyaswami, 2003, "Dancing with Siva: Hinduism's Contemporary Catechism"
[7] https://www.hinduscriptures.com/vedic-culture/nature-worship/siginificance-tree-worship/7592/
[8] https://www.devshoppe.com/blogs/articles/peepal-tree-in-hinduism
[9] Lewis Rice, 1876, "The Mysore Gazetteer"
[10] Oral History, interview with Mr. Manjunath at Site 3
[11] Measured Drawings conducted at Sites 1 & 2
[12] https://brainly.in/question/10993966
[13] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tyagada_Brahmadeva_Pillar
[14] https://wikivisually.com/wiki/Panchakuta_Basadi,_Kambadahalli
[15] http://www.jainheritagecentres.com/news/news-updates/asis-disregard-for-preserving-hombujas-
panchakuta-basadi/
[16] http://www.kamit.jp/03_jaina/4_south/sou_eng.htm
[17] http://asibengalurucircle.in/chamundaraya-basti-sravanabelagola
[18] http://templesofkarnataka.com/navigation/details.php?id=305
[19] https://chitradurga.nic.in/en/gallery/tourist-places/
P a g e | 319
THEORY OF NEIGHBOURHOOD PLANNING AND ITS PRACTICABILITY:

DEVELOPING A DISPUTE RESOLUTION MECHANISM FOR CONFLICTS
EXISTS BETWEEN THEORY AND DESIGN
Prof. Dr. H.N. Nagendra. Dr. Amrutha

Professor, School of Planning & Architecture Professor & Direcror
University of Mysore Nehru School of Architecture
Mysuru, India Coimbatore, India
nagendrahnn@gmail.com amrutha.shristi@yahoo.in
ABSTRACT
Planning of space in urban settlements in India continued with British town planning system through
the town and country planning acts which mandate the Master Plans for cities conceivable for the
future through land use and their infrastructure planning by considering the past and present. As
the city grows, the residential areas to accommodate people have been planned till to the present
context as blocks of residential areas called urban extensions rather than a neighbourhood; the
theory given by Clarence A. Perry in 1924, along with planning principles of neighbourhood. Though
these principles were fond much relevant even to the present context it has been not utilising.
Hence, this paper will bring possibilities of developing a dispute resolution mechanism for conflicts
exists between theory and design of residential areas in the urban context.
Key words: Urban extensions; Neighbourhood; Land use; Planning and Design; Social force.
1. INTRODUCTION
Planning of human settlement in India was continued by adopting the British town planning system
and their town and country planning acts by amending into Indian requirements from 1960’s which
mandate the Master Plans for towns/cities conceivable for the future through land use and their
infrastructure planning and design by considering the past and present. Human activities have been
recognized as a major force in shaping the biosphere. Human actions rather than natural forces are
the source of most contemporary changes in the urban spaces and the supporting infrastructure.
Understanding these actions and the social forces that drive them is crucial in space making through
planning considerations in relation to land use transformations in the present context of Indian
planning and design. The land use in urban settlement refers to the occupation of land for human
activities in their living space that has land covers of both natural and cultural features those are
essential to living community.
The existing master plan of the Mysuru city which has been considered in this paper is reflecting
such practical evidences with reference to the theory of neighbourhood planning. The discussion of
the paper develops a dispute resolution mechanism for the conflicts exist between theory and
design.
2. THEORY OF NEIGHBOURHOOD PLANNING
The concept of neighbourhood unit was designed to create a semi-public space within newly
industrialized European and American cities that offered limited opportunities of incoming workers
and workers’ children to integrate and foster a community spirit in an alienated urban environment.
Opposed to increasing distances between places of residency and places of work it was focused on
a walker/walk able metrics. Later the spatial planning of residential and non- residential spaces in
P a g e | 320
the residential layouts where made as key points for not locate them farther than, means within an
average walking distance of primary school going child. The local school or a church was considered
to be central nodes of the unit. The number of children at school or members of the congregation
thus determined limits of a neighbourhood unit, ranging from 5,000 to 10,000 respecting a number
of expected densities of population. Desired proximity of local shops was about a quarter of mile
within the district and the distance of the school from the borders of the neighbourhood unit was
half a mile maximum.
Sociological implications of the concept of the neighbourhood unit historically corresponds to
activities of American wave of school of urban studies and ecology called Chicago school, operating
mostly in the 1920’s and 1930’s. It is closely linked to activities of Jane Jacobs, an American urbanist
and humanist in the field of migrant integration and child labour force. The schema of
neighbourhood unit further refers to Charles Horton Cooley´s theory of primary groups and to the
concept of neighbourhood as a type of residential community. The concept of neighbourhood unit
should have enhanced the feeling of identification with environment for the incomers, support their
spatial integration, foster social cohesion and avoid social pathology, taking the form of alienation
and civic indifference. A neighbourhood may be defined as having several thousand residents
covering an area that people can walk across. The scale of a neighbourhood typically focuses on a
primary school catchment area. Speaking at a conference in Toronto in 1924, Clarence A. Perry of
the American Russell Sage Foundation proposed that the elementary school should be at the civic
centre of the neighbourhood district because: “Since the public school, more nearly than any other
local institution, touches all families within its sphere of service, it is a common denominator of
neighbourhood life and seems therefore the best available basis for determining the size of the local
community unit”. In terms of scale or size of neighbourhood, Perry proposed half a mile since this is
“the maximum distance children should have to travel in order to attend elementary school” as
shown in figure 1A &1B.
Despite the concept being considered reasonable, desirable and is also found apt for the post-
modern era, it is not being effectively utilized in the existing urban planning processes in India. This
needs re-thinking
Figure-1A. Neighbourhood Unit, Concept by Clarence A. Perry
Figure-1B. Grouping of 3 Neighbourhood Units served by a high school and one major commercial center ,
Concept by Clarence Stein.
(Source: Author compiled based on Secondary Data)
P a g e | 321
3. MYSURU CITY AND ANALYSIS OF ITS MASTER PLAN
In the tenth century Mysore was known as "Mahishur", the town where the buffalo-demon
Mahishashur was slain by the goddess Durga. The word Mysore expands to "Mahishasurana Ooru",
which means the town of Mahishasura. Now known as Mysuru is the second-largest city adjacent
to Bangaluru, in the state of Karnataka, India. It is the headquarters of the Mysore district and the
Mysore division and lies about 146 km (91 mi) southwest of Bangalore, the capital city of Karnataka.
The district is one of the southern most districts of the state and is bordered by Kodagu district in
the west, Cannanore district of Kerala state in the south west, Chamarajanagar district in the south
and south east, Mandya district in the north and Hassan district in the northwest, all having smaller
cities than Mysore and the physical setting of Mysuru is located at about 763 m above sea level with
enough potential for its future growth and development. The city is well connected to Bangalore,
Mangalore, Hassan cities by road way railway and also connected to adjacent states; Tamil Nadu,
Maharashtra, Goa and Kerala by State highways. The city also connected by air way. The city actually
started growing into its present form after the rendition of 1881, when the throne was restored to
Chamarajendra Wodeyar - the scion of the royal family. The contribution of various rulers and kings
paved way to the development of Mysore as a whole. The city originated with its greater significance
was started with a new palace which was constructed in Indo-Saracenic Style in the site of old one
by Architect Henry Irwin in 1896. In order to decongest the Population in the Old Town - Chamaraja
Extention in West, Ediga in North and Jalapuri in the East are formed. The Stage – II development
has happened in 1903 by the City Improvement Trust Board(CITB) which was constituted for
promoting a planned development. The entire Old Town was cleared to overcome congestion
around the palace. New extensions like Agrahara, Ashokapuram and Chamundipuram were
constructed. During 1920 to 1930, new extensions like Laxmipuram, Yadavagiri, V.V.Mohalla,
Jayalakshmipuram, Narasimharaja Mohalla, Bannimantap, Chamundipuram and Saraswathipuram
were formed as major residential areas. Karnataka on 1st November 1956, the city planning
authority was constituted in 1966 for preparing development plan during that period Bannimantap
layouts and an Industrial Suburb in the South near Vidyaranayapuram were formed. Later the city
developments were allowed as per master plans done till to the planning period of 2031.
Figure-2. Location of Mysuru
3.1. Population Growth and Urban Growth of the City

According to the 2001 census of India, the population of Mysore is 7.86 lakhs and it was grown to
9.2 lakhs in the year 2011, while the current population (2020) is estimated to be more than 10
lakhs. The city population for the year 2021 and 2031 has been estimated by the development
P a g e | 322
authority is 14.12 lakhs and 17.2 lakhs respectively and also it has been estimated that the
population within the local planning area as 16.5 lakhs and 21 lakhs for the years 2021 and 2031.
The growth rate of population and the city expansion shows that the Mysuru city has a potential to
grow and develop in future.
Figure. 3. Local Planning Area of Mysore
(Source: Mysore Master Plan Report-2031)
Table-1: Population growth of the city

Year Population Net increase Percentage of increases
1901 68,111 --- ---
1911 71,306 + 3,195 + 4.69 %
1921 83,951 + 12,645 + 17.73 %
1931 1,07,142 + 23,191 + 27.62 %
1941 1,50,540 + 43,398 + 40.51 %
1951 2,44,323 + 93,783 + 62.3 %
1961 2,53,856 + 9,542 + 3.9 %
1971 3,55,685 + 1,01,821 + 40.1 %
1981 4,76,000 + 1,20,315 + 34 %
1991 6,66,755 + 1,30,755 + 39.91 %
2001 7,87,179 + 1,80,424 + 18.5 %
2011 9,19,414 +1,32,235 +16.77 %
2021* City 14,12,800 +493386 +53.6% [LPA 16,50,000]
2031* City 17,25,100 +312300 +22.16% [ LPA 21,00,000]
(Source: Census of India report)
The table 1 shows increase in all decades and the table 2 shows a continuous increase in urban
development area with a dedicated land use for residential area of about 53 % and also proposed
P a g e | 323
master plans for the year 2031 have shown extension of residential areas with a varied size without
confining or reflecting the principles of neighbourhood planning.
The Mysore city master plan done till to the year 2031 has conurbation area of about 27864 hectares
and the same area has been divided into 173 planning districts. The city corporation area has divided
the area into 41 municipal wards for the purpose of municipal governance. The total area, in the
proposed master plan 2031, reserved for residential development is about 14958.3 hectares, it is about
53.7 % of the total conurbation area. According to neighbourhood theory a neighbourhood unit has
been conceptualised to the walkable limit of a primary school going child as a desired proximity of
half a mile maximum within the neighbourhood unit. Though, a walkable size of half a mile is taken
as minimum of half a kilometre radial distance that holds a probable area of about 100 hectare or
250 acres. Hence the proposed residential areas for the year 2031 can be divided into 150
neighbourhood units. The proposed master plan of Mysore city for the year 2031 has 173 planning
districts which comprises about 26000 hectares that includes both residential and non-residential
land uses. Though it excludes the area under water body and agriculture, the quantum of area under
each planning districts are almost double the size of a neighbourhood units.
4. DEVIATIONS OBSERVED IN RELATIONS TO NEIGHBOURHOOD PLANNING
The Neighbourhood Concept developed by Clarence A. Perry under the socio-economic dimensions
of western context has been utilized for various planning and design requirements till today
throughout the world. The planning principles of the Concept are fitting into context, but the
utilisation of concept in planning residential areas is reflecting many deviations from the sole
purpose of the basic concept. In the existing scenario though the neighbourhood principle says -
major road should not pass through a neighbourhood, the major roads were there in the major
residential areas and slashes the neighbourhood. The neighbourhood principles were developed
under primary school centred approach, but many neighbourhoods have primary schools but
inhabitants of that area are sending their children to the schools in other neighbourhoods; though
it is the personal requirement, finally the proximity between school and child’s residence is beyond
walkability. The existing neighbourhood planning and design nowhere has a supporting statement
that “School going children should not cross the major road” and in many city planning done under
the public sector there were no units to designate as an ideal neighbourhood. Likewise, there are
many deviations that can be observed in the existing planning and design of residential areas in
most of the cities. But from the observational study, it is found that these are meaningful deviations
with respect to the existing socio-economic changes that took place in relation to the period since
the neighbourhood concept was developed.
Figure. 4. Residential area closer to the palace. Figure. 5. Residential area closer to the city.
P a g e | 324
Figure. 6. Residential area in a partially developed area of the city.

(Source: Mysore Master Plan Report, 2031)
5. CONCLUSION FOR RESOLVING CONFLICT
It is quite imperative to have an uninterrupted road pattern that is not disturbing at the same time
ensuring safety and also help to minimize walking distance by locating them along the major roads
at periphery for the greatest number of residents in each neighborhood.
Road networks in a neighborhood must be designed to integrate walking track, cycle network that
enables safe access to public transport. These attributes are to be deliberated in the context of a
walkable catchment design. The extent beyond a walkable catchment is generally defined by a radial
distance of 500m around a centre using cycle network that enables safe access to public transport
stop.
Fig 7. Expected Street Designs
P a g e | 325
Under the social dimensions of neighbourhood, the study will explore information like – population
size for a neighbourhood; attempts for establishing social relation and neighbourliness in a
neighbourhood; self-belonging and human scale of a neighbourhood, health, educational,
recreational aspects, etc.
Under the economic dimensions of neighbourhood, the aspects like occupation structures in the
neighbourhood; what kind of commercial and industrial related activities allowed in a
neighbourhood; the type, nature and scale of commercial and industrial activities in a
neighbourhood; energy harvesting and waste recycling, etc. shall also be explored.
• The stress approach concentrates on how physical toxins and social and psychological
conditions, such as community violence, harm children.
• All socially similar neighborhoods are not the same in terms of their capacity to shape the
lives of their residents since people create their neighborhoods to some extent (e.g. mixed
income neighborhoods may mediate some of the effects of poverty on children and families).
• Important initiatives in two neighborhoods demonstrate that mixed income neighborhoods
result in developmental benefits for all children. Ironically, child care is least available in the
working-class neighborhood of the east side “where child care centers and programs would
likely have the greatest developmental benefits” (Hertzman and Kohen, 2003:3).
• The neighborhood effects are stronger at older ages, since “family characteristics reduce the
effects of neighborhoods for toddlers” (Social Development Canada, 1999).
REFERENCES
[1] Ann Legeby. 2009. “From housing segregation to integration in public space” Proceedings of the 7th
International Space Syntax Symposium, Edited by Daniel Koch, Lars Marcus and Jesper Steen, Stockholm:
KTH, 2009.
[2] André Horn. 2004. “Reflections on the Concept and Conceptualisation of the Urban Neighbourhood in
Societies in Transition: The Case of Pretoria (South Africa)”. Dela 21 • 2004 • 329-340
[3] Atkinson, Rowland, and Keith Kintrea. 2001. “Neighbourhoods and Social Exclusion: The Research and Policy
Implications of Neighbourhood Effects”. Discussion Paper. Glasgow: Department of Urban Studies.
www.ispa.ie/papers/kintrea.doc
[4] Beauvais, C. and Jane Jenson. 2003. “The Well-being of Children: Are There “Neighbourhood Effects”?”
Discussion Paper F/31. Ottawa: Canadian Policy Research Networks, Inc. http://www.cprn.org/en/network-
docs.cfm?network=1
[5] Brooks-Gunn, Jeanne, Greg J. Duncan, Pamela Kato Klebanov, and Naomi Sealand. 1993. “Do Neighborhoods
Influence Child and Adolescent Development?” American Journal of Sociology Vol. 99, No. 2: 353-395.
[6] Christa Freiler. 2004. “Why Strong Neighbourhoods Matter: Implications for Policy and Practice”. Strong
Neighbourhoods Task Force, Toronto, November 4, 2004. 8-10, 18-20.
[7] Christopher Stoney and Sandra Elgersma. 2007. “Neighbourhood Planning through Community Engagement:
The Implications for Place Based Governance and Outcomes.” Canadian Political Science Association,
Saskatoon, May/June 2007
[8] David Chapman, “Creating Neighbourhood and Places in Built Environment”. E & FN Spon - An Imprint of
Chapman & Hall, London, 2005. ISBN 0 419 20930 1 (Print Edition), ISBN 0-203-36234-9 Master e-book ISBN.
[9] David Silke, Dr Michelle Norris, Fiona Kane, Brian Portley. 2008. “Building Integrated Neighbourhoods
towards an Intercultural Approach to Housing Policy and Practice in Ireland” Part One - An Overview,
September 2008.
\
P a g e | 326
TIMELESSNESS – A STUDY OF SPACES ATTACHING TO RELIGIOUS

TYPOLOGY WHICH STANDS THE TEST OF TIME WITHOUT
TRANSFORMATION
J.Safrin Rex Dulcie
Professor, School of Architecture
Hindustan Institute of Technology and Science
Padur, Chennai
jsafrin@hindustanuniv.ac.in
ABSTRACT
Architecture is most commonly related in terms of individual building the spaces enclosed to define
‘inside’ or ‘outside’. There are various elements which usually demarcate these spaces, but there
are only two different options: Interiors created within a building and exteriors created by a building
and the surrounding urban fabric. There are spaces with which one can explore a change in
individual user’s experience. Such spaces are not directly occupied in relation to the activity of the
building. They have a great experience and expectation of persons moving through such spaces.
Architectural spaces are found incomplete without these spaces.
1. Spaces to travel
2. Connection points
3. Chance for surprise
4. What connects us to objectives
5. What connects us to other people
Such spaces are called Transition spaces. These spaces bridge the gap between created interior and
existing exterior spaces. These spaces are more transitional that they direct the movement of
people from the exterior commonly referred as ‘inside’ overlapping natural space and building to
the interior or commonly referred to as the ‘inside’. By this directed movement the transitional
spaces help in the interaction with the natural environment creating a harmonious relation rather
than a conflict. Thus, transition spaces are overlapping interior and exterior spaces relying on nature
rather than damaging them. Such transition spaces are connected largely to religious spaces and
they have multifunctional activities happening in such spaces. The transformation of these spaces
sometimes remains unchanged even though the surrounding urban fabric has changed due to
various factors. The aim of the study is to identify and analyse the context of religious spaces and
classify the target spaces and identify the typology of those spaces which remain unchanged without
any transformation over a period of time and find out the important reasons for their existence.
Keywords: Transformation; transition; timelessness; in-between spaces
1 INTRODUCTION
Over the centuries, religious buildings have been valuable to the social and cultural life of the city,
serving as the centre of life. The spiritual spaces that occupy the sacred architectural character
determine the identity of the particular space and give them their significant characteristics. In
addition, the socio-economic values of the above said urban sacred spaces, religious values, social
norms, and spatial conditions, play a crucial role in urban development. Thus, there is a need for
P a g e | 327
focus on the religious spaces with the aim of clarifying the characteristics and socioeconomic values
of the different spaces which still exists without transformation over a period of time. In the context
of religious spaces, few spaces attached to them remain unchanged in the physical world. Many
places have been symbolically and materially associated with various religions. A religious activity
developed, that involves pilgrimages to sacred places and that follow a route in clockwise direction
round the sacred places. The religious sites will become heritage attractions for tourism and
investment.
2 METHODOLOGY
In this study, the religious spaces refer to the public spaces that surround existing buildings or
structures that originally provided spaces for religious activities are identified. This focuses on the
religious spaces which still exists even after urbanization and considers both the physical and social
elements to analyse the subjective and objective compositions of religious spaces comprehensively.
In this context, typological research method (Qualitative) is considered a suitable way to obtain a
clear understanding of spatial composition. This study approaches the composition typology of
religious spaces through three main phases of analysis:
2.1 PHASE: 1 Data collection
For this, two field studies are being conducted for spatial data collection. In the first phase, through
field observation and intensive interviews that focus on the spaces around the religious site in the
historic district, first defining the scope of religious spaces that surround each temple. Accordingly,
information on religious places is collected in terms of spatial composition, such as maps, behavioral
pattern, and literature will be collected through measurements, sketches, and intensive interviews.
2.2 PHASE:2 Classification Process
In the second phase, the composition elements as the variables for the typology analysis of the
uniqueness are specified. Then, the religious spaces according to the results of the field studies to
understand the similarities and differences among the locations are classified. The spaces with
similar features into one group by classifying the spatial compositions according to the selected
variables are arranged. Therefore, this study includes architectural and urban research, including
the analysis of residential functions, use of facilities, regional environmental characteristics and
composition of buildings of religious spaces.
2.3 PHASE:3 Conclusions and Inferences
Outcome of analysis are listed.
P a g e | 328
Figure 1 Methodology of the study
INTRODUCTION
PHASE -1 PHASE – 2 PHASE – 3

DATA COLLECTION CLASSIFICATION CONCLUSIONS/
PROCESS INFERENCES
PRIMARY SECONDARY
DATA DATA
Classifying Analyzing the
Specifying
the spatial functions, use
Field the spatial
Desktop Studies, compositions of facilities,
Observations,Literature composition
collected through Literature collected through regional
Maps, sketches and after primary environmental
measurements data collection
Behavioral pattern characteristics
and Interviews through field and
obervations composition of
buildings of
Objective Elements: Core, religious
spaces
Boundary and
Facility form
Subjective Elements:
Function of core,
function of boundary, and
spatial behaviors
3 RESEARCH TARGET
Before going on in a broad spectrum of religious spaces that already exist, let us define the type of
space that is considered as religious space for this study. This study specifies three important factors
of religious space that are observed and spaces that are provided with religious activities are
analyzed:
➢ Buildings and structures,
➢ Spaces and
➢ Religious activities.
The subjective and objective compositions are studied as follows:
Table 1 Classification of composition of elements
Subjective elements Objective elements

Core functions Core of space
P a g e | 329
Function of interface Plan

Type of space activities Space section and Interface form
Every sacred space being studied must be arranged in a spatial system that fits within the three
elements:
(i) Religious architecture as the core of the space,
(ii) The pilgrimage route as the religious space, and
(iii) The enclosed building as the boundary of the sacred space.
This study identifies elements related to these three main factors from the two aspects of physical
composition and social properties. As functional change directly gives expression to the
socioeconomic transformation of space, the functions of the three spatial components are
considered in the classification.
Therefore, this section determines the classification as follows:
➢ Form
➢ Core
➢ Enclosure
➢ Enclosure methods
➢ Major external relations
➢ Facility
➢ Function of core
➢ Function of boundary
➢ Behaviour of space
4 FUNCTIONS OF SACRED SPACE
The symbols that provide a place meaning typically based on the religious context in which nation
they live. This section examines the ways during which sacred space acts to repair this context and
to bring interaction between the divine and human worlds. Three roles of sacred space are
especially significant, being widely attested in religious systems and fundamental to their purposes.
First, sacred space hosts as a means of communication with the gods and about the gods. Second,
it is a place of divine power. And third, it serves as a clear icon globally and thereby imparts a form
there to and its inhabitants. A sacred space orders space in quite a meaningful way. Because a sacred
place is both visible and comprehensible, it lends concreteness to the less visible systems of human
relationships and makes an identifiable center of social and political organization.
4.1 STUDY AREA 1: TRIPLICANE, CHENNAI
The Parthasarathy Swamy Temple, one among the 108 Divya Desams, is claimed to possess
renovation by a King of Pallava dynasty. "Brindaranya" is the historic name of Thiru-Alli-Keni now
known as Thiruvallikeni or modern Triplicane. It is said that for minimum of five thousand years, it
played the role of a resting place for pilgrims who had come down from Thirupathy to possess a
shower in the sea during the times of Solar and Lunar Eclipses and on other auspicious days with
direct line to Thirupathy, Thiruthani and Trivellore and the hence the route being free from swamps.
The temple was originally built by the Pallavas during the 8th century, subsequently expanded by
Cholas and later by the Vijayanagara kings during 15th century. The temple has several inscriptions
dating from the 8th century in Tamil and Telugu presumably during the reign of Dantivarman, who
was a Vishnu devotee. The temple is one among the oldest structures in Chennai.
The gopuram (towers) and mandapas (pillars) are decorated with elaborate carvings, a typical
P a g e | 330
feature of South Indian Temple Architecture. The pushkarani is named Kairavani and almost five
sacred teerthams are believed to surround the tank - Indra, Soma, Agni, Meena and Vishnu. There
are seven rishis - Bhrigu, Atri, Marichi, Markandeya, Sumati, Saptaroma and Jabali – who
performed penance here. The temple performs brahmotsavams – one of the big festivals for Sri
Parthasarathy swami during the Tamil month of Chittirai (April–May), on an equivalent month
Udayavar uthsavam is additionally celebrated. Utsavams happen round the year in Parthasarathy
temple, the foremost important among these festivals are the Vaikunda Ekadesi - as huge crowds
from not only chennai, but also various parts of the region and India come to the temple on this
day; Theppam or Thepotsavam - the colorful float festival, and therefore utsavam for one of the
prominent deity lord Parthasarathy.
4.1.1 Theppam (Float) festival
This is commonly known Teppothsavam (= Theppam + Utsavam), this pictorial and colorful festival
takes place for 7 days during the Tamil month of masi, 3 days for Lord Parthasarathy, Narasimhar,
Ranganathar, Ramar and Gajendra Varadhar. The seven-day event attracts an out sized number of
devotees and onlookers from different parts of Chennai and region. A floating structure that is made
of drums, timber would be constructed and beautifully decorated with lights, flowers, religious
paintings, silken buntings, etc. which becomes a visual delight. For good ambience, additional
installation of lights within the garden round the tank, focus lights were placed on the corners of
the Neerazhi Mandapam (the Mandapam (structure) within the Center of the temple
tank). Perumal would reach the temple tank in Purappadu (departurse) and would be placed
majestically inside the float. On all the times, the float completed five rounds round the Neerazhi
Mandapam. After this, the deities were taken for a procession around the four Mada Streets. More
than 100 Devotees would converge and sit on the steps of the temple tank to possess Darshan of
the Lord on Theppam. The specialty of the third day function is that the ‘Thirumanjanam', performed
to the deity inside the float. Apart from the bhattachariars (temple priests), nobody is allowed inside
the float. This theppam festival exhibits one of the eminent aspects of the richest cultural heritage
of Triplicane which one can never see elsewhere in Chennai, apart from Mylapore.
PARTHASAR
ATHY TEMPLE
TEMPLE
TANK
P a g e | 331
Figure 2 Location & various activities happening in and around the temple complex
Temple front Temple tank in front of the

temple Near the temple boundary
view
Residential packets next to Wide street on the rear side of the Temple tank surrounded by
the temple boundary temple residences
Front view of the temple Open space

Temple tank in front of the temple
Semi open space – Mandapam outside the temple Wide street on the rear part of
Mandapam attached to the complex the entrance
main temple
This study specifies three important factors of religious space:

➢ Buildings and structures,
➢ Spaces, and
P a g e | 332
➢ Religious activities.
Table 2 Identification of various factors of religious spaces
Buildings and Spaces Religious activities

structures
• Parthasarathy Temple Internal External • Water tank (Temple

• Mandapam • People • Commercial rituals and religious
• Chariot Gathering Stalls for customs)
• Residences for saints space selling puja • Chariot and idol corridor
• Kalyana Mandapam items
• Small temple complexes • Parking
around the main temple • Toilets
for supporting deities
4.1.2 STUDY AREA 2: KABALEESWARAR TEMPLE, MYLAPORE, TAMILNADU
Kapaleeshwarar Temple, is dedicated to lord Shiva located in Mylapore. The Shiva's

consort Parvati that is worshipped at this temple is called Karpagambal meaning ("Goddess of the
Wish-Yielding Tree"). The temple is one of the most ancient built round the 7th century CE
in Dravidian architecture. The temple has numerous shrines, with those of Kapaleeswarar and
Karpagambal being the foremost prominent. The temple complex houses many halls. The temple
usually performs six daily rituals at various times from 5:30 a.m. to 10 p.m.,
Figure 2 Location of Kabaleeswarar Temple, Mylapore
Usage of spaces is:

• context (historical cultural),
• place (connectivity, land use) and
• people (gender, age and community) specific
P a g e | 333
Figure 3 Usage of various spaces in the temple
Buildings and Spaces Religious activities

structures
- Kabaleeswarar
Temple
- Mandapam
- Mantapas - Water tank (Temple
- Chariot Internal External
- People - Commercial rituals and religious
- Residences for customs)
saints Gathering hall Stalls for
- Stage for selling puja -Chariot and idol corridor
- Kalyana
Mandapam cultural items
- Small gopurams for performance - Parking
supporting deities
Figure 4 various activities happening in and round the temple complex
Aerial view of the temple with a Figure Ground Analysis showing Plan showing the
strong sense of relationship to the fine urban grain commercial background
the surrounding urban fabric round the urban fabric
Mada veethis during the Kolam competition an intangible Devotees gather on tank
Panguni Festival activity during the festivals in steps for festival
mada veethis
P a g e | 334
Crowd during the theppam Folk dancers during the festival Informal vendors on the
festival temple streets
Small religious shops on the Informal shops attaching to the temple walls
walls of temple street
TEMPLE TANK:
Temple tanks are wells or reservoirs that are built as a part of the temple complex near Indian
temples. Various names were called pushkarini, kalyani, kunda, sarovara, tirtha, talab, pukhuri, etc.
in different languages and regions of India.
Figure 5 Various activities in the temple tank
Temple Tank
Religious Water Harvesting Recreational
Belief of cleaning all sins

Reduced run off
water Became meeting or
Float Festival: yearly festival where leisure space for the
deity is floated in the temple tank Increases the ground people in the
water level in the surrounding areas
Water from here used for temple surrounding areas
Idol Abhishekam
P a g e | 335
From long time ago in the past, the design of water storage has been important in India's
temple architecture, especially in western India where dry and monsoon seasons alternate Tanks
(Kundas) plays an important part of India’s famous traditional water management systems. In areas
(particularly the Deccan peninsula) the different kinds of tanks - percolation ponds, natural lakes,
artificial reservoirs and temple tanks – proved to be of great use. While the ponds, lakes and artificial
reservoirs were used for activities like irrigation, washing etc., the temple tanks were sanctified and
therefore the waters were drawn only in times of drought etc.
5 THE IN-BETWEEN SPACES AND STREETS:
5.1 A SPACE TO A PLACE:

Open spaces play a very crutial role in determining the quality of life in cities. While many of those
spaces are consciously made, many others owe their origins to regular use by people. People and
their everyday activities define space; sometimes during a more powerful manner than a given
physical definition. Places of interaction may arise as shared social spaces that range from a
courtyard shared between neighbours, a street that is shared with vendors and fellow commuters,
to a garden that is shared by the whole city. Open spaces in an urban fabric become much needed
spaces of leisure, interaction and in many cases, everyday transactions. "open spaces is not only for
recreation and conservation of environmental and cultural values, it is the basic inspiration and need
of urban livability”
5.2 THE SPACES
The spaces outside a house, the pavement, the corner round the street, the wide footpath around
the corner- the everyday spaces, spaces during which life is enacted everyday- the life of a toddler
going to and from school , the person selling vegetables and then the people buying them , women
rushing to the temple for her morning prayers, cleaning their homes and adorning them with
kolams, the colorful morning subrabatham that plays at every home. The outdoor spaces are not
limited to designated open spaces, but it is spread and covers every inch of space that can be
occupied based on the necessity and convenience. The utilisation of such spaces is not restricted to
recreational use, but also includes everyday activities of requirement across a neighbourhood of
individuals.
After all, how people occupy spaces makes a place. Sometimes this happens even without absolutely
any conductive physical elements. Human nature tends also to have an innovative way of
appropriating existing spaces surfaces and objects. Existence and action both generate spatiality;
sometimes to an extent of converting a seemingly left-over space to more positive interesting ones.
P a g e | 336
6 INFERENCES
Figure 6 Analysis of various spaces in and around the temple complex
Informal stalls nearby the temple tank with no

defined space for vehicular and pedestrian Displays easily made to choose on the go
movement
Openness of the street with a separate

walkway to the temple entrance and view of Shops spilling out on the walkway along the
the tank from the temple keeps them south mada street.
connected to the tank.
Temple tank as focus for pedestrians and connects both the tank and the road
The Informal stalls are a contrast of the high-end shops that line the other side of the road. The
north Mada Street may be a major shopping hub. The stalls are a continuation of shops lining the
road. The market occupies a total width of 2.5m the stalls, their display, space for people to stand
and bargain and adequate space for non-shoppers to steer, takes up all of 6m of space, while 1.5m
of this space (stall and the standing space) is above road level.
Temple tanks become the focus point for pedestrians. The view from the street towards the tank
makes people spend leisure time. The parapet along the compound wall provides a seating along
P a g e | 337
the pedestrian walkway and becomes a connecting point for both the tank and also the road. One
can visualize the natural buffer created due to the pedestrian movement and therefore the vehicular
movement.
7 CONCLUSION
The following are the activities happening in and round the temple complex.
Structures attached to the main portion of the temple are Semi open spaces like Mandapam for
pilgrims gathering for pooja. Open space round the temple for chariot and idol procession which
remains existing without disturbing the physical form. Flower garland shops and other shops with
pooja items become a neighbourhood of the temple complex. Few residences which are of typical
vernacular style are found unaltered. Saints residences are existing and certain level of Commercial
business activity found round the temple complex. Small shops for pooja items emerged within the
temple structure. Additional requires facilities like Chariot, place for idol storage, Kalyan mandapam,
Mutt, small temples for supporting deities exists and the streets accordingly. Certain cultural and
ritual happenings are a serious support for the prevailing urban fabric.
On the idea of the study from the above two temple complexes and their surroundings, certain
spaces are resulting in travel, certain spaces like temple tanks make a robust reference to the
exterior space making a transparent link between the road and the tank. There are spaces which
make us connected to the other people. These are transition spaces that make an environment that
corresponds to the outside. Although multi-functional activities happen in such spaces;
transformations sometimes occur and alter the encompassing urban fabric where we tend to lose
the sense of place. Both the tangible and the intangible qualities of an urban space plays a crucial
role in achieving sense of place.
How can value of certain qualities of a public space considered as timeless? If yes then under
different evolving or transforming conditions found in high density environment and these timeless
characteristics can certainly be set as strategic goals for public realm. Every space has an edge
transition potential. The bond that’s formed at these zones has an impact on chemistry of spaces
with another dimension of experience, feeling and thoughts which shows the fullness or emptiness
of an urban space.
REFERENCES
[1] Abel, C. 2000. Architecture and identity (responses to cultural and technological changes). London:
Architectural press.
[2] Alexander, C. 1979. The timeless way of building. New York: Oxford university press.
[3] Mending the seams of an Urban Patchwork Quilt: Achieving an ‘Ordered Chaos’ in Temple Towns of Southern
India , Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Harini S. Rajaraman, 2007
[4] Mylapore – A brief history, School of Planning and Architecture, Chennai, Ms. Sowjanya Suresh, 2010
[5] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kapaleeshwarar_Temple
[6] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kapaleeshwarar_Temple
P a g e | 338
TURNING WASTE TO WEALTH: INTIATIVE TO WASTE MANAGEMENT

K. Suwatha
Sundar and Sundaram Architects
Coimbatore, India.
ar.suwatha@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The waste are the ones that keeps generating directly or indirectly by all the living beings on earth.
Waste generation stands one among the constant element as that of environmental degradation
and depletion of natural resources. The untreated or neglected waste of any form threats the
inhabitants. Coimbatore is one among the liveable cities in Tamilnadu because of the pleasant
climate, economic stability along with people friendly society. The ignorant attitude towards the
mounting trash accumulation would be a hindrance to both health and economic development of
the people. The methods of trash collection along with its segregation at the source followed by the
process of treatment differs for different types of waste are discussed in context with the
Coimbatore city. The waste treatment at “Madukkarai”, a Town Panchayat in the city is taken as a
part of study as well and the transfer station set up at “Peelamedu”, an area with Coimbatore
Corporation Limits is brought into comparison with the prior one. Both that different scenario shows
that efficiency of waste treatments, awareness among people along with governmental initiative
leading to a formal disposal of waste with a benefit rather than mere accumulation. This study also
finds a solution to manage the household trash to get back or restore the health or economic growth
of the people. It also brings to light about different waste management initiatives at different parts
of the country for the human health and well-being.
Keywords: Coimbatore; Waste Management; Household Waste Segregation; Disposal; Recycling.
1 INTRODUCTION
Fast industrialization and populace blast in India have prompted the movement of individuals from
rural to urban areas. This brings about huge amounts of waste every day. The administration of
waste is experiencing a basic stage, because of the inaccessibility of appropriate treatment and
discarding of municipal solid waste (MSW) produced every day in metropolitan urban communities.
Informal removal causes an unfriendly effect on environment and human wellbeing. All sectors of
waste management such as generation, segregation, collection, transfer/ transport, processing and
disposal should be planned appropriately to suit the locality and people. But in many of the cities in
India the waste management neglects the segregation and processing/ treatment sector of the
generated waste are equally important.
In a typical man's eye whatever is undesirable or not helpful is trash or waste. Anyway, deductively
talking there is no waste on the planet as such. Practically all the segments of strong waste have
some potential if changed over or treated in a logical way. Subsequently we can characterize strong
waste as "Natural or inorganic waste materials created out of residential or commercial, that have
lost their reason in the eyes of the main possessor yet which might be of incredible to another
person." Tamil Nadu is one among the most urbanized states in India with 43.86% of state populace
living in urban territories. The physical waste has 77% as biodegradable, 6% as non-biodegradable
and inert wastes as 16%.
P a g e | 339
Coimbatore city is the headquarters of the district situated in the west of the state Tamilnadu. Its
industrial development and textile industry are of great importance. The location of the city at the
foothills of the Western Ghats gives a pleasant climate throughout the year. The city counts to a
population of around 16 lakh people living in an area of 257.04 sq.km divided into five administrative
zones and 100 wards. The Coimbatore city creates 530 tons of waste every day of which half was
compostable and 15.52% was recyclable. It further evaluated that the calorific estimation of the
trash is 2381 Kcal/kg. (Pa. Ganeshwaran and S. Deepa Shri, 2015)
Waste generation from all areas of land use such as residential, commercial, industrial and others
like institution should all be accounted in collecting, treating and disposed in a formulated manner.
The residential or domestic waste generation has the gradually but a steady increase in
accumulation, which occupies a major part of the city, should have priority in treatment and
disposal. The consciousness of household people and concern of municipality plays an important
role in putting waste to appropriate removal and gaining an advantage out of it.
2 TYPES OF WASTE GENERATED IN HOUSEHOLD
Waste management begins with the generation of waste from various sources such as the land use
in the city. Prevention of waste accumulation, categorizing of waste at the source, monitoring of
waste generation are all the initial stage of management. Waste are of five types commonly found
around the house. These are,
Figure 1: Types of waste
• Liquid waste – dirty water, organic liquids, wash water
and rainwater.
• Solid waste – plastic waste, paper/card waste,
tins/metals, ceramic/glass.
• Organic waste – food waste, garden waste,
manure/rotten meat.
• Recyclable rubbish – solid items like furniture, metals,
paper and organic waste.
• Hazardous waste – flammable, toxic, corrosive &
reactive items.
(Source: Slideshare – National Service Scheme, National Green Corps, Climate Education and Waste Management
Projects, 2015)
Liquid Waste are Sanitary Waste; Solid Waste are Dry Waste; Organic waste are Wet Waste and
others are E-Waste or Electronic Waste. The handling and segregation of the waste at the source of
generation is important fact to ensure proper waste removal and processing for disposal. All these
types of waste require a routine collection as its constantly being generated day by day.
3 COLLECTION OF WASTE
Collection of waste from the point of production to the point of treatment or disposal is carried in
several ways:
• House-to-house: Waste collectors visit individual household to collect trash.

• Community Bins: Bins are placed at fixed locality so as the users empty their trash there.
• Curb-side pick-up: trash is left outside the household which will be picked up assigned people.
P a g e | 340
• Self-delivered: generator of waste directly or hire third party to deliver to disposal or treatment
plant.
Figure 2: Waste collection methods
(Source: vectorplace.com – Microone, 2017)
Contracted service: it is private operators for waste disposal or treatment at a designated locality.
(Urban Development Series Knowledge Paper, What a Waste, Chap. 4)
Frequency of collection is an aspect to be taken care from the health perspective. The waste
generators should to be aware of the costs for collection, disposal of waste and should be
accordingly charged directly as well. The collection is separated as Primary Collection from source;
Secondary Collection and Transportation to transfer station and disposal sites.
4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
Efficient methods for disposing the waste is the major challenge in city with high population density.
Municipal authorities have the responsibility for implementing rules and development of
infrastructure for managing various types of waste. The co-operation of the people also plays a
major role in it, so the awareness among people should also be a part of waste management.
There are many methods of managing or disposing of waste at the disposal site, the most common
methods are:
• Landfills: Focuses on burying of waste in land. It rises the air & water pollution.
• Incineration/ Combustion: Burning of waste at high temperatures to give residue/ gaseous
products. It reduces the volume by 20-30%.
• Recovery & Recycling: Process the waste to recover resource or convert them to useable
energy as heat, electricity or fuel.
• Plasma Gasification: Solid or liquid waste is converted into syngas by plasma torches in
container vessel.
• Composting: Natural slow bio-degradable process which turns unsafe organic products to
safe compost.
P a g e | 341
• Waste to Energy: Conversion of non-recyclable waste to useable heat, electricity or fuel and
becomes a renewable energy source.
• Avoidance/ Waste minimization: Reduce the amount of waste generated like avoid
disposable products, repairing broken items instead of buying new one.
(Pankaj devi, 2017).
Disposal being the critical stage of waste, lack of facilities for disposing and the unsegregated waste
is dumped in an unsatisfactory manner. This in turn brings in pollution of air, water, soil and the ill
health of people.
Figure 3: Waste Disposal methods
(Source: visual.ly, WasteKing)
5 CASE STUDY OF “MADUKKARAI”
Madukkarai Town Panchayat is with an area of 21.47 sq.km consists of 18 wards and 117 streets
comprising of residential, commercial and institutions with 35,000 population. Household waste
generated were converted to Organic manure. This locality holds a place in Guinness Book of
Records for the largest recycling lesson in the World.
The disposal and recycling method followed in the area started in 2013 after the officials’ awareness
programme for the residential groups. This is the solution brought through Public Private
Partnership (PPP) for proper disposal of waste and to strengthen the community participation in the
mechanism of effective disposal of solid and domestic waste. ACC Madukkarai Cement Works with
the Town Panchayat launched this program with following objectives,
• Door step collection
• Segregation at the source
• Reduction of landfill
• Reduce plastic usage
P a g e | 342
Figure 4: Door step collection, Process of waste disposal, composting yard.
(Source: epaper, newindianexpress.com, 2019)
The Panchayat also imposed strict laws against plastic and each house were to hand over waste to
the volunteers - Green friends. The collected wastes (primary and secondary collection), are
transported to Resource Recovery Park by Public Health Vehicles and are processed. The treatment
center segregates types of wastes. Both bio-compost and vermi-compost produced manure and sold
in markets. The barren lands provide the compost yard in conversion of organic waste to a fully
functional organic compost.
120 tons were handled effectively per month; 45 tons of organic compost; 25 tons of recycled waste.
There has been 60% reduction in filling of dump sites; 50% reduction in vehicle movement in
dumping sites; 85% organic waste is converted to vermi compost; 60% reduction in greenhouse
gases and 30% household segregates the organic-recyclable waste at source.
The exploration of the use of Plastic waste in Cement Kiln as fuel in ACC Madukkarai Cement Works
replacing the usage of fossil fuel were also initiated & still practices successfully. The Plastic Waste
were also used in making roads. Effective management of the waste along with the awareness of
people has thus bought in a Sustainable and Profitable business.
(Case Study curated by Indian Sanitation Coalition, Study Submitted by ACC Limited)
6 RECYCLING OF WASTE
India is said to be producing 62 million tonnes of waste, in which 45 million tonnes remain
untreated. 75% of them are recyclable but only 30% are currently utilised. When this scenario to
waste accumulation continues, by 2030, there will be need for a waste dump as big of Bengaluru
City. In India recycling rates are low due to reasons like lack of guidance and awareness, forecast
planning by authority, inefficient collection methods and treatment system.
In the process of tackling waste, first step would be the segregation of household waste at the
source as organic, inorganic and recyclable. The awareness among people about the segregation is
very important for the recycling process of waste.
6.1 WASTE TO 3D: PROTOPRINT
Photoprint is a Pune based enterprise converting plastic waste to filaments for 3D printing. About
6000 tonnes of plastic waste in the total of 15,000 tonnes are littered. This company has a ‘Filament
Lab’ to convert even the shampoo/ detergent bottles into flakes which are further melted and
extruded to High Density Polythene (HDPE) filaments.
P a g e | 343
6.2 EASY GREEN: POM POM
Pom Pom is a web-based recycling platform that disposes recyclable waste in a proper manner.
Trash to Cash is one service started in South Delhi, in which we call away to dispose trash or request
through a mobile app.
6.3 SAVE EARTH EARN KARMA: KARMA RECYCLING
It is operator and redistributor of electronics in India. Useless device for someone may turn a useful
device for the other as they can be refreshed, repaired, refurbished, resold rather than wasted or
ending as landfills polluting the surroundings.
6.4 FOOD WASTE LIKE A PRO: GPS RENEWABLES
It is a Bangalore based enterprise to solve the organic waste management in a clean way. All the
kitchen & organic waste is turned into biogas. (Bhatia, 2017)
All these extended start-ups are for the people to become aware about dealing with the waste in a
sustainable way. This seems to be the only way through the waste generation and efficient
management for a healthier living.
7 STUDY IN PEELMEDU AREA
Peelamedu, neighbourhood in East of Coimbatore city, is one of the oldest residential part of the
city. It is zoned under the Singanallur assembly constituency in Ward – 39. The location of the ward
and Peelamedu Transfer Station in the locality are shown in the google maps and a satellite image
of the same. It gives the picture of the extend of which the waste transfer station and the residential
locality. It not only caters this ward but also includes surrounding areas. There is another Transfer
station in Ganapathy.
Figure 5: Ward – 39, Peelamedu Transfer Station
(Source: Map data, 2020 Google)
As the majority of the area consist of residential household, the waste management process carried
out is as follows:
• Primary collection – Door to Door collection of the segregated solid waste is practiced with
Push carts. There are bins placed at street ends as well, which is collected through trucks.
• Secondary collection – Collected waste are segregated in the Transfer Station then accordingly
taken to compost yard/ land fill site.
P a g e | 344
• Disposal Sites – In the city, there are four disposal yards in which only one has a sewage farm
which is at Vellalore.
(Swachh Bharat Mission, City Sanitation Plan, 2018)
The transfer station are the ones build after JNNURM scheme at four different location and
capacities such as:
• Peelamedu = 200 TPD capacity

• Sathy Road = 125 TPD capacity
• Ukkadam = 200 TPD capacity
• Ondipudur = 125 TPD capacity
(Coimbatore Solid Waste Management Project under JnNurm, July 2013)
Figure 6: Peelamedu Transfer Station.
(Source: GLatta_ SWM_CCMC_PPT_Coimbatore)
The capacity of the transfer station can be expanded according to the requirement. These are semi-
open spaces with machineries and equipment like compactor, steel chute, hook lifters, containers,
etc. But those are used to store, segregate the waste and then transported to Vellalore dump yard.
The transfer station can be utilized for the recycling unit for the segregated waste. Now, the site at
Peelamedu has 4000 MT quantity of waste yet to be disposed and so not in use.
8 SUGGESTIONS
✓ DITCH PLASTICS – A big threat than nuclear weapon as it takes around 500-1000 years to
degrade.
✓ SEGREGATE YOUR WASTE – Reduces waste adding to landfills and process of composting,
recycling and incineration can be adopted accordingly.
✓ ADOPT COMPOSTING – Organic waste can be composed so as to reduce burden of waste and
enrich soil nutrients.
✓ PAPERFREE KITCHEN – Avoid usage of paper napkin as in ends in landfill, instead old cloth or
towels can be used.
✓ REUSE – Steps towards recycling/ re-purposing the trash. A showpiece or storage cabin can be
some household trash reuse.
P a g e | 345
9 CONCLUSION
The formal planning for collection and disposal methods along with informal policy of encouraging
public in segregation of waste, bringing awareness about disposal methods of waste can bring in the
desirable change in the current scenario. Presently, at the degree of waste generation, there is no/
minimal segregation process at source as compostable, non-biodegradable and recyclable waste.
So, the recyclables can be directly shifted to recycle units, thus adds to saving transportation.
Increases opportunity of upgrading technology, quality of products, saving the natural raw
resources, reduce landfills, products produced with less energy and labour employment is also
possible. Thus, improving and encouraging the recycling paves a way out to develop living/ working
condition of people.
The concept of waste should be thought of again and again so as to minimize the generation which
directly changes the collection, disposal and treatment methods. The understanding can be retraced
as WEALTH out of WASTE and TREASURE out of TRASH in all perspective of generators and disposal.
REFERENCES
[1] Anisha Bhatia, Banega Swasth India, May 02, 2017. From waste to wealth: these 5 startups are showing India
how to manage waste effectively.
[2] Coimbatore Solid Waste Management Project under JnNURM, July 2013.
[3] Daniel Hoornweg and Perinaz Bhada-Tata, March 2012, No. 15. What A Waste: A Global Review of Solid Waste
Management
[4] Ministry of Urban Development, City Sanitation Plan, dated 24 Mar 2018.
[5] Pa. Ganeshwaran and S. Deepa Shri, Aug 2015. A Solid Waste Management System in Coimbatore City. ARPN
journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Vol 10, No.14.
[6] Pankaj Devi, May 2017. Waste Management in India – A growing Problem. International Journal of Research,
Vol 04, Issue 06.
[7] The logic Indian, Know Why This Small Town in Tamil Nadu Is in The Guinness Book Of World Records, pub on
4 Feb 2018.
P a g e | 346
UNIVERSAL DESIGN APPROACH IN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS

S. Raja Rajeswari
S K Associates
Coimbatore, India
ar.rajarajeswari19@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Normally differently abled people have a difficulty in accessing the public areas which a normal
person can utilize the space in day-to-day life. These peoples are normally neglected in considering
the design due to the minority density. By creating universal design approach, it makes the
differently abled peoples make use the space friendly and useful. For example- Ramps, Barrier free
toilet design. Even the differently abled persons have the right of freedom to access or use the
space. As the part of being architect it is our responsibility to make the surrounding environment as
a “UNIVERSAL DESIGN APPROACH”.
Key Words: Differently abled peoples; accessing public areas; neglected in design; universal design
approach; makes space useful.
1 INTRODUCTION
DIFFERENTLY ABLED PERSON: Coined by US Democratic National committee in early 1980’s. It is

acceptable term compared to handicapped person. It is a positive feedback over the term of
describing the handicapped person. It usually labels the timing capable of accomplishing task by a
differently abled person compared to normal person.
UNIVERSAL DESIGN APPROACH: Termed by Ar. RONALD MACE is defined as “the design of products
and environments to be usable by all peoples, to the greatest extent possible”. Universal design
principles – Equitable use, Flexibility, Simple and intuitive, perceptible information, tolerance of
error, low physical effort, size and space for approach and use.it is an obstacle free environment.
(Source: universaldesign.ie)
The need of the study is to design an environment that can be accessible, understood and used by
greatest extent possible of peoples regardless of age, physical discomfort. It is not an optional aspect
it is a mandatory aspect of the design.
P a g e | 347
3 CHALLENGES FACED BY DIFFERENTLY ABLED PEOPLES
▪ ECONOMIC CHALLENGES: Discrimination at family, institutional and Government. Lack of

amenities create a circle of poverty.
▪ PHYSICAL CHANGES: Some buildings have provision to access buildings such as ramps,
toilets. They also face a problem in accessing the public transport.
▪ SOCIO / PHYCHOLOGICAL CHALLENGES: People may pass comment that is vulnerable.
▪ EDUCATION: Lacking equal opportunities to attain education. Discriminatory practices strike
ahead.
▪ HEALTH: Physically impairment and physical harassment.
▪ CULTURE/TRADITION: Normally they are considered as a BAD OMEN. People who bear a
differently abled person are usually separated or divorced.
▪ GOVERNMENT INTERVENTIONS: Need of free psychological counselling facilities in both
urban and rural. The ministry of public service caters food stuffs for disability peoples which
are not been reachable to them. Though the laws been enacted. It’s not functioning in an
effective mannerism. (Source: T. Masaria,12 February 2017, bulawayo24)
4 LITERATURE REVIEW- HAZELWOOD SCHOOL, UNITED KINGDOM.
Intention to use the space by anyone without much physical discomfort. Dedicated drop off area.
The sensory trail wall weaves throughout school enables children to practice mobility and
orientation skills.it crates confidence, sensory aspect, self-esteem. It also provides the navigation
throughout the school. Sensory trail wall is individually shaped helps in circulation. Signage are
through braille, pictograms and moon caters. Glass walls allows teacher to monitor the children.
Subtle storage boxes at each classroom act as a slid wall and eliminates visual distraction. Curved
form minimizes any visual confusion by reducing the extent of spaces. Tactile floor navigates the
children to know the location. Usage of contrasting colour and neutral colour as visual indicators of
transitional and storage spaces. North oriented classrooms for maximizing north lighting. (Source:
arch2o.com)
Figure 4.1-Floor plan
(Source: arch2o.com)
5 GENERAL STANDARDS
AICTE suggest a general standard for designing a college design.
P a g e | 348
5.1 RAMP
Configuration-(a) Straight run (b) 90-degree turn (c) Switch back or 180 degree turn
Table 1- Ramp dimension standards

CRITERIAS MAXIMUM MINIMUM
Slope 1:20 1:12
Width 1.5m - 2m 0.9m-1m
Handrails 1m 0.8m
Tactile paving 0.6m -
Figure 5.1(a) and (b)-Ramp

(Source: Svayam Foundation, Design Manual for barrier free environment-AICTE)
5.2 STAIRS
Table 2
CRITERIAS HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
Steps 0.15m - 0.18m 1m (One-way traffic) 0.28m -
1.5m (Two-way traffic) 0.3m
Figure 5.2-Stairs
5.3 DOOR DIMENSIONS
Table 3- Door dimension standards

CRITERIAS HEIGHT WIDTH
Door 2.1m - 2.25m 0.9m - 1m (Exterior Door)
0.8 - 0.85(Interior Door)
P a g e | 349
Figure 5.3-Door
5.4 CORRIDORS
Table 4- Corridors standards

CRITERIAS WIDTH
High traffic corridor 1.5m - 1.8m
Low traffic corridor 1.5m - not less than 0.9m
Figure 5.4-Corridors
5.5 TOILET DESIGN
Table 5- Toilet design standards

CRITERIAS HEIGHT WIDTH DIAMETER
Closet 0.45m 0.75m -
Side grab bar 1m 1m 30mm-40mm
Figure 5.4-Toilet design

P a g e | 350
5.6 FURNITURE’S
Table 6-Furniture standards

CRITERIAS HEIGHT WIDTH KNEE CLEARANCE
Furniture’s 0.8m 0.8 0.6m
Door width-0.9m
One entry and one exit
5.7 CANTEEN
Table 7-Furniture standards

CRITERIAS HEIGHT WIDTH DIAMETER
Door 1.065m 0.8m -
Tables 0.9m - -
Figure 5.7-Canteen
6 STUDY AREA- SVS SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE
6.1 PARKING
▪ There is no dedicated parking space provided for differently abled peoples.

▪ Reaching of road is very difficult due to mud sloping were the wheelchair cannot be accessed.
Figure 6.1(a), (b), (c) - Parking
6.2 PEDESTRAIN
▪ No ramps are attached to the pedestrians.

▪ Paver blocks were built instead of tactile paving blocks.
▪ Kerb walls running along are not demarcated by black and white painting.
▪ Pedestrian impairment at irregular intervals.
▪ Lamp post are obstacles in mid of the pedestrian.
P a g e | 351
Figure 6.2 (a), (b), (c) -Pedestrian
6.3 DUSTBIN
The dustbin is located at mere height of sloping which it is much difficult to use it.
Figure 6.3-Dustbin approach
6.4 RAMPS
▪ Ramps were provided at building entrance to access.

▪ Dimension -0.75m.
▪ No circulation space has provided.
▪ Handrails of height -0.75m.
▪ Granite ramps which are slippery.
Figure 6.4 (a), (b) - Ramps
6.5 ACCESS TO CLASSROOM
▪ Access to classroom is quite difficult to pass through.

▪ Tile flooring is tiles which is quite slippery.
▪ Fixed furniture’s. Space between 1m is provided for easy circulation.
P a g e | 352
Figure 6.5 (a), (b) – Classrooms
6.6 CANTEEN ACCESS
▪ Canteen can be used by wheel chair users at one side only.

▪ Inconvenient for wheelchair persons for circulation.
Figure 6.6(a), (b), (c) - Canteen approach
6.7 FLOORING
▪ Tactile flooring at portico.

▪ Granite flooring at lobby space.
▪ Tiles for classrooms.
Figure 6.7(a), (b), (c) – Flooring
6.8 VEHICULAR ACCESS
▪ Pedestrian access from vehicle is comfortable.

▪ Pedestrian height-0.3 m.
▪ No ramp facilities are provided in vehicle.
P a g e | 353
Figure 6.8- Vehicular approach
6.9 LEVEL DIFFERENCE

Indifferent level heights.
Figure 6.9(a), (b) - Level difference
6.10 TOILET
▪ No ramps were provided.

▪ Level difference between corridors and toilets make the space not useful.
▪ Washbasin at reachable height -0.9m.
▪ No braille or pictograms signage.
Figure 6.10(a), (b), (c) - Toilet
6.11 ACCESS TO HOSTEL

▪ The hostel can be accessed at ground floor only.
▪ Ramp is provided at entrance.
Figure 6.11(a), (b) - Hostel
P a g e | 354
6.12 ACCESS TO MESS
▪ Mess cannot be accessed at ground floor itself.

▪ Fixed furnitures cannot be adopted for usage at adjoining sides of seatings.
▪ Wheel chair can be used only at the rear sides of tables only.
▪ The serving slabs are at height of 0.9m cannot be adopted for wheelchair usage.
Figure 6.12 (a), (b) - Mess
7 CATEGORIZATION OF DIFFERENTLY ABLED PERSONS
Differently abled person is usually divided into four basis they are
▪ Non-Ambulatory persons.
▪ Semi-Ambulatory persons.
▪ Sight problem.
▪ Hearing problem.
8 IDEAS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
8.1 SIGNAGE
Signage should be in contrasting colours, serif free text, and braille signage throughout the corridor.
The height of signage should be lower than the other normal erected signage-1.5 m. Constant height
should be maintained which is important to visually challenged person.
8.2 PICTOGRAMS
Pictorial representation is more precise than alphabetical. Non-glaring colours can be used.
8.3 WAY FINDING
Maps can be located at regular intervals at height of 0.9 m which can be accessible by the wheelchair
users. Even 3D printed maps can be installed.
8.4 TACTILE PAVING
Tactile directional- indicates the tile direction of passage. Tactile positional- indicates the change in
position.
8.5 PARKING
Clear space of mere 1.5 m shall be provided in order to provide space for wheelchair circulation.
The clearing space should be demarcated by black and yellow stripes.
P a g e | 355
The universal symbol of differently abled person should be demarcated in parking space and in
signage board. The clearing space should be attached to the parking with ramp. Anti- slippery
material shall be used.
8.6 ENTRANCE
Enough space should be provided for the circulation of wheelchair rotation minimum of 2m. Glazed
doors which provide non- obstacle view. Colour contrasting to the adjoining wall. Service counters
height should be 0.9m for easy reach.
8.7 PEDESTRAIN
Red radiant strips indicating the pedestrian edge can be used. Tactile paving can be employed.
Bollards can be spaced at relative distance allowing the wheelchairs to pass-through. Black and
white kerb wall marking. Chicanes can be built in order to minimize the travel distance. Plantation
along the sides acts as a barrier.
8.8 AUDIBLE INSTRUMENTS
Street lights can be attached with audible instruments which continuously instructs the direction of
passage.
8.9 VERTICAL LIFTS
Vertical lifts can be used for vertical circulation. Lifts of size minimum of 1.5m X 1.5m.
8.10 STAGE LIFTS
Stage lifts can be used for stages and podiums which are cost effective.
8.11 EVACUATION TRAC
In case of fire accident elevator cannot be used. Hence evacuation trac can be used for wheelchair
access in steps.
8.12 VEHICULAR RAMPS
Vehicles attached with ramps can be used for easy access.

Vehicles are the ones which connects the people from origin to destination.
8.13 ACCESSIBLE CARTS
Battery carts with ramps can be used for easy access throughout the campus.
9 CONCLUSION
A space or set of services that can be accessed by all peoples without obstacles with dignity and
with as much independence as possible. The environment means buildings, roads, parks, mode of
P a g e | 356
transportation and services. The universal design brings out not only the accessibility but also
individuality and the confidence level of peoples. Differently abled peoples should be treated as
emphatic rather than sympathetic… A little step on design consideration towards them can them
provide a social justice and upgradation of their life style.
REFERENCES
[1] Universaldesign.Ie
[2] Design Manual For Barrier Free Environment- Svayam Foundation And Cbn Network-Aicte.
[3] arch2o.com
[4] T. Masaria, 12 February 2017, bulawayo24
P a g e | 357
URBAN AGRITECTURE
Vigneswaran K
Assistant Professor,
SAN Academy
Coimbatore, India.
Vinwran@gmail.com.
ABSTRACT
Food, shelter and clothing three basic fundamental aspects of life - from mankind’s intense survival
struggle in the early ages to the modern sophisticated lifestyle of the present - Defined and shaped
by these three factors. The world’s human population is multiplying at an alarming rate, by April
2019 the estimated total population count in the world is 7.7 billion, If we could analyse the earth’s
time-lapse, it nearly took 200,000 years of human history for the world's population to reach one-
seventh of the present population i.e.) 1 billion, and merely it took 200 years more to reach the
number 7 billion. The carrying capacity of the earth is estimated to have around 9 to 10 billion
people, the limit which will be reached by the humankind soon enough. The scarcity of resources is
a phenomenon that we already started experiencing at the beginning of the 21st century but the
real threat is the Food insecurity- the growing demand for the amount of food that is required to
feed the earth’s entire population.
Agriculture combined with Architecture in an urban context (AGRITECTURE) has the scope and
potential to address this imminent threat, the world’s urban population over three billion which
exceeded the number of people living in rural areas by the year 2008. According to the Food and
Agriculture Organisation (FAO), by 2020, the developing countries of Africa, Asia, and Latin America
will be home to some 75 percent of all urban dwellers. This paradigm shift should be observed and
taken into an advantage to meet the food demand eventuate in the near future. (Source: Kapoor 2012)
Key Words: Agritecture; Food insecurity; Paradigm shift; Demand, Capacity;
1. INTRODUCTION
Agriculture has always been associated with or considered a rural occupation. Cities always thought
of Cultivation as something that meant farmlands in the countryside far away from the reaches of
the concrete jungle which symbolize industrialism and capitalism called urban centers or cities. But
a growing need for food security and demand is challenging these traditional ideas. The present
situation in India is not so different, Indian cities are the abode to an estimated 450 million people
i.e.) 34% of India’s total population as of 2017. (Source: sattiraju, 2016)
As evident in many of the industrialized countries, India is also experiencing a shift over time from
a largely rural and agrarian population residing in villages to an urban setting which is a non-
agricultural centre. The fast-paced urbanization in developing nations is accompanied by a rapid
increase in urban poverty and urban food insecurity. According to the Food and Agriculture
Organisation (FAO) estimate, by the year 2050, there will be a 70 % increase in global food demand,
in order to feed the global population of 9.3 billion. This is going to put a tremendous amount of
pressure on already scarce land and water resources implying an urgent need for an alternative way
P a g e | 358
to combat food shortages. Urban agriculture (Agritecture), although not a panacea for food
insecurity, has the potential to provide millions with some secure access to food.
2. DEFINITION – URBAN AGRITECTURE
Agriculture + Architecture - urban agriculture can be defined as a method of cultivation that

produces, processes and markets food and fuel, majorly in response to demand of consumers within
a town or a city and the urban, peri-urban areas of cities or metropolis, through applying intensive
farming methods, using and reusing natural resources and urban wastes produced in day to day life
to yield a diversity of crops and livestock using the means of advanced practices such as horticulture,
vertical farming techniques, etc. The term urban agriculture was officially recognized by the 15th
FAO-COAG (Council of Australian Governments) session in Rome during January 1999 and
subsequently at the World Food Summit in 2002.
3. THE ISSUE
The population growth rate is increasing at a rapid course which is estimated to reach 9.3 billion by
2050. This calls for advancement and sophistication in the way in which we produce food, an
undertaking that is sure to find a roadblock due to the declining natural resources and changing
weather conditions. India being the second most populous nation, the pressure to sustain food
safety will be the primary constrain above all, according to the United Nations (UN) Hunger Report,
15.2 percent of the Indian population is already undernourished and suffer under extreme poverty.
If the production is not increased in coming years, the numbers will only rise. One of the potential
ways to fight this imminent problem could be through the practice of urban agriculture. In the
1990’s, as Cuba faced a severe food crisis, its citizens converted their gardens and empty spaces
surrounding their houses into small farmlands. Financial inadequacy resulted in the use of natural
fertilizers and pesticides, hence making their urban farms more organic. After meeting their own
needs, people eventually started to sell a part of their yield to the markets to make profits.
This urban agriculture form is slowly spreading across several countries and India is no exception.
Small farms are cropping up organic yields in major cities like Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Hyderabad,
and Bengaluru. In Hyderabad, the government offers subsidy kits including seeds, manure, red earth
citizens interested in urban farming where the people that were involved in producing their own
vegetables save 20 percent from their food expenses.
4. LITERATURE REVIEW FINDINGS
4.1 Urban agriculture in India is just witnessing the beginning with few initiatives in some of the
cities, such as:
- Composting and vermiculture (prominent in cities such as Kolkata and Chennai)
- Dairying/animal husbandry in urban and peri-urban areas (Bangalore)
- Urban Agroforestry (Hyderabad)
- Terrace farming methods in Mumbai and
- Horticulture cultivation activities (Delhi)
A start-up urban agriculture firm with the Imagination of having your own little farm that provides
you organic vegetables devoid of harmful pesticides and even more dangerous spray painted
produce is busy changing the definition of farming founded by IIT Kharagpur graduates, Kaustubh
Khare and Saahil Parekh, Khetify is a startup company promoting food sustainability to Delhi city
P a g e | 359
dwellers. Claiming that 16,000 sq.km of rooftop space is being wasted in urban cities, Khetify
concentrates to promote the use of this unutilized space to develop small rooftop farms.
Figure 1
(Source: Kanti, 2017, We Plan to Transform Urban Agriculture by Turning Rooftops Into Farms: Khetify)
As India progresses towards a rapid phase of urbanization and as the concept of sustainable cities
becomes increasingly acceptable and there is inherent awareness among the public towards a
sustainable way of living, there are opportunities to build environmentally and economically sound
urban agriculture systems, involving waste and water management that can be incorporated from
the beginning and make it an integral part of urban planning process.
4.2 Urban agriculture outside India
A proposed 150,695-square-foot organic rooftop garden will open in the heart of Paris in 2020. More
than 30 different plant species will be grown on the roof and gardeners will be able to harvest a
metric ton worth of vegetables and fruits every day. The fresh produce will be supplied to a
restaurant in the building and used to feed local communities. The project will use state-of-the-art
watering technology and doesn’t depend on soil for its growth, making the farming process
incredibly resource-efficient. This verdant feat of engineering is one of its kind in the world and its
realization provides a window into a rapidly growing form of agriculture that could significantly
change how we see agriculture and improve global food security, reduce air pollution, combat
climate change and urban heat island effect.
Figure 2
P a g e | 360
(Source: Harrap, 2019 World's largest urban farm to open – on a Paris rooftop)
5. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION:
However, a wide range of issues needs to be addressed since farming in cities comes with its fair
share of issues that need to be resolved for it to be a success. The first problem comes with the
availability of space. Urban India is abode to more than 450 million people. And more are migrating
to cities each year in search of a better standard of living. The government's role in governing the
needs to identify lands on which to cultivate and reserve them for organic farming.
Next is the land on which the crops are cultivated where the soil tends to be contaminated by
pollution from industries and automobiles, which makes the food grown in it harmful for
consumption. Uncontaminated soil beds can be yet another possible solution that is used over such
lands but crops still run the risk of contamination by deleterious gases like nitrogen dioxide in the
air that settles down. Lastly, water for irrigation comes into question. In the case of the middle class
and upper-middle-class families, it’s not much of a problem to provide water for irrigation purposes,
but those houses in slums, encampments and suburban outskirts of cities would find it difficult to
divert water for household necessities to meet cultivation demands. They are more likely to use
greywater waste that would contaminate the crops. Rainwater harvesting could be a solution, both
for everyday water necessity and for farming.
Research to minimize the downside of urban agriculture through viable options is of utmost
importance and despite the present hurdles; it should be encouraged and brought under the
framework of agricultural policy to its effective practice. The government could follow the models
set by various statutory bodies and promote it to provide nation-wide aspiration. It would definitely
go a long way in making us a nation self-sufficient in food.
6. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
Urban agriculture is probably the most efficient method and a tool available that can help manage
the city’s waste by utilising it for food cultivation and involve people in procure the yield and
consequently create job opportunities. It creates a vibrant ecology where fruit trees, vegetable
plantations, fishing and even livestock, etc. could be able to coexist and build a wholly ecologically
sustainable development.
In India, the concept is still at nascent stage and there is a need for greater awareness about urban
Agritecture. Socially-oriented networking enterprises can play a symbiotic role to diffuse
P a g e | 361
knowledge-intensive techniques in this sector. People's participation is also imminent in achieving

these strategies as the idea can be forwarded as a community through which self-initiatives such as
the local market system where people could sell the surplus of the yield to the neighbouring crowd
apart from their own consumption and usage. The Government at the same time should promote
urban agriculture by facilitating through different various bodies such as municipalities, cooperative
societies etc.
The aspect of Agritecture should be included in the National Building Code, regulations and mode
of intervention should be set as mandatory criteria for future adaptation of the same into the urban
building agglomerations. Land policies in and around or part of cities peri-urban area need to be
designed in such a way that it accepts agriculture as a legitimate usage of land rather than writing it
as a hindrance to development. urban agriculture form of cultivation is also can be trendsetting in
restaurants where they could cultivate their own products on their rooftops and use the same as
ingredients in their cuisine and the surplus supplies can be fed to livestock to process meat.
Not just rooftops which are the optimum areas for cultivation but also in the unused sectors such
as brownfields inside the city area. This can enable and open up a new sector of job opportunities
for the urban poor. Urban agriculture has to be integrated into the agriculture policies and urban
planning; and should, therefore, be brought under the purview of a regulatory framework. Countries
such as China, Australia, the US, South America, Europe, etc. where targets have been set to make
cities greener with more breathable public spaces and sustainable interventions, similarly India
should also promote urban agriculture (Agritecture) which is necessary for the sustainability of its
ever-expanding cities and population.
REFERENCES
[1] Anurut Kanti, We plan to transform urban agriculture by turning rooftops into farms: Khetify , Dated May 2017.
[2] Dolf te Lintelo, Peri urban Agriculture, Dated July 2001.
[3] Meera Sahasranaman, Future of Urban Agriculture in India, Dated December 2016.
[4] Nikitha Sattiraju , Urban Agriculture - it deserves more attention, Dated October 2016
[5] Rana Kapoor, Urban agriculture for food security, Dated September 2012.
[6] Stuart Alan Walters * and Karen Stoelzle Midden, Sustainability of Urban Agriculture: Vegetable Production on
Green Roofs, Dated October 2019.
P a g e | 362
URBAN MORPHOLOGY - EXAMINING ITS INFLUENCE IN IMPACTING THE

RATE OF CRIMES AGAINST WOMEN
Harishkumar Chandran L
Haiku Design Studio
Coimbatore , India
postbox954@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
People, space, and places always play an important role in shaping the behaviour of human beings
in the man-made built environment. Urban design is the way of outlining and moulding built
environment in towns and cities with the objective of making urban areas useful, appealing and
supportable to enhance the quality of life with a sense of security. However, during the process,
sometimes urban design may not achieve its objective and will bring about issues on wellbeing and
security particularly to women which is also a reason for the crimes against women in urban areas.
In recent times, the crimes against women are a big concern in Indian cities, especially in streets and
public spaces. In developing countries like India, social and cultural aspects always get attention and
criticised whenever a crime against women happens, but built environment plays a major role in
influencing the crime against women. Despite the fact that numerous women are effectively
participating in social, cultural event in urban spaces, a certain percentage of women are yet to turn
up from their houses because of fear of violence and crimes against women in urban areas. Thus,
framing Crimes against women in cities is an urban problem, Various Urban designers and planners
believe urban design can play an imperative part in influencing the rate of crime against women. So,
the aim is to understand the crime confronted by women in public spaces and investigate the
aspects of the built environment to understand the role of urban morphology in impacting the rate
of crimes against women in public spaces.
Keywords: Urban design: Urban morphology: Women in Indian streets and Public Space
1 BACKGROUND
P a g e | 363
Indian cities are growing faster and pace of urbanization has been rapidly increased after the 20th
century. Cities are actually designed to deliver prosperity by improving the quality of life, But the
biggest irony of the present times in India is that, cities which are developing in a faster rate of
urbanization now are the hub of crimes and Violence. Of the varied users of the cities, women are
vulnerable to the Urban crimes. In Indian cities, crimes against women are increasing rapidly. By
United Nation Women Right Reports “Every 15 minutes a girl in India is being raped”. Consistently,
many young and old women were abused, attacked, harassed and affected in public spaces and
streets of cities. Despite the fact that numerous women are effectively participating in social,
cultural event in urban spaces, a certain percentage of women are yet to turn up from their houses
because of fear of violence and crimes against women in urban areas. One of the important aspects
influencing the women using the public spaces and streets in cities is relative to the sense of security
for women in cities. The crime against women in cities affects their ability to function in the city’s
public spaces and streets. Guaranteeing the sense of security for women in the built environment
should be given priority since the public spaces and streets are social space which acts as a medium
of interaction in cities. But with rapid Urbanisation, Cities are catering to different strata of the
society, the safety of women is becoming a question mark. So, Understanding the issues, and crimes
confronted by women in the built environment, urban design plays an imperative part in enhancing
the safety of women. Hence, the aspects of urban design can be used as a tool to devise a strategy
to reduce the crime rate confronted against women.
2 INTRODUCTION
The greatest catastrophe of the Industry Revolution has been the planning of the city which bought
a lot of changes in people’s living style. After the 20th century, the process of the urbanisation is
rapid in cities which has its respective merits and demerits. Crime in the city is increasing with the
growth of the city, and we can call crime as a by-product of a rapid scale of urbanisation. In the
modern times, most of the women are started to work and engage themselves in the social
engagement in the public space, but still some percentage of women are still inside the space with
a fear of crime in the city. The crime against women is increasing in recent years, Slowly, the city
space becoming unsafe for the women. It is long known and most debated issue from time by
different architects and planners that urban design has an important role to play in impacting the
rate of crimes against women in the city.
2.1 THE CITY AND CRIME PARADOX
The city and crime are interrelated to each other. The process of urbanisation in a rapid manner
attracts the people move towards the city where the people have the freedom to do or commit
mistakes which leads to urban chaos. Urban chaos as explained by “Virilio Paul” in his essay Growing
population density, Crime and Social Disorder in intertwined. It’s essential to maintain a stable
relationship between these three. Chaos gives birth to the opportunity for the situation to develop
offenders and victims. There is the certain degree of relationship between the crime and the
situation which is created by the surroundings.
In my definition, crime can be considered as activity in the environment which is confronted by

individual or group of people which creates anti – social offence. crimes which happens when there
is opportunity to commit crime. The opportunity can be given by the environment factors, social
factors etc., So in other words when the offender have the opportunity to commit the crime with
P a g e | 364
less chance of getting caught, he /she takes the advantage over the victim in the public spaces of
the city.
Figure 1 - Crime triangle
2.2 THE OXYMORON OF CITY LIFE
A city is a complex place which draws complex of people with the different mindset in search of
better life and opportunities. The city provides the opportunities and amenities for people for
mutual benefit, but the social dimension of the city life is that people won’t get equality regarding
opportunities. This situation makes the public safety and security unsafe and difficult. The city urban
life is moving towards the 24 hours city with the change in working hours and style, means that
many people will be in and around the streets of the city. Anonymity in the city is blessing and curse
which makes an individual one lonely in the large crowd and it also allows oneself to lose identity
and which gave an advantage of being anonymous resulting in wrongful acts.
3 LITERATURE SYNTHESIS AND METHODOLOGY
3.1 CRIME PREVENTION THROUGH ENVIRONMENT DESIGN (CPTED)
Based on the theories of Jane Jacobs and Oscar Niewman, various sociologists and architects like
Crowe, Clarke also debate the built environment has a role to play in impacting the crime in the city.
This leads to the formation of CPTED with principles derived from the theory. Crime prevention
through environmental design (CPTED) coined by Criminologist C.Ray Jeffery. The idea was coined
in the year1960 after the theory of the Jane Jacobs. Various models were developed under each
theory, and it evolved. The main argument CPTED put forth was that by opportunities are provided
by the built environment, thus improving the opportunity for natural surveillance with clearly
defined territoriality can reduce the rate of crime. The model which is developed comprises six
principles which deal with the design and control of urban space and environment.
The six main principles of CPTED

• Natural Surveillance
• Natural access control
• Territoriality
• Defensible space
• Target Hardening
• Activity Support
Figure 2 - CPTED TOOLS
P a g e | 365
3.2 SPACE SYNTAX
Besides the principle of the CPTED, it also focuses on the human behaviour in the urban space. Bill
Hiller and Julienne Hanson proposed Space syntax theory which focuses on the study of the
behaviour of human beings in the urban spaces. The basic idea of space syntax is that some
topological aspects of urban space influence the human behaviour. It’s used to understand the
human movement, choice and connectivity through detailed analysis of urban spaces and spaces
between the buildings.
Figure 3 - STRUCUTRE OF URBAN PLANNING AND CRIME PREVENTION THEORIES
P a g e | 366
With the inference from the literature study, it understood that the framework to study and
examine the neighbourhood should be approached in the analytical and logical way.
The three concepts are interrelated, but these relationships are certainly not of a simple cause
/nature. The triangle relationship of crime, fear of crime and physical environment is recreated with
aspects of spatial dimension from the inference of the theories of crime prevention.
Figure 4 – Reframed Crime Triangle
4 ANALYTICAL FRAMEWORKS
Figure 5 – Analytical framework
P a g e | 367
5 STUDY AND ANALYSIS
5.1 AREA STUDY – NUNGAMBAKKAM CHENNAI
Nungambakkam was part of Chennai fabric from the 18th century it has prime institutions and public
buildings which constructed in 1850. As Nungambakkam is one of the eldest parts of the town, the
build use comprises all age constructed buildings fabric. It has all religious temples with culture and
tourist centres. It has local railways station which forms the western border of the neighbourhood
Nungambakkam was part of Chennai fabric from the 18th century it has prime institutions and public
buildings which constructed in 1850. As Nungambakkam is one of the eldest parts of the town, the
build use comprises all age constructed buildings fabric. It has all religious temples with culture and
tourist centres. It has local railways station which forms the western border of the neighbourhood
Figure 7 – Figure Ground Figure 6 – Land use Pattern
P a g e | 368
Source – Fir Reports – Adayar
Figure 8 – Crime Data
Source – FIR Reports – Nungambakkam Police Station
5.2 CRIME PATTERN MACRO ANALYSIS – GEO CODING OF OVERALL CRIMES
The pattern of the crime against women is done by geo coding method (location of crime spots in
respect of time, date and location). For Mapping the crime in the neighbourhood, the FIR reports of
the crime reported against women in the last one year. The situational crime against women such
as Kidnapping, Assault, attempt to rape, Rape and Harassment are taken into consideration. The FIR
reports are collected from the local police station and only empirical data is used for mapping the
crimes.
Figure 9 – Geo Coding of Crimes Figure 10 – Hot Spot Crime Pattern
P a g e | 369
Figure 11 - Correlating with Land use
6 CORRELATION ANALYSIS OF URBAN MORPHOLOGY LAYERS WITH CRIME HOTSPOT
Table 1 – Matrix of Urban Morphology layers with Crime Pattern
P a g e | 370
6.2
KEY
FINDINGS AND INFERENCE
Table 2 – Matrix of Key Findings and Inference
P a g e | 371
7 CONCLUSION
P a g e | 372
This research thesis focusses on to develop a framework to establish a relationship between the
crime against women and spatial aspects of the public domain using the tools of space syntax and
CPTED. With the reported crime data and reports, this framework can be used to figure out the safer
and vulnerable zones of the community in relation to the urban fabric and spatial dimension of the
environment.
Fig 13 – Inference – Vulnerability Streets Fig 12 – Inference – Vulnerability Zones
7.1 HARRASSMENT IN RELATION TO URBAN MORPHOLOGY
In the neighbourhood, the prime residential area which has apartment typology attracts more
harassment crime because of gated nature of the activity. The commercial corridor has less
harassment reported but the adjacent and adjoining build use have a higher rate of harassment
especially when it is residential. Presence of vacant plot provides an extra degree of advantage for
the offender to take advantage. The government public buildings and Institutional areas have less
percentage of harassment rate.
7.2 RAPE IN RELATION TO URBAN MORPHOLOGY
Rape / Attempt to Rape happens in the neighbourhood when the street provides sufficient time for
the offender to take advantage of the victim. Considering the data of last 5 years and reports of
rape/attempt to rape reported in the Nungambakkam, the street which is less connected to the
other street of the neighbourhood attracts high rate of rape. Most of the rapes are confronted in
the nigh so the street beneath the big complex, Institutional buildings and large apartment where
the build height to ratio is more than 1:3. The presence of nodes makes it an added advantage since
it gives the chance for offender to escape with vehicles.
7.3 SEXUAL ASSUALT IN RELATION TO URBAN MORPHOLOGY
Sexual assault / Physical Abuse are confronted crime against women in the areas of less dense
activity. Considering the crime data, most of the assault crime is reported in the residential zone
which is deserted all around the clock which makes it a place of opportunity. The absence of
commercial areas or public build used in the residential neighbourhood makes deserted spaces.
Vacant plots with uncontrolled growth of vegetation provide an extra opportunity for the offender.
P a g e | 373
7.4 SPATIAL FACTOR
• Build use relationship

The distance of each crime spot is measured from near commercial or public space and found out
that in most of the cases, crime is committed at a proximity distance of 150 – 250m radii circle.
• Relationship to a vacant plot
The distance of each crime confronted in the neighbourhood and the nearest vacant plot is
measured and figured out that in 32 cases, crimes are committed at a proximity of 75 – 100m radii
from the nearest vacant plot.
• Relationship to Build height and Road Width
The build height to road width ratio plays an important role in provoking the sense of place. The
tertiary streets which have ratio greater than 1:3 are potential spots for the crime.
REFERENCES
[1] Armitage , R (2013),Crime prevention through housing design, Palgrave Macmillan, Hampshire
[2] Atlas ,R.I ( 2013 ) ,21st century security and CPTED Designing for critical infrastructure protection and crime
prevention, 2nd Edition
[3] Baran, P. K., Smith, W. R.& Toker, U. (2007). The Space Syntax and Crime: evidence from a suburban
community. pp. 119:01-119:06.
[4] Cohen, L. E., & Felson, M. (1979). Social Change and Crime Rate Trends; A Routine Activity Approach.
[5] Colquhoun, I. (2004). Design Out Crime: Creating Safe and Sustainable Communities. Architectural Press.
[6] Cozens P and Melenhorst P (2014) “ Exploring community perceptions of crime and crime prevention through
environmental design(CPTED) in Botswana
[7] Crowe T.D ( 2000),Crime prevention through Environmental design : Applications of architectural design and
Space management concepts
[8] Crowe T.D ( 2013) , Crime prevention through environmental design ,Butterworth - Heinemann Waltham ,MA\
[9] Hiller B Penn , A , Hanson , J ., “The city as one big thing” progress in planning pp 205 -234
[10] Jacobs , J (1961 ), The death and life of Great American Cities, Random House , NY
[11] Jeffrey ,C.R ( 1971 ) Crime prevention through environmental Design, Saga Publications
[12] Lopez ,M.J.J and van Nes , A (2007), space and crime in Dutch built environment macro and micro spatial
conditions for residential burglaries.
[13] Monteiro LT ( 2012 ) , The valley of fear and morphology of crime, The role of urban morphology in terms of
social inequality.
[14] Newman O ( 1972 ) ,Defensible space :Crime prevention through Urban design , Diane publishing , New York
VERNACULAR PRACTISES IN MODERN RESIDENCES
P a g e | 374
S.Jeyaswajiani
Coimbatore, India
diyaswajini31@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Buildings built with the knowledge of local materials and character, are the vernacular buildings.
The deep approach of the vernacular practices in South of Tamilnadu, India has the characters of
mud brick wall, flooring like Aathangudi tiles and sloped roof makes us to feel the warmth of our
home. Entering a contemporary / modern building we feel pleasant, aesthetically satisfying while,
in contrast entering a traditional vernacular building makes us feel close to heart. Here various
vernacular houses of different region and comparative study of eco-friendly building practices in
vernacular houses and contemporary modern vernacular houses are discussed below. The bottom
line brings in the fact that the vernacular practices are still sustainable and eco-friendly but, the
preference of people varies accordingly. Keywords: vernacular; contemporary; Practise; Eco-
friendly; Materials
1 INTRODUCTION
Nowadays, we are planning and designing the buildings to our conveniences. Modern techniques
with more carbon emitting building materials are used in our building construction. Vernacular
refers to the informal building with traditional aspect in building methods by local builders. Use of
indigenous materials, designing and construction techniques plays a major role in design and
architecture of the society. Today many people are building or remodelling their houses choose to
use eco-friendly building materials. An eco-friendly building material is one that increases the
efficiency of energy used and reduces impact on human well-being and the environment. In India
B.V. Dhoshi, Laurie Baker and Charles Correa are the pioneers of integrating Vernacular Architecture
in Contemporary architecture.
The enormous usage of concrete and other materials has a negative impact on nature. If the
planning considerations are planned according to the principles of vernacular architecture act as a
little contribution to nature and society due to its low impact in nature. The vernacular architecture
brings out the local craftsmanship in practice.
3 VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE
Vernacular architecture tends to evolve over time to reflect the environmental, cultural and
historical context in which it exists. It has often been dismissed as crude and un refined, but also
proponents who highlight its importance in current design. Indian vernacular architecture is the
informal, functional architecture of structures, often in rural areas of India. Built of local materials
and designed to meet the needs of local people. The builders of these vernacular structures are
unschooled. It has been estimated that worldwide close to 90% of all building is vernacular, thus
reveals that built by ordinary local vernacular people by local craftsman.
P a g e | 375
3.1 BASIC VERNACULAR HOUSE CATEGORIES
Indian vernacular architecture has evolved through the skilful craftsmanship of the local people.
This architecture can be broadly divided into three sub-categories.
3.2 KACHCHA HOUSE
Kachcha house is the house made up of natural materials like mud, grass, bamboo, thatch and sticks.
Strength and durability requires heavy maintenance. The construction materials are all cheap and
are easily available. Construction of such a house requires relatively unskilled labours.
3.3 PUKKA HOUSE
A pukka structure is made of materials such as stone, timber, brick, clay, metals and sometimes
mortar is used to bind the structure. It is more durable and does not require constant maintenance
throughout. These structures are more expensive because of all the labour and building materials
that used in construction.
3.4 SEMI-PAKKA HOUSE
The semi-pukka is a combination of the Kachcha and pukka styles.
4 ECO-FRIENDLY BUILDING
The building materials that reduce the environmental impact is the eco-friendly material. This can
be obtained by the use of recycling material. The construction of a building with new timber, this
causes many trees to cut down. Harvesting process will use lots of energy and remove green trees
from environment. The use of reclaimed wood, construction causes less environmental impact.
Usually these buildings have low environmental impact.
5 VERNACULAR BUILDING MATERIALS
Vernacular Architecture is all about using locally available materials for construction. The most
common materials are,
1. Timber – It is one of the most frequently available and native building materials of the various
advantages, it is non- toxic, does not leak chemical vapor into the building and is safe to handle and
touch. It is quite easy to work with, renewable, it acts as a very good insulator and readily available
in nature.
2. Adobe – It is a natural building construction material that is made from clay, sand, water, and a
kind of fibrous or organic material (sticks, straw or manure), usually shaped into bricks using moulds
and dried in the sun.
3. Stone- Stone is another one of the major building materials that is indigenous for Indian
architecture. It is a versatile material and it can be used from the foundation to the parapet in a
building. It is abundantly available in nature.
P a g e | 376
4. Clay- Clay is used for buildings which is sustainable and traditional buildings. These buildings are
of 2 types: one when the walls are made directly with the mud mixture and the other being walls
built by stacking air-dried building blocks called mud bricks.
5. Rammed earth –It is a type of building construction which utilizes natural raw materials such as
earth, chalk, lime or gravel. Rammed-earth walls are simple to construct. They are non-combustible,
thermally massive, durable and very strong.
6. Fly-ash-Sand-lime-Gypsum Bricks – It is used for residential housing walls and all other types of
building construction as well as boundary walls. They are environment friendly, excellent strength,
dry quickly, and have reduced water absorption and shrinkage.
7. Compressed Earth Blocks – It is energy efficient, eco-friendly with excellent surface finish. It is a
cost-effective material with goof thermal insulation. Clay Fly-ash Burnt bricks – environment
friendly, energy efficient and locally manufactured material.
8. Micro concrete Roofing Tiles - MCR tiles are a cost-effective and extremely versatile roofing
material. MCR tiles can be used to make attractive roofs on villa houses, farm houses, pavilions and
gazebos and also used in highway constructions. (kaninika, 2015)
6 INDIAN VERNACULAR HOUSE – BHONGA HOUSE
It is a traditional house of Rajasthan. It is built so strong it can even withstand earthquakes. These
structures have a circular form which ensures minimum exposure to the extreme hot and dry desert
climate. They are all planned around atriums or open courtyards forming little clusters. Smaller
openings control entry of light, heat and winds passing throughout it. The structure is built using
materials like mud for the walls and thatch for the roof. The interiors are aesthetically decorated
with local mirror t work patterns.
Figure 1: A typical circular plan for vernacular Bhonga house
Building layout is an essential factor that influences and drives the planning of vernacular structures.
The archetypal shape of a building plan is correlated to many cultural, historical, and urban planning
traditions. (kaninika, 2015)
P a g e | 377
7 VERNACULAR BUILDING
7.1 TAMILNADU VERNACULAR HOUSES
• The houses were built by the local peoples. Materials used in the construction are as follows;
• The use of wood is never in abundance but used in columns and beams. The rafters were usually
made of bamboo.
• The people consider that the pride of each house is the front door that was carved and decorated as
welcoming.
• The blacksmiths help in the manufacture of hinges, nails and the locks for the door.
• The potter’s helps in the terracotta roofing tiles made up of rammed mud, finished with red oxide,
finally coated with cow dung slurry.
• Walls were made up of sun dried or baked brick or mud brick.
• Most houses have inner courtyard which is used for celebrating family functions, drying grains.
Raised verandas or small area in front of the house is provided, called Thinnai. (Kumar, 2016)
Figure 2: Tamilnadu vernacular architecture houses (Source: south Indian vernacular architecture –
kumar,2016)
8 MODERNIZED VERNACULAR BUILDING
8.1 WIRE CUT AND RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY
This residence is located in Doddabalapur road, Bangalore. The total build-up area of this residence
is 7800 sq ft. here, the residence is built by wire cut bricks. The Wire-cut bricks are smoother when
compared to hand-made bricks. These are machine made bricks, made by using thin wires to shape
the clay rather than moulds. This residence is built with random rubble masonry. This residence is
built in 2015 with vernacular style. Exposed brick work shows the purity of the building and this
place makes the feel to heart. Today most of the architectural firms are practising vernacular
architecture. (Kumar, 2016)
P a g e | 378
Figure 2: vernacular house in Bangalore built in 2015 (Source: centre for vernacular architecture trust - 2019)
8.2 LATERITE AND RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY
This residence is located in Whitefield, Bangalore. The total built-up area of this residence is 5000
sq. ft. here, laterite has high clay content hence it holds a huge water content capacity, the residence
remains cool. During winter, the interior of the residence remains hot due to the laterite enclosure.
Laterite blocks are easy to cut, shape and widely used in many applications.it is durable and fire
resistant.
Figure 3: vernacular house in Bangalore built in 2012 (Source: centre for vernacular architecture trust - 2019)
9 CONCLUSION
Though the vernacular architecture is been practised it can be taken more effective to it. Every
region or places have an abundance building materials or local craftsmanship which can be
implemented in design consideration planning strategies. It reduces the negative impact on nature
by minimising the transportation cost and thus by eliminating the foreign building materials. It also
upgrades the well-being of local craftsmanship in society. On ancient times without been effective
P a g e | 379
local craftsmanship the buildings were constructed more enormous. In present there are abundance
of craftsmanship can be more effectively practised throughout. A small initiative has an enormous
result. It is important responsible for an architect to understand the principles and strategies of
vernacular architecture.
REFERENCES
[1] south indian vernacular architecture - executive_summary, 2016

[2] the journey of sustainability-the Indian vernacular and beyond-swati chokshi
[3] indigenous and traditional knowledge and practices – 2015, pdf
[4] http://www.vernarch.com/careers.html
[5] the introduction of modernism in India – Gupte
[6] dictionary.com definition

ICETDACE 2020 - International Conference On Emerging Trends in Design, Architecture and Civil Engineering

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

ICETDACE 2020 - International Conference On Emerging Trends in Design, Architecture and Civil Engineering

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ICETDACE 2020 - International Conference On Emerging Trends in Design, Architecture and Civil Engineering

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

es

March 5th & 6th, 2020

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Copyright © 2020 SVS School of Architecture, Coimbatore.

A review on polyester resin-based polymer concrete

A scrutiny of various frameworks of urban resilience index -Iin wake of

Analysis of planned efforts to address the urban development challenges of

Architecture and urban planning: Establishing an interface design relation by

Assessment pattern for architectural design

Bio-integrated materials in architecture: Nature inspired technology and its

Blinding lights: Light pollution in the city of Panaji

Constraints of existing zoning regulation on land use planning and architectural

Construction and demolition waste management in India-

Construction supply chain development in indigenous communities – Innovative

Comprehensive mobility plan for an emerging smart city: A case of Greater

Design challenges in rural architecture: an attempt to dispute resolution

Dissection of the Maslow’s pyramid of needs to decode the hidden influence of

Distortion of urban fabric of an historical city due to development - The city of

Enhancing speaking skills among the students of Architecture through De Bono’s

Energy saving potentials in commercial buildings

Experimental investigation on strength and durability properties of high strength

Experimental investigation on strength properties of self-compacting concrete

Factors to be considered: Imagining the Indian streets for communal activity

Improving architecture pedagogy in Sri Lanka by acknowledging construction

Infrastructure design and management: A comprehensive study for an emerging

Investigation on the shear behaviour of vertical joints between precast concrete

Light weight green concrete using coconut shells

Passivhaus in India - Achieving more with less

Performance characteristics of engineered cementitious composite roofing sheet

Planning strategies for effective crowd management – A study into the

Re: habitat – Towards a new paradigm for high-density housing

Rejuvenating the Chennai roads- A futuristic ideation

Review of existing ecological layer around Uyyakondan water canal in

Resilient evacuation plan and management strategies for Ramakrishna beach

Seismic performance of bamboo architecture – IKRA housing system

Significance of multicultural planning

Studies on reuse of greywater for non-potable purposes

Study on the traffic management measure at Kamarajar road intersection,

Sustainable interface governance strategies for an integrated solid waste

Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems (SUDS)

40. Symbolic and metaphorical manifestation of lotus in architecture 300

Theory of neighbourhood planning and its practicability: developing a dispute

Timelessness – A study of spaces attaching to religious typology which stands

Turning waste to wealth: Intiative to waste management

Universal design approach in educational institutions

Vernacular Practices in modern residences

A REVIEW ON POLYESTER RESIN BASED POLYMER CONCRETE

5 INITIATORS AND PROMOTERS

• The optimum performance of polymer concrete is obtained by maintaining the polymer

[1] ACI 548.1R-97, Guide to use polymers.

A SCRUTINY OF VARIOUS FRAMEWORKS OF URBAN RESILIENCE INDEX -

Kiran Kumar S Bindu C A

Keywords: Urban Ecology; Urban Planning; Sustainable Development; Resistance; Mitigation

Resilience is the capacity of an ecosystem to respond to a perturbation or disturbance by resisting

1.1 NEED FOR RESILIENCE

1.2 SCALE OF RESILIENT SYSTEMS

2.1 DIMENSIONS OF URBAN RESILIENCE

2.2 NOTIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM